AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 2, 2020
1933 Act No. 333-74295
1940 Act No. 811-09253
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington D.C. 20549
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 [X]
Pre-Effective Amendment No. [ ]
Post-Effective Amendment No. 681 [X]
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 [X]
Pre-Effective Amendment No. [ ]
Post-Effective Amendment No. 682 [X]
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
525 Market Street
San Francisco, California 94105
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(800) 222-8222
(Registrant’s Telephone Number)
Catherine F. Kennedy
Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market Street, 12th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94105
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
With a copy to:
Marco E. Adelfio, Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
1900 N Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036
It is proposed that this filing will become effective: (check appropriate box)
|
immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) |
|
on [ ] pursuant to paragraph (b) |
|
60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
X |
on June 1, 2020 pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
|
75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) |
|
on [ ] pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485 |
If appropriate, check the following box:
|
this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment |
1
Explanatory Note: This Post-Effective Amendment No. 681 to the Registration Statement of Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is being filed primarily to add Class R6 shares to the Wells Fargo Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund, Wells Fargo Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund and Wells Fargo Opportunity Fund.
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
PART A
WELLS FARGO U.S. EQUITY FUNDS
PROSPECTUSES
U.S. Equity Funds
Fund
Class R6
Wells Fargo Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
-
Wells Fargo Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
-
.
If you already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action. You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from the Fund electronically at any time by contacting your financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank) or, if you are a direct investor, by calling 1-800-222-8222 or by enrolling at wellsfargo.com/advantagedelivery.
You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. If you invest through a financial intermediary, you can contact your financial intermediary to request that you continue to receive paper copies of your shareholder reports; if you invest directly with the Fund, you can call 1-800-222-8222. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all Wells Fargo Funds held in your account with your financial intermediary or, if you are a direct investor, to all Wells Fargo Funds that you hold.
As with all mutual funds, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime.
Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or guaranteed by, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., its affiliates or any other depository institution. Fund shares are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency and may lose value.
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund Summary
Investment Objective
The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.
Fees and Expenses
These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of offering price)
None
Example of Expenses
The example below is intended to help you compare the costs of investing in the Fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a $10,000 initial investment, 5% annual total return, and that fees and expenses remain the same as in the tables above. To the extent that the Manager is waiving fees or reimbursing expenses, the example assumes that such waiver or reimbursement will only be in place through the date noted above. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
After:
1 Year
$83
3 Years
$290
5 Years
$545
10 Years
$1,277
Portfolio Turnover
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 155% of the average value of its portfolio.
U.S. Equity Funds | 2
Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, we invest:
We invest principally in equity securities of small-capitalization companies, which we define as companies with market capitalizations within the range of the Russell 2000® Index at the time of purchase. The market capitalization range of the Russell 2000® Index was $39.64 million to $10.24 billion, as of July 1, 2019, and is expected to change frequently.
We seek to identify companies that have the prospect for improving sales and earnings growth rates, enjoy a competitive advantage (for example, dominant market share) and that we believe have effective management with a history of making investments that are in the best interests of shareholders (for example, companies with a history of earnings and sales growth that are in excess of total asset growth). We pay particular attention to balance sheet metrics such as changes in working capital, property, plant and equipment growth, inventory levels, accounts receivable, and acquisitions. We also look at how management teams allocate capital in order to drive future cash flow. Price objectives are determined based on industry specific valuation methodologies including relative price-to-earnings multiples, price- to-book value, operating profit margin trends, enterprise value to EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization) and free cash flow yield. In addition to meeting with management, we take a surround the company approach by surveying a company’s vendors, distributors, competitors and customers to obtain multiple perspectives that help us make better investment decisions. Portfolio holdings are continuously monitored for changes in fundamentals. The team seeks a favorable risk/reward relationship to fair valuation, which we define as the value of the company (i.e. our price target for the stock) relative to where the stock is currently trading. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors. We may choose to sell a holding when it no longer offers favorable growth prospects, reaches our target price, or to take advantage of a better investment opportunity.
Principal Investment Risks
An investment in the Fund may lose money, is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its affiliates, is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency, and is primarily subject to the risks (in alphabetical order) briefly summarized below.
Growth/Value Investing Risk. Securities that exhibit growth or value characteristics tend to perform differently and shift into and out of favor with investors depending on changes in market and economic sentiment and conditions.
Management Risk. Investment decisions, techniques, analyses or models implemented by a Fund’s manager or sub-adviser in seeking to achieve the Fund’s investment objective may not produce expected returns, may cause the Fund’s shares to lose value or may cause the Fund to underperform other funds with similar investment objectives.
Market Risk. The values of, and/or the income generated by, securities held by a Fund may decline due to general market conditions or other factors, including those directly involving the issuers of such securities. Securities markets are volatile and may decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, regulatory, political, or economic developments. Different sectors of the market and different security types may react differently to such developments.
Smaller Company Securities Risk. Securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations tend to be more volatile and less liquid than those of larger companies.
3 | U.S. Equity Funds
Performance
The following information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund’s performance from year to year. The Fund’s average annual total returns are compared to the performance of one or more indices. Past performance before and after taxes is no guarantee of future results. Current month-end performance is available on the Fund’s website at wfam.com.
Calendar Year Total Returns for Class R6 as of 12/31 each year1
.
Highest Quarter:
+22.33%
Lowest Quarter:
-24.88%
Average Annual Total Returns for the periods ended 12/31/20191
Inception Date of Share Class
1 Year
5 Year
10 Year
Class R6
5/29/2020
35.68%
10.49%
12.92%
Russell 2000® Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)
28.48%
9.34%
13.01%
After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts.
U.S. Equity Funds | 4
Fund Management
Manager
Sub-Adviser
Portfolio Manager, Title/Managed Since
Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
Wells Capital Management Incorporated
Michael T. Smith, CFA, Portfolio Manager / 2018
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
Class R6 shares are generally available through intermediaries for the accounts of their customers and directly to institutional investors and individuals. Institutional investors may include corporations; private banks and trust companies; endowments and foundations; defined contribution, defined benefit and other employer sponsored retirement plans; institutional retirement plan platforms; insurance companies; registered investment advisor firms; bank trusts; 529 college savings plans; family offices; and funds of funds, including those managed by Funds Management. In general, you can buy or sell shares of the Fund online or by mail, phone or wire, on any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading. You also may buy and sell shares through a financial professional.
Minimum Investments
To Buy or Sell Shares
Minimum Initial Investment
Minimum Additional Investment
Mail: Wells Fargo Funds
Contact your financial professional.
Tax Information
Any distributions you receive from the Fund may be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, except when your investment is in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged investment plan. However, subsequent withdrawals from such a tax-advantaged investment plan may be subject to federal income tax. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation.
Payments to Intermediaries
If you purchase a Fund through an intermediary, the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the intermediary and your financial professional to recommend the Fund over another investment. Consult your financial professional or visit your intermediary’s website for more information.
5 | U.S. Equity Funds
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund Summary
Investment Objective
The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.
Fees and Expenses
These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of offering price)
None
Example of Expenses
The example below is intended to help you compare the costs of investing in the Fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a $10,000 initial investment, 5% annual total return, and that fees and expenses remain the same as in the tables above. To the extent that the Manager is waiving fees or reimbursing expenses, the example assumes that such waiver or reimbursement will only be in place through the date noted above. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
After:
1 Year
$92
3 Years
$310
5 Years
$570
10 Years
$1,313
Portfolio Turnover
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 34% of the average value of its portfolio.
U.S. Equity Funds | 6
Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, we invest:
We invest principally in equity securities of small-capitalization companies, which we define as companies within the range of the Russell 2500TM Index at the time of purchase. The market capitalization range of the Russell 2500TM Index was $39.64 million to $14.97 billion as of July 1, 2019, and is expected to change frequently.
We invest in companies that we believe are underpriced yet have attractive growth prospects. Our analysis is based on the determination of a company’s “private market valuation,” which is the price an investor would be willing to pay for the entire company. We determine a company’s private market valuation based upon several different types of analysis. We carry out a fundamental analysis of a company’s cash flows, asset valuations, competitive factors, and other industry specific factors. We also gauge the company’s management strength, financial health, and growth potential in determining a company’s private market valuation. We place an emphasis on company management, even meeting with management in certain situations. Finally, we focus on the long-term strategic direction of the company. We then compare the private market valuation, as determined by these factors to the company’s public market valuation, and invest in the securities of those companies where we believe there is a significant gap between the two. We may sell an investment when its price no longer compares favorably with the company’s private market valuation. In addition, we may choose to sell an investment where the fundamentals deteriorate or the strategy of the management or the management itself changes.
Principal Investment Risks
An investment in the Fund may lose money, is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its affiliates, is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency, and is primarily subject to the risks (in alphabetical order) briefly summarized below.
Growth/Value Investing Risk. Securities that exhibit growth or value characteristics tend to perform differently and shift into and out of favor with investors depending on changes in market and economic sentiment and conditions.
Management Risk. Investment decisions, techniques, analyses or models implemented by a Fund’s manager or sub-adviser in seeking to achieve the Fund’s investment objective may not produce expected returns, may cause the Fund’s shares to lose value or may cause the Fund to underperform other funds with similar investment objectives.
Market Risk. The values of, and/or the income generated by, securities held by a Fund may decline due to general market conditions or other factors, including those directly involving the issuers of such securities. Securities markets are volatile and may decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, regulatory, political, or economic developments. Different sectors of the market and different security types may react differently to such developments.
Smaller Company Securities Risk. Securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations tend to be more volatile and less liquid than those of larger companies.
7 | U.S. Equity Funds
Performance
The following information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund’s performance from year to year. The Fund’s average annual total returns are compared to the performance of one or more indices. Past performance before and after taxes is no guarantee of future results. Current month-end performance is available on the Fund’s website at wfam.com.
Calendar Year Total Returns for Class R6 as of 12/31 each year1
.
Highest Quarter:
+17.93%
Lowest Quarter:
-25.89%
Average Annual Total Returns for the periods ended 12/31/20191
Inception Date of Share Class
1 Year
5 Year
10 Year
Class R6
5/29/2020
28.20%
6.84%
10.65%
Russell 2000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)
22.39%
6.99%
10.56%
After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts.
U.S. Equity Funds | 8
Fund Management
Manager
Sub-Adviser
Portfolio Manager, Title/Managed Since
Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
Wells Capital Management Incorporated
Christopher G. Miller, CFA, Portfolio Manager / 2017
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
Class R6 shares are generally available through intermediaries for the accounts of their customers and directly to institutional investors and individuals. Institutional investors may include corporations; private banks and trust companies; endowments and foundations; defined contribution, defined benefit and other employer sponsored retirement plans; institutional retirement plan platforms; insurance companies; registered investment advisor firms; bank trusts; 529 college savings plans; family offices; and funds of funds, including those managed by Funds Management. In general, you can buy or sell shares of the Fund online or by mail, phone or wire, on any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading. You also may buy and sell shares through a financial professional.
Minimum Investments
To Buy or Sell Shares
Minimum Initial Investment
Minimum Additional Investment
Mail: Wells Fargo Funds
Contact your financial professional.
Tax Information
Any distributions you receive from the Fund may be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, except when your investment is in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged investment plan. However, subsequent withdrawals from such a tax-advantaged investment plan may be subject to federal income tax. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation.
Payments to Intermediaries
If you purchase a Fund through an intermediary, the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the intermediary and your financial professional to recommend the Fund over another investment. Consult your financial professional or visit your intermediary’s website for more information.
9 | U.S. Equity Funds
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
Investment Objective
The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.
The Fund’s Board of Trustees can change this investment objective without a shareholder vote.
Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, we invest:
We invest principally in equity securities of small-capitalization companies, which we define as companies with market capitalizations within the range of the Russell 2000® Index at the time of purchase. The market capitalization range of the Russell 2000® Index was $39.64 million to $10.24 billion, as of July 1, 2019, and is expected to change frequently.
We seek to identify companies that have the prospect for improving sales and earnings growth rates, enjoy a competitive advantage (for example, dominant market share) and that we believe have effective management with a history of making investments that are in the best interests of shareholders (for example, companies with a history of earnings and sales growth that are in excess of total asset growth). We pay particular attention to balance sheet metrics such as changes in working capital, property, plant and equipment growth, inventory levels, accounts receivable, and acquisitions. We also look at how management teams allocate capital in order to drive future cash flow. Price objectives are determined based on industry specific valuation methodologies including relative price-to-earnings multiples, price- to-book value, operating profit margin trends, enterprise value to EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization) and free cash flow yield. In addition to meeting with management, we take a surround the company approach by surveying a company’s vendors, distributors, competitors and customers to obtain multiple perspectives that help us make better investment decisions. Portfolio holdings are continuously monitored for changes in fundamentals. The team seeks a favorable risk/reward relationship to fair valuation, which we define as the value of the company (i.e. our price target for the stock) relative to where the stock is currently trading. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors. We may choose to sell a holding when it no longer offers favorable growth prospects, reaches our target price, or to take advantage of a better investment opportunity.
The Fund may hold some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments for purposes of maintaining liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interests of the shareholders to do so. During such periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.
We may actively trade portfolio securities, which may lead to higher transaction costs that may affect the Fund’s performance. In addition, active trading of portfolio securities may lead to higher taxes if your shares are held in a taxable account.
Principal Investment Risks
The Fund is primarily subject to the risks mentioned below (in alphabetical order).
Growth/Value Investing Risk
Management Risk
Market Risk
Smaller Company Securities Risk
These and other risks could cause you to lose money in your investment in the Fund and could adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value and total return. These risks are described in the “Description of Principal Investment Risks” section.
U.S. Equity Funds | 10
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
Investment Objective
The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.
The Fund’s Board of Trustees can change this investment objective without a shareholder vote.
Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, we invest:
We invest principally in equity securities of small-capitalization companies, which we define as companies within the range of the Russell 2500TM Index at the time of purchase. The market capitalization range of the Russell 2500TM Index was $39.64 million to $14.97 billion as of July 1, 2019, and is expected to change frequently.
We invest in companies that we believe are underpriced yet have attractive growth prospects. Our analysis is based on the determination of a company’s “private market valuation,” which is the price an investor would be willing to pay for the entire company. We determine a company’s private market valuation based upon several different types of analysis. We carry out a fundamental analysis of a company’s cash flows, asset valuations, competitive factors, and other industry specific factors. We also gauge the company’s management strength, financial health, and growth potential in determining a company’s private market valuation. We place an emphasis on company management, even meeting with management in certain situations. Finally, we focus on the long-term strategic direction of the company. We then compare the private market valuation, as determined by these factors to the company’s public market valuation, and invest in the securities of those companies where we believe there is a significant gap between the two. We may sell an investment when its price no longer compares favorably with the company’s private market valuation. In addition, we may choose to sell an investment where the fundamentals deteriorate or the strategy of the management or the management itself changes.
The Fund may hold some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments for purposes of maintaining liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interests of the shareholders to do so. During such periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.
We may actively trade portfolio securities, which may lead to higher transaction costs that may affect the Fund’s performance. In addition, active trading of portfolio securities may lead to higher taxes if your shares are held in a taxable account.
Principal Investment Risks
The Fund is primarily subject to the risks mentioned below (in alphabetical order).
Growth/Value Investing Risk
Management Risk
Market Risk
Smaller Company Securities Risk
These and other risks could cause you to lose money in your investment in the Fund and could adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value and total return. These risks are described in the “Description of Principal Investment Risks” section.
11 | U.S. Equity Funds
Description of Principal Investment Risks
Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. The risks that are most likely to have a material effect on a particular Fund as a whole are called “principal risks.” The principal risks for each Fund have been previously identified and are described below. Additional information about the principal risks is included in the Statement of Additional Information.
Growth/Value Investing Risk. Securities that exhibit certain characteristics, such as growth characteristics or value characteristics, tend to perform differently and shift into and out of favor with investors depending on changes in market and economic sentiment and conditions. As a result, a Fund’s performance may at times be worse than the performance of other mutual funds that invest more broadly or in securities that exhibit different characteristics.
Management Risk. Investment decisions, techniques, analyses or models implemented by a Fund’s manager or sub-adviser in seeking to achieve the Fund’s investment objective may not produce the returns expected, may cause the Fund’s shares to lose value or may cause the Fund to underperform other funds with similar investment objectives.
Market Risk. The values of, and/or the income generated by, securities held by a Fund may decline due to general market conditions or other factors, including those directly involving the issuers of such securities. Securities markets are volatile and may decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, regulatory, political, or economic developments. Different sectors of the market and different security types may react differently to such developments. Political, geopolitical, natural and other events, including war, terrorism, trade disputes, government shutdowns, market closures, natural and environmental disasters, epidemics, pandemics and other public health crises and related events have led, and in the future may lead, to economic uncertainty, decreased economic activity, increased market volatility and other disruptive effects on U.S. and global economies and markets. Such events may have significant adverse direct or indirect effects on a Fund and its investments. In addition, economies and financial markets throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, which increases the likelihood that events or conditions in one country or region will adversely impact markets or issuers in other countries or regions.
Smaller Company Securities Risk. Securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations tend to be more volatile and less liquid than those of larger companies. Smaller companies may have no or relatively short operating histories, limited financial resources or may have recently become public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.
U.S. Equity Funds | 12
Portfolio Holdings Information
A description of the Wells Fargo Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to disclosure of the Wells Fargo Funds’ portfolio holdings is available in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.
A Fund’s NAV is the value of a single share. The NAV is calculated as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day that the NYSE is open, although a Fund may deviate from this calculation time under unusual or unexpected circumstances. The NAV is calculated separately for each class of shares of a multiple-class Fund. The most recent NAV for each class of a Fund is available at wfam.com. To calculate the NAV of a Fund’s shares, the Fund’s assets are valued and totaled, liabilities are subtracted, and the balance, called net assets, is divided by the number of shares outstanding. The price at which a purchase or redemption request is processed is based on the next NAV calculated after the request is received in good order. Generally, NAV is not calculated, and purchase and redemption requests are not processed, on days that the NYSE is closed for trading; however, under unusual or unexpected circumstances, a Fund may elect to remain open even on days that the NYSE is closed or closes early. To the extent that a Fund’s assets are traded in various markets on days when the Fund is closed, the value of the Fund’s assets may be affected on days when you are unable to buy or sell Fund shares. Conversely, trading in some of a Fund’s assets may not occur on days when the Fund is open.
With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that may be invested in other mutual funds, the value of the Fund’s shares is based on the NAV of the shares of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests. The valuation methods used by mutual funds in pricing their shares, including the circumstances under which they will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing, are included in the prospectuses of such funds. To the extent a Fund invests a portion of its assets in non-registered investment vehicles, the Fund’s interests in the non-registered vehicles are fair valued at NAV.
With respect to a Fund’s assets invested directly in securities, the Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Equity securities, options and futures are generally valued at the official closing price or, if none, the last reported sales price on the primary exchange or market on which they are listed (closing price). Equity securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange are generally valued at the quoted bid price obtained from a broker-dealer.
Debt securities are valued at the evaluated bid price provided by an independent pricing service or, if a reliable price is not available, the quoted bid price from an independent broker-dealer.
We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the quoted bid price of a security, including a security that trades primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current market value as of the time a Fund calculates its NAV. The closing price or the quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current market value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or quoted bid price are made available, but before the time as of which a Fund calculates its NAV, that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systemic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations or evaluated prices from a pricing service or broker-dealer are not readily available.
The fair value of a Fund’s securities and other assets is determined in good faith pursuant to policies and procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. In light of the judgment involved in making fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate or that it reflects the price that the Fund could obtain for such security if it were to sell the security at the time as of which fair value pricing is determined. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for additional details regarding the determination of NAVs.
13 | U.S. Equity Funds
The Manager
Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), headquartered at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, provides advisory and Fund-Level administrative services to the Funds pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). Funds Management is a wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, a publicly traded diversified financial services company that provides banking, insurance, investment, mortgage and consumer financial services. Funds Management is a registered investment adviser that provides advisory services for registered mutual funds, closed-end funds and other funds and accounts. Funds Management is a part of Wells Fargo Asset Management, the trade name used by the asset management businesses of Wells Fargo & Company.
Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment objectives and strategies of the Funds. Funds Management’s investment professionals review and analyze the Funds’ performance, including relative to peer funds, and monitor the Funds’ compliance with their investment objectives and strategies. Funds Management is responsible for reporting to the Board on investment performance and other matters affecting the Funds. When appropriate, Funds Management recommends to the Board enhancements to Fund features, including changes to Fund investment objectives, strategies and policies. Funds Management also communicates with shareholders and intermediaries about Fund performance and features.
Funds Management is also responsible for providing Fund-level administrative services to the Funds, which include, among others, providing such services in connection with the Funds’ operations; developing and implementing procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and providing any other Fund-level administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Funds, other than those services that are provided by the Funds’ transfer and dividend disbursing agent, custodian and fund accountant.
To assist Funds Management in implementing the investment objectives and strategies of the Funds, Funds Management may contract with one or more sub-advisers to provide day-to-day portfolio management services to the Funds. Funds Management employs a team of investment professionals who identify and recommend the initial hiring of any sub-adviser and oversee and monitor the activities of any sub-adviser on an ongoing basis. Funds Management retains overall responsibility for the investment activities of the Funds.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the Management Agreement and any applicable sub-advisory agreements for each Fund is available in the Fund’s semi-annual report for the period ended September 30th.
For each Fund’s most recent fiscal year end, the management fee paid to Funds Management pursuant to the Management Agreement, net of any applicable waivers and reimbursements, was as follows:
Management Fees Paid
As a % of average daily net assets
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
0.57%
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
0.66%
U.S. Equity Funds | 14
The Sub-Advisers and Portfolio Managers
The following sub-adviser and portfolio managers provide day-to-day portfolio management services to the Funds. These services include making purchases and sales of securities and other investment assets for the Funds, selecting broker-dealers, negotiating brokerage commission rates and maintaining portfolio transaction records. The sub-adviser is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as investment manager to the Funds. The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.
Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”) is a registered investment adviser located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. Wells Capital Management, an affiliate of Funds Management and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, is a multi-boutique asset management firm committed to delivering superior investment services to institutional clients, including mutual funds. Wells Capital Management is a part of Wells Fargo Asset Management, the trade name used by the asset management businesses of Wells Fargo & Company.
The Funds and Funds Management have obtained an exemptive order from the SEC that permits Funds Management, subject to Board approval, to select certain sub-advisers and enter into or amend sub-advisory agreements with them, without obtaining shareholder approval. The SEC order extends to sub-advisers that are not otherwise affiliated with Funds Management or the Funds, as well as sub-advisers that are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Funds Management or of a company that wholly owns Funds Management. In addition, the SEC staff, pursuant to no-action relief, has extended multi-manager relief to any affiliated sub-adviser, such as affiliated sub-advisers that are not wholly-owned subsidiaries of Funds Management or of a company that wholly owns Funds Management, provided certain conditions are satisfied (all such sub-advisers covered by the order or relief, “Multi-Manager Sub-Advisers”).
As such, Funds Management, with Board approval, may hire or replace Multi-Manager Sub-Advisers for each Fund that is eligible to rely on the order or relief. Funds Management, subject to Board oversight, has the responsibility to oversee Multi-Manager Sub-Advisers and to recommend their hiring, termination and replacement. If a new sub-adviser is hired for a Fund pursuant to the order or relief, the Fund is required to notify shareholders within 90 days. The Funds are not required to disclose the individual fees that Funds Management pays to a Multi-Manager Sub-Adviser.
15 | U.S. Equity Funds
Share Class Eligibility
Class R6 shares are generally available for employer sponsored retirement and benefit plans and through intermediaries for the accounts of their customers to certain institutional and fee-based investors, and in each case, only if a dealer agreement is in place with Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC to offer Class R6 shares. The following investors may purchase Class R6 shares:
The information in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to any law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.
The table below summarizes the key features of the share class offered through this Prospectus. Please note that if you purchase shares through an intermediary that acts as a broker on your behalf, you may be required to pay a commission to your intermediary in an amount determined and separately disclosed to you by the intermediary. Consult your financial professional for further details.
Class R6
Initial Sales Charge
None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC)
None
Ongoing Distribution (12b-1) Fees
None
Compensation to Financial Professionals and Intermediaries
Additional Payments to Financial Professionals and Intermediaries
No compensation is paid to intermediaries from Fund assets on sales of Class R6 shares or for related services. Class R6 shares do not carry sales commissions or pay Rule 12b-1 fees, or make payments to intermediaries to assist in, or in connection with, the sale of Fund shares. Neither the manager, the distributor nor their affiliates make any type of administrative or service payments to intermediaries in connection with investments in Class R6 shares.
Buying and Selling Fund Shares
Eligible retirement plans may make Class R6 shares available to plan participants by contacting certain intermediaries that have dealer agreements with the distributor. These entities may impose transaction charges. Plan participants
U.S. Equity Funds | 16
may purchase shares through their retirement plan’s administrator or record-keeper by following the process outlined in the terms of their plan.
Redemption requests received by a retirement plan’s administrator or record-keeper from the plan’s participants will be processed according to the terms of the plan’s account with its intermediary. Plan participants should follow the process for selling fund shares outlined in the terms of their plan.
Requests in “Good Order”. All purchase and redemption requests must be received in “good order.” This means that a request generally must include:
Purchase and redemption requests in good order will be processed at the next NAV calculated after the Fund’s transfer agent or an authorized intermediary1 receives your request. If your request is not received in good order, additional documentation may be required to process your transaction. We reserve the right to waive any of the above requirements.
Timing of Redemption Proceeds. We normally will send out redemption proceeds within one business day after we accept your request to redeem. We reserve the right to delay payment for up to seven days. Payment of redemption proceeds may be delayed for longer than seven days under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders. Such extraordinary circumstances are discussed further in the Statement of Additional Information.
Exchanges between two funds involve two transactions: (1) the redemption of shares of one fund; and (2) the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures described under “Buying and Selling Fund Shares” apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional policies and considerations you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:
17 | U.S. Equity Funds
Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the above exchange policies.
Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares
Wells Fargo Funds reserves the right to reject any purchase or exchange order for any reason. If a shareholder redeems $20,000 or more (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) from a Covered Fund, that shareholder is “blocked” from purchasing shares of that Covered Fund (including purchases that are part of an exchange transaction) for 30 calendar days after the redemption.
Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency, and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing some of the negative effects of excessive trading.
Wells Fargo Funds, other than the Adjustable Rate Government Fund, Conservative Income Fund, Ultra Short-Term Income Fund and Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund (“Ultra-Short Funds”) and the money market funds, (the “Covered Funds”). The Covered Funds are not designed to serve as vehicles for frequent trading. The Covered Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Covered Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Covered Funds’ policies and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Covered Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Covered Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Covered Fund shareholders. Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Covered Funds on a daily basis. If a shareholder redeems $20,000 or more (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) from a Covered Fund, that shareholder is “blocked” from purchasing shares of that Covered Fund (including purchases that are part of an exchange transaction) for 30 calendar days after the redemption. This policy does not apply to:
The money market funds and the Ultra-Short Funds. Because the money market funds and Ultra-Short Funds are often used for short-term investments, they are designed to accommodate more frequent purchases and redemptions than the Covered Funds. As a result, the money market funds and Ultra-Short Funds do not anticipate that frequent purchases and redemptions, under normal circumstances, will have significant adverse consequences to the money market funds or Ultra-Short Funds or their shareholders. Although the money market funds and Ultra-Short Funds do not prohibit frequent trading, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing the money market
U.S. Equity Funds | 18
funds and Ultra-Short Funds to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in the Covered Funds in contravention of the policies and procedures adopted by the Covered Funds.
All Wells Fargo Funds. In addition, Funds Management reserves the right to accept purchases, redemptions and exchanges made in excess of applicable trading restrictions in designated accounts held by Funds Management or its affiliate that are used at all times exclusively for addressing operational matters related to shareholder accounts, such as testing of account functions, and are maintained at low balances that do not exceed specified dollar amount limitations.
In the event that an asset allocation or “wrap” program is unable to implement the policy outlined above, Funds Management may grant a program-level exception to this policy. A financial intermediary relying on the exception is required to provide Funds Management with specific information regarding its program and ongoing information about its program upon request.
A financial intermediary through whom you may purchase shares of the Fund may independently attempt to identify excessive trading and take steps to deter such activity. As a result, a financial intermediary may on its own limit or permit trading activity of its customers who invest in Fund shares using standards different from the standards used by Funds Management and discussed in this Prospectus. Funds Management may permit a financial intermediary to enforce its own internal policies and procedures concerning frequent trading rather than the policies set forth above in instances where Funds Management reasonably believes that the intermediary’s policies and procedures effectively discourage disruptive trading activity. If you purchase Fund shares through a financial intermediary, you should contact the intermediary for more information about whether and how restrictions or limitations on trading activity will be applied to your account.
Advance Notice of Large Transactions. We strongly urge you to make all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares as early in the day as possible and to notify us or your intermediary at least one day in advance of transactions in Fund shares in excess of $1 million. This will help us to manage the Funds most effectively. When you give this advance notice, please provide your name and account number.
Householding. To help keep Fund expenses low, a single copy of a Prospectus or shareholder report may be sent to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a Prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your intermediary.
Transaction Authorizations. We may accept telephone, electronic, and clearing agency transaction instructions from anyone who represents that he or she is a shareholder and provides reasonable confirmation of his or her identity. Neither we nor Wells Fargo Funds will be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through our website, we may assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and you will need to create a login ID and password for account access. To safeguard your account, please keep these credentials confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your online access credentials.
Identity Verification. We are required by law to obtain from you certain personal information that will be used to verify your identity. If you do not provide the information, we will not be able to open your account. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity as required by law, we reserve the right to redeem your account at the current NAV of the Fund’s shares. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.
Right to Freeze Accounts, Suspend Account Services or Reject or Terminate an Investment. We reserve the right, to the extent permitted by law and/or regulations, to freeze any account or suspend account services when we have received reasonable notice (written or otherwise) of a dispute between registered or beneficial account owners or when we believe a fraudulent transaction may occur or has occurred. Additionally, we reserve the right to reject any purchase or exchange request and to terminate a shareholder’s investment, including closing the shareholder’s account.
19 | U.S. Equity Funds
The Funds generally make distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Please contact your institution for distribution options. Please note, distributions have the effect of reducing the NAV per share by the amount distributed.
U.S. Equity Funds | 20
Taxes
By investing in the Fund through a tax-deferred retirement account, you will not be subject to tax on dividends and capital gains distributions from the Fund or the sale of Fund shares if those amounts remain in the tax-deferred account. Distributions taken from retirement plan accounts generally are taxable as ordinary income. For special rules concerning tax-deferred retirement accounts, including applications, restrictions, tax advantages, and potential sales charge waivers, contact your investment professional. To determine if a retirement plan may be appropriate for you and to obtain further information, consult your tax advisor. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.
21 | U.S. Equity Funds
Financial highlights are not available for the Class R6 shares of the Funds since Class R6 shares did not exist prior to the Funds’ current fiscal year end. The financial highlights shown below are for the Funds’ Institutional Class shares and are intended to help you understand the Funds’ financial performance for the past five years (or since inception, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). The information in the following tables for the six months ended September 30, 2019 is unaudited and is included in the Fund’s semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request. The information in the following tables for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015 to March 31, 2019 has been derived from the Funds’ annual financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Funds’ financial statements, is also included in the Funds’ annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
For a share outstanding throughout each period
Year ended March 31
Institutional Class
(unaudited)
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
Net asset value, beginning of period
$
$
$
$
$
$
Net investment loss
Net realized and unrealized losses on
Total from investment operations
Distributions to shareholders from
Net realized gains
Net asset value, end of period
$
$
$
$
$
$
Total return2
Ratios to average net assets
Gross expenses
Net expenses
Net investment loss
Supplemental data
Portfolio turnover rate
Net assets, end of period (000s omitted)
$
$
$
$
$
$
U.S. Equity Funds | 22
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
For a share outstanding throughout each period
Year ended March 31
Institutional Class
(unaudited)
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
Net asset value, beginning of period
$
$
$
$
$
$
Net investment income (loss)
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)
Total from investment operations
Distributions to shareholders from
Net investment income
Net asset value, end of period
$
$
$
$
$
$
Total return2
Ratios to average net assets
Gross expenses
Net expenses
Net investment income (loss)
Supplemental data
Portfolio turnover rate
Net assets, end of period (000s omitted)
$
$
$
$
$
$
23 | U.S. Equity Funds
U.S. Equity Funds | 24
Notes
25 | U.S. Equity Funds
Notes
U.S. Equity Funds | 26
.
FOR MORE INFORMATION
More information on a Fund is available free upon request,
Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)
Annual/Semi-Annual Reports
To obtain copies of the above documents or for more
By telephone:
By mail:
Online:
From the SEC:
To obtain information for a fee, write or email:
.
© 2020 Wells Fargo & Company. All rights reserved.
[EMPTY]
Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by new regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of the Wells Fargo Funds’ annual and semi-annual shareholder reports issued after this date will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports. Instead, the reports will be made available on the Funds’ website, and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website address to access the report.
1.
The Manager has contractually committed through July 31, 2021, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to cap Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waivers at 0.80% for Class R6. Brokerage commissions, stamp duty fees, interest, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses (if any), and extraordinary expenses are excluded from the expense cap. Prior to or after the commitment expiration date, the cap may be increased or the commitment to maintain the cap may be terminated only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.
■
at least 80% of the Fund’s net assets in equity securities of small-capitalization companies; and
■
up to 15% of the Fund’s total assets in equity securities of foreign issuers, including ADRs and similar investments.
1st Quarter 2019
3rd Quarter 2011
1.
Historical performance shown for the Class R6 shares prior to their inception reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares, and is not adjusted to reflect Class R6 expenses. If these expenses had been included, returns for Class R6 would be higher. The Institutional Class annual returns are substantially similar to what the Class R6 annual returns would be because the Institutional Class and Class R6 shares are invested in the same portfolio and their returns differ only to the extent that they do not have the same expenses.
Christopher J. Warner, CFA, Portfolio Manager / 2018
Institutional Class: $1 million (this amount may be reduced or eliminated for certain eligible investors)
Institutional Class: None
P.O. Box 219967
Kansas City, MO 64121-9967
Online: wfam.com
Phone or Wire: 1-800-222-8222
1.
The Manager has contractually committed through July 31, 2021, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to cap Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waivers at 0.90% for Class R6. Brokerage commissions, stamp duty fees, interest, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses (if any), and extraordinary expenses are excluded from the expense cap. Prior to or after the commitment expiration date, the cap may be increased or the commitment to maintain the cap may be terminated only with the approval of the Board of Trustees
■
at least 80% of the Fund’s net assets (plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, if any) in equity securities of small-capitalization companies.
4th Quarter 2010
3rd Quarter 2011
1.
Historical performance shown for the Class R6 shares prior to their inception reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares, and is not adjusted to reflect Class R6 expenses. If these expenses had been included, returns for Class R6 would be higher. The Institutional Class annual returns are substantially similar to what the Class R6 annual returns would be because the Institutional Class and Class R6 shares are invested in the same portfolio and their returns differ only to the extent that they do not have the same expenses.
Theran Motl, CFA, Portfolio Manager / 2020
Institutional Class: $1 million (this amount may be reduced or eliminated for certain eligible investors)
Institutional Class: None
P.O. Box 219967
Kansas City, MO 64121-9967
Online: wfam.com
Phone or Wire: 1-800-222-8222
■
at least 80% of the Fund’s net assets in equity securities of small-capitalization companies; and
■
up to 15% of the Fund’s total assets in equity securities of foreign issuers, including ADRs and similar investments.
■
at least 80% of the Fund’s net assets (plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, if any) in equity securities of small-capitalization companies.
■
Employer sponsored retirement plans held in plan level or omnibus accounts, including but not limited to: 401(k) plans, 457 plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, defined benefit plans, target benefit plans and non-qualified deferred compensation plans;
■
Employee benefit plan programs;
■
Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset-based fee where omnibus accounts are held on the books of the Fund;
■
Registered investment adviser mutual fund wrap programs or other accounts that charge a fee for advisory, investment, consulting or similar services where omnibus accounts are held on the books of the Fund;
■
Private bank and trust company managed accounts or wrap programs that charge an asset-based fee;
■
Funds of funds, including those advised by Funds Management;
■
Institutional investors purchasing shares through an intermediary where omnibus accounts are held on the books of the Fund including trust departments, insurance companies, foundations, local, city, and state governmental institutions, private banks, endowments, non-profits, and charitable organizations;
■
Investors purchasing shares through an intermediary, acting solely as a broker on behalf of its customers, that holds such shares in an omnibus account and charges investors a transaction based commission outside of the Fund. In order to offer Fund shares, an intermediary must have an agreement with the Fund’s distributor authorizing the use of the share class within this type of platform.
■
The Fund name(s), share class(es) and account number(s);
■
The amount (in dollars or shares) and type (purchase or redemption) of the request;
■
For purchase requests, payment of the full amount of the purchase request; and
■
Any supporting legal documentation that may be required.
1.
The Fund’s shares may be purchased through an intermediary that has entered into a dealer agreement with the Fund’s distributor. The Fund has approved the acceptance of a purchase or redemption request effective as of the time of its receipt by such an authorized intermediary or its designee, as long as the request is received by one of those entities prior to the Fund’s closing time. These intermediaries may charge transaction fees. We reserve the right to adjust the closing time in certain circumstances.
■
In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any fund in the Wells Fargo Funds complex offered to the general public for investment (i.e., a fund not closed to new accounts), with the following exceptions: (1) Class A shares of non-money market funds may also be exchanged for Service Class shares of any retail or government money market fund; (2) Service Class shares may be exchanged for Class A shares of any non-money market fund; and (3) no exchanges are allowed into institutional money market funds.
■
If you make an exchange between Class A shares of a money market fund and Class A shares of a non-money market fund, you will buy the shares at the public offering price of the new fund, unless you are otherwise eligible to buy shares at NAV.
■
Same-fund exchanges between share classes are permitted subject to the following conditions: (1) the shareholder must meet the eligibility guidelines of the class being purchased in the exchange; (2) exchanges out of Class A and Class C shares would not be allowed if shares are subject to a CDSC; and (3) for non-money market funds, in order to exchange into Class A shares, the shareholder must be able to qualify to purchase Class A shares at NAV based on current Prospectus guidelines.
■
An exchange request will be processed on the same business day, provided that both funds are open at the time the request is received. If one or both funds are closed, the exchange will be processed on the following business day.
■
You should carefully read the Prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.
■
Every exchange involves redeeming fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.
■
If you are making an initial investment into a fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum initial investment amount for the new fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to investment performance.
■
If you are making an additional investment into a fund that you already own through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum subsequent investment amount for the fund you are exchanging into.
■
Class C share exchanges will not trigger a CDSC. The new shares received in the exchange will continue to age
according to the original shares’ CDSC schedule and will be charged the CDSC applicable to the original shares upon redemption.
■
Money market funds;
■
Ultra-Short Funds;
■
Dividend reinvestments;
■
Systematic investments or exchanges where the financial intermediary maintaining the shareholder account identifies the transaction as a systematic redemption or purchase at the time of the transaction;
■
Rebalancing transactions within certain asset allocation or “wrap” programs where the financial intermediary maintaining a shareholder account is able to identify the transaction as part of an asset allocation program approved by Funds Management;
■
Transactions initiated by a “fund of funds” or Section 529 Plan into an underlying fund investment;
■
Permitted exchanges between share classes of the same Fund;
■
Certain transactions involving participants in employer-sponsored retirement plans, including: participant withdrawals due to mandatory distributions, rollovers and hardships, withdrawals of shares acquired by participants through payroll deductions, and shares acquired or sold by a participant in connection with plan loans; and
■
Purchases below $20,000 (including purchases that are part of an exchange transaction).
investments
(annualized)
1.
Calculated based upon average shares outstanding
2.Returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized
on investments
(annualized)
1.
Calculated based upon average shares outstanding
2.Returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized
including the following documents:
Supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus.
The SAI, which has been filed with the SEC, is
incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and
therefore is legally part of this Prospectus.
Provide financial and other important information,
including a discussion of the market conditions
and investment strategies that significantly affected
Fund performance over the reporting period.
information about Wells Fargo Funds, contact us:
Individual Investors: 1-800-222-8222
Retail Investment Professionals: 1-888-877-9275
Institutional Investment Professionals: 1-800-260-5969
Wells Fargo Funds
P.O. Box 219967
Kansas City, MO 64121-9967
wfam.com
Visit the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington,
DC (phone 1-202-551-8090 for operational
information for the SEC’s Public Reference Room) or
the SEC’s website at sec.gov.
SEC’s Public Reference Section
100 “F” Street, NE
Washington, DC 20549-0102
publicinfo@sec.gov
The Wells Fargo Funds are distributed by
Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC, a member of FINRA,
and an affiliate of Wells Fargo & Company.
.
ICA Reg. No. 811-09253
U.S. Equity Funds
Fund
Class R6
Wells Fargo Opportunity Fund
-
.
If you already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action. You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from the Fund electronically at any time by contacting your financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank) or, if you are a direct investor, by calling 1-800-222-8222 or by enrolling at wellsfargo.com/advantagedelivery.
You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. If you invest through a financial intermediary, you can contact your financial intermediary to request that you continue to receive paper copies of your shareholder reports; if you invest directly with the Fund, you can call 1-800-222-8222. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all Wells Fargo Funds held in your account with your financial intermediary or, if you are a direct investor, to all Wells Fargo Funds that you hold.
As with all mutual funds, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime.
Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or guaranteed by, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., its affiliates or any other depository institution. Fund shares are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency and may lose value.
Investment Objective
The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.
Fees and Expenses
These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of offering price)
None
Example of Expenses
The example below is intended to help you compare the costs of investing in the Fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a $10,000 initial investment, 5% annual total return, and that fees and expenses remain the same as in the tables above. To the extent that the Manager is waiving fees or reimbursing expenses, the example assumes that such waiver or reimbursement will only be in place through the date noted above. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
After:
1 Year
$74
3 Years
$237
5 Years
$421
10 Years
$955
Portfolio Turnover
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 28% of the average value of its portfolio.
U.S. Equity Funds | 2
Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, we invest:
We may invest in the equity securities of companies of any market capitalization.
We invest in equity securities of companies that we believe are underpriced yet have attractive growth prospects. Our analysis is based on the determination of a company’s “private market valuation,” which is the price an investor would be willing to pay for the entire company. We determine a company’s private market valuation based upon several types of analysis. We carry out a fundamental analysis of a company’s cash flows, asset valuations, competitive situation and industry specific factors. We also gauge the company’s management strength, financial health, and growth potential in determining a company’s private market valuation. We place an emphasis on a company’s management, even meeting with management in certain situations. Finally, we focus on the long-term strategic direction of a company. We then compare the private market valuation as determined by these factors to the company’s public market price, and invest in the equity securities of those companies where we believe there is a significant gap between the two.
We may sell an investment when its market valuation no longer compares favorably with the company’s private market valuation. In addition, we may choose to sell an investment where the fundamentals deteriorate or the strategy of the management or the management itself changes.
Principal Investment Risks
An investment in the Fund may lose money, is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its affiliates, is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency, and is primarily subject to the risks (in alphabetical order) briefly summarized below.
Foreign Investment Risk. Foreign investments may be subject to lower liquidity, greater price volatility and risks related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Foreign investments may involve exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be subject to higher withholding and other taxes.
Growth/Value Investing Risk. Securities that exhibit growth or value characteristics tend to perform differently and shift into and out of favor with investors depending on changes in market and economic sentiment and conditions.
Management Risk. Investment decisions, techniques, analyses or models implemented by a Fund’s manager or sub-adviser in seeking to achieve the Fund’s investment objective may not produce expected returns, may cause the Fund’s shares to lose value or may cause the Fund to underperform other funds with similar investment objectives.
Market Risk. The values of, and/or the income generated by, securities held by a Fund may decline due to general market conditions or other factors, including those directly involving the issuers of such securities. Securities markets are volatile and may decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, regulatory, political, or economic developments. Different sectors of the market and different security types may react differently to such developments.
Smaller Company Securities Risk. Securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations tend to be more volatile and less liquid than those of larger companies.
3 | U.S. Equity Funds
Performance
The following information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund’s performance from year to year. The Fund’s average annual total returns are compared to the performance of one or more indices. Past performance before and after taxes is no guarantee of future results. Current month-end performance is available on the Fund’s website at wfam.com.
Calendar Year Total Returns for Class R6 as of 12/31 each year1
.
Highest Quarter:
+15.20%
Lowest Quarter:
-20.64%
Average Annual Total Returns for the periods ended 12/31/20191
Inception Date of Share Class
1 Year
5 Year
10 Year
Class R6
5/29/2020
31.88%
10.07%
11.79%
Russell 3000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)
31.02%
11.24%
13.42%
After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts.
U.S. Equity Funds | 4
Fund Management
Manager
Sub-Adviser
Portfolio Manager, Title / Managed Since
Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
Wells Capital Management Incorporated
Kurt Gunderson, Portfolio Manager / 2020
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
Class R6 shares are generally available through intermediaries for the accounts of their customers and directly to institutional investors and individuals. Institutional investors may include corporations; private banks and trust companies; endowments and foundations; defined contribution, defined benefit and other employer sponsored retirement plans; institutional retirement plan platforms; insurance companies; registered investment advisor firms; bank trusts; 529 college savings plans; family offices; and funds of funds, including those managed by Funds Management. In general, you can buy or sell shares of the Fund online or by mail, phone or wire, on any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading. You also may buy and sell shares through a financial professional.
Minimum Investments
To Buy or Sell Shares
Minimum Initial Investment
Minimum Additional Investment
Mail: Wells Fargo Funds
Contact your financial professional.
Tax Information
Any distributions you receive from the Fund may be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, except when your investment is in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged investment plan. However, subsequent withdrawals from such a tax-advantaged investment plan may be subject to federal income tax. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation.
Payments to Intermediaries
If you purchase a Fund through an intermediary, the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the intermediary and your financial professional to recommend the Fund over another investment. Consult your financial professional or visit your intermediary’s website for more information.
5 | U.S. Equity Funds
Opportunity Fund
Investment Objective
The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.
The Fund’s Board of Trustees can change this investment objective without a shareholder vote.
Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, we invest:
We may invest in the equity securities of companies of any market capitalization.
We invest in equity securities of companies that we believe are underpriced yet have attractive growth prospects. Our analysis is based on the determination of a company’s “private market valuation,” which is the price an investor would be willing to pay for the entire company. We determine a company’s private market valuation based upon several types of analysis. We carry out a fundamental analysis of a company’s cash flows, asset valuations, competitive situation and industry specific factors. We also gauge the company’s management strength, financial health, and growth potential in determining a company’s private market valuation. We place an emphasis on a company’s management, even meeting with management in certain situations. Finally, we focus on the long-term strategic direction of a company. We then compare the private market valuation as determined by these factors to the company’s public market price, and invest in the equity securities of those companies where we believe there is a significant gap between the two.
We may sell an investment when its market valuation no longer compares favorably with the company’s private market valuation. In addition, we may choose to sell an investment where the fundamentals deteriorate or the strategy of the management or the management itself changes.
We may actively trade portfolio securities, which may lead to higher transaction costs that may affect the Fund’s performance. In addition, active trading of portfolio securities may lead to higher taxes if your shares are held in a taxable account.
The Fund may hold some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments for purposes of maintaining liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interests of the shareholders to do so. During such periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.
Principal Investment Risks
The Fund is primarily subject to the risks mentioned below (in alphabetical order).
Foreign Investment Risk
Growth/Value Investing Risk
Management Risk
Market Risk
Smaller Company Securities Risk
These and other risks could cause you to lose money in your investment in the Fund and could adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value and total return. These risks are described in the “Description of Principal Investment Risks” section.
U.S. Equity Funds | 6
Description of Principal Investment Risks
Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. The risks that are most likely to have a material effect on a particular Fund as a whole are called “principal risks.” The principal risks for the Fund have been previously identified and are described below. Additional information about the principal risks is included in the Statement of Additional Information.
Foreign Investment Risk. Foreign investments may be subject to lower liquidity, greater price volatility and risks related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing the earnings potential of such foreign companies. Foreign investments may involve exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Such changes may reduce the U.S. dollar value of the investments. Foreign investments may be subject to additional risks, such as potentially higher withholding and other taxes, and may also be subject to greater trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks than domestic investments. Certain foreign markets may also be characterized by less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.
Growth/Value Investing Risk. Securities that exhibit certain characteristics, such as growth characteristics or value characteristics, tend to perform differently and shift into and out of favor with investors depending on changes in market and economic sentiment and conditions. As a result, a Fund’s performance may at times be worse than the performance of other mutual funds that invest more broadly or in securities that exhibit different characteristics.
Management Risk. Investment decisions, techniques, analyses or models implemented by a Fund’s manager or sub-adviser in seeking to achieve the Fund’s investment objective may not produce the returns expected, may cause the Fund’s shares to lose value or may cause the Fund to underperform other funds with similar investment objectives.
Market Risk. The values of, and/or the income generated by, securities held by a Fund may decline due to general market conditions or other factors, including those directly involving the issuers of such securities. Securities markets are volatile and may decline significantly in response to adverse issuer, regulatory, political, or economic developments. Different sectors of the market and different security types may react differently to such developments. Political, geopolitical, natural and other events, including war, terrorism, trade disputes, government shutdowns, market closures, natural and environmental disasters, epidemics, pandemics and other public health crises and related events have led, and in the future may lead, to economic uncertainty, decreased economic activity, increased market volatility and other disruptive effects on U.S. and global economies and markets. Such events may have significant adverse direct or indirect effects on a Fund and its investments. In addition, economies and financial markets throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, which increases the likelihood that events or conditions in one country or region will adversely impact markets or issuers in other countries or regions.
Smaller Company Securities Risk. Securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations tend to be more volatile and less liquid than those of larger companies. Smaller companies may have no or relatively short operating histories, limited financial resources or may have recently become public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.
Portfolio Holdings Information
A description of the Wells Fargo Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to disclosure of the Wells Fargo Funds’ portfolio holdings is available in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.
The Fund’s NAV is the value of a single share. The NAV is calculated as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day that the NYSE is open, although the Fund may deviate from this calculation time under unusual or unexpected circumstances. The NAV is calculated separately for each class of shares of a multiple-class Fund. The most recent NAV for each class of a Fund is available at wfam.com. To calculate the NAV of the Fund’s shares, the Fund’s assets are valued and totaled, liabilities are subtracted, and the balance, called net assets, is divided by the number of shares outstanding. The price at which a purchase or redemption request is processed is based on the next NAV calculated after the request is received in good order. Generally, NAV is not calculated, and purchase and redemption requests are not processed, on days that the NYSE is
7 | U.S. Equity Funds
closed for trading; however, under unusual or unexpected circumstances, the Fund may elect to remain open even on days that the NYSE is closed or closes early. To the extent that the Fund’s assets are traded in various markets on days when the Fund is closed, the value of the Fund’s assets may be affected on days when you are unable to buy or sell Fund shares. Conversely, trading in some of the Fund’s assets may not occur on days when the Fund is open.
With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that may be invested in other mutual funds, the value of the Fund’s shares is based on the NAV of the shares of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests. The valuation methods used by mutual funds in pricing their shares, including the circumstances under which they will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing, are included in the prospectuses of such funds. To the extent the Fund invests a portion of its assets in non-registered investment vehicles, the Fund’s interests in the non-registered vehicles are fair valued at NAV.
With respect to the Fund’s assets invested directly in securities, the Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Equity securities, options and futures are generally valued at the official closing price or, if none, the last reported sales price on the primary exchange or market on which they are listed (closing price). Equity securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange are generally valued at the quoted bid price obtained from a broker-dealer.
Debt securities are valued at the evaluated bid price provided by an independent pricing service or, if a reliable price is not available, the quoted bid price from an independent broker-dealer.
We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the quoted bid price of a security, including a security that trades primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current market value as of the time the Fund calculates its NAV. The closing price or the quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current market value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or quoted bid price are made available, but before the time as of which the Fund calculates its NAV, that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systemic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations or evaluated prices from a pricing service or broker-dealer are not readily available.
The fair value of the Fund’s securities and other assets is determined in good faith pursuant to policies and procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. In light of the judgment involved in making fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate or that it reflects the price that the Fund could obtain for such security if it were to sell the security at the time as of which fair value pricing is determined. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for additional details regarding the determination of NAVs.
U.S. Equity Funds | 8
The Manager
Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), headquartered at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, provides advisory and Fund-level administrative services to the Fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). Funds Management is a wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, a publicly traded diversified financial services company that provides banking, insurance, investment, mortgage and consumer financial services. Funds Management is a registered investment adviser that provides advisory services for registered mutual funds, closed-end funds and other funds and accounts. Funds Management is a part of Wells Fargo Asset Management, the trade name used by the asset management businesses of Wells Fargo & Company.
Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment objectives and strategies of the Fund. Funds Management’s investment professionals review and analyze the Fund’s performance, including relative to peer funds, and monitor the Fund’s compliance with its investment objectives and strategies. Funds Management is responsible for reporting to the Board on investment performance and other matters affecting the Fund. When appropriate, Funds Management recommends to the Board enhancements to Fund features, including changes to Fund investment objectives, strategies and policies. Funds Management also communicates with shareholders and intermediaries about Fund performance and features.
Funds Management is also responsible for providing Fund-level administrative services to the Fund, which include, among others, providing such services in connection with the Fund’s operations; developing and implementing procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and providing any other Fund-level administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Fund, other than those services that are provided by the Fund’s transfer and dividend disbursing agent, custodian, and fund accountant.
To assist Funds Management in implementing the investment objectives and strategies of the Fund, Funds Management may contract with one or more sub-advisers to provide day-to-day portfolio management services to the Fund. Funds Management employs a team of investment professionals who identify and recommend the initial hiring of any sub-adviser and oversee and monitor the activities of any sub-adviser on an ongoing basis. Funds Management retains overall responsibility for the investment activities of the Fund.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the Management Agreement and any applicable sub-advisory agreements for the Fund is available in the Fund’s annual report for the period ended September 30th.
For the Fund’s most recent fiscal year end, the management fee paid to Funds Management pursuant to the Management Agreement, net of any applicable waivers and reimbursements, was as follows:
Management Fees Paid
Opportunity Fund
0.71%
9 | U.S. Equity Funds
The Sub-Adviser and Portfolio Managers
The following sub-adviser and portfolio managers provide day-to-day portfolio management services to the Fund. These services include making purchases and sales of securities and other investment assets for the Fund, selecting broker-dealers, negotiating brokerage commission rates and maintaining portfolio transaction records. The sub-adviser is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as investment manager to the Fund. The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund.
Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”) is a registered investment adviser located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. Wells Capital Management, an affiliate of Funds Management and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, is a multi-boutique asset management firm committed to delivering superior investment services to institutional clients, including mutual funds. Wells Capital Management is a part of Wells Fargo Asset Management, the trade name used by the asset management businesses of Wells Fargo & Company.
The Fund and Funds Management have obtained an exemptive order from the SEC that permits Funds Management, subject to Board approval, to select certain sub-advisers and enter into or amend sub-advisory agreements with them, without obtaining shareholder approval. The SEC order extends to sub-advisers that are not otherwise affiliated with Funds Management or the Fund, as well as sub-advisers that are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Funds Management or of a company that wholly owns Funds Management. In addition, the SEC staff, pursuant to no-action relief, has extended multi-manager relief to any affiliated sub-adviser, such as affiliated sub-advisers that are not wholly-owned subsidiaries of Funds Management or of a company that wholly owns Funds Management, provided certain conditions are satisfied (all such sub-advisers covered by the order or relief, “Multi-Manager Sub-Advisers”).
As such, Funds Management, with Board approval, may hire or replace Multi-Manager Sub-Advisers for each Fund that is eligible to rely on the order or relief. Funds Management, subject to Board oversight, has the responsibility to oversee Multi-Manager Sub-Advisers and to recommend their hiring, termination and replacement. If a new sub-adviser is hired for a Fund pursuant to the order or relief, the Fund is required to notify shareholders within 90 days. The Fund is not required to disclose the individual fees that Funds Management pays to a Multi-Manager Sub-Adviser.
U.S. Equity Funds | 10
Share Class Eligibility
Class R6 shares are generally available for employer sponsored retirement and benefit plans and through intermediaries for the accounts of their customers to certain institutional and fee-based investors, and in each case, only if a dealer agreement is in place with Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC to offer Class R6 shares. The following investors may purchase Class R6 shares:
The information in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to any law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.
The table below summarizes the key features of the share class offered through this Prospectus.
Class R6
Initial Sales Charge
None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC)
None
Ongoing Distribution (12b-1) Fees
None
Compensation to Financial Professionals and Intermediaries
No compensation is paid to intermediaries from Fund assets on sales of Class R6 shares or for related services. Class R6 shares do not carry sales commissions or pay Rule 12b-1 fees, or make payments to intermediaries to assist in, or in connection with, the sale of Fund shares. Neither the manager, the distributor nor their affiliates make any type of administrative or service payments to intermediaries in connection with investments in Class R6 shares.
Buying and Selling Fund Shares
Eligible retirement plans may make Class R6 shares available to plan participants by contacting certain intermediaries that have dealer agreements with the distributor. These entities may impose transaction charges. Plan participants may purchase shares through their retirement plan’s administrator or record-keeper by following the process outlined in the terms of their plan.
Redemption requests received by a retirement plan’s administrator or record-keeper from the plan’s participants will be processed according to the terms of the plan’s account with its intermediary. Plan participants should follow the process for selling fund shares outlined in the terms of their plan.
11 | U.S. Equity Funds
Requests in “Good Order”. All purchase and redemption requests must be received in “good order.” This means that a request generally must include:
Purchase and redemption requests in good order will be processed at the next NAV calculated after the Fund’s transfer agent or an authorized intermediary1 receives your request. If your request is not received in good order, additional documentation may be required to process your transaction. We reserve the right to waive any of the above requirements.
Timing of Redemption Proceeds. We normally will send out redemption proceeds within one business day after we accept your request to redeem. We reserve the right to delay payment for up to seven days. Payment of redemption proceeds may be delayed for longer than seven days under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders. Such extraordinary circumstances are discussed further in the Statement of Additional Information.
Exchanges between two funds involve two transactions: (1) the redemption of shares of one fund; and (2) the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures described under “Buying and Selling Fund Shares” apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional policies and considerations you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:
Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the above exchange policies.
U.S. Equity Funds | 12
Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares
Wells Fargo Funds reserves the right to reject any purchase or exchange order for any reason. If a shareholder redeems $20,000 or more (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) from a Covered Fund, that shareholder is “blocked” from purchasing shares of that Covered Fund (including purchases that are part of an exchange transaction) for 30 calendar days after the redemption.
Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency, and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing some of the negative effects of excessive trading.
Wells Fargo Funds, other than the Adjustable Rate Government Fund, Conservative Income Fund, Ultra Short-Term Income Fund and Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund (“Ultra-Short Funds”) and the money market funds, (the “Covered Funds”). The Covered Funds are not designed to serve as vehicles for frequent trading. The Covered Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Covered Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Covered Funds’ policies and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Covered Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Covered Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Covered Fund shareholders. Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Covered Funds on a daily basis. If a shareholder redeems $20,000 or more (including redemptions that are part of an exchange transaction) from a Covered Fund, that shareholder is “blocked” from purchasing shares of that Covered Fund (including purchases that are part of an exchange transaction) for 30 calendar days after the redemption. This policy does not apply to:
The money market funds and the Ultra-Short Funds. Because the money market funds and Ultra-Short Funds are often used for short-term investments, they are designed to accommodate more frequent purchases and redemptions than the Covered Funds. As a result, the money market funds and Ultra-Short Funds do not anticipate that frequent purchases and redemptions, under normal circumstances, will have significant adverse consequences to the money market funds or Ultra-Short Funds or their shareholders. Although the money market funds and Ultra-Short Funds do not prohibit frequent trading, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing the money market funds and Ultra-Short Funds to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in the Covered Funds in contravention of the policies and procedures adopted by the Covered Funds.
All Wells Fargo Funds. In addition, Funds Management reserves the right to accept purchases, redemptions and exchanges made in excess of applicable trading restrictions in designated accounts held by Funds Management or its
13 | U.S. Equity Funds
affiliate that are used at all times exclusively for addressing operational matters related to shareholder accounts, such as testing of account functions, and are maintained at low balances that do not exceed specified dollar amount limitations.
In the event that an asset allocation or “wrap” program is unable to implement the policy outlined above, Funds Management may grant a program-level exception to this policy. A financial intermediary relying on the exception is required to provide Funds Management with specific information regarding its program and ongoing information about its program upon request.
A financial intermediary through whom you may purchase shares of the Fund may independently attempt to identify excessive trading and take steps to deter such activity. As a result, a financial intermediary may on its own limit or permit trading activity of its customers who invest in Fund shares using standards different from the standards used by Funds Management and discussed in this Prospectus. Funds Management may permit a financial intermediary to enforce its own internal policies and procedures concerning frequent trading rather than the policies set forth above in instances where Funds Management reasonably believes that the intermediary’s policies and procedures effectively discourage disruptive trading activity. If you purchase Fund shares through a financial intermediary, you should contact the intermediary for more information about whether and how restrictions or limitations on trading activity will be applied to your account.
Advance Notice of Large Transactions. We strongly urge you to make all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares as early in the day as possible and to notify us or your intermediary at least one day in advance of transactions in Fund shares in excess of $1 million. This will help us to manage the Funds most effectively. When you give this advance notice, please provide your name and account number.
Householding. To help keep Fund expenses low, a single copy of a Prospectus or shareholder report may be sent to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a Prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your intermediary.
Transaction Authorizations. We may accept telephone, electronic, and clearing agency transaction instructions from anyone who represents that he or she is a shareholder and provides reasonable confirmation of his or her identity. Neither we nor Wells Fargo Funds will be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through our website, we may assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and you will need to create a login ID and password for account access. To safeguard your account, please keep these credentials confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your online access credentials.
Identity Verification. We are required by law to obtain from you certain personal information that will be used to verify your identity. If you do not provide the information, we will not be able to open your account. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity as required by law, we reserve the right to redeem your account at the current NAV of the Fund’s shares. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.
Right to Freeze Accounts, Suspend Account Services or Reject or Terminate an Investment. We reserve the right, to the extent permitted by law and/or regulations, to freeze any account or suspend account services when we have received reasonable notice (written or otherwise) of a dispute between registered or beneficial account owners or when we believe a fraudulent transaction may occur or has occurred. Additionally, we reserve the right to reject any purchase or exchange request and to terminate a shareholder’s investment, including closing the shareholder’s account.
The Fund generally makes distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Please contact your institution for distribution options. Please note, distributions have the effect of reducing the NAV per share by the amount distributed.
You are eligible to earn distributions beginning on the business day after the Fund’s transfer agent or an authorized intermediary receives your purchase request in good order.
U.S. Equity Funds | 14
Taxes
By investing in the Fund through a tax-deferred retirement account, you will not be subject to tax on dividends and capital gains distributions from the Fund or the sale of Fund shares if those amounts remain in the tax-deferred account. Distributions taken from retirement plan accounts generally are taxable as ordinary income. For special rules concerning tax-deferred retirement accounts, including applications, restrictions, tax advantages, and potential sales charge waivers, contact your investment professional. To determine if a retirement plan may be appropriate for you and to obtain further information, consult your tax advisor. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.
15 | U.S. Equity Funds
Financial highlights are not available for the Class R6 shares of the Opportunity Fund since Class R6 shares did not exist prior to the current fiscal year end. The financial highlights shown below are for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares and are intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years (or since inception, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). The information in the following table has been derived from the Fund’s financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Fund’s financial statements, is also included in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.
Opportunity Fund
For a share outstanding throughout each period
Year ended September 30
Institutional Class
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
Net asset value, beginning of period
$
$
$
$
$
Net investment income
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
Total from investment operations
Distributions to shareholders from
Net investment income
Net realized gains
Total distributions to shareholders
Net asset value, end of period
$
$
$
$
$
Total return
Ratios to average net assets (annualized)
Gross expenses
Net expenses
Net investment income
Supplemental data
Portfolio turnover rate
Net assets, end of period (000s omitted)
$
$
$
$
$
U.S. Equity Funds | 16
17 | U.S. Equity Funds
Notes
U.S. Equity Funds | 18
.
FOR MORE INFORMATION
More information on a Fund is available free upon request,
Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)
Annual/Semi-Annual Reports
To obtain copies of the above documents or for more
By telephone:
By mail:
Online:
From the SEC:
To obtain information for a fee, write or email:
.
© 2020 Wells Fargo & Company. All rights reserved.
[EMPTY]
Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by new regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, paper copies of the Wells Fargo Funds’ annual and semi-annual shareholder reports issued after this date will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports. Instead, the reports will be made available on the Funds’ website, and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website address to access the report.
1.
The Manager has contractually committed through January 31, 2022, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to cap Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waivers at 0.72% for Class R6. Brokerage commissions, stamp duty fees, interest, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses (if any), and extraordinary expenses are excluded from the expense cap. Prior to or after the commitment expiration date, the cap may be increased or the commitment to maintain the cap may be terminated only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.
■
at least 80% of the Fund’s total assets in equity securities; and
■
up to 25% of the Fund’s total assets in equity securities of foreign issuers, including ADRs and similar investments.
1st Quarter 2019
3rd Quarter 2011
1.
Historical performance shown for the Class R6 shares prior to their inception reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares, and is not adjusted to reflect Class R6 expenses. If these expenses had been included, returns for Class R6 would be higher. The Institutional Class annual returns are substantially similar to what the Class R6 annual returns would be because the Institutional Class and Class R6 shares are invested in the same portfolio and their returns differ only to the extent that they do not have the same expenses.
Christopher G. Miller, CFA, Portfolio Manager / 2017
Institutional Class: $1 million (this amount may be reduced or eliminated for certain eligible investors)
Institutional Class: None
P.O. Box 219967
Kansas City, MO 64121-9967
Online: wfam.com
Phone or Wire: 1-800-222-8222
■
at least 80% of the Fund’s total assets in equity securities; and
■
up to 25% of the Fund’s total assets in equity securities of foreign issuers, including ADRs and similar investments.
■
Employer sponsored retirement plans held in plan level or omnibus accounts, including but not limited to: 401(k) plans, 457 plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans, defined benefit plans, target benefit plans and non-qualified deferred compensation plans;
■
Employee benefit plan programs;
■
Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset-based fee where omnibus accounts are held on the books of the Fund;
■
Registered investment adviser mutual fund wrap programs or other accounts that charge a fee for advisory, investment, consulting or similar services where omnibus accounts are held on the books of the Fund;
■
Private bank and trust company managed accounts or wrap programs that charge an asset-based fee;
■
Funds of funds, including those advised by Funds Management;
■
Institutional investors purchasing shares through an intermediary where omnibus accounts are held on the books of the Fund including trust departments, insurance companies, foundations, local, city, and state governmental institutions, private banks, endowments, non-profits, and charitable organizations;
■
Investors purchasing shares through an intermediary, acting solely as a broker on behalf of its customers, that holds such shares in an omnibus account and charges investors a transaction based commission outside of the Fund. In order to offer Fund shares, an intermediary must have an agreement with the Fund’s distributor authorizing the use of the share class within this type of platform.
■
The Fund name(s), share class(es) and account number(s);
■
The amount (in dollars or shares) and type (purchase or redemption) of the request;
■
For purchase requests, payment of the full amount of the purchase request; and
■
Any supporting legal documentation that may be required.
1.
The Fund’s shares may be purchased through an intermediary that has entered into a dealer agreement with the Fund’s distributor. The Fund has approved the acceptance of a purchase or redemption request effective as of the time of its receipt by such an authorized intermediary or its designee, as long as the request is received by one of those entities prior to the Fund’s closing time. These intermediaries may charge transaction fees. We reserve the right to adjust the closing time in certain circumstances.
■
In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any fund in the Wells Fargo Funds complex offered to the general public for investment (i.e., a fund not closed to new accounts), with the following exceptions: (1) Class A shares of non-money market funds may also be exchanged for Service Class shares of any retail or government money market fund; (2) Service Class shares may be exchanged for Class A shares of any non-money market fund; and (3) no exchanges are allowed into institutional money market funds.
■
If you make an exchange between Class A shares of a money market fund and Class A shares of a non-money market fund, you will buy the shares at the public offering price of the new fund, unless you are otherwise eligible to buy shares at NAV.
■
Same-fund exchanges between share classes are permitted subject to the following conditions: (1) the shareholder must meet the eligibility guidelines of the class being purchased in the exchange; (2) exchanges out of Class A and Class C shares would not be allowed if shares are subject to a CDSC; and (3) for non-money market funds, in order to exchange into Class A shares, the shareholder must be able to qualify to purchase Class A shares at NAV based on current Prospectus guidelines.
■
An exchange request will be processed on the same business day, provided that both funds are open at the time the request is received. If one or both funds are closed, the exchange will be processed on the following business day.
■
You should carefully read the Prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.
■
Every exchange involves redeeming fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.
■
If you are making an initial investment into a fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum initial investment amount for the new fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to investment performance.
■
If you are making an additional investment into a fund that you already own through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum subsequent investment amount for the fund you are exchanging into.
■
Class C share exchanges will not trigger a CDSC. The new shares received in the exchange will continue to age according to the original shares’ CDSC schedule and will be charged the CDSC applicable to the original shares upon redemption.
■
Money market funds;
■
Ultra-Short Funds;
■
Dividend reinvestments;
■
Systematic investments or exchanges where the financial intermediary maintaining the shareholder account identifies the transaction as a systematic redemption or purchase at the time of the transaction;
■
Rebalancing transactions within certain asset allocation or “wrap” programs where the financial intermediary maintaining a shareholder account is able to identify the transaction as part of an asset allocation program approved by Funds Management;
■
Transactions initiated by a “fund of funds” or Section 529 Plan into an underlying fund investment;
■
Permitted exchanges between share classes of the same Fund;
■
Certain transactions involving participants in employer-sponsored retirement plans, including: participant withdrawals due to mandatory distributions, rollovers and hardships, withdrawals of shares acquired by participants through payroll deductions, and shares acquired or sold by a participant in connection with plan loans; and
■
Purchases below $20,000 (including purchases that are part of an exchange transaction).
1.
Calculated based upon average shares outstanding
including the following documents:
Supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus.
The SAI, which has been filed with the SEC, is
incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and
therefore is legally part of this Prospectus.
Provide financial and other important information,
including a discussion of the market conditions
and investment strategies that significantly affected
Fund performance over the reporting period.
information about Wells Fargo Funds, contact us:
Individual Investors: 1-800-222-8222
Retail Investment Professionals: 1-888-877-9275
Institutional Investment Professionals: 1-800-260-5969
Wells Fargo Funds
P.O. Box 219967
Kansas City, MO 64121-9967
wfam.com
Visit the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington,
DC (phone 1-202-551-8090 for operational
information for the SEC’s Public Reference Room) or
the SEC’s website at sec.gov.
SEC’s Public Reference Section
100 “F” Street, NE
Washington, DC 20549-0102
publicinfo@sec.gov
The Wells Fargo Funds are distributed by
Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC, a member of FINRA,
and an affiliate of Wells Fargo & Company.
.
ICA Reg. No. 811-09253
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
PART B
WELLS FARGO U.S. EQUITY FUNDS
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
U.S. Equity Funds
Fund
R6
Wells Fargo Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
-
Wells Fargo Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
-
.
This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ Prospectus (the “Prospectus”) dated June 1, 2020. The audited financial statements for the Funds, which include the portfolios of investments and report of the independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Reports dated as of March 31, 2019. The Prospectus, Annual Reports and Semi-Annual Reports may be obtained free of charge by visiting wfam.com, calling 1-800-222-8222 or writing to Wells Fargo Funds, P.O. Box 219967, Kansas City, MO 64121-9967.
[EMPTY]
Table of Contents
Fund Investment Policies and Risks
Manger and Other Service Providers
Determination of Net Asset Value
Additional Purchase and Redemption Information
Control Persons and Principal Fund Holders
The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. On March 25, 1999, the Board of Trustees of Norwest Advantage Funds (“Norwest”), the Board of Directors of Stagecoach Funds, Inc. (“Stagecoach”) and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”), approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios to certain Funds of the Trust (the “Reorganization”). Prior to November 5, 1999, the effective date of the Reorganization, the Trust had only nominal assets.
On December 16, 2002, the Boards of Trustees of The Montgomery Funds and The Montgomery Funds II (collectively, “Montgomery”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Montgomery portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was June 9, 2003.
On February 3, 2004, the Board, and on February 18, 2004, the Board of Trustees of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund (“AIC Trust”), approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor AIC Trust portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was July 26, 2004.
In August and September 2004, the Boards of Directors of the Strong family of funds (“Strong”) and the Board approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Strong mutual funds into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was April 8, 2005.
On December 30, 2009, the Board of Trustees of Evergreen Funds (“Evergreen”), and on January 11, 2010, the Board, approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Evergreen portfolios and Wells Fargo Advantage Funds portfolios to certain Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was July 12, 2010 for certain Evergreen Funds, and July 19, 2010 for the remainder of the Evergreen Funds.
On December 15, 2015, the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds changed its name to the Wells Fargo Funds.
The Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on July 19, 2010, as successor to Evergreen Growth Fund. The predecessor fund Evergreen Growth Fund acquired Evergreen Select Small Cap Growth Fund on June 16, 2003. Prior to reorganization, the predecessor fund was a series of Mentor Funds, a Massachusetts business trust, and had been reorganized as a series of Evergreen Select Equity Trust on December 22, 1997. Prior to reorganization it was the sole series of Keystone Institutional Trust, a Massachusetts business trust, and had changed its name from Keystone Institutional Small Capitalization Growth Fund on November 18, 1997. On July 22, 2019 the Fund changed its name from Wells Fargo Traditional Small Cap Growth Fund to Wells Fargo Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund.
The Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund commenced operations on April 8, 2005, as successor to the Strong Small Company Value Fund, a series of Strong Equity Funds II, Inc. The predecessor fund commenced operations on March 28, 2002. The fund changed its name from the Small Cap Disciplined Fund to the Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund effective June 1, 2010.
Fundamental Investment Policies
Each Fund has adopted the following fundamental investment policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund.
The Funds may not:
(1) purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as a result thereof, the value of a Fund’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Fund’s total assets, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 2
(i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, (ii) securities of other investment companies, or (iii) repurchase agreements;
(2) purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;
(3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder;
(4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder;
(5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Fund’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;
(6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Fund’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;
(7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent a Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business); or
(8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.
Non-Fundamental Investment Policies
Each Fund has adopted the following non-fundamental policies; that is, they may be changed by the Trustees at any time without approval of such Fund’s shareholders.
(1) Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.
(2) Each Fund may not acquire any illiquid investment if, immediately after the acquisition, the Fund would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments that are assets.
(3) Each Fund may invest in financial instruments subject to the Commodity Exchange Act of 1936, as amended (“CEA”), including futures, options on futures, and swaps (“commodity interests”), consistent with its investment policies and the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) thereunder or any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, and consistent with investment in commodity interests that would allow the Fund’s investment adviser to claim an exclusion from being a “commodity pool operator” as defined by the CEA.
(4) Each Fund may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.
3 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
(5) Each Fund may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities of other investment companies or investments in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.
(6) Each Fund may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).
(7) Each Fund may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.
(8) Each Fund that is subject to Rule 35d-1 (the “Names Rule”) under the 1940 Act, and that has a non-fundamental policy or policies in place to comply with the Names Rule, has adopted the following policy:
Shareholders will receive at least 60 days notice of any change to a Fund’s non-fundamental policy complying with the Names Rule. The notice will be provided in Plain English in a separate written document, and will contain the following prominent statement or similar statement in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy.” This statement will appear on both the notice and the envelope in which it is delivered, unless it is delivered separately from other communications to investors, in which case the statement will appear either on the notice or the envelope in which the notice is delivered. The investment policy of the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund, Common Stock Fund and the Special Mid Cap Value Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s net assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days’ notice.
Further Explanation of Investment Policies
Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Funds may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Fund to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.
With respect to repurchase agreements, each Fund invests only in repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. For purposes of each Fund’s fundamental investment policy with respect to concentration, the Fund does not consider such repurchase agreements to constitute an industry or group of industries because the Fund chooses to look through such securities to the underlying collateral, which is itself excepted from the Fund’s concentration policy.
Additional Approved Principal Investment Strategies
In addition to the principal investment strategies set forth in the Prospectus(es), the Funds may also use futures, options or swap agreements, as well as other derivatives, to manage risk or to enhance return. Please refer to a Fund’s Prospectuses for information regarding the Fund’s anticipated use of derivatives, if any, as a principal investment strategy. Please note that even if a Fund’s Prospectuses do not currently include information regarding derivatives, or only includes information regarding certain derivative instruments, the Fund may use any of the derivative securities described below, at any time, and to any extent consistent with the Fund’s other principal investment strategies.
DERIVATIVE SECURITIES
Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value, at least in part, from the value of another security or asset, the level of an index (e.g., the S&P 500 Index) or a rate (e.g., the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“Euribor”)), or the relative change in two or more reference assets, indices or rates. The most common types of derivatives are forward contracts, futures, options and swap agreements. Some forms of derivative instruments, such as exchange-traded futures and options on securities, commodities, or indices, are traded on regulated exchanges, like the Chicago Board of Trade and the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. These types of derivative instruments are standardized contracts that can easily be bought and sold, and whose market values are determined and published daily. Non-standardized derivative instruments, on the other hand, tend to be more specialized or complex, and may be harder to value. Other common types of derivative instruments include forward foreign currency contracts, linked securities and structured products, participation notes and agreements, collateralized mortgage obligations, inverse floaters, stripped securities, warrants, and swaptions.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 4
A Fund may take advantage of opportunities to invest in a type of derivative that is not presently contemplated for use by the Fund, or that is not currently available, but that may be developed in the future, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible. The trading markets for less traditional and/or newer types of derivative instruments are less developed than the markets for traditional types of derivative instruments and provide less certainty with respect to how such instruments will perform in various economic scenarios.
A Fund may use derivative instruments for a variety of reasons, including: i) to employ leverage to enhance returns; ii) to increase or decrease exposure to particular securities or markets; iii) to protect against possible unfavorable changes in the market value of securities held in, or to be purchased for, its portfolio (i.e., to hedge); iv) to protect its unrealized gains reflected in the value of its portfolio; v) to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities for investment purposes; vi) to reduce transaction costs; vii) to manage the effective maturity or duration of its portfolio; and/or viii) to maintain cash reserves while remaining fully invested.
The risks associated with the use of derivative instruments are different from, and potentially much greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in the underlying instruments on which the derivatives are based. The value of some derivative instruments in which a Fund may invest may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates, and, like the other investments of the Fund, the ability of the Fund to successfully utilize derivative instruments may depend, in part, upon the ability of the sub-adviser to forecast interest rates and other economic factors correctly. If the sub-adviser incorrectly forecasts such factors and has taken positions in derivatives contrary to prevailing market trends, the Fund could be exposed to additional, unforeseen risks, including the risk of loss.
Because certain derivatives have a leverage component, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, reference rate, or index can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. The risk of loss is heightened when a Fund uses derivative instruments to enhance its returns or as a substitute for a position or security, rather than solely to hedge or offset the risk of a position or security held by a Fund. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment.
Additional risks of derivative instruments include, but are not limited to: i) the risk of disruption of a Fund’s ability to trade in derivative instruments because of regulatory compliance problems or regulatory changes; ii) credit risk of counterparties to derivative contracts; and iii) market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes). The possibility of default by the issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. The sub-adviser utilizes a variety of internal risk management procedures to ensure that derivatives are closely monitored, and that their use is consistent with a particular Fund’s investment objective, policies, restrictions and quality standards, and does not expose such Fund to undue risk.
A hedging strategy may fail if the correlation between the value of the derivative instruments and the other investments in a Fund’s portfolio is not consistent with the sub-adviser’s expectations. If the sub-adviser’s expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only fail to protect the value of a Fund’s portfolio, but the Fund may also lose money on the derivative instrument itself.
In the case of credit derivatives, which are a form of derivative that includes credit default swaps and total return swaps, payments of principal and interest are tied to the performance of one or more reference obligations or assets. The same general risks inherent in derivative transactions are present. However, credit derivative transactions also carry with them greater risks of imperfect correlation between the performance and price of the underlying reference security or asset, and the general performance of the designated interest rate or index which is the basis for the periodic payment.
Certain derivative transactions may be modified or terminated only by mutual consent of a Fund and its counterparty and certain derivative transactions may be terminated by the counterparty or the Fund, as the case may be, upon the occurrence of certain Fund-related or counterparty-related events, which may result in losses or gains to the Fund based on the market value of the derivative transactions entered into between the Fund and the counterparty. In addition, such early terminations may result in taxable events and accelerate gain or loss recognition for tax purposes. It may not be possible for a Fund to modify, terminate, or offset the Fund’s obligations or the Fund’s exposure to the risks associated with a derivative transaction prior to its termination or maturity date, which may create a possibility of increased volatility and/or decreased liquidity to the Fund. Upon the expiration or termination of a particular contract, a Fund may wish to retain a Fund’s position in the derivative instrument by entering into a similar contract, but may be
5 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
unable to do so if the counterparty to the original contract is unwilling to enter into the new contract and no other appropriate counterparty can be found, which could cause the Fund not to be able to maintain certain desired investment exposures or not to be able to hedge other investment positions or risks, which could cause losses to the Fund. Furthermore, after such an expiration or termination of a particular contract, a Fund may have fewer counterparties with which to engage in additional derivative transactions, which could lead to potentially greater exposure to one or more counterparties and which could increase the cost of entering into certain derivatives. In such cases, the Fund may lose money.
The Funds might not employ any of the strategies described herein, and no assurance can be given that any strategy used will succeed. Also, with some derivative strategies, there is the risk that a Fund may not be able to find a suitable counterparty for a derivative transaction. In addition, some over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative instruments may be illiquid. Derivative instruments traded in the OTC market are also subject to the risk that the other party will not meet its obligations. The use of derivative instruments may also increase the amount and accelerate the timing of taxes payable by shareholders.
A Fund’s use of derivative instruments also is subject to broadly applicable investment policies. For example, a Fund may not invest more than a specified percentage of its assets in “illiquid securities,” including those derivative instruments that are not transferable or that do not have active secondary markets.
Because certain derivatives may involve leverage, and a Fund could lose more than it invested, federal securities laws, regulations and guidance may require a Fund to segregate or “earmark” assets in order to reduce the risks associated with such derivatives, or to otherwise hold instruments that offset the Fund’s current obligations from derivatives. This process is known as “cover.” A Fund will not enter into any derivative transactions unless it earmarks cash or liquid assets with a value at least sufficient to cover its current obligations under a derivative transaction or otherwise covers the transaction in accordance with applicable SEC guidance. If a large portion of a Fund’s assets is earmarked or otherwise used for cover, it could affect portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.
In the case of swaps, futures contracts, options, forward contracts and other derivative instruments that do not cash settle a Fund must earmark liquid assets equal to the full notional amount of the instrument while the positions are open, to the extent there is not a permissible offsetting position or a contractual “netting” agreement with respect to swaps (other than credit default swaps where the Fund is the protection seller). Conversely, with respect to swaps, futures contracts, options, forward contracts and other derivative instruments that are required to cash settle, a Fund may earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market net obligations (i.e., the Fund’s daily net liability) under the instrument, if any, rather than its full notional amount. Forwards and futures contracts that do not cash settle may be treated as cash settled for asset segregation purposes when a Fund has entered into contractual arrangements with a third party futures commission merchant (“FCM”) or other counterparty to offset the Fund’s exposure under the contract, and, failing that, to assign their delivery obligations under the contract to the counterparty. The Funds reserve the right to modify their asset segregation policies in the future in their discretion, consistent with the Investment Company Act of 1940 and SEC or SEC-staff guidance. By earmarking assets equal to only its net obligations under certain instruments, a Fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to earmark assets equal to the full notional amount of the instrument.
When a Fund buys or sells a derivative that is cleared through a central clearing party, an initial margin deposit with a FCM is typically required subject to certain exceptions for uncleared swaps under applicable rules. If the value of a Fund’s derivatives that are cleared through a central clearing party decline, the Fund will be required to make additional “variation margin” payments to the FCM. If the value of a Fund’s derivatives that are cleared through a central clearing party increases, the FCM will be required to make additional “variation margin” payments to the Fund. This process is known as “marking-to-market” and is calculated on a daily basis.
Central clearing arrangements with respect to derivative instruments may be less favorable to the Funds than bilateral arrangements, because the Funds may be required to provide greater amounts of margin for cleared transactions than for bilateral transactions. Also, in contrast to bilateral derivatives transactions, following a period of notice to a Fund, a central clearing party generally can require termination of existing cleared transactions at any time or increase margin requirements.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 6
While some strategies involving derivative instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain, or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in related investments or otherwise. This is due, in part, to: i) the possible inability of a Fund to purchase or sell a portfolio security at a time that otherwise would be favorable; ii) the possible need to sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time because the Fund is required to maintain asset coverage or offsetting positions in connection with transactions in derivative instruments; and/or iii) the possible inability of a Fund to close out or liquidate its derivatives positions. Accordingly, there is the risk that such strategies may fail to serve their intended purposes, and may reduce returns or increase volatility. These strategies also entail transactional expenses.
It is possible that current and/or future legislation and regulation with respect to derivative instruments may limit or prevent a Fund from using such instruments as a part of its investment strategy, and could ultimately prevent a Fund from being able to achieve its investment objective. For example, Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act made broad changes to the OTC derivatives market and granted significant authority to the SEC and the CFTC to regulate OTC derivatives and market participants. Other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act include: i) position limits that may impact a Fund’s ability to invest in futures, options and swaps in a manner that efficiently meets its investment objective; ii) capital and margin requirements; and iii) the mandatory use of clearinghouse mechanisms for many OTC derivative transactions. In addition, the SEC, CFTC and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of a market emergency, including, for example, the implementation or reduction of speculative position limits, the implementation of higher margin requirements, the establishment of daily price limits and the suspension of trading. The regulation of futures, options and swaps transactions in the United States is subject to modification by government and judicial action. Changes to U.S. tax laws may affect the use of derivatives by the Funds. It is impossible to fully predict the effects of past, present or future legislation and regulation in this area, but the effects could be substantial and adverse.
Moreover, in 2019 the SEC proposed new regulations and rule changes that could significantly limit or impact the ability of registered investment companies to invest in derivatives and other instruments, limit their ability to employ certain strategies that use derivatives, or adversely affect their efficiency in implementing particular investment strategies.
Futures Contracts. A futures contract is an agreement to buy or sell a security or other asset at a set price on a future date. An option on a future gives the holder of the option the right, which may or may not be exercised, to buy or sell a position in a futures contract from or to the writer of the option, at a specified price on or before a specified expiration date. Futures contracts and options on futures are standardized and exchange-traded, where the exchange serves as the ultimate counterparty for all contracts. Consequently, the primary credit risk on such contracts is the creditworthiness of the exchange. In addition, futures contracts and options on futures are subject to market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).
An interest rate, commodity, foreign currency or index futures contract provides for the future sale or purchase of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, commodity, foreign currency or the cash value of an index at a specified price and time. A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which a party agrees to pay or receive an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no physical delivery of these securities is made. A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of indexes as well as financial instruments and foreign currencies. To the extent that a Fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it also may invest in foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon. Certain of the Funds also may invest in commodity futures contracts and options thereon. A commodity futures contract is an agreement to buy or sell a commodity, such as an energy, agricultural or metal commodity at a later date at a price and quantity agreed-upon when the contract is bought or sold.
Futures contracts often call for making or taking delivery of an underlying asset; however, futures are exchange-traded, so that a party can close out its position on the exchange for cash, without ever having to make or take delivery of an asset. Closing out a futures position is affected by purchasing or selling an offsetting contract for the same aggregate amount with the same delivery date; however, there can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time a Fund seeks to close out an exchange-traded position, including options positions.
7 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
A Fund may purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts. The holder of an option on a futures contract has the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true. A call option is “in the money” if the value of the futures contract that is the subject of the option exceeds the exercise price. A put option is “in the money” if the exercise price exceeds the value of the futures contract that is the subject of the option. The potential loss related to the purchase of futures options is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option is fixed at the time of sale, there are no daily cash payments to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option may change daily, and that change would be reflected in the net asset value (“NAV”) of a Fund.
To the extent securities are segregated or “earmarked” to cover a Fund’s obligations under futures contracts and related options, such use will not eliminate the risk of leverage, which may exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the market value of a Fund’s portfolio, and may require liquidation of portfolio positions when it is not advantageous to do so.
There are several risks associated with the use of futures contracts and options on futures as hedging instruments. A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. There can be no guarantee that there will be a correlation between price movements in a hedging vehicle and the securities being hedged. In addition, there are significant differences between securities and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given hedge not to achieve its objectives. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and options on futures contracts for securities, including technical influences in futures and options trading, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision as to whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.
Futures contracts on U.S. Government securities have historically been highly correlated to their respective underlying U.S. Government securities. However, to the extent a Fund enters into such futures contracts, the value of the futures will not fluctuate in direct proportion to the value of the Fund’s holdings of U.S. Government securities. Thus, the anticipated spread between the price of a futures contract and its respective underlying security may be affected by differences in the nature of their respective markets. The spread may also be affected by differences in initial and variation margin requirements, the liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in such markets.
There are several additional risks associated with transactions in commodity futures contracts, including but not limited to:
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 8
The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a Fund may enter into futures and options on futures positions. Unless otherwise noted in the section entitled “Non-Fundamental Investment Policies,” each of the Funds has claimed an exclusion from the definition of “Commodity Pool Operator” (“CPO”) found in Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). Accordingly, the manager of each such Fund, as well as each sub-adviser, is not subject to registration or regulation as a CPO with respect to the Funds under the CEA.
Options. A Fund may purchase and sell both put and call options on various instruments, including, but not limited to, fixed-income or other securities or indices in standardized contracts traded on foreign or domestic securities exchanges, boards of trade, or similar entities, or quoted on NASDAQ or on an OTC market, and agreements, sometimes called cash puts, which may accompany the purchase of a new issue of bonds from a dealer. A Fund may also write covered straddles consisting of a combination of calls and puts written on the same underlying securities or indices.
An option on a security (or index) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option (or the cash value of the index) at a specified exercise price often at any time during the term of the option for American options or only at expiration for European options. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price (in the case of a call) or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security (in the case of a put). Certain put options written by a Fund may be structured to have an exercise price that is less than the market value of the underlying securities that would be received by the Fund. Upon exercise, the writer of an option on an index is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price multiplied by the specified multiplier for the index option. An index is designed to reflect features of a particular financial or securities market, a specific group of financial instruments or securities, or certain economic indicators.
If an option written by a Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by a Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when a Fund desires.
A Fund may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which is sold. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series. A Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security or index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security or index, and the time remaining until the expiration date.
The value of an option purchased or written is marked to market daily and is valued at the closing price on the exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing price is available, at the mean between the last bid and ask prices.
There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and on indexes. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation
9 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
The writer of an American option typically has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. To the extent a Fund writes a put option, the Fund has assumed the obligation during the option period to purchase the underlying investment from the put buyer at the option’s exercise price if the put buyer exercises its option, regardless of whether the value of the underlying investment falls below the exercise price. This means that a Fund that writes a put option may be required to take delivery of the underlying investment and make payment for such investment at the exercise price. This may result in losses to the Fund and may result in the Fund holding the underlying investment for some period of time when it is disadvantageous to do so.
If a put or call option purchased by a Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security.
If trading were suspended in an option purchased by a Fund, the Fund would not be able to close out the option. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Fund might be unable to exercise an option it has purchased. Except to the extent that a call option on an index written by a Fund is covered by an option on the same index purchased by the Fund, movements in the index may result in a loss to the Fund; however, such losses may be mitigated by changes in the value of the Fund’s securities during the period the option was outstanding.
To the extent that a Fund writes a call option on a security it holds in its portfolio and intends to use such security as the sole means of “covering” its obligation under the call option, the Fund has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity to profit from a price increase in the underlying security above the exercise price during the option period, but, as long as its obligation under such call option continues, has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline.
Foreign Currency Options. Funds that may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities may buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies. These Funds may buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies either on exchanges or in the OTC market. A put option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell a foreign currency at the exercise price until the option expires. A call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price until the option expires. Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits which may limit the ability of a Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options. OTC options differ from exchange-traded options in that they are bilateral contracts with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-traded options. Under definitions adopted by the CFTC and SEC, many foreign currency options are considered swaps for certain purposes, including determination of whether such instruments need to be exchange-traded and centrally cleared.
Stock Index Options. A Fund may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options on stock indices to gain exposure to comparable market positions in the underlying securities or to manage risk (i.e., hedge) on direct investments in the underlying securities. A stock index fluctuates with changes of the market values of the stocks included in the index. For example, some stock index options are based on a broad market index, such as the S&P 500 Index or a narrower market index, such as the S&P 100 Index. Indices may also be based on an industry or market segment. A Fund may, for the purpose of hedging its portfolio, subject to applicable securities regulations, purchase and write put and call options on stock indices listed on foreign and domestic stock exchanges. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a Fund will realize a gain or loss from purchasing or writing stock index options depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 10
market generally or, in the case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of particular stock.
There is a key difference between stock options and stock index options in connection with their exercise. In the case of stock options, the underlying security, common stock, is delivered. However, upon the exercise of a stock index option, settlement does not occur by delivery of the securities comprising the index. The option holder who exercises the stock index option receives an amount of cash if the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based is greater than (in the case of a call) or less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the stock index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple.
Participation Notes. Participation notes (“P-notes”) are participation interest notes that are issued by banks and broker-dealers and are designed to offer a return linked to a particular equity, debt, currency or market. An investment in a P-note involves additional risks beyond the risks normally associated with a direct investment in the underlying security, and the P-note’s performance may differ from the underlying security’s performance. While the holder of a P-note is entitled to receive from the bank or issuing broker-dealer any dividends paid on the underlying security, the holder is not entitled to the same rights (e.g., voting rights) as an owner of the underlying stock. P-notes are considered general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them. As such, a Fund must rely on the creditworthiness of the issuer of a P-note for their investment returns on such P-note, and would have no rights against the issuer of the underlying security. There is also no assurance that there will be a secondary trading market for a P-note or that the trading price of a P-note will equal the value of the underlying security. Additionally, issuers of P-notes and the calculation agent may have broad authority to control the foreign exchange rates related to the P-notes and discretion to adjust the P-note’s terms in response to certain events.
Swap Agreements. Swap agreements are derivative instruments that can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease a Fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates, foreign currency values, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, or other factors such as security prices or inflation rates. A Fund may enter into a variety of swap agreements, including interest rate, index, commodity, equity, credit default and currency exchange rate, among others, each of which may include special features, such as caps, collars and floors.
Swap agreements are usually entered into without an upfront payment because the value of each party’s position is the same. The market values of the underlying commitments will change over time, resulting in one of the commitments being worth more than the other and the net market value creating a risk exposure for one party or the other.
A Fund may enter into swap agreements for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objectives and policies, such as attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities a Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in a more cost efficient manner.
OTC swap agreements are bilateral contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard OTC swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or change in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign (non-U.S.) currency, or in a “basket” of securities or commodities representing a particular index. A “quanto” or “differential” swap combines both an interest rate and a currency transaction. Certain swap agreements, such as interest rate swaps, are traded on exchanges and cleared through central clearing counterparties. Other forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. A total return swap agreement is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party
11 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
based on the change in market value of underlying assets, which may include a single stock, a basket of stocks, or a stock index during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Consistent with a Fund’s investment objectives and general investment policies, certain of the Funds may invest in commodity swap agreements. For example, an investment in a commodity swap agreement may involve the exchange of floating-rate interest payments for the total return on a commodity index. In a total return commodity swap, a Fund will receive the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed-upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, a Fund may pay a fixed fee, established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is more than one period, with interim swap payments, a Fund may pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a “floating” rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as Euribor, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, a Fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.
A Fund may also enter into combinations of swap agreements in order to achieve certain economic results. For example, a Fund may enter into two swap transactions, one of which offsets the other for a period of time. After the offsetting swap transaction expires, the Fund would be left with the economic exposure provided by the remaining swap transaction. The intent of such an arrangement would be to lock in certain terms of the remaining swap transaction that a Fund may wish to gain exposure to in the future without having that exposure during the period the offsetting swap is in place.
Most types of swap agreements entered into by the Funds will calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, a Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). A Fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund), and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation or “earmarking” of cash or other liquid assets to limit the extent of any potential leveraging of the Fund’s portfolio. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of a Fund’s investment restriction concerning senior securities.
Swap agreements are sophisticated instruments that typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. As a result, swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on a Fund’s performance. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of a Fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Additionally, the extent to which a Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the sub-adviser’s ability to correctly predict whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments.
Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. When a counterparty’s obligations are not fully secured by collateral, then a Fund is essentially an unsecured creditor of the counterparty. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there is no assurance that a counterparty will be able to meet its obligations pursuant to such contracts or that, in the event of default, the Fund will succeed in enforcing contractual remedies. Counterparty risk still exists even if a counterparty’s obligations are secured by collateral because a Fund’s interest in collateral may not be perfected or additional collateral may not be promptly posted as required. Counterparty risk also may be more pronounced if a counterparty’s obligations exceed the amount of collateral held by a Fund (if any), the Fund is unable to exercise its interest in collateral upon default by the counterparty, or the termination value of the instrument varies significantly from the marked-to-market value of the instrument. The sub-adviser will closely monitor the credit of a swap agreement counterparty in order to attempt to minimize this risk. Certain restrictions imposed on the Funds by the Internal Revenue Code may limit the Funds’ ability to use swap agreements. The swaps market is subject to increasing regulations, in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including additional government regulation, could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that requires investment techniques, risk analyses and tax planning different from those associated with traditional investments. The use of a swap requires an understanding, not only of the reference asset, interest rate, or index, but also of the terms of the swap agreement, without the benefit of
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 12
observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. Because OTC swap agreements are bilateral contracts that may be subject to contractual restrictions on transferability and termination, and because they may have remaining terms of greater than seven days, OTC swap agreements may be considered illiquid and subject to a Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. To the extent that a swap is not liquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.
Moreover, like most other investments, swap agreements are subject to the risk that the market value of the instrument will change in a way detrimental to a Fund’s interest. A Fund bears the risk that the sub-adviser will not accurately forecast future market trends or the values of assets, reference rates, indexes, or other economic factors in establishing swap positions for the Fund. If the sub-adviser attempts to use a swap as a hedge on, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the swap will have or will develop an imperfect correlation with the portfolio investment. This could cause substantial losses for the Fund. While hedging strategies involving swap instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Fund investments. In addition, because swap transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal, the risk of loss with respect to swap agreements and swaptions (described below) generally is limited to the net amount of payments that a Fund is contractually obligated to make. There is also a risk of a default by the other party to a swap agreement or swaption, in which case a Fund may not receive the net amount of payments that such Fund contractually is entitled to receive.
Many swaps are complex, and their valuation often requires modeling and judgment, which increases the risk of mispricing or incorrect valuation. The pricing models used may not produce valuations that are consistent with the values a Fund realizes when it closes or sells an over-the-counter derivative. Valuation risk is more pronounced when a Fund enters into an over-the-counter swap with specialized terms, because the market value of a swap, in some cases, is partially determined by reference to similar derivatives with more standardized terms. Incorrect valuations may result in increased cash payment requirements to counterparties, undercollateralization and/or errors in calculation of a Fund’s net asset value.
A Fund also may enter into options to enter into a swap agreement (“swaptions”). These transactions give a party the right (but not the obligation), in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. A Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When a Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
Commodity-Linked Swap Agreements. Commodity-linked swaps are two-party contracts in which the parties agree to exchange the return or interest rate on one instrument for the return of a particular commodity, commodity index or commodities futures or options contract. The payment streams are calculated by reference to an agreed upon notional amount. A one-period swap contract operates in a manner similar to a forward or futures contract because there is an agreement to swap a commodity for cash at only one forward date. A Fund may engage in swap transactions that have more than one period and more than one exchange of commodities.
In a total return commodity swap, a Fund will receive the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed-upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, the Fund will pay a fixed fee, established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is more than one period, with interim swap payments, the Fund will pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a “floating” rate, the fee is pegged to a base rate such as Euribor, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, a Fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.
A Fund’s ability to invest in commodity-linked swaps may be adversely affected by changes in legislation, regulations or other legally binding authority. Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), a Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income from qualifying sources to qualify as a regulated investment company. The Internal Revenue Service has also issued a revenue ruling which holds that income derived from commodity-linked swaps is not qualifying income with respect to the 90% threshold. As a result, a Fund’s ability to directly invest in commodity-linked swaps as part of its investment strategy is limited to a maximum of 10% of its gross income. Failure
13 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
to comply with the restrictions in the Code and any future legislation or guidance may cause a Fund to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company, which may adversely impact a shareholder’s return. Alternatively, a Fund may forego such investments, which could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment goal.
Credit Default Swap Agreements. A Fund may enter into OTC and cleared credit default swap agreements, which may reference one or more debt securities or obligations that are or are not currently held by a Fund. The protection “buyer” in an OTC credit default swap agreement is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract until a credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. A Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If a Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, a Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, a Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, a Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
The spread of a credit default swap is the annual amount the protection buyer must pay the protection seller over the length of the contract, expressed as a percentage of the notional amount. Market perceived credit risk increases as spreads widen; market perceived credit risk decreases as spreads narrow. Wider credit spreads and decreasing market values, when compared to the notional amount of the swap, represent a deterioration of the credit soundness of the issuer of the reference obligation and a greater likelihood or risk of default or other credit event occurring as defined under the terms of the agreement. For credit default swap agreements on asset-backed securities and credit indices, the quoted market prices and resulting values, as well as the annual payment rate, serve as an indication of the current status of the payment/performance risk. A Fund’s obligations under a credit default swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund).
Credit default swap agreements sold by a Fund may involve greater risks than if a Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly because, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk and counterparty credit risk (with respect to OTC credit default swaps). A Fund will enter into uncleared credit default swap agreements generally with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. In addition, there may be disputes between the buyer and seller of a credit default swap agreement or within the swaps market as a whole as to whether a credit event has occurred or what the payment should be. Such disputes could result in litigation or other delays, and the outcome could be adverse for the buyer or seller.
Interest Rate Swap Agreements. Interest rate swap agreements may be used to obtain or preserve a desired return or spread at a lower cost than through a direct investment in an instrument that yields the desired return or spread. They are financial instruments that involve the exchange of one type of interest rate cash flow for another type of interest rate cash flow on specified dates in the future. In a standard interest rate swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange their respective commitments to pay fixed or floating interest rates on a predetermined specified (notional) amount. The swap agreement’s notional amount is the predetermined basis for calculating the obligations that the swap counterparties have agreed to exchange. Under most swap agreements, the obligations of the parties are exchanged on a net basis. The two payment streams are netted out, with each party receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Interest rate swaps can be based on various measures of interest rates, including Euribor, swap rates, Treasury rates and foreign interest rates.
Swap agreements will tend to shift a Fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if a Fund agreed to pay fixed rates in exchange for floating rates while holding fixed-rate bonds, the swap would tend to decrease a Fund’s exposure to long-term interest rates. Another example is if a Fund agreed to
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 14
exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease a Fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.
Total Return Swap Agreements. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to a Fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, a Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to a Fund thereunder, and conversely, that a Fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, a Fund will enter into total return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with a Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments).
Contracts for Differences. Contracts for differences are swap arrangements in which the parties agree that their return (or loss) will be based on the relative performance of two different groups or baskets of securities. Often, one or both baskets will be an established securities index. A Fund’s return will be based on changes in value of theoretical long futures positions in the securities comprising one basket (with an aggregate face value equal to the notional amount of the contract for differences) and theoretical short futures positions in the securities comprising the other basket. A Fund also may use actual long and short futures positions and achieve similar market exposure by netting the payment obligations of the two contracts. A Fund typically enters into contracts for differences (and analogous futures positions) when the sub-adviser believes that the basket of securities constituting the long position will outperform the basket constituting the short position. If the short basket outperforms the long basket, a Fund will realize a loss, even in circumstances when the securities in both the long and short baskets appreciate in value.
Cross-Currency Swap Agreements. Cross currency swap agreements are similar to interest rate swaps, except that they involve multiple currencies. A Fund may enter into a cross currency swap agreement when it has exposure to one currency and desires exposure to a different currency. Typically, the interest rates that determine the currency swap payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a floating rate of interest. Unlike an interest rate swap agreement, however, the principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned at the end of the contract. In addition to paying and receiving amounts at the beginning and termination of the agreements, both sides will have to pay in full periodically based upon the currency they have borrowed. Changes in foreign exchange currency rates and changes in interest rates may negatively affect currency swaps.
Volatility, Variance and Correlation Swap Agreements. A Fund also may enter into forward volatility agreements, also known as volatility swaps. In a volatility swap, the counterparties agree to make payments in connection with changes in the volatility (i.e., the magnitude of change over a specified period of time) of an underlying reference instrument, such as a currency, rate, index, security or other financial instrument. Volatility swaps permit the parties to attempt to hedge volatility risk and/or take positions on the projected future volatility of an underlying reference instrument. For example, a Fund may enter into a volatility swap in order to take the position that the reference instrument’s volatility will increase over a particular period of time. If the reference instrument’s volatility does increase over the specified time, the Fund will receive a payment from its counterparty based upon the amount by which the reference instrument’s realized volatility level exceeds a volatility level agreed upon by the parties. If the reference instrument’s volatility does not increase over the specified time, the Fund will make a payment to the counterparty based upon the amount by which the reference instrument’s realized volatility level falls below the volatility level agreed upon by the parties. Payments on a volatility swap will be greater if they are based upon the mathematical square of volatility (i.e., the measured volatility multiplied by itself, which is referred to as “variance”). This type of a volatility swap is frequently referred to as a variance swap. Certain of the Funds may engage in variance swaps. Correlation swaps are contracts that provide exposure to increases or decreases in the correlation between the prices of different assets or different market rates. Certain of the Funds may engage in variance swaps and correlation swaps.
Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options on Interest Rate Futures Contracts. A Fund may invest in interest rate futures contracts and options on interest rate futures contracts for various investment reasons, including to serve as a
15 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. A Fund may also sell options on interest rate futures contracts as part of closing purchase transactions to terminate its options positions. No assurance can be given that such closing transactions can be effected or as to the degree of correlation between price movements in the options on interest rate futures and price movements in a Fund’s portfolio securities which are the subject of the transaction.
Bond prices are established in both the cash market and the futures market. In the cash market, bonds are purchased and sold with payment for the full purchase price of the bond being made in cash, generally within five business days after the trade. In the futures market, a contract is made to purchase or sell a bond in the future for a set price on a certain date. Historically, the prices for bonds established in the futures markets have tended to move generally in the aggregate in concert with the cash market prices and have maintained fairly predictable relationships. Accordingly, a Fund may use interest rate futures contracts as a defense, or hedge, against anticipated interest rate changes. A Fund presently could accomplish a similar result to that which it hopes to achieve through the use of interest rate futures contracts by selling bonds with long maturities and investing in bonds with short maturities when interest rates are expected to increase, or conversely, selling bonds with short maturities and investing in bonds with long maturities when interest rates are expected to decline. However, because of the liquidity that is often available in the futures market, the protection is more likely to be achieved, perhaps at a lower cost and without changing the rate of interest being earned by a Fund, through using futures contracts.
Inverse Floaters. Inverse floaters (also known as “residual interest bonds”) are inverse floating rate debt securities. The interest rate on an inverse floater varies inversely with a floating rate (which may be reset periodically by a “Dutch” auction, a remarketing agent or by reference to a short-term tax-exempt interest rate index). A change in the interest rate on the referenced security or index will inversely affect the rate of interest paid on an inverse floater. That is, income on inverse floating rate debt securities will decrease when interest rates increase, and will increase when interest rates decrease.
Markets for inverse floaters may be less developed and more volatile, and may experience less or varying degrees of liquidity relative to markets for more traditional securities, especially during periods of instability in credit markets. The value of an inverse floater is generally more volatile than that of a traditional fixed-rate bond having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity. Inverse floaters may have interest rate adjustment formulas that generally reduce or, in the extreme cases, eliminate the interest paid to a Fund when short-term interest rates rise, and increase the interest paid to a Fund when short-term interest rates fall. The value of an inverse floater also tends to fall faster than the value of a fixed-rate bond when interest rates rise, and conversely, the value of an inverse floater tends to rise more rapidly when interest rates fall. Inverse floaters tend to underperform fixed-rate bonds in a rising long-term interest rate environment, but tend to outperform fixed-rate bonds when long-term interest rates decline.
Inverse floaters have the effect of providing a degree of investment leverage because they may increase or decrease in value in response to changes (e.g., changes in market interest rates) at a rate that is a multiple of the rate at which fixed-rate securities increase or decrease in response to the same changes. As a result, the market values of such securities are generally more volatile than the market values of fixed-rate securities (especially during periods when interest rates are fluctuating). A Fund could lose money and its net asset value could decline if movements in interest rates are incorrectly anticipated. To seek to limit the volatility of these securities, a Fund may purchase inverse floating obligations that have shorter-term maturities or that contain limitations on the extent to which the interest rate may vary. Certain investments in such obligations may be illiquid. Furthermore, where such a security includes a contingent liability, in the event of an adverse movement in the underlying index or interest rate, a Fund may be required to pay substantial additional margin to maintain the position.
A Fund may either participate in structuring an inverse floater or purchase an inverse floater in the secondary market. When structuring an inverse floater, a Fund will transfer fixed-rate securities held in the Fund’s portfolio to a trust. The trust then typically issues the inverse floaters and the floating rate notes that are collateralized by the cash flows of the fixed-rate securities. In return for the transfer of the securities to the trust, the Fund receives the inverse floaters and cash associated with the sale of the notes from the trust.
Inverse floaters are sometimes created by depositing municipal securities in a tender option bond trust (“TOB Trust”). In a tender option bond (“TOB”) transaction, a TOB Trust issues a floating rate certificate (“TOB Floater”) and a residual interest certificate (“TOB Residual”) and utilizes the proceeds of such issuance to purchase a fixed-rate municipal bond
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 16
(“Fixed-Rate Bond”) that either is owned or identified by a Fund. The TOB Floater is generally issued to third party investors (typically a money market fund) and the TOB Residual is generally issued to the Fund that sold or identified the Fixed-Rate Bond. The TOB Trust divides the income stream provided by the Fixed-Rate Bond to create two securities, the TOB Floater, which is a short-term security, and the TOB Residual, which is a longer-term security. The interest rates payable on the TOB Residual issued to a Fund bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on the TOB Floater. The interest rate on the TOB Floater is reset by a remarketing process typically every 7 to 35 days. After income is paid on the TOB Floater at current rates, the residual income from the Fixed-Rate Bond goes to the TOB Residual. Therefore, rising short-term rates result in lower income for the TOB Residual, and vice versa. In the case of a TOB Trust that utilizes the cash received (less transaction expenses) from the issuance of the TOB Floater and TOB Residual to purchase the Fixed Rate Bond from a Fund, the Fund may then invest the cash received in additional securities, generating leverage for the Fund.
The TOB Residual may be more volatile and less liquid than other municipal bonds of comparable maturity. In most circumstances, the TOB Residual holder bears substantially all of the underlying Fixed-Rate Bond’s downside investment risk and also benefits from any appreciation in the value of the underlying Fixed-Rate Bond. Investments in a TOB Residual typically will involve greater risk than investments in Fixed-Rate Bonds.
The TOB Residual held by a Fund provides the Fund with the right to: i) cause the holders of the TOB Floater to tender their notes at par; and ii) cause the sale of the Fixed-Rate Bond held by the TOB Trust, thereby collapsing the TOB Trust. TOB Trusts are generally supported by a liquidity facility provided by a third-party bank or other financial institution (the “Liquidity Provider”) that provides for the purchase of TOB Floaters that cannot be remarketed. The holders of the TOB Floaters have the right to tender their certificates in exchange for payment of par plus accrued interest on a periodic basis (typically weekly) or on the occurrence of certain mandatory tender events. The tendered TOB Floaters are remarketed by a remarketing agent, which is typically an affiliated entity of the Liquidity Provider. If the TOB Floaters cannot be remarketed, the TOB Floaters are purchased by the TOB Trust either from the proceeds of a loan from the Liquidity Provider or from a liquidation of the Fixed-Rate Bond.
The TOB Trust may also be collapsed without the consent of a Fund, as the TOB Residual holder, upon the occurrence of certain “tender option termination events” (or “TOTEs”), as defined in the TOB Trust agreements. Such termination events typically include the bankruptcy or default of the municipal bond, a substantial downgrade in credit quality of the municipal bond, or a judgment or ruling that interest on the Fixed-Rate Bond is subject to federal income taxation. Upon the occurrence of a termination event, the TOB Trust would generally be liquidated in full with the proceeds typically applied first to any accrued fees owed to the trustee, remarketing agent and liquidity provider, and then to the holders of the TOB Floater up to par plus accrued interest owed on the TOB Floater and a portion of gain share, if any, with the balance paid out to the TOB Residual holder. In the case of a mandatory termination event (“MTE”), after the payment of fees, the TOB Floater holders would be paid before the TOB Residual holders (i.e., the Fund). In contrast, in the case of a TOTE, after payment of fees, the TOB Floater holders and the TOB Residual holders would be paid pro rata in proportion to the respective face values of their certificates.
Stock Index Futures Contracts and Options on Stock Index Futures Contracts. Stock index futures and options on stock index futures provide exposure to comparable market positions in the underlying securities or to manage risk (i.e., hedge) on direct investments in the underlying securities. A stock index future obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take), effectively, an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made. With respect to stock indices that are permitted investments, each Fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts on the stock index for which it can obtain the best price with consideration also given to liquidity.
Options on stock index futures give the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a stock index futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put), at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account, which represents the amount by which the market price of the stock index futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the stock index future. If an option is exercised on the last trading day prior to the
17 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
expiration date of the option, the settlement will be made entirely in cash equal to the difference between the exercise price of the option and the closing level of the index on which the future is based on the expiration date. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise their options prior to the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid.
Synthetic Convertible Securities. Synthetic convertible securities are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a Fund may purchase a non-convertible debt security and a warrant or option, which enables a Fund to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies or a stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a Fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations. In addition to the general risks of convertible securities and the special risks of enhanced convertible securities, there are risks unique to synthetic convertible securities. In addition, the component parts of a synthetic convertible security may be purchased simultaneously or separately; and the holder of a synthetic convertible faces the risk that the price of the stock, or the level of the market index underlying the convertibility component will decline. Exposure to more than one issuer or participant will increase the number of parties upon which the investment depends and the complexity of that investment and, as a result, increase a Fund’s credit risk and valuation risk. A Fund only invests in synthetic convertibles with respect to companies whose corporate debt securities are rated “A” or higher by Moody’s or S&P and will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in such synthetic securities and other illiquid securities.
Permitted Investment Activities and Certain Associated Risks
Set forth below are descriptions of permitted investment activities for the Funds and certain of their associated risks. The activities are organized into various categories. To the extent that an activity overlaps two or more categories, the activity is referenced only once in this section. Not all of the Funds participate in all of the investment activities described below. In addition, with respect to any particular Fund, to the extent that an investment activity is described in such Fund’s Prospectus as being part of its principal investment strategy, the information provided below regarding such investment activity is intended to supplement, but not supersede, the information contained in the Prospectus, and the Fund may engage in such investment activity in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Prospectus. To the extent an investment activity is described in this SAI that is not referenced in the Prospectus, a Fund under normal circumstances will not engage in such investment activity with more than 15% of its assets unless otherwise specified below. Unless otherwise noted or required by applicable law, the percentage limitations included in this SAI apply at the time of purchase of a security.
For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Funds (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Fund will be excluded in calculating total assets.
DEBT SECURITIES
Debt securities include bonds, corporate debt securities and similar instruments, issued by various U.S. and non-U.S. public- or private-sector entities. The issuer of a debt security has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the debt security’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a debt security before maturity, in which case the investor may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. The value of fixed-rate debt securities will tend to fall when interest rates rise, and rise when interest rates fall. The values of “floating-rate” or “variable-rate” debt securities, on the other hand, fluctuate much less in response to market interest-rate movements than the value of fixed-rate debt securities. Debt securities may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations, including certain bonds and corporate debt securities, generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated debt. Debt securities may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (also backed by specified collateral).
Debt securities are interest-bearing investments that promise a stable stream of income; however, the prices of such securities are inversely affected by changes in interest rates and, therefore, are subject to the risk of market price
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 18
fluctuations. Longer-term securities are affected to a greater extent by changes in interest rates than shorter-term securities. The values of debt securities also may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of the issuing entities. Certain securities that may be purchased by a Fund, such as those rated “Baa” or lower by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and “BBB” or lower by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) and Fitch Investors Service, Inc. (“Fitch”) tend to be subject to greater issuer credit risk, to greater market fluctuations and pricing uncertainty, and to less liquidity than lower-yielding, higher-rated debt securities. A Fund could lose money if the issuer fails to meet its financial obligations. If a security held by a Fund is downgraded, such Fund may continue to hold the security until such time as the Fund’s sub-adviser determines it to be advantageous for the Fund to sell the security. Investing in debt securities is subject to certain risks including, among others, credit and interest rate risk, as more fully described in this section.
A Fund may purchase instruments that are not rated if, as determined by the Fund’s sub-adviser, such obligations are of investment quality comparable to other rated investments that are permitted to be purchased by such Fund. After purchase by a Fund, a security may cease to be rated, or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by such Fund. Neither event will require a sale of such security by the Fund. To the extent the ratings given by Moody’s, Fitch or S&P may change as a result of changes in such organizations’ rating systems, a Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for investments in accordance with the investment policies contained in its Prospectus and in this SAI.
Certain of the debt obligations a Fund may purchase (including certificates of participation, commercial paper and other short-term obligations) may be backed by a letter of credit from a bank or insurance company. A letter of credit guarantees that payment to a lender will be received on time and for the correct amount, and is typically unconditional and irrevocable. In the event that the indebted party is unable to make payment on the debt obligation, the bank or insurance company will be required to cover the full or remaining amount of the debt obligation.
Corporate debt securities are long and short term fixed-income securities typically issued by businesses to finance their operations. The issuer of a corporate debt security has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal periodically or on a specified maturity date. The rate of interest on a corporate debt security may be fixed, floating, or variable, and could vary directly or inversely with respect to a reference rate. An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a corporate debt security before maturity, in which case the investor may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. The value of fixed-rate corporate debt securities will tend to fall when interest rates rise and rise when interest rates fall. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated debt. Corporate debt securities may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (also backed by specified collateral). Because of the wide range of types and maturities of corporate debt securities, as well as the range of creditworthiness of issuers, corporate debt securities can have widely varying risk/return profiles.
Bank Obligations. Bank obligations include certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances, and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the customer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. Other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations of the banking institution bearing fixed, floating or variable interest rates.
The activities of U.S. banks and most foreign banks are subject to comprehensive regulations. New legislation or regulations, or changes in interpretation and enforcement of existing laws or regulations, may affect the manner of operations and profitability of domestic banks. With respect to such obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Fund may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Fund that invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include political, regulatory or economic developments, the possible imposition of foreign withholding and other taxes (at potentially confiscatory levels) on amounts realized
19 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
on such obligations, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions that might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these obligations and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of domestic banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different regulatory, accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.
Banks may be particularly susceptible to certain economic factors, such as interest rate changes or adverse developments in the market for real estate. Fiscal and monetary policy and general economic cycles can affect the availability and cost of funds, loan demand and asset quality and thereby impact the earnings and financial conditions of banks. Further, the traditional banking industry is experiencing increased competition from alternative types of financial institutions.
Commercial Paper. Commercial paper is a short-term, promissory note issued by a bank, corporation or other borrower to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is typically unsecured but it may be supported by letters of credit, surety bonds or other forms of collateral. Commercial paper may be sold at par or on a discount basis and typically has a maturity from 1 to 270 days. Like bonds, and other fixed-income securities, commercial paper prices are susceptible to fluctuations in interest rates. As interest rates rise, commercial paper prices typically will decline and vice versa. The short-term nature of a commercial paper investment, however, makes it less susceptible to such volatility than many other securities. Variable amount master demand notes are a type of commercial paper. They are demand obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes.
Convertible Securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock, or other security that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) within a specified period of time into a certain amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer. As such, convertible securities combine the investment characteristics of debt and equity securities. A convertible security provides a fixed-income stream and the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation resulting from a market price advance in its underlying common stock.
As with a straight fixed-income security, a convertible security tends to increase in market value when interest rates decline and decrease in value when interest rates rise. Like a common stock, the value of a convertible security also tends to increase as the market value of the underlying stock rises, and it tends to decrease as the market value of the underlying stock declines. Because its value can be influenced by both interest-rate and market movements, a convertible security tends not to be as sensitive to interest rate changes as a similar fixed-income security, and tends not to be as sensitive to share price changes as its underlying stock.
Investing in convertible securities is subject to certain risks in addition to those generally associated with debt securities. Certain convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be or become illiquid and, therefore, may be more difficult to resell in a timely fashion or for a fair price, which could result in investment losses.
The creditworthiness of the issuer of a convertible security is important because the holder of a convertible security will typically have recourse only to the issuer. In addition, a convertible security may be subject to conversion or redemption by the issuer, but only after a specified date and under circumstances established at the time the security is issued. This feature may require a holder to convert the security into the underlying common stock, even if the value of the underlying common stock has declined substantially. In addition, companies that issue convertible securities frequently are small- or mid-capitalization companies and, accordingly, carry the risks associated with investments in such companies.
While the Funds use the same criteria to evaluate the credit quality of a convertible debt security that they would use for a more conventional debt security, a convertible preferred stock is treated like a preferred stock for a Fund’s credit evaluation, as well as financial reporting and investment limitation purposes.
Contingent Convertible Bonds. Contingent convertible bonds are a type of convertible security typically issued by non-U.S. banks. Unlike more traditional convertible securities, which typically may convert into equity after the issuer’s common stock has reached a certain strike price, the trigger event for a contingent convertible bond is typically a
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 20
decline in the issuing bank’s capital threshold below a specified level. Contingent convertible bonds typically are subordinated to other debt instruments of the issuer and generally rank junior to the claims of all holders of unsubordinated obligations of the issuer. Coupon payments on contingent convertible securities may be discretionary and may be cancelled by the issuer. Contingent convertible bonds are a new form of instrument, and the market and regulatory environment for contingent convertible bonds is evolving. Therefore, it is uncertain how the overall market for contingent convertible bonds would react to a triggering event or coupon suspension applicable to one issuer. A Fund may lose money on its investment in a contingent convertible bond when holders of the issuer’s equity securities do not.
Exchange-Traded Notes. Exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”) are generally notes representing debt of an issuer, usually a financial institution. ETNs combine aspects of both bonds and ETFs. An ETN’s returns are based on the performance of one or more underlying assets, reference rates or indexes, minus fees and expenses. Similar to ETFs, ETNs are listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market. However, unlike an ETF, an ETN can be held until the ETN’s maturity, at which time the issuer will pay a return linked to the performance of the specific asset, index or rate (“reference instrument”) to which the ETN is linked minus certain fees. Unlike regular bonds, ETNs do not make periodic interest payments, and principal is not protected.
The value of an ETN may be influenced by, among other things, time to maturity, levels of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, the performance of the reference instrument, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the reference instrument. An ETN that is tied to a reference instrument may not replicate the performance of the reference instrument. ETNs also incur certain expenses not incurred by their applicable reference instrument. Some ETNs that use leverage can, at times, be relatively illiquid and, thus, they may be difficult to purchase or sell at a fair price. Levered ETNs are subject to the same risk as other instruments that use leverage in any form. While leverage allows for greater potential returns, the potential for loss is also greater. Finally, additional losses may be incurred if the investment loses value because, in addition to the money lost on the investment, the loan still needs to be repaid.
Because the return on an ETN is dependent on the issuer’s ability or willingness to meet its obligations, the value of the ETN may change due to a change in the issuer’s credit rating, despite there being no change in the underlying reference instrument. The market value of ETN shares may differ from the value of the reference instrument. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETN shares at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the assets underlying the reference instrument that the ETN seeks to track.
There may be restrictions on a Fund’s right to redeem its investment in an ETN, which is generally designed to be held until maturity. A Fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the unavailability or limited nature of a secondary market. A Fund could lose some or all of the amount invested in an ETN.
Loan Participations. A loan participation gives a Fund an undivided proportionate interest in a partnership or trust that owns a loan or instrument originated by a bank or other financial institution. Typically, loan participations are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates and are acquired by multiple investors. Principal and interest payments are passed through to the holder of the loan participation. Loan participations may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the participations back to the bank or other institution. Loan participations, however, typically do not provide the holder with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the holder may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a loan participation. As a result, the holder may assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the loan participation.
Loan participations in which a Fund may invest are subject generally to the same risks as debt securities in which the Fund may invest. Loan participations in which a Fund invests may be made to finance highly leveraged corporate acquisitions. The highly leveraged capital structure of the borrowers in such transactions may make such loan participations especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions. Loan participations generally are subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to sell such loan participations in secondary markets. As a result, a Fund may be unable to sell loan participations at a time when it may otherwise be desirable to do so, or may be able to sell them only at a price below their fair market value. Market bids may be unavailable for loan participations from time to time; a Fund may find it difficult to establish a fair value for
21 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
loan participations held by it. Many loan participations in which a Fund invests may be unrated, and the Fund’s sub-adviser will be required to rely exclusively on its analysis of the borrower in determining whether to acquire, or to continue to hold, a loan participation. In addition, under legal theories of lender liability, a Fund potentially might be held liable as a co-lender.
Money Market Instruments. Money market instruments provide short-term funds to businesses, financial institutions and governments. They are debt instruments issued with maturities of thirteen months or less, and that are determined to present minimal credit risk. Because of their short-term maturities and by whom these debt instruments are issued, money market instruments are extremely liquid and provide relatively few risks. Common money market instruments include Treasury bills, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, banker’s acceptances, and repurchase agreements among others.
U.S. Government Obligations. U.S. Government obligations include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, including Treasury bills, notes and bonds, the principal and interest payments of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. This category also includes other securities issued by U.S. Government agencies or U.S. Government sponsored entities, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). U.S. Government Obligations issued by U.S. Government agencies or government-sponsored entities may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
GNMA, a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation, is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration or the Department of Veterans Affairs. Securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection or scheduled payment of principal, but its guarantees are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
While U.S. Treasury obligations are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government, such securities are nonetheless subject to risk. U.S. Government obligations are subject to low but varying degrees of credit risk, and are still subject to interest rate and market risk. From time to time, uncertainty regarding congressional action to increase the statutory debt ceiling could: i) increase the risk that the U.S. Government may default on payments on certain U.S. Government securities; ii) cause the credit rating of the U.S. Government to be downgraded or increase volatility in both stock and bond markets; iii) result in higher interest rates; iv) reduce prices of U.S. Treasury securities; and/or v) increase the costs of certain kinds of debt. U.S. Government obligations may be adversely affected by a default by, or decline in the credit quality of, the U.S. Government. In the past, U.S. sovereign credit has experienced downgrades, and there can be no guarantee that it will not be downgraded in the future. Further, if a U.S. Government-sponsored entity is negatively impacted by legislative or regulatory action, is unable to meet its obligations, or its creditworthiness declines, the performance of a Fund that holds securities of the entity will be adversely impacted.
Under the direction of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), FNMA and FHLMC have entered into a joint initiative to develop a common securitization platform for the issuance of a uniform mortgage-backed security (the “Single Security Initiative”) that aligns the characteristics of FNMA and FHLMC certificates. The Single Security Initiative was implemented in June 2019, and the effects it may have on the market for mortgage-backed securities are uncertain.
EQUITY SECURITIES
Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in the event of the bankruptcy and/or insolvency of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks and certain preferred stocks, certain types of convertible securities and warrants (see “Other Securities Section below”). Equity securities other than common stock are subject to many of the same risks as common stock, although possibly to different degrees. The risks of equity securities are generally magnified in the case of equity investments in distressed companies.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 22
Equity securities fluctuate in value and the prices of equity securities tend to move by industry, market or sector. When market conditions favorably affect, or are expected to favorably affect, an industry, the share prices of the equity securities of companies in that industry tend to rise. Conversely, negative news or a poor outlook for a particular industry can cause the share prices of such securities of companies in that industry to decline. Investing in equity securities poses risks specific to an issuer, as well as to the particular type of company issuing the equity securities. For example, investing in the equity securities of small- or mid-capitalization companies can involve greater risk than is customarily associated with investing in stocks of larger, more-established companies. Small- or mid-capitalization companies often have limited product lines, limited operating histories, limited markets or financial resources, may be dependent on one or a few key persons for management, and can be more susceptible to financial losses. Also, their securities may be thinly traded (and therefore may have to be sold at a discount from current prices or sold in small lots over an extended period of time) and may be subject to wider price swings, thus creating a greater risk of loss than securities of larger capitalization companies.
Common Stock. Common stock represents a unit of equity ownership of a corporation. Owners typically are entitled to vote on the election of directors and other important corporate governance matters, and to receive dividend payments, if any, on their holdings. However, ownership of common stock does not entitle owners to participate in the day-to-day operations of the corporation. Common stocks of domestic and foreign public corporations can be listed, and their shares traded, on domestic stock exchanges, such as the NYSE or the NASDAQ Stock Market. Domestic and foreign corporations also may have their shares traded on foreign exchanges, such as the London Stock Exchange or Tokyo Stock Exchange. Common stock may be privately placed or publicly offered.
The price of common stock is generally affected by corporate earnings, anticipated dividend payments, types of products or services offered, projected growth rates, experience of management, liquidity, and general market conditions. In the event that a corporation declares bankruptcy or is liquidated, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.
The value of common stock may fall due to changes in general economic conditions that impact the market as a whole, as well as factors that directly relate to a specific company or its industry. Such general economic conditions include changes in interest rates, periods of market turbulence or instability, or general and prolonged periods of economic decline and cyclical change. It is possible that a drop in the stock market may depress the price of most or all of the common stocks in a Fund’s portfolio. Common stock is also subject to the risk that investor sentiment toward particular industries will become negative. The value of a company’s common stock may fall because of various factors, including an increase in production costs that negatively impact other companies in the same region, industry or sector of the market. The value of common stock also may decline significantly over a short period of time due to factors specific to a company, including decisions made by management or lower demand for the company’s products or services.
Preferred Stock. Preferred stock represents an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks, such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the company. Some preferred stock also entitles holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock and, thus, also represent an ownership interest in that company. Distributions on preferred stock generally are taxable as dividend income, rather than interest payments, for federal income tax purposes.
Preferred stock generally has no maturity date, so its market value is dependent on the issuer’s business prospects for an indefinite period of time. Preferred stock may pay fixed or adjustable rates of return. Preferred stock is subject to issuer-specific and market risks generally applicable to equity securities. A company generally pays dividends on its preferred stock only after making required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Preferred stock of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than preferred stock of larger companies. In addition, preferred stock is subordinated to all debt obligations in the event of insolvency, and an issuer’s failure to make a dividend payment is generally not an event of default entitling the preferred shareholders to take action.
Auction preferred stock (“APS”) is a type of adjustable-rate preferred stock with a dividend determined periodically in a Dutch auction process by institutional bidders. An APS is distinguished from standard preferred stock because its
23 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
dividends change more frequently. Shares typically are bought and sold at face values generally ranging from $100,000 to $500,000 per share. Holders of APS may not be able to sell their shares if an auction fails, such as when there are more shares of APS for sale at an auction than there are purchase bids.
Trust-preferred securities, also known as trust-issued securities, are securities that have characteristics of both debt and equity instruments and are typically treated by the Funds as debt investments. Generally, trust-preferred securities are cumulative preferred stocks issued by a trust that is created by a financial institution, such as a bank holding company. The financial institution typically creates the trust with the objective of increasing its capital by issuing subordinated debt to the trust in return for cash proceeds that are reflected on the financial institution’s balance sheet.
The primary asset owned by a trust is the subordinated debt issued to the trust by the financial institution. The financial institution makes periodic interest payments on the debt as discussed further below. The financial institution will own the trust’s common securities, which typically represents a small percentage of the trust’s capital structure. The remainder of the trust’s capital structure typically consists of trust-preferred securities which are sold to investors. The trust uses the proceeds from selling the trust-preferred securities to purchase the subordinated debt issued by the financial institution.
The trust uses the interest received from the financial institution on its subordinated debt to make dividend payments to the holders of the trust-preferred securities. The dividends are generally paid on a quarterly basis and are often higher than other dividends potentially available on the financial institution’s common stocks. The interests of the holders of the trust-preferred securities are senior to those of the financial institution’s common stockholders in the event that the financial institution is liquidated, although their interests are typically subordinated to those of other holders of other debt issued by the institution.
In certain instances, the structure involves more than one financial institution and thus, more than one trust. In such a pooled offering, an additional separate trust may be created. This trust will issue securities to investors and use the proceeds to purchase the trust-preferred securities issued by trust-preferred trust subsidiaries of the participating financial institutions. In such a structure, the trust-preferred securities held by the investors are backed by other trust-preferred securities issued by the trust subsidiaries.
If a financial institution is financially unsound and defaults on interest payments to the trust, the trust will not be able to make dividend payments to holders of the trust-preferred securities (e.g, a Fund), as the trust typically has no business operations other than holding the subordinated debt issued by the financial institution(s) and issuing the trust-preferred securities and common stock backed by the subordinated debt.
FOREIGN SECURITIES
Unless otherwise stated in a Fund’s prospectus, the decision on whether stocks and other securities or investments are deemed to be “foreign” is based primarily on the issuer’s place of organization/incorporation, but the Fund may also consider the issuer’s domicile, principal place of business, primary stock exchange listing, sources of revenue or other factors, such as, in the case of asset-backed or other collateralized securities, the countries in which the collateral backing the securities is located. Foreign equity securities include common stocks and certain preferred stocks, certain types of convertible securities and warrants (see “Equity Securities” above and “Other Securities Section” below). Foreign debt securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered (see “Debt Securities” above).
Foreign securities may include securities of issuers in emerging and frontier market countries, which carry heightened risks relative to investments in more developed foreign markets. Unless otherwise stated in a Fund’s prospectus, countries are generally characterized by a Fund’s sub-adviser as “emerging market countries” by reference to a broad market index, by reference to the World Bank’s per capita income brackets or based on the sub-adviser’s qualitative judgments about a country’s level of economic and institutional development, and include markets commonly referred to as “frontier markets.” An emerging market is generally in the earlier stages of its industrialization cycle with a low per capita gross domestic product (“GDP”) and a low market capitalization to GDP ratio relative to those in the United States and the European Union. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies and even less developed capital markets than typical emerging market countries and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 24
Investments in or exposure to foreign securities involve certain risks not associated with investments in or exposure to securities of U.S. companies. For example, foreign markets can be extremely volatile. Foreign securities may also be less liquid than securities of U.S. companies so that a Fund may, at times, be unable to sell foreign securities at desirable times and/or prices. Brokerage commissions, custodial costs, currency conversion costs and other fees are also generally higher for foreign securities. A Fund may have limited or no legal recourse in the event of default with respect to certain foreign debt securities, including those issued by foreign governments.
The performance of a Fund may also be negatively affected by fluctuations in a foreign currency’s strength or weakness relative to the U.S. dollar, particularly to the extent the Fund invests a significant percentage of its assets in foreign securities or other assets denominated in non-U.S. currencies. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short or long periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, imposition of currency exchange controls and economic or political developments in the U.S. or abroad. A Fund may also incur currency conversion costs when converting foreign currencies into U.S. dollars and vice versa.
It may be difficult to obtain reliable information about the securities and business operations of certain foreign issuers. It may also be difficult to evaluate such information, as well as foreign economic trends, due to foreign regulation and accounting standards. Governments or trade groups may compel local agents to hold securities in designated depositories that are not subject to independent evaluation. Additionally, investments in certain countries may subject a Fund to tax rules, the application of which may be uncertain. Countries may amend or revise their existing tax laws, regulations and/or procedures in the future, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in or uncertainties regarding the laws, regulations or procedures of a country could reduce the after-tax profits of a Fund, directly or indirectly, including by reducing the after-tax profits of companies located in such countries in which the Fund invests, or result in unexpected tax liabilities for the Fund.
Global economies and financial markets have become increasingly interconnected, which increases the possibility that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. Any attempt by a Fund to hedge against or otherwise protect its portfolio, or to profit from such circumstances, may fail and, accordingly, an investment in a Fund could lose money over short or long periods. For example, the economies of many countries or regions in which a Fund may invest are highly dependent on trading with certain key trading partners. Reductions in spending on products and services by these key trading partners, the institution of tariffs or other trade barriers, or a slowdown in the economies of key trading partners may adversely affect the performance of securities in which a Fund may invest. The severity or duration of adverse economic conditions may also be affected by policy changes made by governments or quasi-governmental organizations. The imposition of sanctions by the United States or another government on a country could cause disruptions to the country’s financial system and economy, which could negatively impact the value of securities. The risks posed by sanctions may be heightened to the extent a Fund invests significantly in the affected country or region or in issuers from the affected country that depend on global markets.
In addition, foreign securities may be impacted by economic, political, social, diplomatic or other conditions or events (including, for example, military confrontations, war and terrorism), as well as the seizure, expropriation or nationalization of a company or its assets or the assets of a particular investor or category of investors. A foreign government may also restrict an issuer from paying principal and interest on its debt obligations to investors outside the country. It may also be difficult to use foreign laws and courts to force a foreign issuer to make principal and interest payments on its debt obligations.
Although it is not uncommon for governments to enter into trade agreements that would, among other things, reduce barriers among countries, increase competition among companies and reduce government subsidies, there are no assurances that such agreements will achieve their intended economic objectives. There is also a possibility that such trade arrangements: i) will not be implemented; ii) will be implemented, but not completed; iii) or will be completed, but then partially or completely unwound. It is also possible that a significant participant could choose to abandon a trade agreement, which could diminish its credibility and influence. Any of these occurrences could have adverse effects on the markets of both participating and non-participating countries, including appreciation or depreciation of currencies, a significant increase in exchange rate volatility, a resurgence in economic protectionism and an undermining of confidence in markets. Such developments could have an adverse impact on a Fund’s investments in the debt of countries participating in such trade agreements.
25 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Some foreign countries prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on investments in their capital markets, particularly their equity markets, by foreign entities, like the Funds. For example, certain countries may require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular company, or limit the investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of a company which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals. Even in instances where there is no individual investment quota that applies, trading may be subject to aggregate and daily investment quota limitations that apply to foreign entities in the aggregate. Such limitations may restrict a Fund from investing on a timely basis, which could affect the Fund’s ability to effectively pursue its investment strategy. Investment quotas are also subject to change. In instances where governmental approval is required, there can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to obtain such approvals in a timely manner. In addition, changes to restrictions on foreign ownership of securities subsequent to a Fund’s purchase of such securities may have an adverse effect on the value of such shares.
Regulations that govern the manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain countries can subject a Fund to trading, clearance and settlement procedures that could pose risks to the Fund. For example, a Fund may be required in certain countries to invest initially through a local broker or other entity, and then have the shares purchased re-registered in the name of the Fund. Re-registration may, in some instances, not be able to occur on a timely basis, resulting in a delay during which the Fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor, including rights as to dividends or to be made aware of certain corporate actions. In certain other countries, shares may be held only through a nominee structure whereby a local company holds purchased shares as nominee on behalf of foreign investors. The precise nature and rights of a Fund as the beneficial owner of shares held through such a nominee structure may not be well defined under local law, and as a result, should such local company become insolvent, there is a risk that such shares may not be regarded as held for the beneficial ownership of the Fund, but rather as part of the general assets of the local company available for general distribution to its creditors.
A Fund’s foreign debt securities are generally held outside of the United States in the primary market for the securities in the custody of certain eligible foreign banks and trust companies (“foreign sub-custodians”), as permitted under the 1940 Act. Settlement practices for foreign securities may differ from those in the United States. Some countries have limited governmental oversight and regulation of industry practices, stock exchanges, depositories, registrars, brokers and listed companies, which increases the risk of corruption and fraud and the possibility of losses to a Fund. In particular, under certain circumstances, foreign securities may settle on a delayed delivery basis, meaning that a Fund may be required to make payment for securities before the Fund has actually received delivery of the securities or deliver securities prior to the receipt of payment. Typically, in these cases, the Fund will receive evidence of ownership in accordance with the generally accepted settlement practices in the local market entitling the Fund to delivery or payment at a future date, but there is a risk that the security will not be delivered to the Fund or that payment will not be received, although the Fund and its foreign sub-custodians take reasonable precautions to mitigate this risk. Losses can also result from lost, stolen or counterfeit securities; defaults by brokers and banks; failures or defects of the settlement system; or poor and improper recordkeeping by registrars and issuers.
There is a practice in certain foreign markets under which an issuer’s securities are blocked from trading at the custodian or sub-custodian level for a specified number of days before and, in certain instances, after a shareholder meeting where such shares are voted. This is referred to as “share blocking.” The blocking period can last up to several weeks. Share blocking may prevent a Fund from buying or selling securities during this period, because during the time shares are blocked, trades in such securities will not settle. It may be difficult or impossible to lift blocking restrictions, with the particular requirements varying widely by country. To avoid these restrictions, a sub-adviser, on behalf of a Fund, may abstain from voting proxies in markets that require share blocking.
Foreign Debt Securities. Foreign debt securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations, or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities. They include fixed-income securities of foreign issuers and securities or contracts payable or denominated in non-U.S. currencies. Investments in, or exposure to, foreign debt securities involve certain risks not associated with securities of U.S. issuers. Unless otherwise stated in a Fund’s prospectus, the decision on whether a security is deemed to be “foreign” is based primarily on the issuer’s place of organization/incorporation, but the Fund may also consider the issuer’s domicile, principal place of business, primary stock exchange listing, sources of revenue or other factors.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 26
Foreign debt securities may include securities of issuers in emerging and frontier market countries, which carry heightened risks relative to investments in more developed foreign markets. Unless otherwise stated in a Fund’s prospectus, countries are generally characterized by a Fund’s sub-adviser as “emerging market countries” by reference to a broad market index, by reference to the World Bank’s per capita income brackets or based on the sub-adviser’s qualitative judgments about a country’s level of economic and institutional development, and include markets commonly referred to as “frontier markets.” An emerging market is generally in the earlier stages of its industrialization cycle with a low per capita gross domestic product (“GDP”) and a low market capitalization to GDP ratio relative to those in the United States and the European Union. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies and even less developed capital markets than typical emerging market countries and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.
Investments in or exposure to foreign debt securities involve certain risks not associated with investments in or exposure to securities of U.S. companies. For example, foreign markets can be extremely volatile. Foreign debt securities may also be less liquid than securities of U.S. issuers so that a Fund may, at times, be unable to sell foreign debt securities at desirable times and/or prices. Transaction fees, custodial costs, currency conversion costs and other fees are also generally higher for foreign debt securities. A Fund may have limited or no legal recourse in the event of default with respect to certain foreign debt securities, including those issued by foreign governments. Foreign debt securities carry many of the same risks as other types of foreign securities. For more information, refer to “Foreign Securities.”
During periods of very low or negative interest rates, a Fund’s foreign debt investments may be unable to generate or maintain positive returns. Certain countries have recently experienced negative interest rates on certain fixed-income instruments. Very low or negative interest rates may magnify interest rate risk. Changing interest rates, including rates that fall below zero, may have unpredictable effects on markets, may result in heightened market volatility, and may detract from Fund performance to the extent a Fund is exposed to such interest rates.
The cost of servicing foreign debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. Furthermore, there is a risk of restructuring of certain foreign debt obligations that could reduce and reschedule interest and principal payments.
The performance of a Fund may also be negatively affected by fluctuations in a foreign currency’s strength or weakness relative to the U.S. dollar, particularly to the extent the Fund invests a significant percentage of its assets in foreign debt securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short or long periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, imposition of currency exchange controls and economic or political developments in the U.S. or abroad. A Fund may also incur currency conversion costs when converting foreign currencies into U.S. dollars and vice versa.
It may be difficult to obtain reliable information about the securities and business operations of certain foreign issuers. It may also be difficult to evaluate such information, as well as foreign economic trends, due to foreign regulation and accounting standards. Governments or trade groups may compel local agents to hold securities in designated depositories that are not subject to independent evaluation. Additionally, investments in certain countries may subject a Fund to tax rules, the application of which may be uncertain. Countries may amend or revise their existing tax laws, regulations and/or procedures in the future, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in or uncertainties regarding the laws, regulations or procedures of a country could reduce the after-tax profits of a Fund, directly or indirectly, including by reducing the after-tax profits of companies located in such countries in which the Fund invests, or result in unexpected tax liabilities for the Fund.
Global economies and financial markets have become increasingly interconnected, which increases the possibility that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. Any attempt by a Fund to hedge against or otherwise protect its portfolio, or to profit from such circumstances, may fail and, accordingly, an investment in a Fund could lose money over short or long periods. For example, the economies of many countries or regions in which a Fund may invest are highly dependent on trading with certain key trading partners. Reductions in spending on products and services by these key trading partners, the institution of tariffs or other trade barriers, or a slowdown in the economies of key trading partners may adversely affect the performance of securities in which a Fund may invest. The severity or duration of adverse economic conditions may also be affected by
27 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
policy changes made by governments or quasi-governmental organizations. The imposition of sanctions by the United States or another government on a country could cause disruptions to the country’s financial system and economy, which could negatively impact the value of securities. The risks posed by sanctions may be heightened to the extent a Fund invests significantly in the affected country or region or in issuers from the affected country that depend on global markets.
In addition, foreign debt securities may be impacted by economic, political, social, diplomatic or other conditions or events (including, for example, military confrontations, war and terrorism), as well as the seizure, expropriation or nationalization of a company or its assets or the assets of a particular investor or category of investors. A foreign government may also restrict an issuer from paying principal and interest on its debt obligations to investors outside the country. It may also be difficult to use foreign laws and courts to force a foreign issuer to make principal and interest payments on its debt obligations.
Further, investments in certain countries may subject a Fund to tax rules, the application of which may be uncertain. Countries may amend or revise their existing tax laws, regulations and/or procedures in the future, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in, or uncertainties regarding the laws, regulations or procedures of a country could reduce the after-tax profits of a Fund, directly or indirectly, including by reducing the after-tax profits of companies located in such countries in which the Fund invests, or result in unexpected tax liabilities for the Fund.
Although it is not uncommon for governments to enter into trade agreements that would, among other things, reduce barriers among countries, increase competition among companies and reduce government subsidies, there are no assurances that such agreements will achieve their intended economic objectives. There is also a possibility that such trade arrangements: i) will not be implemented; ii) will be implemented, but not completed; iii) or will be completed, but then partially or completely unwound. It is also possible that a significant participant could choose to abandon a trade agreement, which could diminish its credibility and influence. Any of these occurrences could have adverse effects on the markets of both participating and non-participating countries, including appreciation or depreciation of currencies, a significant increase in exchange rate volatility, a resurgence in economic protectionism and an undermining of confidence in markets. Such developments could have an adverse impact on a Fund’s investments in the debt of countries participating in such trade agreements.
A Fund’s foreign debt securities are generally held outside of the United States in the primary market for the securities in the custody of certain eligible foreign banks and trust companies (“foreign sub-custodians”), as permitted under the 1940 Act. Settlement practices for foreign securities may differ from those in the United States. Some countries have limited governmental oversight and regulation of industry practices, stock exchanges, depositories, registrars, brokers and listed companies, which increases the risk of corruption and fraud and the possibility of losses to a Fund. In particular, under certain circumstances, foreign securities may settle on a delayed delivery basis, meaning that a Fund may be required to make payment for securities before the Fund has actually received delivery of the securities or deliver securities prior to the receipt of payment. Typically, in these cases, the Fund will receive evidence of ownership in accordance with the generally accepted settlement practices in the local market entitling the Fund to delivery or payment at a future date, but there is a risk that the security will not be delivered to the Fund or that payment will not be received, although the Fund and its foreign sub-custodians take reasonable precautions to mitigate this risk. Losses can also result from lost, stolen or counterfeit securities; defaults by brokers and banks; failures or defects of the settlement system; or poor and improper recordkeeping by registrars and issuers.
Foreign Currency Contracts. To the extent that a Fund may i) invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies, ii) temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies, or iii) engage in foreign currency contract transactions, the Fund may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the U.S. dollar. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. The international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, market interest rates, government intervention, speculation and other factors affect these forces. A Fund may engage in foreign currency transactions in order to hedge its portfolio and to attempt to protect it against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities. A Fund may also engage in foreign currency transactions to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 28
Forward foreign currency contracts are also contracts for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect a Fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. These transactions differ from futures contracts in that they are usually conducted on a principal basis instead of through an exchange, and therefore there are no brokerage fees, margin deposits are negotiated between the parties, and the contracts are settled through different procedures. The sub-advisers will consider on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the institutions with which each Fund will enter into such forward foreign currency contracts.
The use of foreign currency contracts involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in contract prices and movements in the price of the currencies to which the contracts relate. The successful use of foreign currency transaction strategies also depends on the ability of the sub-adviser to correctly forecast interest rate movements, currency rate movements and general stock market price movements. There can be no assurance that the sub-adviser’s forecasts will be accurate. Accordingly, a Fund may be required to buy or sell additional currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such transaction) if the sub-adviser’s predictions regarding the movement of foreign currency or securities markets prove inaccurate. Also, foreign currency transactions, like currency exchange rates, can be affected unpredictably by intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or by currency controls or political developments. Such events may prevent or restrict a Fund’s ability to enter into foreign currency transactions, force the Fund to exit a foreign currency transaction at a disadvantageous time or price or result in penalties for the Fund, any of which may result in a loss to the Fund. When such contracts are used for hedging purposes, they are intended to reduce the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, but at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase.
Foreign currency contracts may be either futures contracts or forward contracts. Similar to other futures contracts, a foreign currency futures contract is an agreement for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price that will be secured by margin deposits, is regulated by the CFTC and is traded on designated exchanges. A Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells foreign currency futures contracts.
Foreign currency futures contracts carry the same risks as other futures contracts, but also entail risks associated with international investing. Similar to other futures contracts, a foreign currency futures contract is an agreement for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price that will be secured by margin deposits, is regulated by the CFTC and is traded on designated exchanges. A Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells futures contracts.
To the extent a Fund may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies, and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies, the Fund may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rates between such currencies and the U.S. dollar. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. The international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors affect these forces.
If a decline in the exchange rate for a particular currency is anticipated, a Fund may enter into a foreign currency futures position as a hedge. If it is anticipated that an exchange rate for a particular currency will rise, a Fund may enter into a foreign currency futures position to hedge against an increase in the price of securities denominated in that currency. These foreign currency futures contracts will only be used as a hedge against anticipated currency rate changes. Although such contracts are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase.
The use of foreign currency futures contracts involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in futures prices and movements in the price of currencies which are the subject of the hedge. The successful use of foreign currency futures contracts also depends on the ability of the sub-adviser to correctly forecast interest rate movements, currency rate movements and general stock market price movements. There can be no assurance that the sub-adviser’s judgment will be accurate. The use of foreign currency futures contracts also exposes a Fund to the general risks of investing in futures contracts, including: the risk of an illiquid market for the foreign currency futures
29 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
contracts and the risk of adverse regulatory actions. Any of these events may cause a Fund to be unable to hedge its currency risks, and may cause a Fund to lose money on its investments in foreign currency futures contracts.
Recent Events in European Countries. A number of countries in Europe have experienced severe economic and financial difficulties. Many non-governmental issuers, and even certain governments, have defaulted on, or been forced to restructure, their debts; many other issuers have faced difficulties obtaining credit or refinancing existing obligations; financial institutions have in many cases required government or central bank support, have needed to raise capital, and/or have been impaired in their ability to extend credit; and financial markets in Europe and elsewhere have experienced extreme volatility and declines in asset values and liquidity. These difficulties may continue, worsen or spread within and beyond Europe. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not work, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and others of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world.
On June 23, 2016, the citizens of the United Kingdom (“UK”) voted via referendum to leave the European Union (the “EU”), a measure commonly referred to as “Brexit.” On March 29, 2017, the UK formally notified the European Council of its intention to withdraw from the EU within two years after providing such notice. Following several extensions, the UK government and the EU eventually ratified a withdrawal agreement and the UK formally left the EU on January 31, 2020. The withdrawal agreement does not in general address the future relationship between the parties, which will need to be the subject of a separate agreement negotiated following the UK’s exit from the EU.
Brexit has resulted in volatility in European and global markets and could have significant negative impacts on financial markets in the UK and throughout Europe. The longer term economic, legal, political and social framework to be put in place between the UK and the EU is unclear at this stage and is likely to lead to ongoing political and economic uncertainty and periods of exacerbated volatility in both the UK and in wider European markets for some time. This uncertainty may have an adverse effect on the global economy and on the value of a Fund’s investments. This may be due to, among other things: fluctuations in asset values and exchange rates; increased illiquidity of investments located, traded or listed within the UK, the EU or elsewhere; changes in the willingness or ability of counterparties to enter into transactions at the price and terms on which a Fund is prepared to transact; and/or changes in legal and regulatory regimes to which certain of a Fund’s assets are or become subject. Potential decline in the value of the British Pound and/or the Euro against other currencies, along with the potential downgrading of the UK’s sovereign credit rating, may also have an impact on the performance of a Fund’s assets or investments economically tied to the UK or the EU.
The effects of Brexit will depend, in part, on agreements the UK negotiates to retain access to EU markets, either during a transitional period or more permanently, including, but not limited to, current trade and finance agreements. Brexit could lead to legal and tax uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations, as the UK determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. The extent of the impact of the withdrawal negotiations in the UK and in global markets, as well as any associated adverse consequences, remain unclear, and the uncertainty may have a significant negative effect on the value of a Fund’s investments. Whether or not a Fund invests in securities of issuers located in Europe or with significant exposure to European issuers or countries, these events could result in losses to the Fund, as there may be negative effects on the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments and/or the Fund’s ability to enter into certain transactions.
In addition, the Funds’ investments, payment obligations and financing terms may be based on floating rates, such as London Inter-bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”) and other similar types of reference rates (each, a “Reference Rate”). On July 27, 2017, the Chief Executive of the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced that the FCA will no longer persuade nor compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR and certain other Reference Rates after 2021. Such announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR and other Reference Rates on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. This announcement and any additional regulatory or market changes may have an adverse impact on a Fund’s investments, performance or financial condition. Until then, the Funds may continue to invest in instruments that reference such rates or otherwise use such Reference Rates due to favorable liquidity or pricing.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 30
In advance of 2021, regulators and market participants will work together to identify or develop successor Reference Rates and how the calculation of associated spreads (if any) should be adjusted. Additionally, prior to 2021, it is expected that industry trade associations and participants will focus on the transition mechanisms by which the Reference Rates and spreads (if any) in existing contracts or instruments may be amended, whether through market-wide protocols, fallback contractual provisions, bespoke negotiations or amendments or otherwise. Nonetheless, the termination of certain Reference Rates presents risks to the Funds. At this time, it is not possible to exhaustively identify or predict the effect of any such changes, any establishment of alternative Reference Rates or any other reforms to Reference Rates that may be enacted in the UK or elsewhere. The elimination of a Reference Rate, or any other changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of Reference Rates, could have an adverse impact on the market for, or value of any, securities or payments linked to those Reference Rates and other financial obligations held by a Fund, or on its overall financial condition or results of operations. In addition, any substitute Reference Rate, and any pricing adjustments imposed by a regulator or by counterparties or otherwise, may adversely affect a Fund’s performance and/or net asset value.
Depositary Receipts. American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) represent interests in securities of foreign companies that have been deposited with a U.S. financial institution, such as a bank or trust company, and that trade on an exchange or over-the-counter (“OTC”).
A Fund may invest in depositary receipts through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the underlying security and a depositary (the issuing bank or trust company), whereas a depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by the issuer of the deposited security.
Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of such facilities, and the depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute interest holder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through voting rights to the holders of such receipts in respect of the deposited securities. The issuers of unsponsored depositary receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States; as such, there may be limited information available regarding such issuers and/or limited correlation between available information and the market value of depositary receipts.
ADRs represent interests in foreign issuers that trade on U.S. exchanges or OTC. ADRs represent the right to receive securities of the foreign issuer deposited with the issuing bank or trust company. Generally, ADRs are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets. The depositaries that issue ADRs are usually U.S. financial institutions, such as a bank or trust company, but the underlying securities are issued by a foreign issuer.
GDRs may be issued in U.S. dollars or other currencies and are generally designed for use in securities markets outside the United States. GDRs represent the right to receive foreign securities and may be traded on the exchanges of the depositary’s country. The issuing depositary, which may be a foreign or a U.S. entity, converts dividends and the share price into the shareholder’s home currency. EDRs are generally issued by a European bank and traded on local exchanges.
Although an issuing bank or trust company may impose charges for the collection of dividends on foreign securities that underlie ADRs, GDRs and EDRs, and for the conversion of ADRs, GDRs and EDRs into their respective underlying securities, there are generally no fees imposed on the purchase or sale of ADRs, GDRs and EDRs, other than transaction fees ordinarily involved with trading stocks. ADRs, GDRs and EDRs may be less liquid or may trade at a lower price than the underlying securities of the issuer. Additionally, receipt of corporate information about the underlying issuer may be untimely.
Emerging Market Securities. Unless otherwise stated in a Fund’s prospectus, countries are generally characterized by a Fund’s sub-adviser as “emerging market countries” by reference to a broad-based market index, by reference to the World Bank’s per capita income brackets or based on the sub-adviser’s qualitative judgments about a country’s level of economic and institutional development, and include markets commonly referred to as “frontier markets.” An emerging market is generally in the earlier stages of its industrialization cycle with a low per capita gross domestic product (“GDP”) and a low market capitalization to GDP ratio relative to those in the United States and the European Union. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies and even less developed capital markets than typical emerging market countries (which themselves have increased investment risk relative to investing in more
31 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
developed markets) and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.
Investing in emerging markets may involve risks in addition to and greater than those generally associated with investing in the securities markets of developed countries. For example, economies in emerging market countries may be dependent on relatively few industries that are more susceptible to local and global changes. Securities markets in these countries can also be relatively small and have substantially lower trading volumes. As a result, securities issued in these countries may be more volatile and less liquid, and may be more difficult to value, than securities issued in countries with more developed economies and/or markets.
Certain emerging market countries lack uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting and disclosure standards, have less governmental supervision of financial markets than developed countries, and have less developed legal systems than developed countries. Certain governments may be more unstable and present greater risks of nationalization or restrictions on foreign ownership of local companies. Repatriation of investment income, capital and the proceeds of sales by foreign investors may require governmental registration and/or approval in some emerging market countries. Some emerging market countries may also impose punitive taxes that could adversely affect the prices of securities. While a Fund will only invest in markets where these restrictions are considered acceptable by the Fund’s sub-adviser, a country could impose new or additional repatriation restrictions after the Fund’s investment. If this happens, the Fund’s response might include, among other things, applying to the appropriate authorities for a waiver of the restrictions or engaging in transactions in other markets designed to offset the risks of decline in that country. Such restrictions will be considered in relation to a Fund’s liquidity needs and other factors. Further, some attractive equity securities may not be available to a Fund if foreign shareholders already hold the maximum amount legally permissible.
While government involvement in the private sector varies in degree among emerging market countries, such involvement may in some cases include government ownership of companies in certain sectors, wage and price controls or imposition of trade barriers and other protectionist measures. With respect to any developing country, there is no guarantee that some future economic or political crisis will not lead to price controls, forced mergers of companies, expropriation, or creation of government monopolies to the possible detriment of a Fund’s investments. In addition, rapid fluctuations in inflation rates may have negative impacts on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries.
Additionally, there may be increased settlement risk for transactions in securities of emerging market issuers. Settlement systems in emerging market countries are generally less organized than those in developed markets. Supervisory authorities may also be unable to apply standards comparable to those in developed markets. Thus, there may be risks that settlement may be delayed and that cash or securities belonging to a Fund may be in jeopardy because of failures of or defects in the systems. In particular, market practice may require that payment be made before receipt of the security being purchased or that delivery of a security be made before payment is received. In such cases, default by a broker or bank (the “counterparty”) through whom the transaction is effected might cause the Fund to suffer a loss. A Fund will seek, where possible, to use counterparties whose financial status is such that this risk is reduced. However, there can be no certainty that a Fund will be successful in eliminating this risk, particularly as counterparties operating in emerging market countries frequently lack the standing or financial resources of those in developed countries. There may also be a danger that, because of uncertainties in the operation of settlement systems in individual markets, competing claims may arise with respect to securities held by or to be transferred to a Fund. A Fund and its shareholders may also encounter substantial difficulties in obtaining and enforcing judgments against individuals residing outside of the U.S. and companies domiciled outside of the U.S.
Taxation of dividends, interest and capital gains received by a Fund varies among emerging market countries and, in some cases, is comparatively high. In addition, emerging market countries typically have less well-defined tax laws and procedures, and such laws may permit retroactive taxation so that a Fund could become subject in the future to local tax liability that it had not reasonably anticipated in conducting its investment activities or valuing its assets.
OTHER PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES
Borrowing. Generally, under the 1940 Act, a Fund may borrow money only from banks in an amount not exceeding 1/3 of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings). A Fund may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including for short-term redemptions and liquidity needs. Borrowing involves
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 32
special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings, but are not considered borrowings if a Fund covers such leverage by maintaining a segregated account or otherwise. To help meet short-term redemptions and liquidity needs, the Funds are parties to a revolving credit agreement whereby a Fund is permitted to use bank borrowings for temporary or emergency purposes.
Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations
Floating- and variable-rate obligations include obligations such as demand notes, bonds and preferred shares. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes that are obligations that permit a Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower. The interest rate on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a referenced lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified intervals. The issuer of such obligations ordinarily has a right, after a given period, to prepay at its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days notice to the holders of such obligations. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks. Such features often include unconditional and irrevocable letters of credit that are issued by a third party, usually a bank, savings and loan association or insurance company which assumes the obligation for payment of principal and interest in the event of default by the issuer. Letters of credit are designed to enhance liquidity and ensure repayment of principal and any accrued interest if the underlying variable-rate demand obligation should default. Some variable rate obligations feature other credit enhancements, such as standby bond purchase agreements (“SBPAs”). An SBPA can feature a liquidity facility that is designed to provide funding for the purchase price of variable rate obligations that are unable to be successfully remarketed for resale. The liquidity facility provider is obligated solely to advance funds for the purchase of tendered variable rate bonds that fail to be remarketed and does not guarantee the repayment of principal or interest. The liquidity facility provider’s obligations under the SBPA are subject to conditions, including the continued creditworthiness of the underlying borrower or issuer, and the facility may terminate upon the occurrence of certain events of default or at the expiration of its term. In addition, a liquidity facility provider may fail to perform its obligations. A Fund may be unable to timely dispose of a variable rate obligation if the underlying issuer defaults and the letter of credit or liquidity facility provider fails to perform its obligations or the facility otherwise terminates and a successor letter of credit or liquidity provider is not immediately obtained. The potential adverse impact to a Fund resulting from the inability of a letter of credit or liquidity facility provider to meet its obligations could be magnified to the extent the provider also furnishes credit support for other variable-rate obligations held by the Fund.
There generally is no established secondary market for certain variable-rate obligations, such as those not supported by letters of credit, SBPAs or other credit support arrangements, because they are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit, SBPAs or other credit support arrangements, a Fund is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and a Fund may invest in obligations which are not so rated only if the sub-adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which such Fund may invest. The sub-adviser, on behalf of a Fund, monitors the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in such Fund’s portfolio. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest-rate and credit risks and other risks generally associated with debt securities. The floating- and variable-rate instruments that the Funds may purchase include certificates of participation in such instruments.
When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions and Forward Commitments. Certain securities may be purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, and contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time may also be made. Delivery and payment on such transactions normally take place within 120 days after the date of the commitment to purchase. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued,
33 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date.
Each Fund has a segregated account where it may maintain cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to its commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, a Fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is at least equal to the amount of such commitments.
Illiquid Securities. Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, a Fund (other than a money market Fund) may not acquire any “illiquid investment” if, immediately after the acquisition, the Fund would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments that are assets. An “illiquid investment” is any investment that such a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. Illiquid investments include repurchase agreements with a notice or demand period of more than seven days, certain over-the-counter derivative instruments, and securities and other financial instruments that are not readily marketable, unless, based upon a review of the relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations, those investments are determined not to be illiquid. The Funds (other than the money market Funds) have implemented a liquidity risk management program and related procedures to identify illiquid investments pursuant to Rule 22e-4, and the Board has approved the designation of the Funds Management to administer the liquidity risk management program and related procedures. The money market Funds may invest up to 5% of its net assets in illiquid investments. The 15% and 5% limits are applied as of the date a Fund purchases an illiquid investment. It is possible that a Fund’s holding of illiquid investment could exceed the 15% limit (5% for the money market Funds), for example as a result of market developments or redemptions.
Each Fund may purchase certain restricted securities that can be resold to institutional investors and which may be determined not to be illiquid investments pursuant to the Trust’s liquidity risk management program. In many cases, those securities are traded in the institutional market under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and are called Rule 144A securities.
Investments in illiquid investments involve more risks than investments in similar securities that are readily marketable. Illiquid investments may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid investments. Investment of a Fund’s assets in illiquid investments may restrict the ability of the Fund to dispose of its investments in a timely fashion and for a fair price as well as its ability to take advantage of market opportunities. The risks associated with illiquidity will be particularly acute where a Fund’s operations require cash, such as when a Fund has net redemptions, and could result in the Fund borrowing to meet short-term cash requirements or incurring losses on the sale of illiquid investments.
Illiquid investments are often restricted securities sold in private placement transactions between issuers and their purchasers and may be neither listed on an exchange nor traded in other established markets. In many cases, the privately placed securities may not be freely transferable under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or due to contractual restrictions on resale. To the extent privately placed securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from the sales could be less than those originally paid by the Fund or less than the fair value of the securities. In addition, issuers whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that may be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If any privately placed securities held by a Fund are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being resold, the Fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration. Private placement investments may involve investments in smaller, less seasoned issuers, which may involve greater risks than investments in more established companies. These issuers may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group. In making investments in private placement securities, a Fund may obtain access to material non-public information, which may restrict the Fund’s ability to conduct transactions in those securities.
Loans of Portfolio Securities. Portfolio securities of a Fund may be loaned pursuant to guidelines approved by the Board to brokers, dealers and financial institutions, provided: i) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank organized under the laws of the United States, organized under the laws of a state, or a foreign bank that has
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 34
filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions, initially in an amount at least equal to 100% of the value of the loaned securities (which includes any accrued interest or dividends), with the borrower being obligated, under certain circumstances, to post additional collateral on a daily marked-to-market basis, all as described in further detail in the following paragraph; although the loans may not be fully supported at all times if, for example, the instruments in which cash collateral is invested decline in value or the borrower fails to provide additional collateral when required in a timely manner or at all; ii) the Fund may at any time terminate the loan and request the return of the loaned securities upon sufficient prior notification; iii) the Fund will receive any interest or distributions paid on the loaned securities; and iv) the aggregate market value of loaned securities will not at any time exceed the limits established under the 1940 Act.
For lending its securities, a Fund will earn either a fee payable by the borrower (on loans that are collateralized by U.S. Government securities or a letter of credit) or the income on instruments purchased with cash collateral (after payment of a rebate fee to the borrower and a portion of the investment income to the securities lending agent). Cash collateral may be invested on behalf of a Fund by the Fund’s sub-adviser in U.S. dollar-denominated short-term money market instruments that are permissible investments for the Fund and that, at the time of investment, are considered high-quality. Currently, cash collateral generated from securities lending is invested in shares of Securities Lending Cash Investments, LLC (the “Cash Collateral Fund”). The Cash Collateral Fund is a Delaware limited liability company that is exempt from registration under the 1940 Act. The Cash Collateral Fund is managed by Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”) and is sub-advised by Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”). The Cash Collateral Fund is required to comply with the credit quality, maturity and other limitations set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. The Cash Collateral Fund seeks to provide preservation of principal and daily liquidity by investing in high-quality, U.S. dollar-denominated short-term money market instruments. The Cash Collateral Fund may invest in securities with fixed, variable, or floating rates of interest. The Cash Collateral Fund seeks to maintain a stable price per share of $1.00, although there is no guarantee that this will be achieved. Income on shares of the Cash Collateral Fund is reinvested in shares of the Cash Collateral Fund. The net asset value of a Fund will be affected by an increase or decrease in the value of the securities loaned by it, and by an increase or decrease in the value of instruments purchased with cash collateral received by it.
The interests in the Cash Collateral Fund are not insured by the FDIC, and are not deposits, obligations of, or endorsed or guaranteed in any way by, Wells Fargo Bank or any banking entity. Any losses in the Cash Collateral Fund will be borne solely by the Cash Collateral Fund and not by Wells Fargo Bank or its affiliates.
Loans of securities involve a risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities when due or when recalled by a Fund or may fail to provide additional collateral when required. In either case, a Fund could experience delays in recovering securities or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, loans may be recalled at any time and generally will be recalled if a material event affecting the investment is expected to be presented to a shareholder vote, so that the securities may be voted by a Fund.
Each lending Fund pays a portion of the income (net of rebate fees) or fees earned by it from securities lending to a securities lending agent. Goldman Sachs Bank USA, an unaffiliated third party doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending, currently acts as securities lending agent for the Funds, subject to the overall supervision of the Funds’ manager.
Investment Companies. These securities include shares of other affiliated or unaffiliated open-end investment companies (i.e., mutual funds), closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), UCITS funds (pooled investment vehicles established in accordance with the Undertaking for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities adopted by European Union member states) and business development companies. A Fund may invest in securities of other investment companies up to the limits prescribed in Section 12(d) under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief currently or in the future available to a Fund.
Except with respect to funds structured as funds-of-funds or so-called master/feeder funds or other funds whose strategies otherwise allow such investments, the 1940 Act generally requires that a fund limit its investments in another investment company or series thereof so that, as of the time at which a securities purchase is made: i) no more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one investment company or series thereof will be owned by a fund or by companies controlled by a fund; ii) no more than 5% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the securities
35 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
of any one investment company; and iii) no more than 10% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the aggregate in securities of other investment companies.
Other investment companies in which a Fund invests can be expected to pay fees and other operating expenses, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those paid by the Fund. Other investment companies may include ETFs, which are publicly-traded unit investment trusts, open-end funds or depositary receipts that seek to track the performance of specific indices or companies in related industries (e.g., passive ETFs), and index funds. A passive ETF or index fund is an investment company that seeks to track the performance of an index (before fees and expenses) by holding in its portfolio either the securities that comprise the index or a representative sample of the securities in the index. Passive ETFs or index funds in which the Funds invest will incur expenses not incurred by their applicable indices. Certain securities comprising the indices tracked by passive ETFs or index funds may, from time to time, temporarily be unavailable, which may further impede a passive ETF’s or index fund’s ability to track their respective indices. An actively-managed ETF is an investment company that seeks to outperform the performance of an index.
ETFs generally are subject to the same risks as the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track and to the risks of the specific sector or industry tracked by the ETF. ETFs also are subject to the risk that their prices may not totally correlate to the prices of the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track and the risk of possible trading halts due to market conditions or for other reasons. Although ETFs that track broad market indexes are typically large and their shares are fairly liquid, ETFs that track more specific indexes tend to be newer and smaller, and ETFs have limited redemption features. Additionally, to the extent an ETF holds securities traded in markets that close at a different time from the ETF’s listing exchange, liquidity in such securities may be reduced after the applicable closing times, and during the time when the ETF’s listing exchange is open but after the applicable market closing, fixing or settlement times, bid/ask spreads and the resulting premium or discount to the ETF’s shares’ NAV may widen. In 2019, the SEC adopted a new rule and rule changes that are expected to change some of the ways that ETFs are currently offered and operate, and may affect the ability of a Fund to invest in an ETF.
In addition, a Fund may invest in the securities of closed-end investment companies. Because shares of closed-end investment companies trade on a stock exchange or in the OTC market, they may trade at a premium or discount to their net asset values, which may be substantial, and their potential lack of liquidity could result in greater volatility. In addition, closed-end investment companies may employ leverage, which also subjects the closed-end investment company to increased risks such as increased volatility. Moreover, closed-end investment companies incur their own fees and expenses.
Under the 1940 Act and rules and regulations thereunder, a Fund may purchase shares of other affiliated Funds, including the money market Funds, subject to certain conditions. Investing in affiliated Funds may present certain actual or potential conflicts of interest. In 2018, the SEC proposed a new rule and related amendments designed to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework for fund of funds arrangements, which are created when a mutual fund or other type of fund invests in shares of another fund. If adopted, this new rule may affect the ability and conditions under which a Fund may purchase shares of other affiliated Funds, including the money market Funds.
Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities. Private placement securities are securities sold in offerings that are exempt from registration under the 1933 Act. They are generally eligible for sale only to certain eligible investors. Private placements often may offer attractive opportunities for investment not otherwise available on the open market. However, private placement and other “restricted” securities typically cannot be resold without registration under the 1933 Act or the availability of an exemption from registration (such as Rules 144A (a “Rule 144A Security”)), and may not be readily marketable because they are subject to legal or contractual delays in or restrictions on resale. Asset-backed securities, common stock, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, high-yield securities, money market instruments, mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, participation interests, preferred stock and other types of equity and debt instruments may be privately placed or restricted securities.
Private placement and other restricted securities typically may be resold only to qualified institutional buyers, or in a privately negotiated transaction, or to a limited number of qualified purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met for an exemption from registration. Private placement and other restricted securities may be considered illiquid securities, as they typically are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. Because there may be relatively few
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 36
potential qualified purchasers for such securities, especially under adverse market or economic conditions, or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, a Fund could find it more difficult to sell such securities when it may be advisable to do so or it may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held and traded. At times, it also may be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing a Fund’s net asset value due to the absence of an active trading market. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund. Restricted securities that are “illiquid” are subject to each Fund’s policy of not investing or holding more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The term “illiquid” in this context refers to securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which a Fund has valued the securities.
The manager typically will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a Fund on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in its evaluation: i) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule 144A Security; ii) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Rule 144A Security and the number of other potential purchasers; iii) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Rule 144A Security; and iv) the nature of the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).
The manager will apply a similar process to evaluating the liquidity characteristics of other restricted securities. A restricted security that is deemed to be liquid when purchased may not continue to be deemed to be liquid for as long as it is held by a Fund. As a result of the resale restrictions on 144A securities, there is a greater risk that they will become illiquid than securities registered with the SEC.
Repurchase Agreements. A repurchase agreement is an agreement wherein a Fund purchases a security for a relatively short period of time (usually less than or up to seven days) and, at the time of purchase, the seller agrees to repurchase that security from the Fund at a mutually agreed upon time and price (representing the Fund’s cost plus interest). The repurchase agreement specifies the yield during the purchaser’s holding period. Entering into repurchase agreements allows a Fund to earn a return on cash in the Fund’s portfolio that would otherwise remain un-invested.
Repurchase agreements also may be viewed as loans made by a Fund that are collateralized by the securities subject to repurchase, which may consist of a variety of security types. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. Repurchase agreements may involve risks in the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty that has agreed to repurchase the securities from a Fund, including possible delays or restrictions upon the Fund’s ability to sell the underlying security and additional expenses in seeking to enforce the Fund’s rights and recover any losses. Although the Fund seeks to limit the credit risk under a repurchase agreement by carefully selecting counterparties and accepting only high quality collateral, some credit risk remains. The counterparty could default, which may make it necessary for the Fund to incur expenses to liquidate the collateral. In addition, the collateral may decline in value before it can be liquidated by the Fund.
A Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements under which the Fund sells portfolio securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon future date and price. Use of a reverse repurchase agreement may be preferable to a regular sale and later repurchase of securities, because it avoids certain market risks and transaction costs. At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will segregate cash or other liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest), and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that the value of such segregated assets continues to be equal to or greater than the repurchase price.
In the event that the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, a Fund’s use of proceeds from the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce a Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. Reverse repurchase agreements may be viewed as a form of borrowing.
Short Sales. A short sale is a transaction in which a Fund sells a security it may not own in anticipation of a decline in market value of that security. When a Fund makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives are retained by the broker until the Fund replaces the borrowed security. In order to deliver the security to the buyer, a Fund must arrange through a broker to borrow the security and, in so doing, the Fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. Short sales “against the box” means that a Fund owns the securities, which are placed in a segregated account until the transaction is closed out, or has the right to
37 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short. A Fund’s ability to enter into short sales transactions is limited by the requirements of the 1940 Act.
Short positions in futures and options create opportunities to increase a Fund’s return but, at the same time, involve special risk considerations and may be considered speculative. Since a Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the futures or options sold short without having to invest the full purchase price of the futures or options on the date of the short sale, a Fund’s NAV per share will tend to increase more when the futures or options it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the futures or options it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of futures or options sold short may continuously increase, although a Fund may mitigate such losses by replacing the futures or options sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have difficulty purchasing futures or options to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.
If a Fund makes a short sale “against the box,” it would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. A sub-adviser’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the sub-adviser believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. Short sale transactions may have adverse tax consequences to a Fund and its shareholders.
In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security,” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box,” and the securities sold are placed in a segregated account, or unless a Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by segregating cash or other liquid assets in an amount equal to the difference between the current market value of the securities sold short and any cash or liquid securities required to be deposited as collateral with a broker in connection with the transaction. Collateral deposited with a broker will be marked-to-market daily, and any amounts deposited with a broker or in a segregated account will not have the effect of limiting a Fund’s potential losses on a short sale.
To avoid limitations under the 1940 Act on borrowing by investment companies, all short sales not “against the box” will be “covered” by segregating cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the market value of its delivery obligation. A Fund will not make short sales of futures or options not “against the box” or maintain a short position if doing so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets totaling more than a specified percentage of the value of the Fund’s total assets.
Warrants. Warrants are instruments, typically issued with preferred stock or bonds, that give the holder the right to purchase a given number of shares of common stock at a specified price, usually during a specified period of time. The price usually represents a premium over the applicable market value of the common stock at the time of the warrant’s issuance. Warrants have no voting rights with respect to the common stock, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. Warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for the resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the common stock to rise. A warrant becomes worthless if it is not exercised within the specified time period.
Operational and Cybersecurity Risks. Fund operations, including business, financial, accounting, data processing systems or other operating systems and facilities may be disrupted, disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there could be electrical or telecommunications outages; degradation or loss of internet or web services; natural disasters, such as earthquakes, tornados and hurricanes; disease pandemics; or events arising from local or larger scale political or social events, as well as terrorist acts.
The Funds are also subject to the risk of potential cyber incidents, which may include, but are not limited to, the harming of or unauthorized access to digital systems (for example, through “hacking” or infection by computer viruses
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 38
or other malicious software code), denial-of-service attacks on websites, and the inadvertent or intentional release of confidential or proprietary information. Cyber incidents may, among other things, harm Fund operations, result in financial losses to a Fund and its shareholders, cause the release of confidential or highly restricted information, and result in regulatory penalties, reputational damage, and/or increased compliance, reimbursement or other compensation costs. Fund operations that may be disrupted or halted due to a cyber incident include trading, the processing of shareholder transactions, and the calculation of a Fund’s net asset value.
Issues affecting operating systems and facilities through cyber incidents, any of the scenarios described above, or other factors, may harm the Funds by affecting a Fund’s manager, sub-adviser(s), or other service providers, or issuers of securities in which a Fund invests. Although the Funds have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, including what the Funds believe to be robust information security procedures and controls, there is no guarantee that these measures will prevent cyber incidents or prevent or ameliorate the effects of significant and widespread disruption to our physical infrastructure or operating systems. Furthermore, the Funds cannot directly control the security or other measures taken by unaffiliated service providers or the issuers of securities in which the Funds invest. Such risks at issuers of securities in which the Funds invest could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause a Fund’s investment in such securities to lose value.
Liquidation Risk. There can be no assurance that a Fund will grow to or maintain a viable size and, pursuant to the Declaration of Trust, the Board is authorized to close and/or liquidate a Fund at any time. In the event of the liquidation of a Fund, the expenses, timing and tax consequences of such liquidation may not be favorable to some or all of the Fund’s shareholders. In addition, pursuant to section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and certain rules promulgated thereunder (collectively known as the “Volcker Rule”), if the Manager and/or its affiliates own 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund after the permitted seeding period following the Fund’s inception, the Fund will be subject to restrictions on trading that will adversely impact the Fund’s ability to execute its investment strategy. Should this occur, a Fund may be liquidated, or the Manager and/or its affiliates may be required to reduce their ownership interests in the Fund, either of which may result in gains or losses, increased transaction and other costs and adverse tax consequences. In addition, other large shareholders controlling a significant portion of a Fund’s shares, such as other funds, institutional investors, financial intermediaries, individuals and other accounts, may elect to redeem a portion or all of their shares at any time, and the Fund may no longer be able to maintain a viable size after meeting the redemption request. In these circumstances, a Fund’s board may determine to liquidate the Fund or a particular class of the Fund. For a list of shareholders that own, of record and/or beneficially, 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a class or 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund, please see the section entitled “Control Persons and Principal Fund Holders”.
Other factors and events that may lead to the liquidation of a Fund include changes in laws or regulations governing the Fund or affecting the type of assets in which the Fund invests, or economic developments or trends having a significant adverse impact on the business or operations of the Fund.
After a Fund liquidation is announced, such Fund may begin to experience greater redemption activity as the Fund approaches its liquidation date. As portfolio managers effect portfolio transactions to meet redemptions and prepare the Fund for liquidation, the Fund may not meet its investment objective and principal investment strategies. The Fund will incur transaction costs as a result of these portfolio transactions which will indirectly be borne by the Fund’s shareholders. The Fund may be required to make a distribution of income and capital gains realized, if any, from liquidating its portfolio. It is anticipated that any distribution would be paid to shareholders prior to liquidation. Shareholders of the Fund on the date of liquidation would receive a distribution of their account proceeds on the settlement date in complete redemption of their shares. In the event of a liquidation, please consult with a tax advisor to determine your specific tax consequences, if any.
39 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Management of the Funds.”
General
The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and Officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and Officers listed below acts in identical capacities for the Wells Fargo family of funds which consists of, as of March 31, 2019, 151 series comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and four closed-end funds (collectively the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The business address of each Trustee and Officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and Officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 75.
Information for Trustees, all of whom are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“Independent Trustees”), appears below. In addition to the Officers listed below, the Funds have appointed an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer.
Name and Year of Birth
Position Held with Registrant/Length of Service1
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years or Longer
Current Other Public Company or Investment Company Directorships
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
William R. Ebsworth
Trustee, since 2015
Retired. From 1984 to 2013, equities analyst, portfolio manager, research director and chief investment officer at Fidelity Management and Research Company in Boston, Tokyo, and Hong Kong, and retired in 2013 as Chief Investment Officer of Fidelity Strategic Advisers, Inc. where he led a team of investment professionals managing client assets. Prior thereto, Board member of Hong Kong Securities Clearing Co., Hong Kong Options Clearing Corp., the Thailand International Fund, Ltd., Fidelity Investments Life Insurance Company, and Empire Fidelity Investments Life Insurance Company. Audit Committee Chair and Investment Committee Chair of the Vincent Memorial Hospital Endowment (non-profit organization). Mr. Ebsworth is a CFA® charterholder.
N/A
Jane A. Freeman
Trustee, since 2015; Chair Liaison, since 2018
Retired. From 2012 to 2014 and 1999 to 2008, Chief Financial Officer of Scientific Learning Corporation. From 2008 to 2012, Ms. Freeman provided consulting services related to strategic business projects. Prior to 1999, Portfolio Manager at Rockefeller & Co. and Scudder, Stevens & Clark. Board member of the Harding Loevner Funds from 1996 to 2014, serving as both Lead Independent Director and chair of the Audit Committee. Board member of the Russell Exchange Traded Funds Trust from 2011 to 2012 and the chair of the Audit Committee. Ms. Freeman is a Board Member of The Ruth Bancroft Garden (non-profit organization). She is also an inactive Chartered Financial Analyst.
N/A
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 40
Name and Year of Birth
Position Held with Registrant/Length of Service1
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years or Longer
Current Other Public Company or Investment Company Directorships
Isaiah Harris, Jr.
Trustee, since 2009; Audit Committee Chairman, since 2019
Retired. Chairman of the Board of CIGNA Corporation since 2009, and Director since 2005. From 2003 to 2011, Director of Deluxe Corporation. Prior thereto, President and CEO of BellSouth Advertising and Publishing Corp. from 2005 to 2007, President and CEO of BellSouth Enterprises from 2004 to 2005 and President of BellSouth Consumer Services from 2000 to 2003. Emeritus member of the Iowa State University Foundation Board of Governors. Emeritus Member of the Advisory Board of Iowa State University School of Business. Advisory Board Member, Palm Harbor Academy (private school). Advisory Board Member, Child Evangelism Fellowship (non-profit). Mr. Harris is a certified public accountant (inactive status).
CIGNA Corporation
Judith M. Johnson
Trustee, since 2008;
Retired. Prior thereto, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Minneapolis Employees Retirement Fund from 1996 to 2008. Ms. Johnson is an attorney, certified public accountant and a certified managerial accountant.
N/A
David F. Larcker
Trustee, since 2009
James Irvin Miller Professor of Accounting at the Graduate School of Business, Stanford University, Director of the Corporate Governance Research Initiative and Senior Faculty of The Rock Center for Corporate Governance since 2006. From 2005 to 2008, Professor of Accounting at the Graduate School of Business, Stanford University. Prior thereto, Ernst & Young Professor of Accounting at The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania from 1985 to 2005.
N/A
Olivia S. Mitchell
Trustee, since 2006; Nominating and Governance Committee Chair, since 2018
International Foundation of Employee Benefit Plans Professor, Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania since 1993. Director of Wharton’s Pension Research Council and Boettner Center on Pensions & Retirement Research, and Research Associate at the National Bureau of Economic Research. Previously, Cornell University Professor from 1978 to 1993.
N/A
Timothy J. Penny
Trustee, since 1996; Chairman, since 2018
President and Chief Executive Officer of Southern Minnesota Initiative Foundation, a non-profit organization, since 2007. Member of the Board of Trustees of NorthStar Education Finance, Inc., a non-profit organization, since 2007.
N/A
41 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Name and Year of Birth
Position Held with Registrant/Length of Service1
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years or Longer
Current Other Public Company or Investment Company Directorships
James G. Polisson
Trustee, since 2018
Retired. Chief Marketing Officer, Source (ETF) UK Services, Ltd, from 2015 to 2017. From 2012 to 2015, Principal of The Polisson Group, LLC, a management consulting, corporate advisory and principal investing company. Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director at Russell Investments, Global Exchange Traded Funds from 2010 to 2012. Managing Director of Barclays Global Investors from 1998 to 2010 and Global Chief Marketing Officer for iShares and Barclays Global Investors from 2000 to 2010. Trustee of the San Francisco Mechanics’ Institute, a non-profit organization, from 2013 to 2015. Board member of the Russell Exchange Traded Fund Trust from 2011 to 2012. Director of Barclays Global Investors Holdings Deutschland GmbH from 2006 to 2009. Mr. Polisson is an attorney and has a retired status with the Massachusetts and District of Columbia Bar Associations.
N/A
Pamela Wheelock
Trustee, since January 2020; previously Trustee from January 2018 to July 2019
Board member of the Destination Medical Center Economic Development Agency, Rochester, Minnesota since 2019. Acting Commissioner, Minnesota Department of Human Services, July 2019 through September 2019. Human Services Manager (part-time), Minnesota Department of Human Services, October 2019 through December 2019. Chief Operating Officer, Twin Cities Habitat for Humanity from 2017 to 2019. Vice President of University Services, University of Minnesota from 2012 to 2016. Prior thereto, on the Board of Directors, Governance Committee and Finance Committee for the Minnesota Philanthropy Partners (Saint Paul Foundation) from 2012 to 2018, Interim Chief Executive Officer of Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota from 2011 to 2012, Chairman of the Board from 2009 to 2012 and Board Director from 2003 to 2015. Vice President, Leadership and Community Engagement, Bush Foundation, Saint Paul, Minnesota (a private foundation) from 2009 to 2011. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Minnesota Sports and Entertainment from 2004 to 2009 and Senior Vice President from 2002 to 2004. Executive Vice President of the Minnesota Wild Foundation from 2004 to 2008. Commissioner of Finance, State of Minnesota, from 1999 to 2002. Currently Board Chair of the Minnesota Wild Foundation since 2010.
N/A
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 42
William R. Ebsworth. Mr. Ebsworth has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since January 1, 2015. He also served as a Trustee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2015 to 2018. From 1984 to 2013, he was employed as an equities analyst, portfolio manager and research director at Fidelity Management and Research Company in Boston, Tokyo, and Hong Kong, and retired in 2013 as Chief Investment Officer of Fidelity Strategic Advisers, Inc., where he led a team of investment professionals managing client assets. Prior thereto, he was a Board member of Hong Kong Securities Clearing Co., Hong Kong Options Clearing Corp., the Thailand International Fund, Ltd., Fidelity Investments Life Insurance Company, and Empire Fidelity Investments Life Insurance Company. Mr. Ebsworth is a CFA® charterholder.
Jane A. Freeman. Ms. Freeman has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since January 1, 2015. She also served as a Trustee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2015 to 2018. From 2012 to 2014 and 1999 to 2008, Ms. Freeman served as the Chief Financial Officer of Scientific Learning Corporation. From 2008 to 2012, Ms. Freeman provided consulting services related to strategic business projects. Prior to joining Scientific Learning, Ms. Freeman was employed as a portfolio manager at Rockefeller & Co. and Scudder, Stevens & Clark. She served as a board member of the Harding Loevner Funds from 1996 to 2014, serving as both Lead Independent Director and chair of the Audit Committee. She also served as a board member of the Russell Exchange Traded Funds Trust from 2011 to 2012, and as chair of the Audit Committee. Ms. Freeman serves as a Board Member of the Ruth Bancroft Garden (non-profit organization) and the Glimmerglass Festival. Ms. Freeman is a Chartered Financial Analyst (inactive).
Isaiah Harris, Jr. Mr. Harris has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since 2009 and as Chair of the Audit Committee since 2019 and was an Advisory Board Member from 2008 to 2009. He also served as a Trustee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2010 to 2018. He has been the Chairman of the Board of CIGNA Corporation since 2009, and has been a director of CIGNA Corporation since 2005. He served as a director of Deluxe Corporation from 2003 to
43 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
2011. As a director of these and other public companies, he has served on board committees, including Governance, Audit and Compensation Committees. Mr. Harris served in senior executive positions, including as president, chief executive officer, vice president of finance and/or chief financial officer, of operating companies for approximately 20 years.
Judith M. Johnson. Ms. Johnson has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since 2008 and as Chair of the Audit Committee from 2009 to 2018. She has also served as a trustee and chair of the audit committee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2010 to 2018. She served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Minneapolis Employees Retirement Fund for twelve years until her retirement in 2008. Ms. Johnson is a licensed attorney, as well as a certified public accountant and a certified managerial accountant. Ms. Johnson has been determined by the Board to be an audit committee financial expert, as such term is defined in the applicable rules of the SEC.
David F. Larcker. Mr. Larcker has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since 2009 and was an Advisory Board Member from 2008 to 2009. He also served as a Trustee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2010 to 2018. Mr. Larcker is the James Irvin Miller Professor of Accounting at the Graduate School of Business of Stanford University. He is also the Morgan Stanley Director of the Center for Leadership Development and Research and Co-director of The Rock Center for Corporate Governance at Stanford University. He has been a professor of accounting for over 30 years. He has written numerous articles on a range of topics, including managerial accounting, financial statement analysis and corporate governance.
Olivia S. Mitchell. Ms. Mitchell has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since 2006 and as chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee since 2018. She also served as a Trustee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2010 to 2018. Ms. Mitchell is the International Foundation of Employee Benefit Plans Professor at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, where she is also Professor of Insurance/Risk Management and Business Economics/Policy. She also serves in senior positions with academic and policy organizations that conduct research on pensions, retirement, insurance, risk management and related topics, including as Executive Director of the Pension Research Council and Director of the Boettner Center on Pensions and Retirement Research, both at the University of Pennsylvania. She has taught on, and served as a consultant on economics, insurance, and risk management, served as Department Chair, advised numerous governmental entities, and written numerous articles and books on topics including retirement systems, private and social insurance, and health and retirement policy.
Timothy J. Penny. Mr. Penny has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex and their predecessor funds since 1996, and Chairman of the Board of Trustees since 2018. He also served as a Trustee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2010 to 2018. He has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Southern Minnesota Initiative Foundation since 2007. He also serves as a member of the board of another non-profit organization. Mr. Penny was a member of the U.S. House of Representatives for 12 years representing Southeastern Minnesota’s First Congressional District.
James G. Polisson. Mr. Polisson has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since 2018 and was an Advisory Board member in 2017. Mr. Polisson has extensive experience in the financial services industry, including over 15 years in the ETF industry. From 2015 to July 31, 2017, Mr. Polisson was the Chief Marketing Officer of Source (ETF) UK Services, Ltd., one of the largest providers of exchange-traded products in Europe. From 2012 to 2015, Mr. Polisson was Principal of The Polisson Group, LLC, a management consulting, corporate advisory and principal investing firm. Prior to 2012, Mr. Polisson was Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Russell Investments’ global ETF business from 2010 to 2012. He was also a member of the Board of Trustees of Russell Exchange Traded Funds Trust, where he served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, from 2011 to 2012. Mr. Polisson also served as Chief Marketing Officer for Barclays Global Investors from 2000 to 2010, where he led global marketing for the iShares ETF business.
Pamela Wheelock. Ms. Wheelock served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex from January 2018 until July 2019 and was an Advisory Board member in 2017. Ms. Wheelock has been a Board member of the Destination Medical Center Economic Development Agency in Rochester, Minnesota since 2019. She served as the acting Commissioner of the Minnesota Department of Human Services from July 2019 through September 2019 and as the Human Services Manager (part-time) of the Minnesota Department of Human Services from October 2019 through December 2019. Ms. Wheelock has more than 25 years of leadership experience in the private, public and nonprofit sectors. Ms. Wheelock was the Chief Operating Officer of Twin Cities Habitat for Humanity from 2017 through 2019. Prior to joining
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 44
Habitat for Humanity in 2017, Ms. Wheelock was on the Board of Directors, Governance Committee and Finance Committee for the Minnesota Philanthropy Partners (Saint Paul Foundation) and the Vice President of University Services at the University of Minnesota from 2012, where she served as chief operations officer of the University. She also served as Interim President and Chief Executive Officer of Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota from 2011 to 2012, Vice President of the Bush Foundation from 2009 to 2011, and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Minnesota Sports and Entertainment from 2004 to 2009. Ms. Wheelock served as the Executive Budget Officer and Finance Commissioner for the State of Minnesota from 1999 to 2002.
Board of Trustees - Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities
The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee to serve in the role of Chairman. The Chairman’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with respect to governance-related matters with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Chairman may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time.Timothy Penny serves as chairman of the Board. In order to assist the Chairman in maintaining effective communications with the other Trustees and Funds Management, the Board has appointed a Chair Liaison to work with the Chairman to coordinate Trustee communications and to help coordinate timely responses to Trustee inquiries relating to board governance and fiduciary matters. The Chair Liaison serves for a one-year term, which may be extended with the approval of the Board. Except for any duties specified herein or pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, the designation of Chairman or Chair Liaison does not impose on such Independent Trustee any duties, obligations or liability that are greater than the duties, obligations or liability imposed on such person as a member of the Board generally.
The Board also has established a Nominating and Governance Committee, an Audit Committee, a Valuation Committee and a Dividend Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Trust, and from time to time may establish informal working groups to review and address the policies and practices of the Trust with respect to certain specified matters. Additionally, the Board has established investment teams to review in detail the performance of each of the Funds, to meet with portfolio managers, and to report back to the full Board. The Board occasionally engages independent consultants to assist it in evaluating initiatives or proposals. The Board believes that the Board’s current leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over matters under its purview, and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of Trustees and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The leadership structure of the Board may be changed, at any time and in the discretion of the Board, including in response to changes in circumstances or the characteristics of the Trust.
The Funds and Trusts are subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational, liquidity and valuation risks, among others. Day-to-day risk management functions are subsumed within the responsibilities of Funds Management, the sub-advisers and other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), who carry out the Funds’ investment management and business affairs. Each of Funds Management, the sub-advisers and other service providers have their own, independent approach to risk management, and their policies and methods of carrying out risk management functions will depend, in part, on their individual priorities, resources and controls.
Risk oversight forms part of the Board’s general oversight of the Funds and Trusts and is addressed as part of various Board and Committee activities. The Board recognizes that it is not possible to identify all of the risks that may affect a Fund or to develop processes and controls to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects and that it is necessary for the Funds to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to pursue their goals. As part of its regular
45 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
oversight of the Trusts, the Board, directly or through a Committee, interacts with and reviews reports from, among others, Funds Management, sub-advisers, the Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds, the Chief Risk Officer of Funds Management, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds, and internal compliance auditors for Funds Management or its affiliates, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Funds and relevant risk functions. The Board, with the assistance of its investment teams, also reviews investment policies and risks in connection with its review of the Funds’ performance, and considers information regarding the oversight of liquidity risks from Funds Management’s investment personnel. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who oversees the implementation and testing of the Funds’ compliance program and regularly reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Funds and their principal service providers. Funds Management has appointed a Chief Risk Officer to enhance the framework around the assessment, management, measurement and monitoring of risk indicators and other risk matters concerning the Funds and develop periodic reporting of risk management matters to the Board. In addition, as part of the Board’s periodic review of the Funds’ advisory, subadvisory and other service provider agreements, the Board may consider risk management aspects of their operations and the functions for which they are responsible. With respect to valuation, the Board oversees a management valuation team comprised of officers and employees of Funds Management, has approved and periodically reviews written valuation policies and procedures applicable to valuing Fund portfolio investments, and has established a valuation committee of Trustees. The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts its risk oversight role.
Committees.
As noted above, the Board has established a standing Nominating and Governance Committee, a standing Audit Committee, a standing Valuation Committee and a standing Dividend Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Trust. The Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee operate pursuant to charters approved by the Board. The Valuation Committee’s responsibilities are set forth in Valuation Procedures approved by the Board, and the Dividend Committee’s responsibilities were set forth by the Board when it established the Committee. Each Independent Trustee is a member of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee, Audit Committee and Valuation Committee. The Dividend Committee is comprised of three Independent Trustees.
(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Except with respect to any trustee nomination made by an eligible shareholder or shareholder group as permitted by applicable law and applicable provisions of the Declaration of Trust and any By-Laws of a Trust, the Committee shall make all nominations for membership on the Board of Trustees of each Trust. The Committee shall evaluate each candidate’s qualifications for Board membership and his or her independence from the Funds’ manager, sub-adviser(s) and principal underwriter(s) and, as it deems appropriate, other principal service providers. Olivia Mitchell serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.
The Nominating and Governance Committee has adopted procedures by which a shareholder may properly submit a nominee recommendation for the Committee’s consideration, which are set forth in Appendix A to the Trusts’ Nominating and Governance Committee Charter. The shareholder must submit any such recommendation (a “Shareholder Recommendation”) in writing to the Trust, to the attention of the Trust’s Secretary, at the address of the principal executive offices of the Trust. The Shareholder Recommendation must include: (i) a statement in writing setting forth (A) the name, age, date of birth, business address, residence address, and nationality of the person recommended by the shareholder (the “candidate”), (B) the series (and, if applicable, class) and number of all shares of the Trust owned of record or beneficially by the candidate, as reported to such shareholder by the candidate; (C) any other information regarding the candidate called for with respect to director nominees by paragraphs (a), (d), (e), and (f ) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K or paragraph (b) of Item 22 of Rule 14a-101 (Schedule 14A) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), adopted by the SEC (or the corresponding provisions of any regulation or rule subsequently adopted by the SEC or any successor agency applicable to the Trust); (D) any other information regarding the candidate that would be required to be disclosed if the candidate were a nominee in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (E) whether the recommending shareholder believes that the candidate is or will be an “interested person” of the Trust (as defined in the 1940 Act) and information regarding the candidate that will be sufficient for the Trust to make such determination; (ii) the written and signed consent of the candidate to be named as a nominee and to serve as a
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 46
Trustee if elected; (iii) the recommending shareholder’s name as it appears on the Trust’s books; (iv) the series (and, if applicable, class) and number of all shares of the Trust owned beneficially and of record by the recommending shareholder; and (v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the recommending shareholder and the candidate and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made by the recommending shareholder. In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee may require the candidate to interview in person or furnish such other information as it may reasonably require or deem necessary to determine the eligibility of such candidate to serve as a Trustee of the Trust. The Nominating and Governance Committee has full discretion to reject candidates recommended by shareholders, and there is no assurance that any such person properly recommended and considered by the Committee will be nominated for election to the Board. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency with respect to the requirements applicable to a Shareholder Recommendation as between those established in the procedures and those in the By-Laws of a Closed-End Fund, the requirements of the By-Laws of such Closed-End Fund shall control.
The Nominating and Governance Committee may from time-to-time propose nominations of one or more individuals to serve as members of an “advisory board,” as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(1) of the 1940 Act.
(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies, including their internal controls over financial reporting; oversees the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ financial statements and the independent audit thereof; and interacts with the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board and with appropriate officers of the Trust. Isaiah Harris, Jr. serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.
(3) Valuation Committee. The Board has delegated to the Valuation Committee the authority to take any action regarding the valuation of portfolio securities that the Valuation Committee deems necessary or appropriate, including determining the fair value of securities between regularly scheduled Board meetings in instances where that determination has not otherwise been delegated to the valuation team (“Management Valuation Team”) of Funds Management. The Board considers for ratification at each quarterly meeting any valuation actions taken during the previous quarter by the Valuation Committee or by the Management Valuation Team other than pursuant to Board-approved methodologies. Any one member of the Valuation Committee may constitute a quorum for a meeting of the committee.
(4) Dividend Committee. The Board has delegated to the Dividend Committee the responsibility to review and approve certain dividend amount determinations made by a separate committee composed of representatives from Funds Management and certain sub-advisers (“Management Open-End Dividend Committee”). The Board has delegated to the Management Open-End Dividend Committee the authority to determine periodic dividend amounts subject to certain Board-approved parameters to be paid by each of the Core Plus Bond Fund, Diversified Income Builder Fund, Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund, International Bond Fund, Real Return Fund and Strategic Income Fund. Under certain circumstances, the Dividend Committee must review and consider for approval, as it deems appropriate, recommendations of the Management Open-End Dividend Committee.
The committees met the following number of times during the most recently completed fiscal year:
Committee Name
Committee Meetings During Last Fiscal Year
Nominating and Governance Committee
3
Audit Committee
7
Valuation Committee
0
Dividend Committee
0
Compensation. The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. Listed below is the compensation that was paid to each current Trustee by a Fund and the Fund Complex for the most recently completed fiscal period:
47 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Trustee Compensation
Trustee
Compensation from each Fund
Total Compensation from the Fund Complex1
William R. Ebsworth
$2,009
$303,500
Jane A. Freeman
$2,142
$323,500
Isaiah Harris, Jr.
$2,049
$309,500
Judith M. Johnson
$2,158
$326,000
David F. Larcker
$2,009
$303,500
Olivia S. Mitchell
$2,142
$323,500
Timothy J. Penny
$2,506
$378,500
James G. Polisson
$2,009
$303,500
Beneficial Equity Ownership Information. The following table contains specific information about the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Trustee as of December 31, 2019 in each Fund and the aggregate dollar range of equity securities in other Funds in the Fund Complex overseen by the Trustees, stated as one of the following ranges: A = $0; B = $1 - $10,000; C = 10,001 - $50,000; D = $50,001 - $100,000; and E = Over $100,000.
Fund
Ebsworth
Freeman
Harris
Johnson
Larcker
Mitchell
Penny
Polisson
Wheelock
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
E
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Funds Overseen by Trustee in Fund Complex1
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2019, none of the Independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members owned securities of the manager, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the manager, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 48
MANAGER AND OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS
Manager and Class-Level Administrator
Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the manager and class-level administrator for the Funds. Funds Management provides advisory and Fund-level administrative services to the Funds under an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) and provides class-level administrative services to the Funds under a class-level administration agreement (the “Class-Level Administration Agreement”). Under the Management Agreement, Funds Management is responsible for, among other services, (i) implementing the investment objectives and strategies of the Funds, (ii) supervising the applicable Sub-Adviser(s), (iii) providing Fund-level administrative services in connection with the Funds’ operations, (iv) developing and implementing procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions, and (v) providing any other Fund-level administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Funds other than those services that are provided by the Funds’ transfer and dividend disbursing agent, custodian, and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Funds’ business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.
Under the Class-Level Administration Agreement, Funds Management is responsible for, among other services, (i) coordinating, supervising and paying the applicable transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, (ii) coordinating the preparation and filing of registration statements, notices, shareholder reports and other information materials, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications for a class, (iii) receiving and tabulating class-specific shareholder votes, (iv) reviewing bills submitted to a Fund and, upon determining that a bill is appropriate, allocating amounts to the appropriate classes thereof and instructing the Funds’ custodian to pay such bills, and (v) assembling and disseminating information concerning class performance, expenses, distributions and administration. Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives pursuant to the Class-Level Administration Agreement.
As compensation for its services under the Management Agreement, Funds Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below of each Fund’s average daily net assets:
Fund
Fee
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
First $500M
0.850%
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
First $500M
0.850%
Management Fees Paid. The amounts shown below reflect fees paid to and waived by Funds Management under the Management Agreement for the past three fiscal years or periods.
Management Fees Paid
Fund/Fiscal Year or Period
Management Fees Paid
Management Fees Waived
March 31, 2019
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
$550,772
$273,629
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
$494,505
$142,783
49 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Management Fees Paid
Fund/Fiscal Year or Period
Management Fees Paid
Management Fees Waived
March 31, 2018
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
$617,530
$177,685
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
$531,136
$164,512
March 31, 2017
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
$625,380
$170,157
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
$827,249
$161,110
For providing class-level administrative services to the Funds pursuant to the Class-Level Administration Agreement, including paying the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rates indicated below, as a percentage of the total net assets of each Class:
Class-Level Administrator Fee
Share Class
% of Total Net Assets
Class R6
0.03%
Administrative Service Fees Paid. The amounts shown below reflect fees paid to and waived by Funds Management under the Class-Level Administration Agreement for the past three fiscal years or periods.
Administrative Service Fees Paid
Fund/Fiscal Year or Period
Administrative Service Fees Paid
Administrative Service Fees Waived
March 31, 2019
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
$195,761
$21
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
$129,405
$6,707
March 31, 2018
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
$147,704
$0
Traditional Small Cap Growth Fund
$189,570
$0
March 31, 2017
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
$193,850
$0
Traditional Small Cap Growth Fund
$188,108
$0
General. Each Fund’s Management Agreement will continue in effect provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the respective Fund’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Management Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. The Management Agreement may be terminated at any time by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of a Fund’s outstanding voting securities, or by Funds Management on 60 days’ written notice. It will terminate automatically if assigned.
For each Fund, the Class-Level Administration Agreement will continue in effect provided the continuance is approved annually by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any party to the Class-Level Administration Agreement. The Class-Level Administration Agreement may be terminated on 60 days’ written notice by either party.
Conflicts of Interest. Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified financial services company providing banking, insurance, investment, mortgage and consumer financial services. The involvement of various subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company, including Funds Management, in the management and operation of the Fund and in providing other services or managing other accounts gives rise to certain actual and potential conflicts of interest.
For example, certain investments may be appropriate for a Fund and also for other clients advised by Funds Management and its affiliates, and there may be market or regulatory limits on the amount of such investments, which may cause competition for limited positions. Also, various clients and proprietary accounts of Funds Management and
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 50
its affiliates may at times take positions that are adverse to a Fund. Funds Management applies various policies to address these situations, but a Fund may nonetheless incur losses or underperformance during periods when Wells Fargo & Company, its affiliates and their clients achieve gains or outperformance.
Wells Fargo & Company may have interests in or provide services to portfolio companies or Fund shareholders or intermediaries that may not be fully aligned with the interests of all investors. Funds Management and its affiliates serve in multiple roles, including as manager and, for most Wells Fargo Funds, sub-adviser, as well as class-level administrator and principal underwriter.
These are all considerations of which an investor should be aware and which may cause conflicts that could disadvantage a Fund. Funds Management has instituted business and compliance policies, procedures and disclosures that are designed to identify, monitor and mitigate such conflicts of interest.
Fund Expenses. From time to time, Funds Management may waive fees from a Fund in whole or in part. Any such waiver will reduce expenses and, accordingly, have a favorable impact on a Fund’s performance.
Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of the Independent Trustees; investment management, shareholder services and class-level administrative fees; payments pursuant to any 12b-1 Plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent auditors, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses (except the expense of printing and mailing prospectuses used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a 12b-1 Plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues (including membership dues in the Investment Company Institute allocable to a Fund); brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the NAV per share of a Fund; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of a Fund’s shares; pricing services, organizational expenses and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to a Fund are charged against the Fund’s assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the series of the Trust, including the Funds, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each Fund, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Board deems equitable.
Funds Management has engaged Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”) to serve as sub-adviser to the Funds (the “Sub-Adviser”). Subject to the direction of the Trust’s Board and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management and the Trust, the Sub-Advisers makes recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Funds’ assets. The Sub-Adviser furnishes to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the Funds. The Sub-Adviser also furnishes such additional reports and information as Funds Management and the Trust’s Board and Officers may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to Wells Capital Management, which is an affiliated Sub-Adviser.
For providing sub-advisory services to the Funds, the Sub-Adviser is entitled to receive monthly fees at the annual rates indicated below of each Fund’s average daily net assets. These fees may be paid by Funds Management or directly by the Funds. If a sub-advisory fee is paid directly by a Fund, the compensation paid to Funds Management for advisory fees will be reduced accordingly.
Fund
Sub-Adviser
Fee
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
Wells Capital Management
First $100M
0.550%
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
Wells Capital Management
First $100M
0.550%
51 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “The Sub-Adviser and Portfolio Managers.” The information in this section is provided as of March 31, 2019, the most recent fiscal year end for the Funds managed by the portfolio managers listed below (each, a “Portfolio Manager” and together, the “Portfolio Managers”). The Portfolio Managers manage the investment activities of the Funds on a day-to-day basis as follows.
Fund
Sub-Adviser
Portfolio Managers
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
Wells Capital Management
Michael T. Smith, CFA
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
Wells Capital Management
Christopher G. Miller, CFA
Management of Other Accounts. The following table(s) provide information relating to other accounts managed by the Portfolio Manager(s). The table(s) do not include the Funds or any personal brokerage accounts of the Portfolio Manager(s) and their families.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 52
Assets of Accounts Subject to Performance Fee
$0
Christopher J. Warner, CFA
Registered Investment Companies
Number of Accounts
9
Total Assets Managed
$5.14 B
Number of Accounts Subject to Performance Fee
0
Assets of Accounts Subject to Performance Fee
$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
Number of Accounts
2
Total Assets Managed
$115.79 M
Number of Accounts Subject to Performance Fee
0
Assets of Accounts Subject to Performance Fee
$0
Other Accounts
Number of Accounts
39
Total Assets Managed
$2.34 B
Number of Accounts Subject to Performance Fee
0
Assets of Accounts Subject to Performance Fee
$0
Material Conflicts of Interest.The Portfolio Managers face inherent conflicts of interest in their day-to-day management of the Funds and other accounts because the Funds may have different investment objectives, strategies and risk profiles than the other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. For instance, to the extent that the Portfolio Managers manage accounts with different investment strategies than the Funds, they may from time to time be inclined to purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one account but not for a Fund. Additionally, some of the accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers may have different fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Funds. The differences in fee structures may provide an incentive to the Portfolio Managers to allocate more favorable trades to the higher-paying accounts.
53 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
To minimize the effects of these inherent conflicts of interest, each firm listed below has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, intended to address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients and are designed to ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. Accordingly, security block purchases are allocated to all accounts with similar objectives in a fair and equitable manner.
Wells Capital Management. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers often provide investment management for separate accounts advised in the same or similar investment style as that provided to mutual funds. While management of multiple accounts could potentially lead to conflicts of interest over various issues such as trade allocation, fee disparities and research acquisition, Wells Capital Management has implemented policies and procedures for the express purpose of ensuring that clients are treated fairly and that potential conflicts of interest are minimized.
Compensation. The Portfolio Managers were compensated by their employing Sub-Adviser using the following compensation structure:
Wells Capital Management. The compensation structure for Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers includes a competitive fixed base salary plus variable incentives, payable annually and over a longer term period. Wells Capital Management participates in third party investment management compensation surveys for market-based compensation information to help support individual pay decisions. In addition to surveys, Wells Capital Management also considers prior professional experience, tenure, seniority and a Portfolio Manager’s team size, scope and assets under management when determining his/her fixed base salary. In addition, Portfolio Managers, who meet the eligibility requirements, may participate in Wells Fargo’s 401(k) plan that features a limited matching contribution. Eligibility for and participation in this plan is on the same basis for all employees.
Wells Capital Management’s investment incentive program plays an important role in aligning the interests of our portfolio managers, investment team members, clients and shareholders. Incentive awards for portfolio managers are determined based on a review of relative investment and business/team performance. Investment performance is generally evaluated for 1, 3, and 5 year performance results, with a predominant weighting on the 3- and 5- year time periods, versus the relevant benchmarks and/or peer groups consistent with the investment style. In the case of each Fund, the benchmark(s) against which the performance of the Fund’s portfolio may be compared for these purposes generally are indicated in the “Average Annual Total Returns” table in the Prospectus. Once determined, incentives are awarded to portfolio managers annually, with a portion awarded as annual cash and a portion awarded as long term incentive. The long term portion of incentives generally carry a pro-rated vesting schedule over a three year period. For many of our portfolio managers, Wells Capital Management further requires a portion of their annual long-term award be allocated directly into each strategy they manage through a deferred compensation vehicle. In addition, our investment team members who are eligible for long term awards also have the opportunity to invest up to 100% of their awards into investment strategies they support (through a deferred compensation vehicle).
Beneficial Ownership in the Funds. The following table shows for each Portfolio Manager the dollar value of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Portfolio Manager, stated as one of the following ranges:
$0;
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 54
Distributor and Shareholder Servicing Agent
Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (the “Distributor”), an affiliate of Funds Management located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as the distributor to the Wells Fargo Funds.
Each Fund has adopted a distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “Rule”) for the classes of shares listed in the table below. The 12b-1 Plan was adopted by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Fund and who had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b-1 Plan (the “Non-Interested Trustees”).
Under the 12b-1 Plan and pursuant to the related Distribution Agreement, each applicable class pays the Distributor, on a monthly basis, an annual fee up to the amount indicated in the table. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses. The Distributor’s distribution-related revenues from the 12b-1 Plan may be more or less than distribution-related expenses incurred during the period.
Fund
Class C
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
0.75%
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
0.75%
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, the Funds paid the Distributor the following fees for distribution-related services.
General. The 12b-1 Plan and Distribution Agreement will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved at least annually by vote of a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. The Distribution Agreement will terminate automatically if assigned, and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, on not less than 60 days’ written notice, by the Trust’s Board, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by the Distributor. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amounts payable thereunder by the relevant class of a Fund without approval by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such class, and no material amendment to the 12b-1 Plan shall be made unless approved by vote of a majority of both the Trustees and Non-Interested Trustees. The 12b-1 Plan provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are deemed to be payments for the financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of Fund shares, such payments are deemed to have been approved under the 12b-1 Plan.
Servicing Agent
Each Fund has adopted a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the “Servicing Plan”) for its Class A, Class C, Administrator Class, and Class R shares, as applicable, and has entered into a related Shareholder Servicing Agreement with the Distributor and Funds Management. Under this agreement, the Distributor and Funds Management are authorized to provide or engage third parties to provide, pursuant to an Administrative and Shareholder Services Agreements, shareholder support services. For providing these services, the Distributor, Funds Management and third parties are entitled to an
55 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
annual fee from the applicable class of the Fund of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A, Class C, Administrator Class, and Class R shares, owned of record or beneficially by their customers.
General. The Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by vote of a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Servicing Plan may be made except by such vote.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 56
Underwriting Commissions
The Distributor serves as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis.
For the fiscal periods listed below, the aggregate amounts of underwriting commissions paid to and retained by the Distributor are as follows:
Fund/Fiscal Year or Period
Aggregate Total Underwriting Commissions
Underwriting Commissions Retained
March 31, 2019
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
$
1,157
$
1,157
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
$
147
$
147
March 31, 2018
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
$
632
$
632
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
$
1,261
$
1,261
March 31, 2017
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
$
812
$
812
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
$
756
$
756
State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), located at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street Boston, Massachusetts 02111, acts as Custodian and fund accountant for the Funds. As Custodian, State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Fund, handles the receipt and delivery of securities, selects and monitors foreign sub-custodians as the Fund’s global custody manager, determines income and collects interest on each Fund’s investments and maintains certain books and records. As fund accountant, State Street is responsible for calculating each Fund’s daily net asset value per share and for maintaining its portfolio and general accounting records. For its services, State Street is entitled to receive certain transaction fees, asset-based fees and out-of-pocket costs.
Goldman Sachs Bank USA, d/b/a Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (the “Securities Lending Agent”) serves as the securities lending agent to the Funds responsible for the implementation and administration of the Funds’ securities lending program including facilitating the lending of the Funds’ available securities to approved borrowers and negotiating the terms and conditions of each loan with a borrower. The Securities Lending Agent ensures that all substitute interest, dividends, and other distributions paid with respect to loaned securities is credited to each Fund’s relevant account on the date such amounts are delivered by the borrower to the Securities Lending Agent.
The Securities Lending Agent ensures that all collateral received in connection with securities loans is invested in the Cash Collateral Fund, as described above in the section entitled “Permitted Investment Activities and Certain Associated Risks – Loans of Portfolio Securities”. The Securities Lending Agent monitors the marked value of the collateral delivered in connection with a securities loan so that such collateral equals to at least 102% of the market value of any domestic securities loaned or 105% of the market value of any foreign securities loaned. The loaned securities are marked to market on a daily basis, and additional collateral is required to be paid to maintain coverage. At the termination of the loan, the Securities Lending Agent returns the collateral to the borrower upon the return of the loaned securities.
The Securities Lending Agent maintains records of all loans and makes available to the Funds a monthly statement describing the loans made and the income derived from the loans during the period. The Securities Lending Agent performs compliance monitoring and testing of the securities lending program and provides quarterly report to the Funds’ Board of Trustees.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, the Funds listed in the table below earned income and paid fees and compensation to the Securities Lending Agent as follows:
57 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent
DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. (“DST”), located at Two Thousand Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Wells Fargo Funds. For providing such services, DST is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds. KPMG provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG’s address is Two Financial Center, 60 South Street, Boston, MA 02111.
The Fund Complex, the Manager, the Distributorand the Sub-Adviser each has adopted a code of ethics which contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access persons” as defined in each of the codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Fund. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Manager, the Distributor and the Sub-Adviser are on public file with, and are available from, the SEC.
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
The Trusts have adopted policies and procedures for the Funds (“Fund Proxy Voting Procedures”) that are used to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds of the Trusts. The Fund Proxy Voting Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Fund shareholders, without regard to any relationship that any affiliated person of a Fund (or an affiliated person of such affiliated person) may have with the issuer of the security and with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each Fund. While securities are not purchased to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership activism, the Funds support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest.
The Board of the Trusts has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities to Funds Management. Funds Management has adopted the Wells Fargo Asset Management (“WFAM”) Proxy Voting
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 58
Policies and Procedures (the “WFAM Policies and Procedures”) and WFAM has established a Proxy Voting Committee (“WFAM Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the WFAM Policies and Procedures. The following outlines certain key aspects of the WFAM Policies and Procedures relating to the administration of the proxy voting process and how proxies are voted.
Proxy Administrator. The proxy voting process is administered by Wells Capital Management’s Operations Department (“Proxy Administrator”), who reports to WFAM’s Chief Operations Officer. The Proxy Administrator is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process to ensure the implementation of the WFAM Policies and Procedures, including regular operational reviews, typically conducted on a weekly basis. The Proxy Administrator monitors third party voting of proxies to ensure it is being done in a timely and responsible manner, including review of scheduled vendor reports. The Proxy Administrator in conjunction with the Proxy Committee reviews the continuing appropriateness of the WFAM Policies and Procedures set forth herein, and recommends revisions as necessary.
Third Party Proxy Voting Vendor. WFAM has retained a third-party proxy voting service, Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), to assist in the implementation of certain proxy voting-related functions including: 1.) Providing research on proxy matters 2.) Providing technology to facilitate the sharing of research and discussions related to proxy votes 3.) Voting proxies in accordance with WFAM’s guidelines 4.) Handling administrative and reporting items 5.) Maintaining records of proxy statements received in connection with proxy votes and provide copies/analyses upon request. Except in instances where clients have retained voting authority, WFAM retains the responsibility for proxy voting decisions.
Proxy Committee and Sub-Committees. The WFAM Proxy Committee shall be responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process to ensure its implementation in conformance with the WFAM Policies and Procedures. The WFAM Proxy Committee shall coordinate with WFAM Risk and Compliance to monitor ISS, the proxy voting agent currently retained by WFAM, to determine that ISS is accurately applying the WFAM Policies and Procedures and operates as an independent proxy voting agent. WFAM’s ISS vendor oversight process includes an assessment of ISS’ Policy and Procedures (“P&P”), including conflict controls and monitoring, receipt and review of routine performance-related reporting by ISS to WFAM and periodic onsite due diligence meetings. Due diligence meetings typically include: meetings with key staff, P&P related presentations and discussions, technology-related demonstrations and assessments, and some sample testing, if appropriate. The WFAM Proxy Committee shall review the continuing appropriateness of the WFAM Policies and Procedures. The WFAM Proxy Committee may delegate certain powers and responsibilities to sub- committees consisting of a “Proxy Voting Sub-Committee” and a “Proxy Governance Sub-Committee.”
Proxy Voting Sub-Committee. Among other delegated matters, the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee, in accordance with the WFAM Policies and Procedures, reviews and votes on routine proxy proposals that it considers under the WFAM Policies and Procedures in a timely manner. If necessary, the Proxy Voting Sub- Committee escalates issues to the Proxy Governance Sub-Committee that are determined to be material by the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee or otherwise in accordance with the WFAM Policies and Procedures. The Proxy Voting Sub-Committee coordinates with WFAM Risk and Compliance to review the performance and independence of ISS in exercising its proxy voting responsibilities.
Proxy Governance Sub-Committee. The Proxy Governance Sub-Committee reviews and, in accordance with the WFAM Policies and Procedures, votes on issues that have been escalated from the Proxy Voting Sub- Committee. Members of the Proxy Governance Sub-Committee also oversee the implementation of WFAM Proxy Committee recommendations for the respective functional areas in WFAM that they represent.
Voting Procedures. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, proxies will be voted in accordance with the following steps and in the following order of consideration:
59 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Commitment to the Principles of Responsible Investment. As a signatory to the Principles for Responsible Investment, WFAM has integrated certain environmental, social, and governance factors into its investment processes, which includes the proxy process. As described under Voting Procedures above, WFAM considers ISS’s Sustainability Voting Guidelines as a point of reference in certain cases deemed to be material to a company’s long-term shareholder value.
Voting Discretion. In all cases, the WFAM Proxy Committee (and any sub-committee thereof) will exercise its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the WFAM Policies and Procedures. In cases where a proxy item is forwarded by ISS to the WFAM Proxy Committee or a sub-committee thereof, the WFAM Proxy Committee or its sub-committee may be assisted in its voting decision through receipt of: (i) independent research and voting recommendations provided by ISS or other independent sources; (ii) input from the investment sub-adviser responsible for purchasing the security; and (iii) information provided by company management and shareholder groups.
Portfolio Manager and Sub-Adviser Input. The WFAM Proxy Committee may consult with portfolio management teams and Fund sub-advisers on specific proxy voting issues, as it deems appropriate. In addition, portfolio management teams or Fund sub-advisers may proactively make recommendations to the WFAM Proxy Committee regarding any proxy voting issue. In this regard, the process takes into consideration expressed views of portfolio management teams and Fund sub-advisers given their deep knowledge of investee companies. For any proxy vote, portfolio management teams and Fund sub-advisers may make a case to vote against the ISS or WFAM Proxy Committee’s recommendation (which is described under Voting Procedures above). Any portfolio management team’s or Fund sub-adviser’s opinion will be documented in a brief write-up for consideration by the WFAM Proxy Committee who will determine, or escalate to the Proxy Governance Committee, the final voting decision.
Consistent Voting. Proxies will be voted consistently on the same matter when securities of an issuer are held by WFAM multiple client accounts without “split voting” across different accounts.
WFAM Top-of-House Proxy Voting Principles/Guidelines. The following reflects WFAM’s Top-of- House Voting Principles. WFAM has put in place a custom voting policy with ISS to implement these voting principles.
Boards of Directors. WFAM believes that Boards of Directors should have strong, independent leadership and should adopt structures and practices that enhance their effectiveness. WFAM believes it is the responsibility of the Board of Directors to create, enhance, and protect shareholder value. WFAM recognizes that the optimal board size and governance structure can vary by company size, industry, region of operations, and circumstances specific to the company.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 60
Fund Voting Reporting Coordination. Voting decisions made by the WFAM Proxy Committee on behalf of the Funds will be reported to ISS to ensure that votes are registered in a timely manner and included in Form N-PX reporting.
Practical Limitations to Proxy Voting. While WFAM uses its reasonable best efforts to vote proxies, in certain circumstances, it may be impractical or impossible for WFAM to vote proxies (e.g., limited value or unjustifiable costs).
Securities on Loan. As a general matter, securities on loan will not be recalled to facilitate proxy voting (in which case the borrower of the security shall be entitled to vote the proxy). However, as it relates to portfolio holdings of the Funds, if the WFAM Proxy Committee is aware of an item in time to recall the security and has determined in good faith that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs the loss in lending revenue that would result from recalling the security (e.g., if there is a controversial upcoming merger or acquisition, or some other significant matter), the security will be recalled for voting.
Share Blocking. Proxy voting in certain countries requires “share blocking”. Shareholders wishing to vote their proxies must deposit their shares with a designated depositary before the date of the meeting. Consequently, the shares may not be sold in the period preceding the proxy vote. Absent compelling reasons, WFAM believes that the benefit derived from voting these shares is outweighed by the burden of limited trading. Therefore, if share blocking is required in certain markets, WFAM will not participate and refrain from voting proxies for those clients impacted by share blocking.
Conflicts of Interest. WFAM may have a conflict of interest regarding a proxy to be voted upon if, for example, WFAM or its affiliates have other relationships with the issuer of the proxy. In most instances, conflicts of interest are avoided through a strict and objective application of the voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Administrator is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise require a vote by the Proxy Committee or that, in the determination of the WFAM Proxy Committee, otherwise warrants the taking of additional steps to mitigate the conflict, the WFAM Proxy Committee or the Proxy Administrator shall address the material conflict by using any of the following methods:
The WFAM Proxy Committee will not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of WFAM (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) or any affiliated persons of such affiliated persons and the WFAM Proxy Committee will vote all such matters without regard to the conflict.
Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities held during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 may be obtained on the Funds’ website at wfam.com or by accessing the SEC’s website at sec.gov.
61 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Policies and Procedures for Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings
I. Scope of Policies and Procedures. The following policies and procedures (the “Procedures”) govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the separate series of Wells Fargo Funds Trust (“Funds Trust”), Wells Fargo Master Trust (“Master Trust”), Wells Fargo Variable Trust (“Variable Trust”) (each of Funds Trust, Master Trust and Variable Trust are referred to collectively herein as the “Funds” or individually as the “Fund”) now existing or hereafter created.
II. Disclosure Philosophy. The Funds have adopted these Procedures to ensure that the disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings is accomplished in a manner that is consistent with a Fund’s fiduciary duty to its shareholders. For purposes of these Procedures, the term “portfolio holdings” means the stock, bond and derivative positions held by a Fund and includes the cash investments held by the Fund.
Under no circumstances shall Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), Wells Fargo Asset Management (“WFAM”) or the Funds receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Fund’s portfolio holdings or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Fund’s portfolio holdings.
III. Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings. The complete portfolio holdings and top ten holdings information referenced below (except for the Funds of Master Trust (“Master Portfolios”) and Funds of Variable Trust) will be available on the Funds’ website until updated for the next applicable period. Funds Management may withhold any portion of a Fund’s portfolio holdings from online disclosure when deemed to be in the best interest of the Fund. Once holdings information has been posted on the website, it may be further disseminated without restriction.
A. Complete Holdings. The complete portfolio holdings for each Fund (except for Money Market Funds and Alternative Funds and Master Portfolios) shall be made publicly available monthly on the Funds’ website (www.wfam.com), on a one-month delayed basis. Money Market Fund portfolio holdings shall be made publicly available on the Funds’ website, on a 1-day delayed basis. In addition to the foregoing, each Money Market Fund shall post on its website such portfolio holdings and other information required by Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The categories of information included on the website may differ slightly from what is included in the Funds’ financial statements.
B. Top Ten Holdings. Top ten holdings information (excluding derivative positions) for each Fund (except for Money Market Funds, Alternative Funds and Master Portfolios) shall be made publicly available on the Funds’ website on a monthly, seven-day or more delayed basis.
C. Fund of Funds Structures.
D. Alternative Funds.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 62
seven-day or more delayed basis information about its top ten holdings information, provided that the following holdings shall be excluded: (i) derivative positions; and (ii) equity securities of single issuers held short.
E. Master Portfolios.
Furthermore, each Fund shall file such forms and portfolio holdings information in filings made with the SEC in the manner specified on such forms and with such frequency as required by such forms and applicable SEC rules and regulations.
IV. List of Approved Recipients. The following list describes the limited circumstances in which a Fund’s portfolio holdings may be disclosed to select third parties in advance of the monthly release on the Funds’ website. In each instance, a determination will be made by Funds Management that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients, where feasible, are subject to an independent duty or contractual obligation not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.
A. Wells Fargo Affiliates. Team members of Wells Fargo & Co. (“Wells Fargo”) and its affiliates who perform risk management functions and provide other services to the Fund(s), as well as the third-party service providers utilized by them to perform such functions and provide such services, shall have full daily access to the portfolio holdings of the Fund(s).
B. Sub-Advisers. Sub-advisers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Fund(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Sub-advisers may also release to and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.
A new Fund sub-adviser may periodically receive full portfolio holdings information for such Fund from the date of Board approval through the date upon which they take over day-to-day investment management activities. Such disclosure will be subject to confidential treatment.
C. Money Market Portfolio Management Team. The money market portfolio management team at Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”) shall have full daily access to daily transaction information across the Wells Fargo Funds for purposes of anticipating money market sweep activity which in turn helps to enhance liquidity management within the money market funds.
D. Funds Management/Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (“Funds Distributor”).
E. External Servicing Agents. Portfolio holdings may be disclosed to servicing agents in connection with the day-to-day operations and management of the funds. These recipients include, but are not limited to: a fund’s auditors; a fund’s custodians; a fund’s accountants; proxy voting service providers; class action processing service providers; pricing service vendors; prime brokers; securities lending agents; counsel to a fund or its independent Trustees; regulatory authorities; third parties that assist in the review, processing and/or analysis of Fund portfolio transactions, portfolio accounting and reconciliation, portfolio performance, trade order management, portfolio data analytics, electronic order matching and other analytical or operational systems and services in connection with supporting a fund’s operations; a fund’s insurers; financial printers; and providers of electronic systems providing access to materials for meetings of a fund’s board of Trustees.
63 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
F. Rating Agencies. Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations may receive full Fund holdings for rating purposes.
G. Reorganizations. Entities hired as trading advisors that assist with the analysis and trading associated with transitioning portfolios may receive full portfolio holdings of both the target fund and the acquiring fund. In addition, the portfolio managers of the target fund and acquiring fund may receive full portfolio holdings of the acquiring fund and target fund, respectively, in order to assist with aligning the portfolios prior to the closing date of the reorganization.
H. Investment Company Institute. The Investment Company Institute may receive information about full money market Fund holdings concurrently at the time each money market Fund files with the SEC a report containing such information.
I. In-Kind Redemptions. In connection with satisfying in-kind redemption requests made to Funds, the redeeming shareholders and their advisers and service providers may receive full Fund holdings as reasonably necessary to operationally process such redemptions.
V. Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the list of approved recipients requires approval by the President, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Funds; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund.
VI. Commentaries. Funds Management and WFAM may disclose any views, opinions, judgments, advice or commentary, or any analytical, statistical, performance or other information in connection with or relating to a Fund or its portfolio holdings (including historical holdings information), or any changes to the portfolio holdings of a Fund. The portfolio commentary and statistical information may be provided to members of the press, shareholders in the Funds, persons considering investment in the Funds or representatives of such shareholders or potential shareholders. The content and nature of the information provided to each of these persons may differ.
Certain of the information described above will be included in periodic fund commentaries (e.g., quarterly, monthly, etc.) and will contain information that includes, among other things, top contributors/detractors from fund performance and significant portfolio changes during the relevant period (e.g., calendar quarter, month, etc.). This information will be posted contemporaneously with their distribution on the Funds’ website.
No person shall receive any of the information described above if, in the sole judgment of Funds Management and WFAM, the information could be used in a manner that would be harmful to the Funds.
VII. Other Investment Products. Funds Management, WFAM and/or their affiliates manage other investment products, including investment companies, offshore funds, and separate accounts. Many of these other investment products have strategies that are the same or substantially similar to those of the Funds and thus may have the same or substantially similar portfolio holdings. The provision of the portfolio holdings of these other investment products is excluded from these procedures. Similarly, the provision of a model or reference portfolio to clients, investors and, in some cases, third-party sponsors, in connection with the management or other investment products is excluded from these procedures, even if the model or reference portfolio is the same as or substantially similar to that of a Fund, provided (1) the model or reference portfolio is not characterized or otherwise identified to the recipient, explicitly or implicitly, as being the portfolio of a Fund and (2) the degree of overlap with the Fund’s portfolio or with any portion thereof is not communicated, identified or confirmed to the recipient.
VIII. Board Approval. The Board shall review these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but not less often than annually, and will consider for approval any changes that they deem appropriate.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 64
IX. Education Component. In order to promote strict compliance with these Procedures, Funds Management has informed its employees, and other parties possessing Fund portfolio holdings information (such as sub-advisers, the fund accounting agent and the custodian), of the limited circumstances in which the Funds’ portfolio holdings may be disclosed in advance of the monthly disclosure on the Funds’ website and the ramifications, including possible dismissal, if disclosure is made in contravention of these Procedures.
The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board and the supervision of the Manager, the Sub-Advisers are responsible for the Funds’ portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of the Sub-Advisers to obtain the best overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of transaction involved; the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm, the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission. While the Sub-Advisers generally seek reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.
Purchases and sales of equity securities on a securities exchange are effected through broker-dealers who charge a negotiated commission for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker-dealer including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, affiliated broker-dealers. However, the Funds and Funds Management have adopted a policy pursuant to Rule 12b- 1(h) under the 1940 Act that prohibits the Funds from directing portfolio brokerage to brokers who sell Fund shares as compensation for such selling efforts. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with broker-dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the broker-dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount.
In placing orders for portfolio securities of the Fund, the Fund’s Sub-Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that the Sub-Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provide the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, the Manager oversees the trade execution procedures of the Sub-Adviser to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.
The Sub-Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a portfolio transaction, give preference to a broker-dealer that has provided statistical or other research services to the Sub-Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, the Sub-Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer.
The Sub-Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, a Sub-Adviser is able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of the Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which a sub-adviser places securities transactions
65 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
for a Fund may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with advising the Funds.
Portfolio Turnover. The portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when a Sub-Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be made in the portfolios consistent with the investment objectives and policies of the Fund’s whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of a Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expenses to the Funds, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and the reinvestment in other securities. Portfolio turnover may also result in adverse tax consequences to a Fund’s shareholders.
The table below shows each Fund’s portfolio turnover rates for the fiscal periods shown in the table:
Fund
March 31, 2019
March 31, 2018
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
155%
44%
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
34%
27%
Brokerage Commissions. Below are the brokerage commissions paid for the last three fiscal years by each Fund to: (1) all brokers and; (2) Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC, an affiliate of Wells Fargo & Company.
Fund/Fiscal Year or Period
Total Paid to All Brokers
Total Paid to Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC
March 31, 2019
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
$219,409
$0
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
$66,689
$0
March 31, 2018
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
$71,661
$0
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
$60,938
$0
March 31, 2017
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
$127,480
$0
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
$227,066
$0
Commissions Paid to Brokers that Provide Research Services. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, the Funds paid the following commissions to brokers that provided research services, based on the stated total amount of transactions.
Fund
Commissions Paid
Transactions Value
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
$73,229
$191,558,752
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
$21,577
$22,095,760
Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers. The Funds are required to identify any securities of their “regular brokers or dealers” (as defined under Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act) or of their parents that the Funds may hold at the close of their most recent fiscal year. As of March 31, 2019, the Funds held no securities of their regular broker-dealers or of their parents.
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
A Fund’s NAV is the value of a single share. The NAV is calculated as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day that the NYSE is open, although a Fund may deviate from this calculation time under unusual or unexpected circumstances. The NAV is calculated separately for each class of shares of a multiple-class Fund. The most recent NAV for each class of a Fund is available at wfam.com. To calculate the NAV of a Fund’s shares, the Fund’s assets are valued and totaled, liabilities are subtracted, and the balance, called net assets, is divided by the number of shares outstanding. The price at which a purchase or
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 66
redemption request is processed is based on the next NAV calculated after the request is received in good order. Generally, NAV is not calculated, and purchase and redemption requests are not processed, on days that the NYSE is closed for trading; however under unusual or unexpected circumstances a Fund may elect to remain open even on days that the NYSE is closed or closes early. To the extent that a Fund’s assets are traded in various markets on days when the Fund is closed, the value of the Fund’s assets may be affected on days when you are unable to buy or sell Fund shares. Conversely, trading in some of a Fund’s assets may not occur on days when the Fund is open.
With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that may be invested in other mutual funds, the value of the Fund’s shares is based on the NAV of the shares of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests. The valuation methods used by mutual funds in pricing their shares, including the circumstances under which they will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing, are included in the Prospectuses of such funds. To the extent a Fund invests a portion of its assets in non-registered investment vehicles, the Fund’s interests in the non-registered vehicles are fair valued at NAV.
With respect to a Fund’s assets invested directly in securities, the Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Equity securities, options and futures are generally valued at the official closing price or, if none, the last reported sales price on the primary exchange or market on which they are listed (closing price). Equity securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange are generally valued at the quoted bid price obtained from a broker-dealer.
Debt securities are valued at the evaluated bid price provided by an independent pricing service or, if a reliable price is not available, the quoted bid price from an independent broker-dealer.
We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the quoted bid price of a security, including a security that trades primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current market value at the time as of which a Fund calculates its NAV. The closing price or the quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current market value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or quoted bid price but before the time as of which a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systemic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations or evaluated prices from a pricing service or broker-dealer are not readily available.
The fair value of a Fund’s securities and other assets is determined in good faith pursuant to policies and procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. In light of the judgment involved in making fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate or that it reflects the price that the Fund could obtain for such security if it were to sell the security at the time as of which fair value pricing is determined. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or quoted bid price.
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION
Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the Manager, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for a Fund. For further information about this form of payment, please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Funds will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Fund and that such Fund receives satisfactory assurances that (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.
Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase orders, and under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such periods as the SEC may permit. The Fund may also redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Fund’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Fund may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse the Fund for
67 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of the Fund as provided from time to time in the Prospectuses.
Computation of Class A Offering Price. Class A shares are sold at their NAV plus a sales charge. Below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of Class A shares of each Fund. The example assumes a purchase of Class A shares of each Fund aggregating less than $50,000 based upon the NAV of each Fund’s Class A shares as of its most recent fiscal year end.
Online Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Funds Account Holders. All shareholders with an existing Wells Fargo Funds account may purchase additional shares of funds or classes of funds within the Wells Fargo Fund family of funds that they already own and redeem existing shares online. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank account linked to their Wells Fargo Funds account. Redemptions may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Online account access is available for institutional clients. Shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at wfam.com for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.
Extraordinary Circumstances Affecting Redemptions. Under the extraordinary circumstances discussed under Section 22(e) under the 1940 Act, we may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment of a redemption for longer than seven days for each Fund. Generally, those extraordinary circumstances are when: (i) the NYSE is closed or trading thereon is restricted; (ii) an emergency exists which makes the disposal by a Fund of securities it owns, or the fair determination of the value of the Fund’s net assets not reasonable or practical; or (iii) the SEC, by order, permits the suspension of the right of redemption for the protection of shareholders.
Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates. A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectuses in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Fund shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.
Reduced Sales Charges for Former C&B Portfolio Shareholders. Shareholders who purchased shares of the C&B Portfolios directly from the C&B Portfolios, and who became Wells Fargo Fund shareholders in the reorganization between the Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund and the Trust effective July 26, 2004 may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Fund at NAV. However, beginning on July 1, 2013, this privilege will only be available to those former C&B Portfolio shareholders whose shares are held directly with the Fund. Please see your account representative for details.
Reduced Sales Charges for Former Montgomery Fund Shareholders. Former Montgomery Fund Class P and Class R shareholders who purchased their shares directly from the Montgomery Funds and became Wells Fargo Fund shareholders in the reorganization, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Fund at NAV. However, beginning on July 1, 2013, this privilege will only be available to those former Montgomery Fund shareholders whose shares are held directly with the Fund. Shareholders who did not purchase such shares directly from the Montgomery Funds may purchase additional shares in the respective acquiring Wells Fargo Fund at NAV. However, beginning on July 1, 2013, this privilege will only be available to those former Montgomery Fund shareholders whose shares are held directly with the Fund.
Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Advisor Class Shareholders. Investors who held Advisor Class shares of a Wells Fargo Fund at the close of business on June 20, 2008 (the “Eligibility Time”), may purchase Class A shares of any
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 68
Wells Fargo Fund at NAV, so long as the following conditions are met: (1) any purchases at NAV are limited to Class A shares of the same Fund in which the investor held Advisor Class shares at the Eligibility Time; (2) share purchases are made in the same account through which the investor held Advisor Class shares at the Eligibility Time; (3) the owner of the account remains the same as the account owner at the Eligibility Time; and (4) following the Eligibility Time, the account maintains a positive account balance at some time during a period of at least six months in length. Investors who held Advisor Class shares at the Eligibility Time are also eligible to exchange their Class A shares for Class A shares of another Wells Fargo Fund without imposition of any Class A sales charges and would be eligible to make additional purchases of Class A shares of such other Fund at NAV in the account holding the shares received in exchange. The eligibility of such investors that hold Fund shares through an account maintained by a financial institution is also subject to the following additional limitation. In the event that such an investor’s relationship with and/or the services such investor receives from the financial institution subsequently change, such investor shall thereafter no longer be eligible to purchase Class A shares at NAV. Please consult with your financial representative for further details.
Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Evergreen Fund Shareholders. Former Evergreen Class IS shareholders who received Class A shares of a Fund as a result of a reorganization can continue to purchase Class A shares of that Fund and any other Wells Fargo Fund purchased subsequently by exchange at NAV, without paying the customary sales load, after which subsequent purchases of shares of the subsequent Fund may also be made at NAV. However, beginning on July 31, 2012, this privilege will only be available to those former Evergreen Fund shareholders whose shares are held directly with the Fund.
Former Evergreen Class R shareholders who received Class A shares of a Fund as a result of a reorganization can continue to purchase Class A shares of that Fund and any other Wells Fargo Fund purchased subsequently by exchange at NAV, without paying the customary sales load, after which subsequent purchases of shares of the subsequent Fund may also be made at NAV. However, beginning on July 31, 2012, this privilege will only be available to those former Evergreen Fund shareholders whose shares are held directly with the Fund.
Certain investors in acquired funds who became investors in the Evergreen Funds and subsequently became Wells Fargo Fund shareholders in a reorganization, including former Class IS shareholders of Evergreen Strategic Value Fund and Evergreen Limited Duration Fund, former Investor Class shareholders of Undiscovered Managers Funds, former shareholders of the GMO Global Balanced Allocation Fund, the GMO Pelican Fund and America’s Utility Fund, former shareholders of an Atlas Fund and shareholders of record on October 12, 1990 (and members of their immediate families) in any series of the Salem Funds in existence on that date, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Fund at NAV. However, beginning on July 1, 2013, this privilege will only be available to former Evergreen Fund shareholders whose shares are held directly with the Fund.
Reduced Sales Charges for Affiliated Funds. Any affiliated fund that invests in a Wells Fargo Fund may purchase Class A shares of such Fund at NAV.
Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Holders of Class C Shares. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class C shares where a Fund did not pay a sales commission at the time of purchase.
Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Investor Class Shareholders. Former Investor Class shareholders who received Class A shares of a Fund as a result of a conversion at the close of business on October 23, 2015, can continue to purchase Class A shares of that Fund and any other Wells Fargo Fund purchased subsequently by exchange at NAV, without paying the customary sales load, after which subsequent purchases of shares of the subsequent Fund may also be made at NAV.
Elimination of Minimum Initial Investment Amount for Administrator Class Shares for Eligible Investors. An “Eligible Investor” (as defined below) may purchase Administrator Class shares of the Wells Fargo Funds without meeting the minimum initial investment amount. Eligible Investors include:
69 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Related shareholders or shareholder accounts may be aggregated in order to meet the minimum initial investment requirement for Administrator Class shares. The following are examples of relationships that may qualify for aggregation:
Any of the minimum initial investment waivers listed above may be modified or discontinued at any time.
Elimination of Minimum Initial Investment Amount for Institutional Class Shares for Eligible Investors. An “Eligible Investor” (as defined below) may purchase Institutional Class shares of the Wells Fargo Funds without meeting the minimum initial investment amount. Eligible Investors include:
Related shareholders or shareholder accounts may be aggregated in order to meet the minimum initial investment requirement for Institutional Class shares. The following are examples of relationships that may qualify for aggregation:
Former Institutional Class shareholders of an Evergreen Fund (including former Class Y shareholders of an Evergreen Fund, former SouthTrust shareholders and former Vestaur Securities Fund shareholders who became Institutional Class shareholders of an Evergreen Fund) who received Institutional Class shares of a Wells Fargo Fund in connection with the reorganization of their Evergreen Fund may purchase Institutional Class shares at their former minimum investment amount.
Former Institutional Class shareholders of Golden Large Cap Core Fund or Golden Small Cap Core Fund who received Institutional Class shares of Wells Fargo Large Cap Core Fund or Wells Fargo Small Cap Core Fund in connection with the reorganization of their Fund may purchase Institutional Class shares of any Wells Fargo Fund at their former minimum investment amount.
Any of the minimum initial investment waivers listed above may be modified or discontinued at any time.
Waiver of Minimum Initial and Subsequent Investment Amounts for All Share Classes for Special Operational Accounts. Shares of any and all share classes of the Wells Fargo Funds may be acquired in special operational accounts (as defined below) without meeting the applicable minimum initial or subsequent investment amounts. Special operational accounts are designated accounts held by Funds Management or its affiliate that are used exclusively for addressing operational matters related to shareholder accounts, such as testing of account functions.
Compensation to Financial Professionals and Intermediaries. Set forth below is a list of the member firms of FINRA to which the Manager, the Distributor or their affiliates made payments out of their revenues in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders in the year ending December 31, 2019 (“Additional Payments”). (Such payments are in addition to any amounts paid to such FINRA firms in the form of dealer reallowances or fees for shareholder servicing or distribution. The payments are discussed in further detail in the Prospectuses under the title “Compensation to Financial Professionals and Intermediaries”). Any additions, modifications, or deletions to the member firms identified in this list that have occurred since December 31, 2019, are not reflected:
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 70
FINRA member firms
In addition to member firms of FINRA, Additional Payments are also made to other selling and shareholder servicing agents, and to affiliates of selling and shareholder servicing agents that sell shares of or provide services to the Funds and their shareholders, such as banks, insurance companies and plan administrators. These firms are not included on the list above, although they may be affiliated with companies on the above list.
No compensation is paid to broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries (such as banks) from Fund assets on sales of Class R6 shares and related services. Class R6 shares do not carry sales commissions or pay Rule 12b-1 fees, or make payments to financial intermediaries to assist in, or in connection with, the sale of the Fund’s shares. None of the Fund’s Manager, the distributor or their affiliates makes any type of administrative or service payments to financial intermediaries in connection with investments in Class R6 shares.
Also not included on the list above are other subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company who may receive revenue from the Manager, the Distributor or their affiliates through intra-company compensation arrangements and for financial,
71 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
distribution, administrative and operational services.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 72
The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” Each Prospectus generally describes the U.S. federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Funds. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning certain material U.S. federal income taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. Except as specifically set forth below, the following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.
A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon the shareholder’s particular situation. Except as specifically set forth below, this discussion applies only to U.S. individual shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. A shareholder may also be subject to special rules not discussed below if they are a certain kind of shareholder, including, but not limited to: an insurance company; a tax-exempt organization; a shareholder holding a Fund’s shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as an individual retirement account (an “IRA”), a 401(k) plan account or other qualified retirement account); a financial institution or broker-dealer; a person who is neither a citizen nor resident of the United States or entity that is not organized under the laws of the United States or political subdivision thereof; a shareholder who holds Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction; a shareholder subject to the alternative minimum tax; or an entity taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and investors in such an entity. The summary discussion that follows may not be considered to be individual tax advice and may not be relied upon by any shareholder.
The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the U.S. federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to those discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the following discussion and the discussions in each Prospectus applicable to each shareholder address only some of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Funds.
On December 22, 2017, new tax legislation was enacted which includes significant changes in tax rates, restrictions on miscellaneous itemized deductions, changes to the dividends received deduction, restrictions on the deduction of interest and the international operations of domestic businesses. Certain changes have sunset provisions, which are important to note. Because the tax legislation is recently enacted, and Treasury Regulations and additional guidance interpreting the legislation are continuing to be issued, there is still uncertainty in how the legislation will affect the Fund’s investments and shareholders and whether such legislation could have an adverse effect on a Fund’s investments or the taxation of the shareholders of a Fund. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisor with respect to the impact of this legislation.
Prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers and financial planners regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of an investment in a Fund, the application of state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of any possible changes in applicable tax laws on their investment in the Funds.
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Fund qualify as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1 of the Code. Each Fund will be treated as a separate entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to RICs generally will apply separately to each Fund even though each Fund is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
In order to qualify as a RIC under the Code, each Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year generally from (i) dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) and (ii) net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, as defined in the Code (together with (i) the “qualifying income requirement”). Future U.S. Treasury regulations may (possibly retroactively) exclude from qualifying income foreign currency gains that are not directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock, securities or options and futures with respect to stock or securities. In general, for purposes of this 90% gross income requirement, income derived from a partnership, except a qualified publicly
73 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
traded partnership, will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by the RIC.
Each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other RICs, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and do not exceed 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), the securities of two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (together with (i), the “diversification requirement”). In addition, for purposes of meeting this diversification requirement, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” includes the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Fund may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.
If a Fund fails to satisfy the qualifying income or diversification requirements in any taxable year, such Fund may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements. Additionally, relief is provided for certain de minimis failures of the diversification requirements where the Fund corrects the failure within a specified period. If the applicable relief provisions are not available or cannot be met, such Fund will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation, described below.
In addition, with respect to each taxable year, each Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income earned for the taxable year. If a Fund meets all of the RIC qualification requirements, it generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any of the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Fund generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain, although in certain circumstances, a Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Shareholders generally are taxed on any distributions from a Fund in the year they are actually distributed. However, if a Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Fund intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a RIC and eliminate fund-level U.S. federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation.
Moreover, the Funds may retain for investment all or a portion of their net capital gain. If a Fund retains any net capital gain, it will be subject to a tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may report the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a written statement furnished to its shareholders, who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. A Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance that it will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.
If, for any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC, and is not eligible for relief as described above, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for its distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (including any distributions of its net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gain) to its shareholders will be taxable as dividend income. To re-qualify to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Fund may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 74
profits attributable to non-RIC years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if a Fund initially qualifies as a RIC but subsequently fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund generally would be required to recognize and pay tax on any net unrealized gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to tax on such unrealized gain recognized for a period of five years, in order to re-qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.
Equalization Accounting. Each Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “earnings and profits,” which generally equals a Fund’s undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits a Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect a Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of redemptions of Fund shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. However, the IRS may not have expressly sanctioned the particular equalization method used by a Fund, and, thus a Fund’s use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.
Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. For net capital losses realized in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, a Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss to offset its capital gain, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss, and such capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. For net capital losses realized in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, a Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss to offset its capital gain indefinitely. For capital losses realized in taxable years beginning after January 1, 2011, the excess of a Fund’s net short-term capital loss over its net long-term capital gain is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year and the excess of a Fund’s net long-term capital loss over its net short-term capital gain is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year. If future capital gain is offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gain is not subject to fund-level U.S. federal income tax, regardless of whether it is distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the Funds do not expect to distribute any such offsetting capital gain. The Funds cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.
If a Fund engages in a reorganization, either as an acquiring fund or acquired fund, its capital loss carry-forwards (if any), its unrealized losses (if any), and any such losses of other funds participating in the reorganization may be subject to severe limitations that could make such losses, in particular losses realized in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, substantially unusable. Various Funds in the Fund Complex have engaged in reorganizations in the past and/or may engage in reorganizations in the future.
Excise Tax. If a Fund fails to distribute by December 31 of each calendar year at least the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for that year (excluding capital gains and losses), 98.2% of its capital gain net income (adjusted for certain net ordinary losses) for the 12-month period ending on October 31 of that year, and any of its ordinary income and capital gain net income from previous years that was not distributed during such years, the Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S federal excise tax on the undistributed amounts (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any). For these purposes, a Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to corporate level U.S. federal income tax for the taxable year ending within the calendar year. Each Fund generally intends to actually, or be deemed to, distribute substantially all of its ordinary income and capital gain net income, if any, by the end of each calendar year and thus expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax. Moreover, each Fund reserves the right to pay an excise tax rather than make an additional distribution when circumstances warrant (for example, the amount of excise tax to be paid by a Fund is determined to be de minimis).
Investment through Master Portfolio. A Fund that invests its assets through one or more master portfolios will seek to continue to qualify as a RIC. Each master portfolio will be treated as a non-publicly traded partnership (or, in the event that a Fund is the sole investor in the corresponding master portfolio, as disregarded from the Fund) for U.S. federal income tax purposes rather than as a RIC or a corporation under the Code. Under the rules applicable to a non-publicly traded partnership (or disregarded entity), a proportionate share of any interest, dividends, gains and losses of a master portfolio will be deemed to have been realized (i.e., “passed-through”) by its investors, including the corresponding Fund, regardless of whether any amounts are actually distributed by the master portfolio. Each investor
75 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
in a master portfolio will be taxed on such share, as determined in accordance with the governing instruments of the particular master portfolio, the Code and U.S. Treasury regulations, in determining such investor’s U.S. federal income tax liability. Therefore, to the extent a master portfolio were to accrue but not distribute any income or gains, the corresponding Fund would be deemed to have realized its proportionate share of such income or gains without receipt of any corresponding distribution. However, each of the master portfolios will seek to minimize recognition by its investors (such as a corresponding Fund) of income and gains without a corresponding distribution. Furthermore, each master portfolio intends to manage its assets, income and distributions in such a way that an investor in a master portfolio will be able to continue to qualify as a RIC by investing its assets through the master portfolio.
Taxation of Investments. In general, realized gains or losses on the sale of securities held by a Fund will be treated as capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.
If a Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount (“OID”) (generally, a debt obligation with a purchase price at original issuance less than its principal amount, such as a zero-coupon bond), which generally includes “payment-in-kind” or “PIK” bonds, the Fund generally is required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund may not receive cash payments attributable to the OID until a later date, potentially until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate discount obligations may be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Similarly, if a Fund purchases a debt obligation with market discount (generally a debt obligation with a purchase price after original issuance less than its principal amount (reduced by any OID)) and a Fund elects to include market discount in income as it accrues, the Fund generally is required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the market discount as ordinary income, even though the Acquiring Fund may not receive cash payments attributable to the market discount until a later date, potentially until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A Fund generally will be required to make cash distributions to shareholders representing the OID or market discount income on debt obligations that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by a Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from sales proceeds of securities held by the Fund which a Fund otherwise might have continued to hold; obtaining such cash might be disadvantageous for the Fund.
If a Fund invests in distressed debt obligations or obligations of issuers that later become distressed, including debt obligations of issuers not currently paying interest or who are in default, special tax issues may exist for the Fund. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when a Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID, or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, and how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income. A Fund may be required to include in income certain fees that are treated as OID and required to be included in income for financial statement purposes when received (rather than when accrued into income under current law). These and other related issues will be addressed by a Fund when, as, and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
If an option granted by a Fund is sold, lapses or is otherwise terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses realized by a Fund in the sale, exchange, exercise, or other disposition of an option may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a covered call option granted by it, the Fund generally will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option granted by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.
Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options used by a Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” A Fund will be required to “mark-to-market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Provided such positions are held as capital assets and are not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 76
as short-term capital gain or loss (although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss (as described below)). These provisions may require a Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are exempt from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule and may require the Fund to defer the recognition of losses on certain futures contracts, foreign currency contracts and non-equity options.
Foreign currency gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt obligations, certain options, futures contracts, forward contracts, and similar instruments relating to foreign currency, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future U.S. Treasury regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to a Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% income test described above. If the net foreign currency loss exceeds a Fund’s net investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss) for a taxable year, the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.
Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain derivative instruments, such as financial forward, futures, and options contracts, may be considered, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If a Fund is treated as entering into a “straddle” and at least one (but not all) of the Fund’s positions in derivative contracts comprising a part of such straddle is governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above, then such straddle could be characterized as a “mixed straddle.” A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain. In addition, the existence of a straddle may affect the holding period of the offsetting positions. As a result, the straddle rules could cause distributions that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income (defined below) to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements (described below) and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income. Furthermore, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense and carrying charges applicable to a position that is part of a straddle, including any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character and timing of gains and losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to the situation where a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.
If a Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale of an appreciated financial position occurs when a Fund enters into certain offsetting transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property, including: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future U.S. Treasury regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the appreciated financial position. Losses realized from a sale of a position that was previously the subject of a constructive sale will be recognized when the position is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the position and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to certain closed transactions, including if such a transaction is closed on or before the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.
The amount of long-term capital gain a Fund may recognize from certain derivative transactions with respect to interests in certain pass-through entities is limited under the Code’s constructive ownership rules. The amount of
77 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.
In addition, a Fund’s transactions in securities and certain types of derivatives (e.g., options, futures contracts, forward contracts, and swap agreements) may be subject to other special tax rules, such as the wash sale rules or the short sale rules, the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, cause adjustments to the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains, and/or convert short-term capital losses into long- term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders.
Rules governing the U.S. federal income tax aspects of derivatives, including swap agreements, are not entirely clear in certain respects, particularly in light of IRS revenue rulings that held that income from a derivative contract with respect to a commodity index is not qualifying income for a RIC. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If the IRS did not accept such treatment, the status of a Fund as a RIC might be jeopardized. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a RIC may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in derivatives transactions.
Certain Funds may invest in a wholly-owned subsidiary classified as a controlled foreign corporation, or “CFC,” for federal income tax purposes. As a result, a Fund may be required to include in its gross income for federal income tax purposes all or a significant portion of the income of such subsidiary, referred to as subpart F income, whether or not the subsidiary makes a distribution to such Fund. Distributions by a CFC to a Fund will not be taxable to such Fund to the extent that the Fund has previously recognized subpart F income. This subpart F income is generally treated as ordinary income, regardless of the character of the CFC’s underlying income.
In 2016, the IRS and Treasury issued proposed regulations that require a passive foreign investment company or a CFC, including those that invest in certain commodities investments, to distribute income in order for the income to satisfy the Qualifying Income Requirement. Therefore, to the extent a Fund invests directly in a CFC of PFIC, the IRS may contest the Fund’s characterization of the income produced by such assets as qualifying income which, if successful, could cause the Fund to fail to qualify as a RIC. Each Fund and its investment manager plan to direct investments of the Fund’s assets in conformance with the proposed regulations, IRS guidance, and the advice of counsel. In addition, a Fund may not have more than 25% of the value of its assets invested in a subsidiary to meet the Diversification Requirement. The value of a Fund’s subsidiary may be volatile and it may be difficult for such Fund to continue to have less than 25% of the value of its assets invested in a subsidiary. Accordingly, each Fund’s ability to invest in a subsidiary may be limited by the Qualifying Income Requirement or Diversification Requirement. Each Fund will account for its investments in a subsidiary in a manner it deems to be appropriate. However, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If the IRS did not accept such treatment, the status of such Fund as a RIC might be jeopardized.
A Fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). Investments in REIT equity securities may require a Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. A Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may at other times result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings. If the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income and will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction. In addition, between 2018 and 2025, a direct REIT shareholder may claim a 20% “qualified business income” deduction for ordinary REIT dividends, and proposed regulations issued in January 2019 (on which taxpayers may currently rely) permit a RIC to pass through to its shareholders the special character of this income. Ordinary dividends received by a Fund from a REIT will generally not constitute qualified dividend income, which would be eligible for tax at a reduced rate.
A Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) or in other interests that may be treated as taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Under IRS guidance, a Fund must allocate “excess inclusion income” received directly or indirectly from REMIC residual
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 78
interests or TMPs to its shareholders in proportion to dividends paid to such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders had invested in the REMIC residual interests or TMPs directly.
In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) constitutes unrelated business taxable income to Keogh, 401(k) and qualified pension plans, as well as investment retirement accounts and certain other tax exempt entities, thereby potentially requiring such an entity, which otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, does not qualify for any reduction, by treaty or otherwise, in the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (as defined in the Code) is a record holder of a share in a Fund, then the Fund will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal corporate income tax rate. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, a Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable disqualified organization, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund. The Funds have not yet determined whether such an election will be made.
“Passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) are generally defined as foreign corporations with respect to which at least 75% of their gross income for their taxable year is income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or at least 50% of their assets on average produce such passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of such equity interest in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions will be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, some excess distributions may have been classified as capital gain.
A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to PFICs. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require a Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Investments in PFICs could also result in the treatment of associated capital gains as ordinary income. The Funds may attempt to limit and/or manage their holdings in PFICs to minimize their tax liability or maximize their returns from these investments but there can be no assurance that they will be able to do so. Moreover, because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income.
In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Funds may involve complex tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Funds seek to avoid significant non-cash income, such non-cash income could be recognized by the Funds, in which case the Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements.
Taxation of Distributions. Except for exempt-interest dividends (defined below) paid out by “Tax-Free Funds”, distributions paid out of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported by each shareholder who is required to file a U.S. federal income tax return. Dividends and distributions on a Fund’s shares are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares acquired at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects gains that are either unrealized, or realized but not distributed. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata to distributions paid over the entire year. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in the shareholder’s Fund shares and then as capital gain. A Fund may make distributions in excess of its earnings and profits, from time to time.
79 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income, and distributions of gains from the sale of investments that a Fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions properly designated by a Fund as capital gain dividends will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s net capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares, and do not qualify as dividends for purposes of the dividends-received deduction or as qualified dividend income. Each Fund will report capital gain dividends, if any, in a written statement furnished to its shareholders after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.
Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may result in foreign exchange gain or loss on transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations, and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts. Such gains or losses are generally characterized as ordinary income or loss for tax purposes. The Fund must make certain distributions in order to not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax, and the timing of and character of transactions such as foreign currency-related gains and losses may result in the fund paying a distribution treated as a return of capital. Such distribution is nontaxable to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares.
Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges the shareholder’s Fund shares, subject to the discussion below, the shareholder generally will recognize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and the shareholder’s tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shareholder has held such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange, and short-term otherwise.
If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, before January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year of the sale or exchange, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, the shareholder subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different RIC, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder recognizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed under the “wash sale” rules to the extent the shareholder purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be reflected in an adjustment to the tax basis of the purchased shares.
If a shareholder receives a capital gain dividend with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain dividend. If such loss is incurred from the redemption of shares pursuant to a periodic redemption plan then U.S. Treasury regulations may permit an exception to this six-month rule. No such regulations have been issued as of the date of this SAI.
In addition, if a shareholder of a Tax-Free Fund holds such Fund shares for six months or less, any loss on the sale or exchange of those shares will be disallowed to the extent of the amount of exempt-interest dividends (defined below) received with respect to the shares. If such loss is incurred from the redemption of shares pursuant to a periodic redemption plan then U.S. Treasury regulations may permit an exception to this six-month rule. Such a loss will also not be disallowed where the loss is incurred with respect to shares of a Fund that declares exempt-interest dividends on a daily basis in an amount equal to at least 90% of its net-tax exempt interest and distributes such dividends on a monthly, or more frequent, basis. Additionally, where a Fund regularly distributes at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest, if any, the Treasury Department is authorized to issue regulations reducing the six month holding period requirement to a period of not less than the greater of 31 days or the period between regular distributions. No such regulations have been issued as of the date of this filing.
Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Although in some countries a portion of these taxes is recoverable by the Fund, the unrecovered portion of foreign withholding taxes will reduce the income received from such securities. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 80
pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis certain foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund, and such taxes may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. However, even if a Fund qualifies for the election for any year, it may decide not to make the election for such year. If a Fund does not so elect, then shareholders will not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes paid or withheld. If a Fund does elect to “pass through” its foreign taxes paid in a taxable year, the Fund will furnish a written statement to its shareholders reporting such shareholders proportionate share of the Funds’ foreign taxes paid.
Even if a Fund qualifies for the election, foreign income and similar taxes will only pass through to the Fund’s shareholders if the Fund and its shareholders meet certain holding period requirements. Specifically, (i) the shareholders must have held the Fund shares for at least 16 days during the 31-day period beginning 15 days prior to the date upon which the shareholders became entitled to receive Fund distributions corresponding with the pass through of such foreign taxes paid by the Fund, and (ii) with respect to dividends received by the Fund on foreign shares giving rise to such foreign taxes, the Fund must have held the shares for at least 16 days during the 31-day period beginning 15 days prior to the date upon which the Fund became entitled to the dividend. These holding periods increase for certain dividends on preferred stock. A Fund may choose not to make the election if the Fund has not satisfied its holding requirement.
If a Fund makes the election, the Fund will not be permitted to claim a credit or deduction for foreign taxes paid in that year, and the Fund’s dividends-paid deduction will be increased by the amount of foreign taxes paid that year. Fund shareholders that have satisfied the holding period requirements and certain other requirements shall include their proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund in their gross income and treat that amount as paid by them for the purpose of the foreign tax credit or deduction. If the shareholder claims a credit for foreign taxes paid, the credit will be limited to the extent it exceeds the shareholder’s federal income tax attributable to foreign source taxable income. If the credit is attributable, wholly or in part, to qualified dividend income (as defined below), special rules will be used to limit the credit in a manner that reflects any resulting dividend rate differential.
In general, an individual with $300 ($600 if married filing jointly) or less of creditable foreign taxes may elect to be exempt from the foreign source taxable income and qualified dividend income limitations if the individual has no foreign source income other than qualified passive income. A deduction for foreign taxes paid may only be claimed by shareholders that itemize their deductions. Notably, for tax years between 2018 and 2025, miscellaneous itemized deductions are suspended for non-corporate taxpayers. Accordingly, during this time period, individuals may be more likely to take advantage of a foreign tax credit. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers regarding the impact of these changes on their personal situation.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Rates. Noncorporate Fund shareholders (i.e., individuals, trusts and estates) currently are taxed at a maximum rate of 37% on ordinary income and 20% on long-term capital gain.
In general, “qualified dividend income” realized by noncorporate Fund shareholders is taxable at the same rate as net capital gain. Generally, qualified dividend income is dividend income attributable to certain U.S. and foreign corporations, as long as certain holding period requirements are met. All dividend income, other than qualified dividend income, generally will be taxed at the same rate as ordinary income. If 95% or more of a Fund’s gross income (excluding net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions (other than capital gain dividends) will be generally treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they have owned their Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date). In general, if less than 95% of a Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that is attributable to qualified dividend income and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders. Payments received by a Fund from securities lending, repurchase, and other derivative transactions ordinarily will not qualify as qualified dividend income. The rules attributable to the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisers and financial planners. Income and bond Funds typically do not distribute significant amounts of “qualified dividend income” eligible for reductions in individual U.S. federal income tax rates.
81 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
The maximum stated corporate U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain currently is 21%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Subject to limitations and other rules, a corporate shareholder of a Fund may not be eligible for the dividends received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such a deduction. For eligible corporate shareholders, the dividends-received deduction may be subject to certain reductions, and a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will be eligible for the deduction only if certain holding period and other requirements are met. These requirements are complex; therefore, corporate shareholders of the Funds are urged to consult their own tax advisers and financial planners. The amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters.
Noncorporate Fund shareholders with income exceeding $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly) generally will be subject to a 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which ordinarily includes taxable distributions received from the Funds and taxable gain on the disposition of Fund shares.
Backup Withholding. A Fund is generally required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain exemptions (such as for certain corporate or foreign shareholders), an amount equal to 24% of all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder if (i) the shareholder fails to furnish the Fund with a correct “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), (ii) the shareholder fails to certify under penalties of perjury that the TIN provided is correct, (iii) the shareholder fails to make certain other certifications, or (iv) the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax imposed on the shareholder. The shareholder may apply amounts withheld as a credit against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. A shareholder may generally avoid backup withholding by furnishing a properly completed IRS Form W-9. State backup withholding may also be required to be withheld by the Funds under certain circumstances.
Foreign Shareholders. For purposes of this discussion, “foreign shareholders” include: (i) nonresident alien individuals, (ii) foreign trusts (i.e., a trust other than a trust with respect to which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), (iii) foreign estates (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source), and (iv) foreign corporations.
Distributions made to foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder within the United States (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States), federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply. Instead, the distribution will be subject to withholding at the highest applicable U.S. tax rate (currently 37% in the case of individuals and 21% in the case of corporations) and the foreign shareholder will be subject to federal income tax reporting requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons described above.
Under U.S. federal tax law, a foreign shareholder is not, in general, subject to federal income tax or withholding tax on capital gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of the Funds and on long-term capital gains dividends, provided that the Funds obtain a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by the foreign shareholder within the United States (or, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States of the foreign shareholder); (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) the shares of the Funds constitute U.S. real property interests (“USRPIs”), as described below.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 82
Under current law, if a Fund is considered to be a “United States Real Property Holding Corporation” (as defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), then distributions attributable to certain underlying real estate investment trust (“REIT”) investments and redemption proceeds paid to a foreign shareholder that owns at least 5% of a Fund, generally will cause the foreign shareholder to treat such gain or distribution as income effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States, subject to such gain or distribution withholding tax and cause the foreign shareholder to be required to file a federal income tax return. In addition, in any year when at least 50% of a Fund’s assets are USRPIs (as defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), distributions of the Fund that are attributable to gains from the sale or exchange of shares in USRPIs may be subject to U.S. withholding tax (regardless of such shareholder’s percentage interest in the Fund) and may require the foreign shareholder to file a U.S. federal income tax return in order to receive a refund (if any) of the withheld amount.
Subject to the additional rules described herein, federal income tax withholding will apply to distributions attributable to dividends and other investment income distributed by the Funds. The federal income tax withholding rate may be reduced (and, in some cases, eliminated) under an applicable tax treaty between the United States and the foreign shareholder’s country of residence or incorporation. In order to qualify for treaty benefits, a foreign shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its foreign status (generally by providing a Fund with a properly completed Form W-8BEN).
Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a 30% withholding tax generally is imposed on payments of interest and dividends to (i) foreign financial institutions including non-U.S. investment funds and (ii) certain other foreign entities, unless the foreign financial institution or foreign entity provides the withholding agent with documentation sufficient to show that it is compliant with FATCA (generally by providing the Fund with a properly completed Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable). If the payment is subject to the 30% withholding tax under FATCA, a foreign shareholder will not be subject to the 30% withholding tax described above on the same income. Under proposed regulations, FATCA withholding on the gross proceeds of share redemptions and certain capital gain distributions, scheduled to take effect beginning January 1, 2019, has been eliminated. Such proposed regulations are subject to change.
Before investing in a Fund’s shares, a prospective foreign shareholder should consult with its own tax advisors, including whether the shareholder’s investment can qualify for benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.
Tax-Deferred Plans. Shares of the Funds may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. However, shares of a Tax-Free Fund may not be suitable for tax-deferred, retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts, since such plans and accounts are generally tax-exempt and, therefore, would not benefit from the tax-exempt status of certain distributions from the Tax-Free Fund (discussed below). Such distributions may ultimately be taxable to the beneficiaries when distributed to them.
Prospective investors should contact their tax advisers and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.
Tax-Exempt Shareholders. Shares of a Tax-Free Fund may not be suitable for tax-exempt shareholders since such shareholders generally would not benefit from the tax-exempt status of distributions from the Tax-Free Funds (discussed below). Tax-exempt shareholders should contact their tax advisers and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of an investment in the Funds.
Any investment in residual interests of a collateralized mortgage obligation that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex U.S. federal income tax consequences, especially if a Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders.
Special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) (as defined in Section 664 of the Code) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. CRTs are urged to consult their own tax advisers and financial planners concerning these special tax consequences.
Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts and Foreign Financial Assets Reporting Requirements. A shareholder that owns directly or indirectly more than 50% by vote or value of the Fund, is urged and advised to consult its own tax adviser regarding its filing obligations with respect to IRS Form FinCEN114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts.
83 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Also, under recently enacted rules, subject to exceptions, individuals (and, to the extent provided in forthcoming future U.S. Treasury regulations, certain domestic entities) must report annually their interests in “specified foreign financial assets” on their U.S. federal income tax returns. It is currently unclear whether and under what circumstances stockholders would be required to report their indirect interests in the Fund’s “specified foreign financial assets” (if any) under these new rules.
Shareholders may be subject to substantial penalties for failure to comply with these reporting requirements. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisers to determine whether these reporting requirements are applicable to them.
Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations. Generally, under U.S. Treasury regulations, if an individual shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more or if a corporate shareholder recognizes a loss of $10 million or more, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Additional Considerations for the Tax-Free Funds. If at least 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable years consists of debt obligations that generate interest exempt from U.S. federal income tax under Section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code, then the Fund may qualify to pass through to its shareholders the tax-exempt character of its income from such debt obligations by paying exempt-interest dividends. The Tax-Free Funds intend to so qualify and are designed to provide shareholders with income exempt from U.S. federal income tax in the form of exempt-interest dividends. “Exempt-interest dividends” are dividends (other than capital gain dividends) paid by a RIC that are properly reported as such in a written statement furnished to shareholders.
Each Tax-Free Fund will report to its shareholders the portion of the distributions for the taxable year that constitutes exempt-interest dividends. The designated portion cannot exceed the excess of the amount of interest excludable from gross income under Section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code received by a Tax-Free Fund during the taxable year over any amounts disallowed as deductions under Sections 265 and 171(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code. Interest on indebtedness incurred to purchase or carry shares of the Tax-Free Funds will not be deductible to the extent that the Tax-Free Funds’ distributions are exempt from U.S. federal income tax. In addition, an investment in a Tax-Free Fund may result in liability for U.S. federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) for noncorporate shareholders. Certain deductions and exemptions have been designated “tax preference items” which must be added back to taxable income for purposes of calculating the U.S. federal AMT for noncorporate shareholders. Tax preference items include tax-exempt interest on certain “private activity bonds.” To the extent a Tax-Free Fund invests in certain private activity bonds, its shareholders will be required to report that portion of the Fund’s distributions attributable to income from the bonds as a tax preference item in determining noncorporate shareholders’ U.S. federal AMT, if any. Shareholders will be notified of the tax status of distributions made by a Tax-Free Fund.
Persons who may be “substantial users” (or “related persons” of substantial users) of facilities financed by private activity bonds should consult their tax advisers before purchasing shares in a Tax-Free Fund. Furthermore, noncorporate shareholders will not be permitted to deduct any of their share of a Tax-Free Fund’s expenses in computing their U.S. federal AMT. As of the date of this filing, individuals are subject to the U.S. federal AMT at a maximum rate of 28%. Corporations are not subject to the U.S. federal AMT for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. Shareholders with questions or concerns about the U.S. federal AMT should consult own their own tax advisers.
The IRS is paying increased attention to whether debt obligations intended to produce interest exempt from U.S. federal income tax in fact meet the requirements for such exemption. Ordinarily, the Tax-Free Funds rely on opinions from the issuer’s bond counsel that interest on the issuer’s debt obligation will be exempt from U.S. federal income tax. However, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not successfully challenge such exemption, which could cause interest on the debt obligation to be taxable and could jeopardize a Tax-Free Fund’s ability to pay any exempt-interest dividends. Similar challenges may occur as to state-specific exemptions.
A shareholder who receives Social Security or railroad retirement benefits should consult the shareholder’s own tax adviser to determine what effect, if any, an investment in a Tax-Free Fund may have on the U.S. federal taxation of such
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 84
benefits. Exempt-interest dividends are included in income for purposes of determining the amount of benefits that are taxable.
Distributions of a Tax-Free Fund’s income other than exempt-interest dividends generally will be taxable to shareholders. Gains realized by a Tax-Free Fund on the sale or exchange of investments that generate tax-exempt income will also be taxable to shareholders.
Although exempt-interest dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal income tax, there may not be a similar exemption under the laws of a particular state or local taxing jurisdiction. Thus, exempt-interest dividends may be subject to state and local taxes. You should consult your own tax advisor to discuss the tax consequences of your investment in a Tax-Free Fund.
Legislative Proposals. Prospective shareholders should recognize that the present U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Funds and their shareholders may be modified by legislative, judicial or administrative actions at any time, which may be retroactive in effect. The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by Congress, the IRS and the Treasury Department, and statutory changes as well as promulgation of new regulations, revisions to existing statutes, and revised interpretations of established concepts occur frequently. You should consult your advisors concerning the status of legislative proposals that may pertain to holding Fund shares.
Cost Basis Reporting
Each Fund or its delegate is required to report cost basis information for shareholders who are individuals and S Corporations to the Internal Revenue Service for redemptions of Fund shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012. This information will also be reported to a shareholder on Form 1099-B and the IRS each year. If a shareholder is a corporation and has not instructed a Fund that it is a C corporation by written instruction, the Fund will treat the shareholder as an S corporation and file a Form 1099-B.
Fund shareholders should consult their tax advisors to obtain more information about how the new cost basis rules apply to them and determine which cost basis method allowed by the Internal Revenue Service is best for their tax situation. Methods allowed by the IRS include, but are not limited to:
In the absence of a shareholder method election, the Fund will apply its default method, Average Cost. If the Average Cost method is applied either by default or at the shareholder’s election, the shareholder’s ability to change such election once a sale occurs will be limited under the IRS rules. After an election has been made, but before a disposition of shares occurs, a shareholder may make a retroactive change to an alternate method. The cost basis method a shareholder elects may not be changed with respect to a redemption of shares after the settlement date of the redemption. At any time, a shareholder may designate a new election for future purchases.
Redemptions of shares acquired prior to January 1, 2012 will continue to be reported using the Average Cost method, if available, and will not be reported to the IRS.
Money Market Fund Shares. The cost basis reporting rules described above do not apply to shares in money market funds. Beginning in 2016, pursuant to SEC rules, certain money market funds began using a floating net asset value rather than a stable net asset value. However, the IRS has issued regulations that permit taxpayers to utilize a simplified method of accounting for gains and losses from redemptions of shares in money market funds that have a floating net asset value (the “NAV method”). If taxpayers properly elect the NAV method, taxpayers will not compute gain or loss for each redemption. Instead, taxpayers utilizing the NAV method, will aggregate the gains and losses for a period and
85 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
report the aggregate gain or loss on an annual basis. If taxpayers do not elect the NAV method, the wash sales rules shall not apply to losses generated by the redemption of money market shares. Any capital gains or losses reported utilizing the NAV method will be short-term capital gains or losses.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL FUND HOLDERS
The Funds are two series of the Trust in the Wells Fargo family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.
Most of the Trust’s series are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a CDSC, that are offered to retail investors. Certain of the Trust’s series also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a series represents an equal, proportionate interest in the series with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of a series’ operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other series or classes of shares offered.
With respect to matters affecting one class but not another, shareholders vote as a class; for example, the approval of a Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all shares of a Fund have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by series, except where voting by a series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one series. For example, a change in a Fund’s fundamental investment policy affects only one series and would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Fund involved. Additionally, approval of an advisory agreement, since it affects only one Fund, is a matter to be determined separately by each series. Approval by the shareholders of one series is effective as to that series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other series to approve the proposal as to those series.
As used in the Prospectus(es) and in this SAI, the term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of a class of shares of a Fund means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the class represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the class are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the class of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.
Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect Trustees under the 1940 Act.
Each share of a class of a Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share of the same class and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to that Fund that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular Fund that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.
Set forth below as of July 1, 2019, the following owned of record and/or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a class or 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund, as applicable. Additionally, as of July 1, 2019, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust.
Principal Fund Holders
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 86
Principal Fund Holders
National Financial Services LLC for
11.93%
Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC
9.70%
Charles Schwab & Co Inc
7.47%
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
89.22%
MLPF&S
6.09%
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
Massachusetts Mutual Insurance Co
42.62%
Wells Fargo Bank NA
30.26%
MLPF&S
7.45%
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
5.68%
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
Wells Fargo Bank NA
72.41%
American Enterprise Investment Service
10.86%
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
87 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Principal Fund Holders
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
41.25%
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
45.47%
Charles Schwab & Co Inc
6.12%
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
51.22%
American Enterprise Investment Svc
18.35%
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
5.82%
MLPF&S
5.55%
National Financial Services LLC
5.26%
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
Pershing LLC
28.69%
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
24.58%
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
20.95%
Everen Cap Corp for WFAM Holdings LLC
16.89%
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 88
Principal Fund Holders
MLPF&S For The Sole Benefit
8.49%
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
Wells Fargo Bank
27.64%
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
19.75%
Charles Schwab & Co Inc
12.81%
Raymond James
8.11%
For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a person identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial owner of more than 25% of a Fund, or is identified as the record owner of more than 25% of a Fund and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such Fund. A controlling person’s vote could have a more significant effect on matters presented to shareholders for approval than the vote of other Fund shareholders.
89 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
NOTES
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 90
NOTES
91 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about the above referenced series of the Trust in the Wells Fargo family of funds - (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”).
■
Storage: Unlike the financial futures markets, in the commodity futures markets there are costs of physical storage associated with purchasing the underlying commodity. The price of the commodity futures contract will reflect the storage costs of purchasing the physical commodity, including the time value of money invested in the physical commodity. To the extent that the storage costs for an underlying commodity change while a Fund is invested in futures contracts on that commodity, the value of the futures contract may change proportionately.
■
Reinvestment: In the commodity futures markets, producers of the underlying commodity may decide to hedge the price risk of selling the commodity by selling futures contracts today to lock in the price of the commodity at delivery tomorrow. In order to induce speculators to purchase the other side of the same futures contract, the commodity producer generally must sell the futures contract at a lower price than the expected future spot price. Conversely, if most hedgers in the futures market are purchasing futures contracts to hedge against a rise in prices, then speculators will only sell the other side of the futures contract at a higher futures price than the expected future spot price of the commodity. The changing nature of the hedgers and speculators in the commodity markets will influence whether futures prices are above or below the expected future spot price, which can have significant implications for a Fund. If the nature of hedgers and speculators in futures markets has shifted when it is time for a Fund to reinvest the proceeds of a maturing contract in a new futures contract, the Fund might reinvest at higher or lower futures prices, or choose to pursue other investments.
■
Other Economic Factors: The commodities which underlie commodity futures contracts may be subject to
additional economic and non-economic variables, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs, and international economic, political and regulatory developments. These factors may have a larger impact on commodity prices and commodity-linked instruments, including futures contracts, than on traditional securities. Certain commodities are also subject to limited pricing flexibility because of supply and demand factors. Others are subject to broad price fluctuations as a result of the volatility of the prices for certain raw materials and the instability of supplies of other materials. These additional variables may create additional investment risks which subject a Fund’s investments to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities.
(Born 1957)
(Born 1953)
(Born 1952)
(Born 1949)
Audit Committee Chairman, from 2009 to 2018
(Born 1950)
(Born 1953)
(Born 1951)
(Born 1959)
(Born 1959)
1.
Length of service dates reflect the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
1.
Length of service dates reflect the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2.
Nancy Wiser currently serves as Treasurer of 65 funds in the Fund Complex. Jeremy DePalma currently serves as Treasurer of 86 funds in the Fund Complex and Assistant Treasurer of 65 funds in the Fund Complex.
Overall responsibility for oversight of the Trust and the Funds rests with the Board of Trustees. The Board has engaged Funds Management to manage the Funds on a day-to day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing Funds Management and other service providers in the operation of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, applicable provisions of Delaware law, other applicable laws and the Declaration of Trust. The Board is currently composed of nine members, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The Board currently conducts regular in-person meetings five times a year. In addition, the Board may hold special in-person or telephonic meetings or informal conference calls to discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular meetings. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.
1.
As of March 31, 2019, there were 151 series in the Fund Complex.
1.
Includes Trustee ownership in shares of funds within the entire Wells Fargo Fund Complex (consisting of 149 funds).
Next $500M
Next $1B
Next $1B
Next $1B
Next $1B
Next $5B
Over $10B
0.825%
0.800%
0.775%
0.750%
0.730%
0.720%
0.710%
Next $500M
Next $1B
Next $1B
Next $1B
Next $1B
Next $5B
Over $10B
0.825%
0.800%
0.775%
0.750%
0.730%
0.720%
0.710%
Next $100M
Over $200M
0.500%
0.400%
Next $100M
Over $200M
0.500%
0.400%
Christopher J. Warner, CFA
Theran Motl, CFA
1.
Theran Motl, CFA became a portfolio manager of the Fund on February 1, 2020. The information presented in this table is as of March 31, 2019, at which time Theran Motl, CFA was not a portfolio manager of the Fund.
$1 - $10,000;
$10,001 - $50,000;
$50,001 - $100,000;
$100,001 - $500,000;
$500,001 - $1,000,000; and
over $1,000,000.
1.
Theran Motl, CFA became a portfolio manager of the Fund on February 1, 2020. The information presented in this table is as of March 31, 2019, at which time Theran Motl, CFA was not a portfolio manager of the Fund.
1.
First, any voting items related to WFAM “Top-of-House” voting principles (as described below under the heading “WFAM Proxy Voting Principles/Guidelines”) will generally be voted in accordance with a custom voting policy with ISS (“Custom Policy”) designed to implement the WFAM’s Top-of-House voting principles.
2.
Second, any voting items for meetings deemed of “high importance” (e.g., proxy contests, mergers and acquisitions, capitalization proposals and anti-takeover proposals) where ISS opposes management recommendations will be referred to the portfolio management teams for recommendation or the Proxy Voting
Sub-Committee (or escalated to the Proxy Governance Sub- Committee) for case-by-case review and vote determination.
3.
Third, with respect to any voting items where ISS Sustainability Voting Guidelines provide a different recommendation than ISS Standard Voting Guidelines, the following steps are taken:
a. The WFAM Portfolio Risk Management and Analytics team (the “PRMA team”) evaluates the matter for materiality and any other relevant considerations.
b. If the PRMA team recommends further review, the voting item is then referred to the portfolio management teams for recommendation or the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (or escalated to the Proxy Governance Sub-Committee) for case-by-case review and vote determination.
c. If the PRMA team does not recommend further review, the matter is voted in accordance with ISS Standard Voting Guidelines.
4.
Fourth, any remaining proposals are voted in accordance with ISS Standard Voting Guidelines.
■
WFAM generally votes for the election of Directors in uncontested elections. WFAM reserves the right to vote on a case-by-case basis when Directors fail to meet their duties as a board member, such as failing to act in the best economic interest of shareholders; failing to maintain independent audit, compensation, nominating committees; and failing to attend at least 75% of meetings, etc.
■
WFAM generally votes for an independent board that has a majority of outside Directors who are not affiliated with the top executives and have minimal or no business dealings with the company to avoid potential conflicts of interests.
■
Generally speaking, WFAM believes Directors should sit on no more than 4 public boards at any given time.
Directors serving on an excessive number of boards could result in time constraints and an inability to fulfill their duties.
■
WFAM generally supports adopting a declassified board structure for public operating and holding companies. WFAM reserves the right to vote on a case-by-case basis when companies have certain long-term business commitments.
■
WFAM generally supports annual election of Directors of public operating and holding companies. WFAM reserves the right to vote on a case-by-case basis when companies have certain long-term business commitments.
1.
Instructing ISS to vote in accordance with the recommendation ISS makes to its clients;
2.
With respect to any matters involving a portfolio holding of the Funds, disclosing the conflict to the Board of the Funds and obtaining its consent before voting with respect to shares held by the Funds;
3.
With respect to any matters involving a portfolio holding of the Funds, submitting the matter to the Board of the Funds to exercise its authority to vote on such matter with respect to shares held by the Funds;
4.
Engaging an independent fiduciary who will direct the WFAM Proxy Committee how to vote on such matter following consultation with the Board of the Funds if the conflict pertains to a matter involving a portfolio holding of the Funds;
5.
Consulting with outside legal counsel for guidance on resolution of the conflict of interest;
6.
Erecting information barriers around the person or persons making voting decisions following consultation with the Board of the Funds if the conflict pertains to a matter involving a portfolio holding of the Funds;
7.
Voting in proportion to other shareholders (“mirror voting”) following consultation with the Board of the Funds if the conflict pertains to a matter involving a portfolio holding of the Funds; or
8.
Voting in other ways that are consistent with WFAM’s obligation to vote in the best interests of its shareholders.
1. The underlying funds held by a Fund that operates as a fund of funds and invests exclusively in multiple affiliated underlying funds or multiple unaffiliated underlying funds or in a combination of affiliated and unaffiliated underlying funds (“fund of funds”) shall be posted to the Funds’ website on a monthly, one-month delayed basis.
2. The individual holdings of the underlying master funds held by Funds that operate as a feeder fund in a master-feeder structure shall be posted to the Funds’ website on a monthly, one-month delayed basis.
3. A change to the underlying funds held by a fund of funds or changes in fund of funds’ target allocations between or among its fixed-income and/or equity investments may be posted to the Funds’ website simultaneous with the occurrence of the change.
The following holdings disclosure policy applies to Alternative Funds:
1. Complete Holdings as of Fiscal Quarter Ends. As of each fiscal quarter end, each Alternative Fund’s complete portfolio holdings shall be made publicly available quarterly on the Funds’ website, on a one-month delayed basis.
2. Holdings as of Other Month Ends. As of each month end other than a month end that coincides with a fiscal quarter end, each Alternative Fund shall make publicly available monthly on the Funds’ website, on a one-month delayed basis, the following: (i) all portfolio holdings held long other than any put options on equity securities; (ii) portfolio holdings held short other than short positions in equity securities of single issuers; and (iii) the aggregate dollar value of each of the following: (a) equity securities of single issuers held short, and (b) any put options on equity securities held long.
3. Top Ten Holdings. Each Alternative Fund shall make publicly available on the Funds’ website on a monthly,
1. The complete portfolio holdings of Master Portfolios shall be posted to the Funds’ website on a semi-annual, one-month delayed basis.
1. Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings through access to the fund accountant’s system.
2. Funds Management personnel that deal directly with investment review and analysis of the Funds shall have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings through Factset, a program that is used, among other things, to evaluate portfolio characteristics against available benchmarks.
3. Funds Management and Funds Distributor personnel may be given advance disclosure of any changes to the underlying funds in a fund of funds structure or changes in a Fund’s target allocations that result in a shift between or among asset classes.
1.
The sales charge you pay may differ slightly from the amounts listed here due to rounding calculations.
■
Clients of sub-advisers to those Funds which offer an Administrator Class who are clients of such subadvisers at the time of their purchase of such Administrator Class shares;
■
Clients of Wells Capital Management who are clients of Wells Capital Management at the time of their purchase of Administrator Class shares; and
■
Clients of Wells Fargo Institutional Retirement Trust (IRT) who are clients of IRT at the time of their purchase of Administrator Class shares.
■
Related business entities, including: (i) corporations and their subsidiaries; (ii) general and limited partners; and (iii) other business entities under common ownership or control.
■
Shareholder accounts that share a common tax-id number.
■
Accounts over which the shareholder has individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (i.e., a trust account or a solely owned business account).
■
Clients of sub-advisers to those Funds which offer an Institutional Class who are clients of such sub-advisers at the time of their purchase of such Institutional Class shares;
■
Clients of Wells Capital Management who are clients of Wells Capital Management at the time of their purchase of Institutional Class shares; and
■
Clients of Wells Fargo Institutional Retirement Trust (IRT) who are clients of IRT at the time of their purchase of Institutional Class shares.
■
Related business entities, including: (i) corporations and their subsidiaries; (ii) general and limited partners; and (iii) other business entities under common ownership or control.
■
Shareholder accounts that share a common tax-id number.
■
Accounts over which the shareholder has individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (i.e., a trust account or a solely owned business account).
■
ADP Broker-Dealer, Inc.
■
Alight Financial Solutions, LLC
■
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
■
Broadridge Business Process Outsourcing, LLC
■
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
■
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.
■
Edward Jones
■
Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC
■
Goldman, Sachs & Co. LLC
■
GWFS Equities, Inc.
■
Hightower Securities, LLC
■
Institutional Bond Network, LLC
■
Institutional Cash Distributors, LLC
■
Investacorp, Inc.
■
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
■
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
■
LPL Financial LLC
■
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated
■
Mid Atlantic Capital Corporation
■
Mid Atlantic Clearing & Settlement Corporation
■
Morgan Stanley
■
Nationwide Investment Services Corporation
■
OneAmerica Securities, Inc.
■
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
■
Pershing LLC
■
PNC Capital Markets LLC
■
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
■
Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.
■
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
■
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
■
Security Distributors
■
State Street Global Markets, LLC
■
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
■
TD Ameritrade, Inc.
■
Treasury Brokerage
■
UBS Financial Services Inc.
■
VALIC Financial Advisors, Inc.
■
Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC
■
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
■
Average Cost. The cost per share is determined by dividing the aggregate cost amount by the total shares in the account. The basis of the shares redeemed is determined by multiplying the shares redeemed by the cost per share. Starting in 2012, accounts may maintain two separate average costs: one average for covered shares and a separate average for noncovered shares. Under the Average Cost method, noncovered shares are generally depleted first.
■
First in first out (FIFO). Shares acquired first in the shareholder’s account are the first shares depleted and determine the shareholder’s cost basis. The basis of the shares redeemed is determined by the adjusted purchase price of each date the shares were acquired.
■
Specific Identification. A shareholder selects the shares to be redeemed from any of the purchase lots that still have shares remaining. The basis of the shares redeemed is determined by the adjusted purchase price of each date the shares were acquired.
Class A
Exclusive Benefit of Customers
Attn Mutual Funds Dept 4th Fl
499 Washington Blvd
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995
A/C 7205-9699
2801 Market Street
Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523
Special Custody Account FBO Customers
Attn: Mutual Funds
211 Main Street
San Francisco, CA 94105-1905
Class C
Special Custody Acct for the Exclusive Benefit of Customer
2801 Market Street
Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523
For The Sole Benefit of Its Customers
Attn: Mutual Fund Administration
4800 Deer Lake Dr E 2nd FL
Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484
Administrator Class
1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111-0001
FBO Omnibus Reinvest/Reinvest
PO Box 1533
Minneapolis, MN 55480-1533
For The Sole Benefit of Its Customers
Attn: Mutual Fund Administration
4800 Deer Lake Dr E FL 3
Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484
Special Custody Acct for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customer
2801 Market St
Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523
Institutional Class
FBO Grossman Abe & Jacqueline JT Rev
PO Box 1533
Minneapolis, MN 55480-1533
707 2nd Ave South
Minneapolis, MN 55402-2405
Fund Level
Special Custody Acct for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customer
2801 Market St
Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523
Class A
Special Custody Acct for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customer
2801 Market St
Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523
Special Custody Acct FBO Customers
Attn Mutual Funds
211 Main Street
San Francisco, CA 94105-1905
Class C
Special Custody Acct for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customer
2801 Market St
Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523
707 2nd Ave South
Minneapolis, MN 55402-2405
For the Exclusive Benefit of its Customers
1 New York Plz FL 12
New York, NY 10004-1965
For The Sole Benefit Of Its Customers
Attn: Mutual Fund Administration
4800 Deer Lake Dr E Fl 3
Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484
For Exclusive Benefit of our Customers
Attn: Mutual Fund Dept 4th FL
499 Washington Blvd
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995
Administrator Class
1 Pershing Plz
Jersey City, NJ 07399-0002
Special Custody Account
For The Exclusive Benefit of Customers
2801 Market Street
Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523
Bill Ray Nickels IRA
1717 Arch Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103-2713
FBO WFFM-WFF Seed Account
MAC #A0103-122
525 Market St, Fl 12
San Francisco, CA 94105-2720
Of Its Customers
Attn: Mutual Fund Administration
4800 Deer Lake Dr E Fl 3
Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484
Institutional Class
FBO 401K Accounts
1525 W WT Harris Blvd
Charlotte, NC 28262-8522
Special Custody Acct for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customer
2801 Market St
Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523
Special Custody Acct FBO Customers
Attn Mutual Funds
211 Main Street
San Francisco, CA 94105-1905
Omnibus for Mutual Funds
Attn: Courtney Waller
880 Carillon Pkwy
St Petersburg, FL 33716-1100
U.S. Equity Funds
Fund
R6
Wells Fargo Opportunity Fund
-
.
This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s Prospectus (the “Prospectus”) dated June 1, 2020. The audited financial statement for the Fund, which includes the portfolio of investments and report of the independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, is hereby incorporated by reference to the Fund’s Annual Report dated as of September 30, 2019. The Prospectus, Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report may be obtained free of charge by visiting wfam.com, calling 1-800-222-8222 or writing to Wells Fargo Funds, P.O. Box 219967, Kansas City, MO 64121-9967.
[EMPTY]
Table of Contents
Fund Investment Policies and Risks
Manager and Other Service Providers
Determination of Net Asset Value
Additional Purchase and Redemption Information
Control Persons and Principal Fund Holders
The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. On March 25, 1999, the Board of Trustees of Norwest Advantage Funds (“Norwest”), the Board of Directors of Stagecoach Funds, Inc. (“Stagecoach”) and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”), approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios to certain Funds of the Trust (the “Reorganization”). Prior to November 5, 1999, the effective date of the Reorganization, the Trust had only nominal assets.
On December 16, 2002, the Boards of Trustees of The Montgomery Funds and The Montgomery Funds II (collectively, “Montgomery”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Montgomery portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was June 9, 2003.
On February 3, 2004, the Board, and on February 18, 2004, the Board of Trustees of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund (“AIC Trust”), approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor AIC Trust portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was July 26, 2004.
In August and September 2004, the Boards of Directors of the Strong family of funds (“Strong”) and the Board approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Strong mutual funds into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was April 8, 2005.
On December 30, 2009, the Board of Trustees of Evergreen Funds (“Evergreen”), and on January 11, 2010, the Board, approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Evergreen portfolios and Wells Fargo Advantage Funds portfolios to certain Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was July 12, 2010 for certain Evergreen Funds, and July 19, 2010 for the remainder of the Evergreen Funds.
On December 15, 2015, the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds changed its name to the Wells Fargo Funds.
The Opportunity Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Opportunity Fund, a series of Strong Opportunity Fund, Inc. The predecessor Strong Opportunity Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1985. Effective June 20, 2008, the Advisor Class of the Opportunity Fund was renamed Class A and modified to assume the features and attributes of Class A.
Fundamental Investment Policies
Each Fund has adopted the following fundamental investment policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund.
The Funds may not:
(1) purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as a result thereof, the value of a Fund’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Fund’s total assets, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, (ii) securities of other investment companies, or (iii) repurchase agreements;
(2) purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 2
(3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder;
(4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder;
(5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Fund’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;
(6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Fund’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;
(7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent a Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business); or
(8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.
Non-Fundamental Investment Policies
Each Fund has adopted the following non-fundamental policies; that is, they may be changed by the Trustees at any time without approval of such Fund’s shareholders.
(1) Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.
(2) Each Fund may not acquire any illiquid investment if, immediately after the acquisition, the Fund would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments that are assets.
(3) Each Fund may invest in financial instruments subject to the Commodity Exchange Act of 1936, as amended (“CEA”), including futures, options on futures, and swaps (“commodity interests”), consistent with its investment policies and the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) thereunder or any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, and consistent with investment in commodity interests that would allow the Fund’s investment adviser to claim an exclusion from being a “commodity pool operator” as defined by the CEA.
(4) Each Fund may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.
(5) Each Fund may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities of other investment companies or investments in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.
(6) Each Fund may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).
(7) Each Fund may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.
3 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
(8) Each Fund that is subject to Rule 35d-1 (the “Names Rule”) under the 1940 Act, and that has a non-fundamental policy or policies in place to comply with the Names Rule, has adopted the following policy:
Shareholders will receive at least 60 days notice of any change to a Fund’s non-fundamental policy complying with the Names Rule. The notice will be provided in Plain English in a separate written document, and will contain the following prominent statement or similar statement in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy.” This statement will appear on both the notice and the envelope in which it is delivered, unless it is delivered separately from other communications to investors, in which case the statement will appear either on the notice or the envelope in which the notice is delivered. The investment policy of the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund, Common Stock Fund and the Special Mid Cap Value Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s net assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days’ notice.
Further Explanation of Investment Policies
Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Funds may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Fund to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.
With respect to repurchase agreements, each Fund invests only in repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. For purposes of each Fund’s fundamental investment policy with respect to concentration, the Fund does not consider such repurchase agreements to constitute an industry or group of industries because the Fund chooses to look through such securities to the underlying collateral, which is itself excepted from the Fund’s concentration policy.
Additional Approved Principal Investment Strategies
In addition to the principal investment strategies set forth in the Prospectus(es), the Funds may also use futures, options or swap agreements, as well as other derivatives, to manage risk or to enhance return. Please refer to a Fund’s Prospectuses for information regarding the Fund’s anticipated use of derivatives, if any, as a principal investment strategy. Please note that even if a Fund’s Prospectuses do not currently include information regarding derivatives, or only includes information regarding certain derivative instruments, the Fund may use any of the derivative securities described below, at any time, and to any extent consistent with the Fund’s other principal investment strategies.
DERIVATIVE SECURITIES
Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value, at least in part, from the value of another security or asset, the level of an index (e.g., the S&P 500 Index) or a rate (e.g., the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“Euribor”)), or the relative change in two or more reference assets, indices or rates. The most common types of derivatives are forward contracts, futures, options and swap agreements. Some forms of derivative instruments, such as exchange-traded futures and options on securities, commodities, or indices, are traded on regulated exchanges, like the Chicago Board of Trade and the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. These types of derivative instruments are standardized contracts that can easily be bought and sold, and whose market values are determined and published daily. Non-standardized derivative instruments, on the other hand, tend to be more specialized or complex, and may be harder to value. Other common types of derivative instruments include forward foreign currency contracts, linked securities and structured products, participation notes and agreements, collateralized mortgage obligations, inverse floaters, stripped securities, warrants, and swaptions.
A Fund may take advantage of opportunities to invest in a type of derivative that is not presently contemplated for use by the Fund, or that is not currently available, but that may be developed in the future, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible. The trading markets for less traditional and/or newer types of derivative instruments are less developed than the markets for traditional types of derivative instruments and provide less certainty with respect to how such instruments will perform in various economic scenarios.
A Fund may use derivative instruments for a variety of reasons, including: i) to employ leverage to enhance returns; ii) to increase or decrease exposure to particular securities or markets; iii) to protect against possible unfavorable changes in the market value of securities held in, or to be purchased for, its portfolio (i.e., to hedge); iv) to protect its
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 4
unrealized gains reflected in the value of its portfolio; v) to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities for investment purposes; vi) to reduce transaction costs; vii) to manage the effective maturity or duration of its portfolio; and/or viii) to maintain cash reserves while remaining fully invested.
The risks associated with the use of derivative instruments are different from, and potentially much greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in the underlying instruments on which the derivatives are based. The value of some derivative instruments in which a Fund may invest may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates, and, like the other investments of the Fund, the ability of the Fund to successfully utilize derivative instruments may depend, in part, upon the ability of the sub-adviser to forecast interest rates and other economic factors correctly. If the sub-adviser incorrectly forecasts such factors and has taken positions in derivatives contrary to prevailing market trends, the Fund could be exposed to additional, unforeseen risks, including the risk of loss.
Because certain derivatives have a leverage component, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, reference rate, or index can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. The risk of loss is heightened when a Fund uses derivative instruments to enhance its returns or as a substitute for a position or security, rather than solely to hedge or offset the risk of a position or security held by a Fund. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment.
Additional risks of derivative instruments include, but are not limited to: i) the risk of disruption of a Fund’s ability to trade in derivative instruments because of regulatory compliance problems or regulatory changes; ii) credit risk of counterparties to derivative contracts; and iii) market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes). The possibility of default by the issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. The sub-adviser utilizes a variety of internal risk management procedures to ensure that derivatives are closely monitored, and that their use is consistent with a particular Fund’s investment objective, policies, restrictions and quality standards, and does not expose such Fund to undue risk.
A hedging strategy may fail if the correlation between the value of the derivative instruments and the other investments in a Fund’s portfolio is not consistent with the sub-adviser’s expectations. If the sub-adviser’s expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only fail to protect the value of a Fund’s portfolio, but the Fund may also lose money on the derivative instrument itself.
In the case of credit derivatives, which are a form of derivative that includes credit default swaps and total return swaps, payments of principal and interest are tied to the performance of one or more reference obligations or assets. The same general risks inherent in derivative transactions are present. However, credit derivative transactions also carry with them greater risks of imperfect correlation between the performance and price of the underlying reference security or asset, and the general performance of the designated interest rate or index which is the basis for the periodic payment.
Certain derivative transactions may be modified or terminated only by mutual consent of a Fund and its counterparty and certain derivative transactions may be terminated by the counterparty or the Fund, as the case may be, upon the occurrence of certain Fund-related or counterparty-related events, which may result in losses or gains to the Fund based on the market value of the derivative transactions entered into between the Fund and the counterparty. In addition, such early terminations may result in taxable events and accelerate gain or loss recognition for tax purposes. It may not be possible for a Fund to modify, terminate, or offset the Fund’s obligations or the Fund’s exposure to the risks associated with a derivative transaction prior to its termination or maturity date, which may create a possibility of increased volatility and/or decreased liquidity to the Fund. Upon the expiration or termination of a particular contract, a Fund may wish to retain a Fund’s position in the derivative instrument by entering into a similar contract, but may be unable to do so if the counterparty to the original contract is unwilling to enter into the new contract and no other appropriate counterparty can be found, which could cause the Fund not to be able to maintain certain desired investment exposures or not to be able to hedge other investment positions or risks, which could cause losses to the Fund. Furthermore, after such an expiration or termination of a particular contract, a Fund may have fewer counterparties with which to engage in additional derivative transactions, which could lead to potentially greater exposure to one or more counterparties and which could increase the cost of entering into certain derivatives. In such cases, the Fund may lose money.
The Funds might not employ any of the strategies described herein, and no assurance can be given that any strategy used will succeed. Also, with some derivative strategies, there is the risk that a Fund may not be able to find a suitable
5 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
counterparty for a derivative transaction. In addition, some over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative instruments may be illiquid. Derivative instruments traded in the OTC market are also subject to the risk that the other party will not meet its obligations. The use of derivative instruments may also increase the amount and accelerate the timing of taxes payable by shareholders.
A Fund’s use of derivative instruments also is subject to broadly applicable investment policies. For example, a Fund may not invest more than a specified percentage of its assets in “illiquid securities,” including those derivative instruments that are not transferable or that do not have active secondary markets.
Because certain derivatives may involve leverage, and a Fund could lose more than it invested, federal securities laws, regulations and guidance may require a Fund to segregate or “earmark” assets in order to reduce the risks associated with such derivatives, or to otherwise hold instruments that offset the Fund’s current obligations from derivatives. This process is known as “cover.” A Fund will not enter into any derivative transactions unless it earmarks cash or liquid assets with a value at least sufficient to cover its current obligations under a derivative transaction or otherwise covers the transaction in accordance with applicable SEC guidance. If a large portion of a Fund’s assets is earmarked or otherwise used for cover, it could affect portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.
In the case of swaps, futures contracts, options, forward contracts and other derivative instruments that do not cash settle a Fund must earmark liquid assets equal to the full notional amount of the instrument while the positions are open, to the extent there is not a permissible offsetting position or a contractual “netting” agreement with respect to swaps (other than credit default swaps where the Fund is the protection seller). Conversely, with respect to swaps, futures contracts, options, forward contracts and other derivative instruments that are required to cash settle, a Fund may earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market net obligations (i.e., the Fund’s daily net liability) under the instrument, if any, rather than its full notional amount. Forwards and futures contracts that do not cash settle may be treated as cash settled for asset segregation purposes when a Fund has entered into contractual arrangements with a third party futures commission merchant (“FCM”) or other counterparty to offset the Fund’s exposure under the contract, and, failing that, to assign their delivery obligations under the contract to the counterparty. The Funds reserve the right to modify their asset segregation policies in the future in their discretion, consistent with the Investment Company Act of 1940 and SEC or SEC-staff guidance. By earmarking assets equal to only its net obligations under certain instruments, a Fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to earmark assets equal to the full notional amount of the instrument.
When a Fund buys or sells a derivative that is cleared through a central clearing party, an initial margin deposit with a FCM is typically required subject to certain exceptions for uncleared swaps under applicable rules. If the value of a Fund’s derivatives that are cleared through a central clearing party decline, the Fund will be required to make additional “variation margin” payments to the FCM. If the value of a Fund’s derivatives that are cleared through a central clearing party increases, the FCM will be required to make additional “variation margin” payments to the Fund. This process is known as “marking-to-market” and is calculated on a daily basis.
Central clearing arrangements with respect to derivative instruments may be less favorable to the Funds than bilateral arrangements, because the Funds may be required to provide greater amounts of margin for cleared transactions than for bilateral transactions. Also, in contrast to bilateral derivatives transactions, following a period of notice to a Fund, a central clearing party generally can require termination of existing cleared transactions at any time or increase margin requirements.
While some strategies involving derivative instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain, or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in related investments or otherwise. This is due, in part, to: i) the possible inability of a Fund to purchase or sell a portfolio security at a time that otherwise would be favorable; ii) the possible need to sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time because the Fund is required to maintain asset coverage or offsetting positions in connection with transactions in derivative instruments; and/or iii) the possible inability of a Fund to close out or liquidate its derivatives positions. Accordingly, there is the risk that such strategies may fail to serve their intended purposes, and may reduce returns or increase volatility. These strategies also entail transactional expenses.
It is possible that current and/or future legislation and regulation with respect to derivative instruments may limit or prevent a Fund from using such instruments as a part of its investment strategy, and could ultimately prevent a Fund
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 6
from being able to achieve its investment objective. For example, Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act made broad changes to the OTC derivatives market and granted significant authority to the SEC and the CFTC to regulate OTC derivatives and market participants. Other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act include: i) position limits that may impact a Fund’s ability to invest in futures, options and swaps in a manner that efficiently meets its investment objective; ii) capital and margin requirements; and iii) the mandatory use of clearinghouse mechanisms for many OTC derivative transactions. In addition, the SEC, CFTC and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of a market emergency, including, for example, the implementation or reduction of speculative position limits, the implementation of higher margin requirements, the establishment of daily price limits and the suspension of trading. The regulation of futures, options and swaps transactions in the United States is subject to modification by government and judicial action. Changes to U.S. tax laws may affect the use of derivatives by the Funds. It is impossible to fully predict the effects of past, present or future legislation and regulation in this area, but the effects could be substantial and adverse.
Moreover, in 2019 the SEC proposed new regulations and rule changes that could significantly limit or impact the ability of registered investment companies to invest in derivatives and other instruments, limit their ability to employ certain strategies that use derivatives, or adversely affect their efficiency in implementing particular investment strategies.
Futures Contracts. A futures contract is an agreement to buy or sell a security or other asset at a set price on a future date. An option on a future gives the holder of the option the right, which may or may not be exercised, to buy or sell a position in a futures contract from or to the writer of the option, at a specified price on or before a specified expiration date. Futures contracts and options on futures are standardized and exchange-traded, where the exchange serves as the ultimate counterparty for all contracts. Consequently, the primary credit risk on such contracts is the creditworthiness of the exchange. In addition, futures contracts and options on futures are subject to market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).
An interest rate, commodity, foreign currency or index futures contract provides for the future sale or purchase of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, commodity, foreign currency or the cash value of an index at a specified price and time. A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which a party agrees to pay or receive an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no physical delivery of these securities is made. A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of indexes as well as financial instruments and foreign currencies. To the extent that a Fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it also may invest in foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon. Certain of the Funds also may invest in commodity futures contracts and options thereon. A commodity futures contract is an agreement to buy or sell a commodity, such as an energy, agricultural or metal commodity at a later date at a price and quantity agreed-upon when the contract is bought or sold.
Futures contracts often call for making or taking delivery of an underlying asset; however, futures are exchange-traded, so that a party can close out its position on the exchange for cash, without ever having to make or take delivery of an asset. Closing out a futures position is affected by purchasing or selling an offsetting contract for the same aggregate amount with the same delivery date; however, there can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time a Fund seeks to close out an exchange-traded position, including options positions.
A Fund may purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts. The holder of an option on a futures contract has the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true. A call option is “in the money” if the value of the futures contract that is the subject of the option exceeds the exercise price. A put option is “in the money” if the exercise price exceeds the value of the futures contract that is the subject of the option. The potential loss related to the purchase of futures options is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option is fixed at the time of sale, there are no daily cash payments to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option may change daily, and that change would be reflected in the net asset value (“NAV”) of a Fund.
7 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
To the extent securities are segregated or “earmarked” to cover a Fund’s obligations under futures contracts and related options, such use will not eliminate the risk of leverage, which may exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the market value of a Fund’s portfolio, and may require liquidation of portfolio positions when it is not advantageous to do so.
There are several risks associated with the use of futures contracts and options on futures as hedging instruments. A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. There can be no guarantee that there will be a correlation between price movements in a hedging vehicle and the securities being hedged. In addition, there are significant differences between securities and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given hedge not to achieve its objectives. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and options on futures contracts for securities, including technical influences in futures and options trading, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision as to whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.
Futures contracts on U.S. Government securities have historically been highly correlated to their respective underlying U.S. Government securities. However, to the extent a Fund enters into such futures contracts, the value of the futures will not fluctuate in direct proportion to the value of the Fund’s holdings of U.S. Government securities. Thus, the anticipated spread between the price of a futures contract and its respective underlying security may be affected by differences in the nature of their respective markets. The spread may also be affected by differences in initial and variation margin requirements, the liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in such markets.
There are several additional risks associated with transactions in commodity futures contracts, including but not limited to:
The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a Fund may enter into futures and options on futures positions. Unless otherwise noted in the section entitled “Non-Fundamental Investment Policies,” each of the Funds has claimed an exclusion from the definition of “Commodity Pool Operator”
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 8
(“CPO”) found in Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). Accordingly, the manager of each such Fund, as well as each sub-adviser, is not subject to registration or regulation as a CPO with respect to the Funds under the CEA.
Stock Index Options. A Fund may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options on stock indices only as a substitute for comparable market positions in the underlying securities. A stock index fluctuates with changes of the market values of the stocks included in the index. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a Fund will realize a gain or loss from purchasing or writing stock index options depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of particular stock. When a Fund writes an option on a stock index, such Funds will place in a segregated account with the Fund’s custodian cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the underlying stock index and will maintain the account while the option is open or otherwise will cover the transaction.
Stock Index Futures and Options on Stock Index Futures. A Fund may invest in stock index futures and options on stock index futures only as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. A stock index future obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take), effectively, an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made. With respect to stock indices that are permitted investments, each Fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts on the stock index for which it can obtain the best price with consideration also given to liquidity.
Foreign Currency Futures Contracts. A Fund may invest in foreign currency futures contracts which entail the same risks as other futures contracts as described above, but have the additional risks associated with international investing (see “Foreign Obligations and Securities” below). Similar to other futures contracts, a foreign currency futures contract is an agreement for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price that will be secured by margin deposits, is regulated by the CFTC and is traded on designated exchanges. A Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells futures contracts.
To the extent that a Fund may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies, it may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. The international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors affect these forces.
If a fall in exchange rates for a particular currency is anticipated, a Fund may sell a foreign currency futures contract as a hedge. If it is anticipated that exchange rates will rise, a Fund may purchase a foreign currency futures contract to protect against an increase in the price of securities denominated in a particular currency the Fund intends to purchase. These foreign currency futures contracts will be used only as a hedge against anticipated currency rate changes. Although such contracts are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase. The use of foreign currency futures contracts involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in futures prices and movements in the price of currencies which are the subject of the hedge. The successful use of foreign currency futures contracts also depends on the ability of the adviser to correctly forecast interest rate movements, currency rate movements and general stock market price movements. There can be no assurance that the adviser’s judgment will be accurate.
The use of foreign currency futures contracts also exposes a Fund to the general risks of investing in futures contracts, including: the risk of an illiquid market for the foreign currency futures contracts and the risk of adverse regulatory actions. Any of these events may cause a Fund to be unable to hedge its currency risks, and may cause a Fund to lose money on its investments in foreign currency futures contracts.
Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options on Interest Rate Futures Contracts. A Fund may invest in interest rate futures contracts and options on interest rate futures contracts as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. The Fund may also sell options on interest rate futures contracts as part of closing purchase
9 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
transactions to terminate its options positions. No assurance can be given that such closing transactions can be effected or as to the degree of correlation between price movements in the options on interest rate futures and price movements in the Fund’s portfolio securities which are the subject of the transaction.
Future Developments. A Fund may take advantage of opportunities in the areas of options and futures contracts and options on futures contracts and any other derivative investments which are not presently contemplated for use by the Fund or which are not currently available but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with a Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible for the Fund.
Swap Agreements. Swap agreements are derivative instruments that can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease a Fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates, foreign currency values, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, or other factors such as security prices or inflation rates. A Fund may enter into a variety of swap agreements, including interest rate, index, commodity, equity, credit default and currency exchange rate, among others, each of which may include special features, such as caps, collars and floors.
Swap agreements are usually entered into without an upfront payment because the value of each party’s position is the same. The market values of the underlying commitments will change over time, resulting in one of the commitments being worth more than the other and the net market value creating a risk exposure for one party or the other.
A Fund may enter into swap agreements for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objectives and policies, such as attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities a Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in a more cost efficient manner.
OTC swap agreements are bilateral contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard OTC swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or change in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign (non-U.S.) currency, or in a “basket” of securities or commodities representing a particular index. A “quanto” or “differential” swap combines both an interest rate and a currency transaction. Certain swap agreements, such as interest rate swaps, are traded on exchanges and cleared through central clearing counterparties. Other forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. A total return swap agreement is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of underlying assets, which may include a single stock, a basket of stocks, or a stock index during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Consistent with a Fund’s investment objectives and general investment policies, certain of the Funds may invest in commodity swap agreements. For example, an investment in a commodity swap agreement may involve the exchange of floating-rate interest payments for the total return on a commodity index. In a total return commodity swap, a Fund will receive the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed-upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, a Fund may pay a fixed fee, established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is more than one period, with interim swap payments, a Fund may pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a “floating” rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as Euribor, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, a Fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.
A Fund may also enter into combinations of swap agreements in order to achieve certain economic results. For example, a Fund may enter into two swap transactions, one of which offsets the other for a period of time. After the offsetting swap transaction expires, the Fund would be left with the economic exposure provided by the remaining
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 10
swap transaction. The intent of such an arrangement would be to lock in certain terms of the remaining swap transaction that a Fund may wish to gain exposure to in the future without having that exposure during the period the offsetting swap is in place.
Most types of swap agreements entered into by the Funds will calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, a Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). A Fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund), and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation or “earmarking” of cash or other liquid assets to limit the extent of any potential leveraging of the Fund’s portfolio. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of a Fund’s investment restriction concerning senior securities.
Swap agreements are sophisticated instruments that typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. As a result, swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on a Fund’s performance. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of a Fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Additionally, the extent to which a Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the sub-adviser’s ability to correctly predict whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments.
Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. When a counterparty’s obligations are not fully secured by collateral, then a Fund is essentially an unsecured creditor of the counterparty. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there is no assurance that a counterparty will be able to meet its obligations pursuant to such contracts or that, in the event of default, the Fund will succeed in enforcing contractual remedies. Counterparty risk still exists even if a counterparty’s obligations are secured by collateral because a Fund’s interest in collateral may not be perfected or additional collateral may not be promptly posted as required. Counterparty risk also may be more pronounced if a counterparty’s obligations exceed the amount of collateral held by a Fund (if any), the Fund is unable to exercise its interest in collateral upon default by the counterparty, or the termination value of the instrument varies significantly from the marked-to-market value of the instrument. The sub-adviser will closely monitor the credit of a swap agreement counterparty in order to attempt to minimize this risk. Certain restrictions imposed on the Funds by the Internal Revenue Code may limit the Funds’ ability to use swap agreements. The swaps market is subject to increasing regulations, in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including additional government regulation, could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that requires investment techniques, risk analyses and tax planning different from those associated with traditional investments. The use of a swap requires an understanding, not only of the reference asset, interest rate, or index, but also of the terms of the swap agreement, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. Because OTC swap agreements are bilateral contracts that may be subject to contractual restrictions on transferability and termination, and because they may have remaining terms of greater than seven days, OTC swap agreements may be considered illiquid and subject to a Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. To the extent that a swap is not liquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.
Moreover, like most other investments, swap agreements are subject to the risk that the market value of the instrument will change in a way detrimental to a Fund’s interest. A Fund bears the risk that the sub-adviser will not accurately forecast future market trends or the values of assets, reference rates, indexes, or other economic factors in establishing swap positions for the Fund. If the sub-adviser attempts to use a swap as a hedge on, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the swap will have or will develop an imperfect correlation with the portfolio investment. This could cause substantial losses for the Fund. While hedging strategies involving swap instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Fund investments. In addition, because swap transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal, the risk of loss with respect to
11 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
swap agreements and swaptions (described below) generally is limited to the net amount of payments that a Fund is contractually obligated to make. There is also a risk of a default by the other party to a swap agreement or swaption, in which case a Fund may not receive the net amount of payments that such Fund contractually is entitled to receive.
Many swaps are complex, and their valuation often requires modeling and judgment, which increases the risk of mispricing or incorrect valuation. The pricing models used may not produce valuations that are consistent with the values a Fund realizes when it closes or sells an over-the-counter derivative. Valuation risk is more pronounced when a Fund enters into an over-the-counter swap with specialized terms, because the market value of a swap, in some cases, is partially determined by reference to similar derivatives with more standardized terms. Incorrect valuations may result in increased cash payment requirements to counterparties, undercollateralization and/or errors in calculation of a Fund’s net asset value.
A Fund also may enter into options to enter into a swap agreement (“swaptions”). These transactions give a party the right (but not the obligation), in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. A Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When a Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
Commodity-Linked Swap Agreements. Commodity-linked swaps are two-party contracts in which the parties agree to exchange the return or interest rate on one instrument for the return of a particular commodity, commodity index or commodities futures or options contract. The payment streams are calculated by reference to an agreed upon notional amount. A one-period swap contract operates in a manner similar to a forward or futures contract because there is an agreement to swap a commodity for cash at only one forward date. A Fund may engage in swap transactions that have more than one period and more than one exchange of commodities.
In a total return commodity swap, a Fund will receive the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed-upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, the Fund will pay a fixed fee, established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is more than one period, with interim swap payments, the Fund will pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a “floating” rate, the fee is pegged to a base rate such as Euribor, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, a Fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.
A Fund’s ability to invest in commodity-linked swaps may be adversely affected by changes in legislation, regulations or other legally binding authority. Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), a Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income from qualifying sources to qualify as a regulated investment company. The Internal Revenue Service has also issued a revenue ruling which holds that income derived from commodity-linked swaps is not qualifying income with respect to the 90% threshold. As a result, a Fund’s ability to directly invest in commodity-linked swaps as part of its investment strategy is limited to a maximum of 10% of its gross income. Failure to comply with the restrictions in the Code and any future legislation or guidance may cause a Fund to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company, which may adversely impact a shareholder’s return. Alternatively, a Fund may forego such investments, which could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment goal.
Credit Default Swap Agreements. A Fund may enter into OTC and cleared credit default swap agreements, which may reference one or more debt securities or obligations that are or are not currently held by a Fund. The protection “buyer” in an OTC credit default swap agreement is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract until a credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. A Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If a Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, a Fund generally receives an upfront
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 12
payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, a Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, a Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
The spread of a credit default swap is the annual amount the protection buyer must pay the protection seller over the length of the contract, expressed as a percentage of the notional amount. Market perceived credit risk increases as spreads widen; market perceived credit risk decreases as spreads narrow. Wider credit spreads and decreasing market values, when compared to the notional amount of the swap, represent a deterioration of the credit soundness of the issuer of the reference obligation and a greater likelihood or risk of default or other credit event occurring as defined under the terms of the agreement. For credit default swap agreements on asset-backed securities and credit indices, the quoted market prices and resulting values, as well as the annual payment rate, serve as an indication of the current status of the payment/performance risk. A Fund’s obligations under a credit default swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund).
Credit default swap agreements sold by a Fund may involve greater risks than if a Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly because, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk and counterparty credit risk (with respect to OTC credit default swaps). A Fund will enter into uncleared credit default swap agreements generally with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. In addition, there may be disputes between the buyer and seller of a credit default swap agreement or within the swaps market as a whole as to whether a credit event has occurred or what the payment should be. Such disputes could result in litigation or other delays, and the outcome could be adverse for the buyer or seller.
Interest Rate Swap Agreements. Interest rate swap agreements may be used to obtain or preserve a desired return or spread at a lower cost than through a direct investment in an instrument that yields the desired return or spread. They are financial instruments that involve the exchange of one type of interest rate cash flow for another type of interest rate cash flow on specified dates in the future. In a standard interest rate swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange their respective commitments to pay fixed or floating interest rates on a predetermined specified (notional) amount. The swap agreement’s notional amount is the predetermined basis for calculating the obligations that the swap counterparties have agreed to exchange. Under most swap agreements, the obligations of the parties are exchanged on a net basis. The two payment streams are netted out, with each party receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Interest rate swaps can be based on various measures of interest rates, including Euribor, swap rates, Treasury rates and foreign interest rates.
Swap agreements will tend to shift a Fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if a Fund agreed to pay fixed rates in exchange for floating rates while holding fixed-rate bonds, the swap would tend to decrease a Fund’s exposure to long-term interest rates. Another example is if a Fund agreed to exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease a Fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.
Total Return Swap Agreements. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to a Fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, a Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to a Fund thereunder, and conversely, that a Fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, a Fund will enter into total return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with a Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments).
13 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Permitted Investment Activities and Certain Associated Risks
Set forth below are descriptions of permitted investment activities for the Funds and certain of their associated risks. The activities are organized into various categories. To the extent that an activity overlaps two or more categories, the activity is referenced only once in this section. Not all of the Funds participate in all of the investment activities described below. In addition, with respect to any particular Fund, to the extent that an investment activity is described in such Fund’s Prospectus as being part of its principal investment strategy, the information provided below regarding such investment activity is intended to supplement, but not supersede, the information contained in the Prospectus, and the Fund may engage in such investment activity in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Prospectus. To the extent an investment activity is described in this SAI that is not referenced in the Prospectus, a Fund under normal circumstances will not engage in such investment activity with more than 15% of its assets unless otherwise specified below. Unless otherwise noted or required by applicable law, the percentage limitations included in this SAI apply at the time of purchase of a security.
For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Funds (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Fund will be excluded in calculating total assets.
DEBT SECURITIES
Debt securities include bonds, corporate debt securities and similar instruments, issued by various U.S. and non-U.S. public- or private-sector entities. The issuer of a debt security has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the debt security’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a debt security before maturity, in which case the investor may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. The value of fixed-rate debt securities will tend to fall when interest rates rise, and rise when interest rates fall. The values of “floating-rate” or “variable-rate” debt securities, on the other hand, fluctuate much less in response to market interest-rate movements than the value of fixed-rate debt securities. Debt securities may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations, including certain bonds and corporate debt securities, generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated debt. Debt securities may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (also backed by specified collateral).
Debt securities are interest-bearing investments that promise a stable stream of income; however, the prices of such securities are inversely affected by changes in interest rates and, therefore, are subject to the risk of market price fluctuations. Longer-term securities are affected to a greater extent by changes in interest rates than shorter-term securities. The values of debt securities also may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of the issuing entities. Certain securities that may be purchased by a Fund, such as those rated “Baa” or lower by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and “BBB” or lower by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) and Fitch Investors Service, Inc. (“Fitch”) tend to be subject to greater issuer credit risk, to greater market fluctuations and pricing uncertainty, and to less liquidity than lower-yielding, higher-rated debt securities. A Fund could lose money if the issuer fails to meet its financial obligations. If a security held by a Fund is downgraded, such Fund may continue to hold the security until such time as the Fund’s sub-adviser determines it to be advantageous for the Fund to sell the security. Investing in debt securities is subject to certain risks including, among others, credit and interest rate risk, as more fully described in this section.
A Fund may purchase instruments that are not rated if, as determined by the Fund’s sub-adviser, such obligations are of investment quality comparable to other rated investments that are permitted to be purchased by such Fund. After purchase by a Fund, a security may cease to be rated, or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by such Fund. Neither event will require a sale of such security by the Fund. To the extent the ratings given by Moody’s, Fitch or S&P may change as a result of changes in such organizations’ rating systems, a Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for investments in accordance with the investment policies contained in its Prospectus and in this SAI.
Certain of the debt obligations a Fund may purchase (including certificates of participation, commercial paper and other short-term obligations) may be backed by a letter of credit from a bank or insurance company. A letter of credit guarantees that payment to a lender will be received on time and for the correct amount, and is typically
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 14
unconditional and irrevocable. In the event that the indebted party is unable to make payment on the debt obligation, the bank or insurance company will be required to cover the full or remaining amount of the debt obligation.
Corporate debt securities are long and short term fixed-income securities typically issued by businesses to finance their operations. The issuer of a corporate debt security has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal periodically or on a specified maturity date. The rate of interest on a corporate debt security may be fixed, floating, or variable, and could vary directly or inversely with respect to a reference rate. An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a corporate debt security before maturity, in which case the investor may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. The value of fixed-rate corporate debt securities will tend to fall when interest rates rise and rise when interest rates fall. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated debt. Corporate debt securities may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (also backed by specified collateral). Because of the wide range of types and maturities of corporate debt securities, as well as the range of creditworthiness of issuers, corporate debt securities can have widely varying risk/return profiles.
Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities are securities that are secured or “backed” by pools of various types of assets on which cash payments are due at fixed intervals over set periods of time. Asset-backed securities are created in a process called securitization. In a securitization transaction, an originator of loans or an owner of accounts receivable of a certain type of asset class sells such underlying assets to a special purpose entity, so that there is no recourse to such originator or owner. Payments of principal and interest on asset-backed securities typically are tied to payments made on the pool of underlying assets in the related securitization. Such payments on the underlying assets are effectively “passed through” to the asset-backed security holders on a monthly or other regular, periodic basis. The level of seniority of a particular asset-backed security will determine the priority in which the holder of such asset-backed security is paid, relative to other security holders and parties in such securitization. Examples of underlying assets include consumer loans or receivables, home equity loans, credit card loans, student loans, automobile loans or leases, and timeshares, although other types of receivables or assets also may be used as underlying assets.
While asset-backed securities typically have a fixed, stated maturity date, low prevailing interest rates may lead to an increase in the prepayments made on the underlying assets. This may cause the outstanding balances due on the underlying assets to be paid down more rapidly. As a result, a decrease in the originally anticipated interest from such underlying securities may occur, causing the asset-backed securities to pay-down in whole or in part prior to their original stated maturity date. Prepayment proceeds would then have to be reinvested at the lower prevailing interest rates. Conversely, prepayments on the underlying assets may be less than anticipated, especially during periods of high or rising interest rates, causing an extension in the duration of the asset-backed securities. The impact of any prepayments made on the underlying assets may be difficult to predict and may result in greater volatility.
Delinquencies or losses that exceed the anticipated amounts for a given securitization could adversely impact the payments made on the related asset-backed securities. This is a reason why, as part of a securitization, asset-backed securities are often accompanied by some form of credit enhancement, such as a guaranty, insurance policy, or subordination. Credit protection in the form of derivative contracts may also be purchased. In certain securitization transactions, insurance, credit protection, or both may be purchased with respect to only the most senior classes of asset-backed securities, on the underlying collateral pool, or both. The extent and type of credit enhancement varies across securitization transactions.
Asset-backed securities carry additional risks including, but not limited to, the possibility that: i) the creditworthiness of the credit support provider may deteriorate; and ii) such securities may become less liquid or harder to value as a result of market conditions or other circumstances.
Bank Obligations. Bank obligations include certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances, and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation
15 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
both of the bank and of the customer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. Other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations of the banking institution bearing fixed, floating or variable interest rates.
The activities of U.S. banks and most foreign banks are subject to comprehensive regulations. New legislation or regulations, or changes in interpretation and enforcement of existing laws or regulations, may affect the manner of operations and profitability of domestic banks. With respect to such obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Fund may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Fund that invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include political, regulatory or economic developments, the possible imposition of foreign withholding and other taxes (at potentially confiscatory levels) on amounts realized on such obligations, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions that might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these obligations and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of domestic banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different regulatory, accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.
Banks may be particularly susceptible to certain economic factors, such as interest rate changes or adverse developments in the market for real estate. Fiscal and monetary policy and general economic cycles can affect the availability and cost of funds, loan demand and asset quality and thereby impact the earnings and financial conditions of banks. Further, the traditional banking industry is experiencing increased competition from alternative types of financial institutions.
Commercial Paper. Commercial paper is a short-term, promissory note issued by a bank, corporation or other borrower to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is typically unsecured but it may be supported by letters of credit, surety bonds or other forms of collateral. Commercial paper may be sold at par or on a discount basis and typically has a maturity from 1 to 270 days. Like bonds, and other fixed-income securities, commercial paper prices are susceptible to fluctuations in interest rates. As interest rates rise, commercial paper prices typically will decline and vice versa. The short-term nature of a commercial paper investment, however, makes it less susceptible to such volatility than many other securities. Variable amount master demand notes are a type of commercial paper. They are demand obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes.
Convertible Securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock, or other security that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) within a specified period of time into a certain amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer. As such, convertible securities combine the investment characteristics of debt and equity securities. A convertible security provides a fixed-income stream and the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation resulting from a market price advance in its underlying common stock.
As with a straight fixed-income security, a convertible security tends to increase in market value when interest rates decline and decrease in value when interest rates rise. Like a common stock, the value of a convertible security also tends to increase as the market value of the underlying stock rises, and it tends to decrease as the market value of the underlying stock declines. Because its value can be influenced by both interest-rate and market movements, a convertible security tends not to be as sensitive to interest rate changes as a similar fixed-income security, and tends not to be as sensitive to share price changes as its underlying stock.
Investing in convertible securities is subject to certain risks in addition to those generally associated with debt securities. Certain convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be or become illiquid and, therefore, may be more difficult to resell in a timely fashion or for a fair price, which could result in investment losses.
The creditworthiness of the issuer of a convertible security is important because the holder of a convertible security will typically have recourse only to the issuer. In addition, a convertible security may be subject to conversion or redemption by the issuer, but only after a specified date and under circumstances established at the time the security is issued. This feature may require a holder to convert the security into the underlying common stock, even if the value
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 16
of the underlying common stock has declined substantially. In addition, companies that issue convertible securities frequently are small- or mid-capitalization companies and, accordingly, carry the risks associated with investments in such companies.
While the Funds use the same criteria to evaluate the credit quality of a convertible debt security that they would use for a more conventional debt security, a convertible preferred stock is treated like a preferred stock for a Fund’s credit evaluation, as well as financial reporting and investment limitation purposes.
Contingent Convertible Bonds. Contingent convertible bonds are a type of convertible security typically issued by non-U.S. banks. Unlike more traditional convertible securities, which typically may convert into equity after the issuer’s common stock has reached a certain strike price, the trigger event for a contingent convertible bond is typically a decline in the issuing bank’s capital threshold below a specified level. Contingent convertible bonds typically are subordinated to other debt instruments of the issuer and generally rank junior to the claims of all holders of unsubordinated obligations of the issuer. Coupon payments on contingent convertible securities may be discretionary and may be cancelled by the issuer. Contingent convertible bonds are a new form of instrument, and the market and regulatory environment for contingent convertible bonds is evolving. Therefore, it is uncertain how the overall market for contingent convertible bonds would react to a triggering event or coupon suspension applicable to one issuer. A Fund may lose money on its investment in a contingent convertible bond when holders of the issuer’s equity securities do not.
Exchange-Traded Notes. Exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”) are generally notes representing debt of an issuer, usually a financial institution. ETNs combine aspects of both bonds and ETFs. An ETN’s returns are based on the performance of one or more underlying assets, reference rates or indexes, minus fees and expenses. Similar to ETFs, ETNs are listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market. However, unlike an ETF, an ETN can be held until the ETN’s maturity, at which time the issuer will pay a return linked to the performance of the specific asset, index or rate (“reference instrument”) to which the ETN is linked minus certain fees. Unlike regular bonds, ETNs do not make periodic interest payments, and principal is not protected.
The value of an ETN may be influenced by, among other things, time to maturity, levels of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, the performance of the reference instrument, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the reference instrument. An ETN that is tied to a reference instrument may not replicate the performance of the reference instrument. ETNs also incur certain expenses not incurred by their applicable reference instrument. Some ETNs that use leverage can, at times, be relatively illiquid and, thus, they may be difficult to purchase or sell at a fair price. Levered ETNs are subject to the same risk as other instruments that use leverage in any form. While leverage allows for greater potential returns, the potential for loss is also greater. Finally, additional losses may be incurred if the investment loses value because, in addition to the money lost on the investment, the loan still needs to be repaid.
Because the return on an ETN is dependent on the issuer’s ability or willingness to meet its obligations, the value of the ETN may change due to a change in the issuer’s credit rating, despite there being no change in the underlying reference instrument. The market value of ETN shares may differ from the value of the reference instrument. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETN shares at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the assets underlying the reference instrument that the ETN seeks to track.
There may be restrictions on a Fund’s right to redeem its investment in an ETN, which is generally designed to be held until maturity. A Fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the unavailability or limited nature of a secondary market. A Fund could lose some or all of the amount invested in an ETN.
Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations
Floating- and variable-rate obligations include obligations such as demand notes, bonds and preferred shares. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes that are obligations that permit a Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower. The interest rate on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a referenced lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified intervals. The issuer of such obligations ordinarily has a right,
17 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
after a given period, to prepay at its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days notice to the holders of such obligations. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks. Such features often include unconditional and irrevocable letters of credit that are issued by a third party, usually a bank, savings and loan association or insurance company which assumes the obligation for payment of principal and interest in the event of default by the issuer. Letters of credit are designed to enhance liquidity and ensure repayment of principal and any accrued interest if the underlying variable-rate demand obligation should default. Some variable rate obligations feature other credit enhancements, such as standby bond purchase agreements (“SBPAs”). An SBPA can feature a liquidity facility that is designed to provide funding for the purchase price of variable rate obligations that are unable to be successfully remarketed for resale. The liquidity facility provider is obligated solely to advance funds for the purchase of tendered variable rate bonds that fail to be remarketed and does not guarantee the repayment of principal or interest. The liquidity facility provider’s obligations under the SBPA are subject to conditions, including the continued creditworthiness of the underlying borrower or issuer, and the facility may terminate upon the occurrence of certain events of default or at the expiration of its term. In addition, a liquidity facility provider may fail to perform its obligations. A Fund may be unable to timely dispose of a variable rate obligation if the underlying issuer defaults and the letter of credit or liquidity facility provider fails to perform its obligations or the facility otherwise terminates and a successor letter of credit or liquidity provider is not immediately obtained. The potential adverse impact to a Fund resulting from the inability of a letter of credit or liquidity facility provider to meet its obligations could be magnified to the extent the provider also furnishes credit support for other variable-rate obligations held by the Fund.
There generally is no established secondary market for certain variable-rate obligations, such as those not supported by letters of credit, SBPAs or other credit support arrangements, because they are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit, SBPAs or other credit support arrangements, a Fund is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and a Fund may invest in obligations which are not so rated only if the sub-adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which such Fund may invest. The sub-adviser, on behalf of a Fund, monitors the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in such Fund’s portfolio. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest-rate and credit risks and other risks generally associated with debt securities. The floating- and variable-rate instruments that the Funds may purchase include certificates of participation in such instruments.
Loan Participations. A loan participation gives a Fund an undivided proportionate interest in a partnership or trust that owns a loan or instrument originated by a bank or other financial institution. Typically, loan participations are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates and are acquired by multiple investors. Principal and interest payments are passed through to the holder of the loan participation. Loan participations may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the participations back to the bank or other institution. Loan participations, however, typically do not provide the holder with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the holder may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a loan participation. As a result, the holder may assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the loan participation.
Loan participations in which a Fund may invest are subject generally to the same risks as debt securities in which the Fund may invest. Loan participations in which a Fund invests may be made to finance highly leveraged corporate acquisitions. The highly leveraged capital structure of the borrowers in such transactions may make such loan participations especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions. Loan participations generally are subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to sell such loan participations in secondary markets. As a result, a Fund may be unable to sell loan participations at a time when it may otherwise be desirable to do so, or may be able to sell them only at a price below their fair market value. Market bids may be unavailable for loan participations from time to time; a Fund may find it difficult to establish a fair value for loan participations held by it. Many loan participations in which a Fund invests may be unrated, and the Fund’s sub-adviser will be required to rely exclusively on its analysis of the borrower in determining whether to acquire, or to continue to hold, a loan participation. In addition, under legal theories of lender liability, a Fund potentially might be held liable as a co-lender.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 18
Money Market Instruments. Money market instruments provide short-term funds to businesses, financial institutions and governments. They are debt instruments issued with maturities of thirteen months or less, and that are determined to present minimal credit risk. Because of their short-term maturities and by whom these debt instruments are issued, money market instruments are extremely liquid and provide relatively few risks. Common money market instruments include Treasury bills, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, banker’s acceptances, and repurchase agreements among others.
Synthetic Convertible Securities. Synthetic convertible securities are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a Fund may purchase a non-convertible debt security and a warrant or option, which enables a Fund to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies or a stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a Fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations. In addition to the general risks of convertible securities and the special risks of enhanced convertible securities, there are risks unique to synthetic convertible securities. In addition, the component parts of a synthetic convertible security may be purchased simultaneously or separately; and the holder of a synthetic convertible faces the risk that the price of the stock, or the level of the market index underlying the convertibility component will decline. Exposure to more than one issuer or participant will increase the number of parties upon which the investment depends and the complexity of that investment and, as a result, increase a Fund’s credit risk and valuation risk. A Fund only invests in synthetic convertibles with respect to companies whose corporate debt securities are rated “A” or higher by Moody’s or S&P and will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in such synthetic securities and other illiquid securities.
U.S. Government Obligations. U.S. Government obligations include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, including Treasury bills, notes and bonds, the principal and interest payments of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. This category also includes other securities issued by U.S. Government agencies or U.S. Government sponsored entities, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). U.S. Government Obligations issued by U.S. Government agencies or government-sponsored entities may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
GNMA, a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation, is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration or the Department of Veterans Affairs. Securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection or scheduled payment of principal, but its guarantees are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
While U.S. Treasury obligations are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government, such securities are nonetheless subject to risk. U.S. Government obligations are subject to low but varying degrees of credit risk, and are still subject to interest rate and market risk. From time to time, uncertainty regarding congressional action to increase the statutory debt ceiling could: i) increase the risk that the U.S. Government may default on payments on certain U.S. Government securities; ii) cause the credit rating of the U.S. Government to be downgraded or increase volatility in both stock and bond markets; iii) result in higher interest rates; iv) reduce prices of U.S. Treasury securities; and/or v) increase the costs of certain kinds of debt. U.S. Government obligations may be adversely affected by a default by, or decline in the credit quality of, the U.S. Government. In the past, U.S. sovereign credit has experienced downgrades, and there can be no guarantee that it will not be downgraded in the future. Further, if a U.S. Government-sponsored entity is negatively impacted by legislative or regulatory action, is unable to meet its obligations, or its creditworthiness declines, the performance of a Fund that holds securities of the entity will be adversely impacted.
19 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Under the direction of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), FNMA and FHLMC have entered into a joint initiative to develop a common securitization platform for the issuance of a uniform mortgage-backed security (the “Single Security Initiative”) that aligns the characteristics of FNMA and FHLMC certificates. The Single Security Initiative was implemented in June 2019, and the effects it may have on the market for mortgage-backed securities are uncertain.
EQUITY SECURITIES
Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in the event of the bankruptcy and/or insolvency of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks and certain preferred stocks, certain types of convertible securities and warrants (see “Other Securities Section below”). Equity securities other than common stock are subject to many of the same risks as common stock, although possibly to different degrees. The risks of equity securities are generally magnified in the case of equity investments in distressed companies.
Equity securities fluctuate in value and the prices of equity securities tend to move by industry, market or sector. When market conditions favorably affect, or are expected to favorably affect, an industry, the share prices of the equity securities of companies in that industry tend to rise. Conversely, negative news or a poor outlook for a particular industry can cause the share prices of such securities of companies in that industry to decline. Investing in equity securities poses risks specific to an issuer, as well as to the particular type of company issuing the equity securities. For example, investing in the equity securities of small- or mid-capitalization companies can involve greater risk than is customarily associated with investing in stocks of larger, more-established companies. Small- or mid-capitalization companies often have limited product lines, limited operating histories, limited markets or financial resources, may be dependent on one or a few key persons for management, and can be more susceptible to financial losses. Also, their securities may be thinly traded (and therefore may have to be sold at a discount from current prices or sold in small lots over an extended period of time) and may be subject to wider price swings, thus creating a greater risk of loss than securities of larger capitalization companies.
Common Stock. Common stock represents a unit of equity ownership of a corporation. Owners typically are entitled to vote on the election of directors and other important corporate governance matters, and to receive dividend payments, if any, on their holdings. However, ownership of common stock does not entitle owners to participate in the day-to-day operations of the corporation. Common stocks of domestic and foreign public corporations can be listed, and their shares traded, on domestic stock exchanges, such as the NYSE or the NASDAQ Stock Market. Domestic and foreign corporations also may have their shares traded on foreign exchanges, such as the London Stock Exchange or Tokyo Stock Exchange. Common stock may be privately placed or publicly offered.
The price of common stock is generally affected by corporate earnings, anticipated dividend payments, types of products or services offered, projected growth rates, experience of management, liquidity, and general market conditions. In the event that a corporation declares bankruptcy or is liquidated, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.
The value of common stock may fall due to changes in general economic conditions that impact the market as a whole, as well as factors that directly relate to a specific company or its industry. Such general economic conditions include changes in interest rates, periods of market turbulence or instability, or general and prolonged periods of economic decline and cyclical change. It is possible that a drop in the stock market may depress the price of most or all of the common stocks in a Fund’s portfolio. Common stock is also subject to the risk that investor sentiment toward particular industries will become negative. The value of a company’s common stock may fall because of various factors, including an increase in production costs that negatively impact other companies in the same region, industry or sector of the market. The value of common stock also may decline significantly over a short period of time due to factors specific to a company, including decisions made by management or lower demand for the company’s products or services.
Preferred Stock. Preferred stock represents an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks, such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the company. Some preferred stock also entitles holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock and, thus, also represent an
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 20
ownership interest in that company. Distributions on preferred stock generally are taxable as dividend income, rather than interest payments, for federal income tax purposes.
Preferred stock generally has no maturity date, so its market value is dependent on the issuer’s business prospects for an indefinite period of time. Preferred stock may pay fixed or adjustable rates of return. Preferred stock is subject to issuer-specific and market risks generally applicable to equity securities. A company generally pays dividends on its preferred stock only after making required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Preferred stock of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than preferred stock of larger companies. In addition, preferred stock is subordinated to all debt obligations in the event of insolvency, and an issuer’s failure to make a dividend payment is generally not an event of default entitling the preferred shareholders to take action.
Auction preferred stock (“APS”) is a type of adjustable-rate preferred stock with a dividend determined periodically in a Dutch auction process by institutional bidders. An APS is distinguished from standard preferred stock because its dividends change more frequently. Shares typically are bought and sold at face values generally ranging from $100,000 to $500,000 per share. Holders of APS may not be able to sell their shares if an auction fails, such as when there are more shares of APS for sale at an auction than there are purchase bids.
Trust-preferred securities, also known as trust-issued securities, are securities that have characteristics of both debt and equity instruments and are typically treated by the Funds as debt investments. Generally, trust-preferred securities are cumulative preferred stocks issued by a trust that is created by a financial institution, such as a bank holding company. The financial institution typically creates the trust with the objective of increasing its capital by issuing subordinated debt to the trust in return for cash proceeds that are reflected on the financial institution’s balance sheet.
The primary asset owned by a trust is the subordinated debt issued to the trust by the financial institution. The financial institution makes periodic interest payments on the debt as discussed further below. The financial institution will own the trust’s common securities, which typically represents a small percentage of the trust’s capital structure. The remainder of the trust’s capital structure typically consists of trust-preferred securities which are sold to investors. The trust uses the proceeds from selling the trust-preferred securities to purchase the subordinated debt issued by the financial institution.
The trust uses the interest received from the financial institution on its subordinated debt to make dividend payments to the holders of the trust-preferred securities. The dividends are generally paid on a quarterly basis and are often higher than other dividends potentially available on the financial institution’s common stocks. The interests of the holders of the trust-preferred securities are senior to those of the financial institution’s common stockholders in the event that the financial institution is liquidated, although their interests are typically subordinated to those of other holders of other debt issued by the institution.
In certain instances, the structure involves more than one financial institution and thus, more than one trust. In such a pooled offering, an additional separate trust may be created. This trust will issue securities to investors and use the proceeds to purchase the trust-preferred securities issued by trust-preferred trust subsidiaries of the participating financial institutions. In such a structure, the trust-preferred securities held by the investors are backed by other trust-preferred securities issued by the trust subsidiaries.
If a financial institution is financially unsound and defaults on interest payments to the trust, the trust will not be able to make dividend payments to holders of the trust-preferred securities (e.g, a Fund), as the trust typically has no business operations other than holding the subordinated debt issued by the financial institution(s) and issuing the trust-preferred securities and common stock backed by the subordinated debt.
FOREIGN SECURITIES
Unless otherwise stated in a Fund’s prospectus, the decision on whether stocks and other securities or investments are deemed to be “foreign” is based primarily on the issuer’s place of organization/incorporation, but the Fund may also consider the issuer’s domicile, principal place of business, primary stock exchange listing, sources of revenue or other factors, such as, in the case of asset-backed or other collateralized securities, the countries in which the collateral backing the securities is located. Foreign equity securities include common stocks and certain preferred stocks, certain types of convertible securities and warrants (see “Equity Securities” above and “Other Securities Section” below).
21 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Foreign debt securities may be structured as fixed-, variable- or floating-rate obligations or as zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and step-coupon securities and may be privately placed or publicly offered (see “Debt Securities” above).
Foreign securities may include securities of issuers in emerging and frontier market countries, which carry heightened risks relative to investments in more developed foreign markets. Unless otherwise stated in a Fund’s prospectus, countries are generally characterized by a Fund’s sub-adviser as “emerging market countries” by reference to a broad market index, by reference to the World Bank’s per capita income brackets or based on the sub-adviser’s qualitative judgments about a country’s level of economic and institutional development, and include markets commonly referred to as “frontier markets.” An emerging market is generally in the earlier stages of its industrialization cycle with a low per capita gross domestic product (“GDP”) and a low market capitalization to GDP ratio relative to those in the United States and the European Union. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies and even less developed capital markets than typical emerging market countries and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.
Investments in or exposure to foreign securities involve certain risks not associated with investments in or exposure to securities of U.S. companies. For example, foreign markets can be extremely volatile. Foreign securities may also be less liquid than securities of U.S. companies so that a Fund may, at times, be unable to sell foreign securities at desirable times and/or prices. Brokerage commissions, custodial costs, currency conversion costs and other fees are also generally higher for foreign securities. A Fund may have limited or no legal recourse in the event of default with respect to certain foreign debt securities, including those issued by foreign governments.
The performance of a Fund may also be negatively affected by fluctuations in a foreign currency’s strength or weakness relative to the U.S. dollar, particularly to the extent the Fund invests a significant percentage of its assets in foreign securities or other assets denominated in non-U.S. currencies. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short or long periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, imposition of currency exchange controls and economic or political developments in the U.S. or abroad. A Fund may also incur currency conversion costs when converting foreign currencies into U.S. dollars and vice versa.
It may be difficult to obtain reliable information about the securities and business operations of certain foreign issuers. It may also be difficult to evaluate such information, as well as foreign economic trends, due to foreign regulation and accounting standards. Governments or trade groups may compel local agents to hold securities in designated depositories that are not subject to independent evaluation. Additionally, investments in certain countries may subject a Fund to tax rules, the application of which may be uncertain. Countries may amend or revise their existing tax laws, regulations and/or procedures in the future, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in or uncertainties regarding the laws, regulations or procedures of a country could reduce the after-tax profits of a Fund, directly or indirectly, including by reducing the after-tax profits of companies located in such countries in which the Fund invests, or result in unexpected tax liabilities for the Fund.
Global economies and financial markets have become increasingly interconnected, which increases the possibility that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. Any attempt by a Fund to hedge against or otherwise protect its portfolio, or to profit from such circumstances, may fail and, accordingly, an investment in a Fund could lose money over short or long periods. For example, the economies of many countries or regions in which a Fund may invest are highly dependent on trading with certain key trading partners. Reductions in spending on products and services by these key trading partners, the institution of tariffs or other trade barriers, or a slowdown in the economies of key trading partners may adversely affect the performance of securities in which a Fund may invest. The severity or duration of adverse economic conditions may also be affected by policy changes made by governments or quasi-governmental organizations. The imposition of sanctions by the United States or another government on a country could cause disruptions to the country’s financial system and economy, which could negatively impact the value of securities. The risks posed by sanctions may be heightened to the extent a Fund invests significantly in the affected country or region or in issuers from the affected country that depend on global markets.
In addition, foreign securities may be impacted by economic, political, social, diplomatic or other conditions or events (including, for example, military confrontations, war and terrorism), as well as the seizure, expropriation or nationalization of a company or its assets or the assets of a particular investor or category of investors. A foreign government may also restrict an issuer from paying principal and interest on its debt obligations to investors outside
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 22
the country. It may also be difficult to use foreign laws and courts to force a foreign issuer to make principal and interest payments on its debt obligations.
Although it is not uncommon for governments to enter into trade agreements that would, among other things, reduce barriers among countries, increase competition among companies and reduce government subsidies, there are no assurances that such agreements will achieve their intended economic objectives. There is also a possibility that such trade arrangements: i) will not be implemented; ii) will be implemented, but not completed; iii) or will be completed, but then partially or completely unwound. It is also possible that a significant participant could choose to abandon a trade agreement, which could diminish its credibility and influence. Any of these occurrences could have adverse effects on the markets of both participating and non-participating countries, including appreciation or depreciation of currencies, a significant increase in exchange rate volatility, a resurgence in economic protectionism and an undermining of confidence in markets. Such developments could have an adverse impact on a Fund’s investments in the debt of countries participating in such trade agreements.
Some foreign countries prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on investments in their capital markets, particularly their equity markets, by foreign entities, like the Funds. For example, certain countries may require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular company, or limit the investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of a company which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals. Even in instances where there is no individual investment quota that applies, trading may be subject to aggregate and daily investment quota limitations that apply to foreign entities in the aggregate. Such limitations may restrict a Fund from investing on a timely basis, which could affect the Fund’s ability to effectively pursue its investment strategy. Investment quotas are also subject to change. In instances where governmental approval is required, there can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to obtain such approvals in a timely manner. In addition, changes to restrictions on foreign ownership of securities subsequent to a Fund’s purchase of such securities may have an adverse effect on the value of such shares.
Emerging Market Securities. Unless otherwise stated in a Fund’s prospectus, countries are generally characterized by a Fund’s sub-adviser as “emerging market countries” by reference to a broad-based market index, by reference to the World Bank’s per capita income brackets or based on the sub-adviser’s qualitative judgments about a country’s level of economic and institutional development, and include markets commonly referred to as “frontier markets.” An emerging market is generally in the earlier stages of its industrialization cycle with a low per capita gross domestic product (“GDP”) and a low market capitalization to GDP ratio relative to those in the United States and the European Union. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies and even less developed capital markets than typical emerging market countries (which themselves have increased investment risk relative to investing in more developed markets) and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries.
Investing in emerging markets may involve risks in addition to and greater than those generally associated with investing in the securities markets of developed countries. For example, economies in emerging market countries may be dependent on relatively few industries that are more susceptible to local and global changes. Securities markets in these countries can also be relatively small and have substantially lower trading volumes. As a result, securities issued in these countries may be more volatile and less liquid, and may be more difficult to value, than securities issued in countries with more developed economies and/or markets.
Certain emerging market countries lack uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting and disclosure standards, have less governmental supervision of financial markets than developed countries, and have less developed legal systems than developed countries. Certain governments may be more unstable and present greater risks of nationalization or restrictions on foreign ownership of local companies. Repatriation of investment income, capital and the proceeds of sales by foreign investors may require governmental registration and/or approval in some emerging market countries. Some emerging market countries may also impose punitive taxes that could adversely affect the prices of securities. While a Fund will only invest in markets where these restrictions are considered acceptable by the Fund’s sub-adviser, a country could impose new or additional repatriation restrictions after the Fund’s investment. If this happens, the Fund’s response might include, among other things, applying to the appropriate authorities for a waiver of the restrictions or engaging in transactions in other markets designed to offset the risks of decline in that
23 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
country. Such restrictions will be considered in relation to a Fund’s liquidity needs and other factors. Further, some attractive equity securities may not be available to a Fund if foreign shareholders already hold the maximum amount legally permissible.
While government involvement in the private sector varies in degree among emerging market countries, such involvement may in some cases include government ownership of companies in certain sectors, wage and price controls or imposition of trade barriers and other protectionist measures. With respect to any developing country, there is no guarantee that some future economic or political crisis will not lead to price controls, forced mergers of companies, expropriation, or creation of government monopolies to the possible detriment of a Fund’s investments. In addition, rapid fluctuations in inflation rates may have negative impacts on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries.
Additionally, there may be increased settlement risk for transactions in securities of emerging market issuers. Settlement systems in emerging market countries are generally less organized than those in developed markets. Supervisory authorities may also be unable to apply standards comparable to those in developed markets. Thus, there may be risks that settlement may be delayed and that cash or securities belonging to a Fund may be in jeopardy because of failures of or defects in the systems. In particular, market practice may require that payment be made before receipt of the security being purchased or that delivery of a security be made before payment is received. In such cases, default by a broker or bank (the “counterparty”) through whom the transaction is effected might cause the Fund to suffer a loss. A Fund will seek, where possible, to use counterparties whose financial status is such that this risk is reduced. However, there can be no certainty that a Fund will be successful in eliminating this risk, particularly as counterparties operating in emerging market countries frequently lack the standing or financial resources of those in developed countries. There may also be a danger that, because of uncertainties in the operation of settlement systems in individual markets, competing claims may arise with respect to securities held by or to be transferred to a Fund. A Fund and its shareholders may also encounter substantial difficulties in obtaining and enforcing judgments against individuals residing outside of the U.S. and companies domiciled outside of the U.S.
Taxation of dividends, interest and capital gains received by a Fund varies among emerging market countries and, in some cases, is comparatively high. In addition, emerging market countries typically have less well-defined tax laws and procedures, and such laws may permit retroactive taxation so that a Fund could become subject in the future to local tax liability that it had not reasonably anticipated in conducting its investment activities or valuing its assets.
Participation Notes. Participation notes (“P-notes”) are participation interest notes that are issued by banks and broker-dealers and are designed to offer a return linked to a particular equity, debt, currency or market. An investment in a P-note involves additional risks beyond the risks normally associated with a direct investment in the underlying security, and the P-note’s performance may differ from the underlying security’s performance. While the holder of a P-note is entitled to receive from the bank or issuing broker-dealer any dividends paid on the underlying security, the holder is not entitled to the same rights (e.g., voting rights) as an owner of the underlying stock. P-notes are considered general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them. As such, a Fund must rely on the creditworthiness of the issuer of a P-note for their investment returns on such P-note, and would have no rights against the issuer of the underlying security. There is also no assurance that there will be a secondary trading market for a P-note or that the trading price of a P-note will equal the value of the underlying security. Additionally, issuers of P-notes and the calculation agent may have broad authority to control the foreign exchange rates related to the P-notes and discretion to adjust the P-note’s terms in response to certain events.
OTHER PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES
Borrowing. Generally, under the 1940 Act, a Fund may borrow money only from banks in an amount not exceeding 1/3 of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings). A Fund may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including for short-term redemptions and liquidity needs. Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings, but are not considered borrowings if a Fund covers such leverage by
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 24
maintaining a segregated account or otherwise. To help meet short-term redemptions and liquidity needs, the Funds are parties to a revolving credit agreement whereby a Fund is permitted to use bank borrowings for temporary or emergency purposes.
When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions and Forward Commitments. Certain securities may be purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, and contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time may also be made. Delivery and payment on such transactions normally take place within 120 days after the date of the commitment to purchase. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date.
Each Fund has a segregated account where it may maintain cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to its commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, a Fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is at least equal to the amount of such commitments.
Illiquid Securities. Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, a Fund (other than a money market Fund) may not acquire any “illiquid investment” if, immediately after the acquisition, the Fund would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments that are assets. An “illiquid investment” is any investment that such a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. Illiquid investments include repurchase agreements with a notice or demand period of more than seven days, certain over-the-counter derivative instruments, and securities and other financial instruments that are not readily marketable, unless, based upon a review of the relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations, those investments are determined not to be illiquid. The Funds (other than the money market Funds) have implemented a liquidity risk management program and related procedures to identify illiquid investments pursuant to Rule 22e-4, and the Board has approved the designation of the Funds Management to administer the liquidity risk management program and related procedures. The money market Funds may invest up to 5% of its net assets in illiquid investments. The 15% and 5% limits are applied as of the date a Fund purchases an illiquid investment. It is possible that a Fund’s holding of illiquid investment could exceed the 15% limit (5% for the money market Funds), for example as a result of market developments or redemptions.
Each Fund may purchase certain restricted securities that can be resold to institutional investors and which may be determined not to be illiquid investments pursuant to the Trust’s liquidity risk management program. In many cases, those securities are traded in the institutional market under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and are called Rule 144A securities.
Investments in illiquid investments involve more risks than investments in similar securities that are readily marketable. Illiquid investments may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid investments. Investment of a Fund’s assets in illiquid investments may restrict the ability of the Fund to dispose of its investments in a timely fashion and for a fair price as well as its ability to take advantage of market opportunities. The risks associated with illiquidity will be particularly acute where a Fund’s operations require cash, such as when a Fund has net redemptions, and could result in the Fund borrowing to meet short-term cash requirements or incurring losses on the sale of illiquid investments.
Illiquid investments are often restricted securities sold in private placement transactions between issuers and their purchasers and may be neither listed on an exchange nor traded in other established markets. In many cases, the privately placed securities may not be freely transferable under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or due to contractual restrictions on resale. To the extent privately placed securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from the sales could be less than those originally paid by the Fund or less than the fair value of the securities. In addition, issuers whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that may be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If any privately placed securities held by a Fund are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being resold, the Fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration. Private placement investments may involve investments in smaller, less seasoned issuers, which may involve greater risks than investments in more established companies. These issuers may have limited product lines, markets or financial
25 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group. In making investments in private placement securities, a Fund may obtain access to material non-public information, which may restrict the Fund’s ability to conduct transactions in those securities.
Loans of Portfolio Securities. Portfolio securities of a Fund may be loaned pursuant to guidelines approved by the Board to brokers, dealers and financial institutions, provided: i) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank organized under the laws of the United States, organized under the laws of a state, or a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions, initially in an amount at least equal to 100% of the value of the loaned securities (which includes any accrued interest or dividends), with the borrower being obligated, under certain circumstances, to post additional collateral on a daily marked-to-market basis, all as described in further detail in the following paragraph; although the loans may not be fully supported at all times if, for example, the instruments in which cash collateral is invested decline in value or the borrower fails to provide additional collateral when required in a timely manner or at all; ii) the Fund may at any time terminate the loan and request the return of the loaned securities upon sufficient prior notification; iii) the Fund will receive any interest or distributions paid on the loaned securities; and iv) the aggregate market value of loaned securities will not at any time exceed the limits established under the 1940 Act.
For lending its securities, a Fund will earn either a fee payable by the borrower (on loans that are collateralized by U.S. Government securities or a letter of credit) or the income on instruments purchased with cash collateral (after payment of a rebate fee to the borrower and a portion of the investment income to the securities lending agent). Cash collateral may be invested on behalf of a Fund by the Fund’s sub-adviser in U.S. dollar-denominated short-term money market instruments that are permissible investments for the Fund and that, at the time of investment, are considered high-quality. Currently, cash collateral generated from securities lending is invested in shares of Securities Lending Cash Investments, LLC (the “Cash Collateral Fund”). The Cash Collateral Fund is a Delaware limited liability company that is exempt from registration under the 1940 Act. The Cash Collateral Fund is managed by Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”) and is sub-advised by Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”). The Cash Collateral Fund is required to comply with the credit quality, maturity and other limitations set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. The Cash Collateral Fund seeks to provide preservation of principal and daily liquidity by investing in high-quality, U.S. dollar-denominated short-term money market instruments. The Cash Collateral Fund may invest in securities with fixed, variable, or floating rates of interest. The Cash Collateral Fund seeks to maintain a stable price per share of $1.00, although there is no guarantee that this will be achieved. Income on shares of the Cash Collateral Fund is reinvested in shares of the Cash Collateral Fund. The net asset value of a Fund will be affected by an increase or decrease in the value of the securities loaned by it, and by an increase or decrease in the value of instruments purchased with cash collateral received by it.
The interests in the Cash Collateral Fund are not insured by the FDIC, and are not deposits, obligations of, or endorsed or guaranteed in any way by, Wells Fargo Bank or any banking entity. Any losses in the Cash Collateral Fund will be borne solely by the Cash Collateral Fund and not by Wells Fargo Bank or its affiliates.
Loans of securities involve a risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities when due or when recalled by a Fund or may fail to provide additional collateral when required. In either case, a Fund could experience delays in recovering securities or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, loans may be recalled at any time and generally will be recalled if a material event affecting the investment is expected to be presented to a shareholder vote, so that the securities may be voted by a Fund.
Each lending Fund pays a portion of the income (net of rebate fees) or fees earned by it from securities lending to a securities lending agent. Goldman Sachs Bank USA, an unaffiliated third party doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending, currently acts as securities lending agent for the Funds, subject to the overall supervision of the Funds’ manager.
Investment Companies. These securities include shares of other affiliated or unaffiliated open-end investment companies (i.e., mutual funds), closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), UCITS funds (pooled investment vehicles established in accordance with the Undertaking for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities adopted by European Union member states) and business development companies. A Fund may invest in securities of other
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 26
investment companies up to the limits prescribed in Section 12(d) under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any exemptive relief currently or in the future available to a Fund.
Except with respect to funds structured as funds-of-funds or so-called master/feeder funds or other funds whose strategies otherwise allow such investments, the 1940 Act generally requires that a fund limit its investments in another investment company or series thereof so that, as of the time at which a securities purchase is made: i) no more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one investment company or series thereof will be owned by a fund or by companies controlled by a fund; ii) no more than 5% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the securities of any one investment company; and iii) no more than 10% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the aggregate in securities of other investment companies.
Other investment companies in which a Fund invests can be expected to pay fees and other operating expenses, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those paid by the Fund. Other investment companies may include ETFs, which are publicly-traded unit investment trusts, open-end funds or depositary receipts that seek to track the performance of specific indices or companies in related industries (e.g., passive ETFs), and index funds. A passive ETF or index fund is an investment company that seeks to track the performance of an index (before fees and expenses) by holding in its portfolio either the securities that comprise the index or a representative sample of the securities in the index. Passive ETFs or index funds in which the Funds invest will incur expenses not incurred by their applicable indices. Certain securities comprising the indices tracked by passive ETFs or index funds may, from time to time, temporarily be unavailable, which may further impede a passive ETF’s or index fund’s ability to track their respective indices. An actively-managed ETF is an investment company that seeks to outperform the performance of an index.
ETFs generally are subject to the same risks as the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track and to the risks of the specific sector or industry tracked by the ETF. ETFs also are subject to the risk that their prices may not totally correlate to the prices of the underlying securities the ETFs are designed to track and the risk of possible trading halts due to market conditions or for other reasons. Although ETFs that track broad market indexes are typically large and their shares are fairly liquid, ETFs that track more specific indexes tend to be newer and smaller, and ETFs have limited redemption features. Additionally, to the extent an ETF holds securities traded in markets that close at a different time from the ETF’s listing exchange, liquidity in such securities may be reduced after the applicable closing times, and during the time when the ETF’s listing exchange is open but after the applicable market closing, fixing or settlement times, bid/ask spreads and the resulting premium or discount to the ETF’s shares’ NAV may widen. In 2019, the SEC adopted a new rule and rule changes that are expected to change some of the ways that ETFs are currently offered and operate, and may affect the ability of a Fund to invest in an ETF.
In addition, a Fund may invest in the securities of closed-end investment companies. Because shares of closed-end investment companies trade on a stock exchange or in the OTC market, they may trade at a premium or discount to their net asset values, which may be substantial, and their potential lack of liquidity could result in greater volatility. In addition, closed-end investment companies may employ leverage, which also subjects the closed-end investment company to increased risks such as increased volatility. Moreover, closed-end investment companies incur their own fees and expenses.
Under the 1940 Act and rules and regulations thereunder, a Fund may purchase shares of other affiliated Funds, including the money market Funds, subject to certain conditions. Investing in affiliated Funds may present certain actual or potential conflicts of interest. In 2018, the SEC proposed a new rule and related amendments designed to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework for fund of funds arrangements, which are created when a mutual fund or other type of fund invests in shares of another fund. If adopted, this new rule may affect the ability and conditions under which a Fund may purchase shares of other affiliated Funds, including the money market Funds.
Private Placement and Other Restricted Securities. Private placement securities are securities sold in offerings that are exempt from registration under the 1933 Act. They are generally eligible for sale only to certain eligible investors. Private placements often may offer attractive opportunities for investment not otherwise available on the open market. However, private placement and other “restricted” securities typically cannot be resold without registration under the 1933 Act or the availability of an exemption from registration (such as Rules 144A (a “Rule 144A Security”)), and may not be readily marketable because they are subject to legal or contractual delays in or restrictions on resale. Asset-backed securities, common stock, convertible securities, corporate debt securities, foreign securities, high-yield
27 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
securities, money market instruments, mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, participation interests, preferred stock and other types of equity and debt instruments may be privately placed or restricted securities.
Private placement and other restricted securities typically may be resold only to qualified institutional buyers, or in a privately negotiated transaction, or to a limited number of qualified purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met for an exemption from registration. Private placement and other restricted securities may be considered illiquid securities, as they typically are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. Because there may be relatively few potential qualified purchasers for such securities, especially under adverse market or economic conditions, or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, a Fund could find it more difficult to sell such securities when it may be advisable to do so or it may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held and traded. At times, it also may be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing a Fund’s net asset value due to the absence of an active trading market. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund. Restricted securities that are “illiquid” are subject to each Fund’s policy of not investing or holding more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The term “illiquid” in this context refers to securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which a Fund has valued the securities.
The manager typically will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a Fund on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in its evaluation: i) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule 144A Security; ii) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Rule 144A Security and the number of other potential purchasers; iii) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Rule 144A Security; and iv) the nature of the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).
The manager will apply a similar process to evaluating the liquidity characteristics of other restricted securities. A restricted security that is deemed to be liquid when purchased may not continue to be deemed to be liquid for as long as it is held by a Fund. As a result of the resale restrictions on 144A securities, there is a greater risk that they will become illiquid than securities registered with the SEC.
Repurchase Agreements. A repurchase agreement is an agreement wherein a Fund purchases a security for a relatively short period of time (usually less than or up to seven days) and, at the time of purchase, the seller agrees to repurchase that security from the Fund at a mutually agreed upon time and price (representing the Fund’s cost plus interest). The repurchase agreement specifies the yield during the purchaser’s holding period. Entering into repurchase agreements allows a Fund to earn a return on cash in the Fund’s portfolio that would otherwise remain un-invested.
Repurchase agreements also may be viewed as loans made by a Fund that are collateralized by the securities subject to repurchase, which may consist of a variety of security types. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. Repurchase agreements may involve risks in the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty that has agreed to repurchase the securities from a Fund, including possible delays or restrictions upon the Fund’s ability to sell the underlying security and additional expenses in seeking to enforce the Fund’s rights and recover any losses. Although the Fund seeks to limit the credit risk under a repurchase agreement by carefully selecting counterparties and accepting only high quality collateral, some credit risk remains. The counterparty could default, which may make it necessary for the Fund to incur expenses to liquidate the collateral. In addition, the collateral may decline in value before it can be liquidated by the Fund.
A Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements under which the Fund sells portfolio securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon future date and price. Use of a reverse repurchase agreement may be preferable to a regular sale and later repurchase of securities, because it avoids certain market risks and transaction costs. At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will segregate cash or other liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest), and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that the value of such segregated assets continues to be equal to or greater than the repurchase price.
In the event that the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, a Fund’s use of proceeds from the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party,
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 28
or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce a Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. Reverse repurchase agreements may be viewed as a form of borrowing.
Short Sales. A short sale is a transaction in which a Fund sells a security it may not own in anticipation of a decline in market value of that security. When a Fund makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives are retained by the broker until the Fund replaces the borrowed security. In order to deliver the security to the buyer, a Fund must arrange through a broker to borrow the security and, in so doing, the Fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. Short sales “against the box” means that a Fund owns the securities, which are placed in a segregated account until the transaction is closed out, or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short. A Fund’s ability to enter into short sales transactions is limited by the requirements of the 1940 Act.
Short positions in futures and options create opportunities to increase a Fund’s return but, at the same time, involve special risk considerations and may be considered speculative. Since a Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the futures or options sold short without having to invest the full purchase price of the futures or options on the date of the short sale, a Fund’s NAV per share will tend to increase more when the futures or options it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the futures or options it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of futures or options sold short may continuously increase, although a Fund may mitigate such losses by replacing the futures or options sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have difficulty purchasing futures or options to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.
If a Fund makes a short sale “against the box,” it would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. A sub-adviser’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the sub-adviser believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. Short sale transactions may have adverse tax consequences to a Fund and its shareholders.
In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security,” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box,” and the securities sold are placed in a segregated account, or unless a Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by segregating cash or other liquid assets in an amount equal to the difference between the current market value of the securities sold short and any cash or liquid securities required to be deposited as collateral with a broker in connection with the transaction. Collateral deposited with a broker will be marked-to-market daily, and any amounts deposited with a broker or in a segregated account will not have the effect of limiting a Fund’s potential losses on a short sale.
To avoid limitations under the 1940 Act on borrowing by investment companies, all short sales not “against the box” will be “covered” by segregating cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the market value of its delivery obligation. A Fund will not make short sales of futures or options not “against the box” or maintain a short position if doing so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets totaling more than a specified percentage of the value of the Fund’s total assets.
Warrants. Warrants are instruments, typically issued with preferred stock or bonds, that give the holder the right to purchase a given number of shares of common stock at a specified price, usually during a specified period of time. The price usually represents a premium over the applicable market value of the common stock at the time of the warrant’s issuance. Warrants have no voting rights with respect to the common stock, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. Warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for the resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the common stock to rise. A warrant becomes worthless if it is not exercised within the specified time period.
29 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Liquidation Risk. There can be no assurance that a Fund will grow to or maintain a viable size and, pursuant to the Declaration of Trust, the Board is authorized to close and/or liquidate a Fund at any time. In the event of the liquidation of a Fund, the expenses, timing and tax consequences of such liquidation may not be favorable to some or all of the Fund’s shareholders. In addition, pursuant to section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and certain rules promulgated thereunder (collectively known as the “Volcker Rule”), if the Manager and/or its affiliates own 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund after the permitted seeding period following the Fund’s inception, the Fund will be subject to restrictions on trading that will adversely impact the Fund’s ability to execute its investment strategy. Should this occur, a Fund may be liquidated, or the Manager and/or its affiliates may be required to reduce their ownership interests in the Fund, either of which may result in gains or losses, increased transaction and other costs and adverse tax consequences. In addition, other large shareholders controlling a significant portion of a Fund’s shares, such as other funds, institutional investors, financial intermediaries, individuals and other accounts, may elect to redeem a portion or all of their shares at any time, and the Fund may no longer be able to maintain a viable size after meeting the redemption request. In these circumstances, a Fund’s board may determine to liquidate the Fund or a particular class of the Fund. For a list of shareholders that own, of record and/or beneficially, 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a class or 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund, please see the section entitled “Control Persons and Principal Fund Holders”.
Other factors and events that may lead to the liquidation of a Fund include changes in laws or regulations governing the Fund or affecting the type of assets in which the Fund invests, or economic developments or trends having a significant adverse impact on the business or operations of the Fund.
After a Fund liquidation is announced, such Fund may begin to experience greater redemption activity as the Fund approaches its liquidation date. As portfolio managers effect portfolio transactions to meet redemptions and prepare the Fund for liquidation, the Fund may not meet its investment objective and principal investment strategies. The Fund will incur transaction costs as a result of these portfolio transactions which will indirectly be borne by the Fund’s shareholders. The Fund may be required to make a distribution of income and capital gains realized, if any, from liquidating its portfolio. It is anticipated that any distribution would be paid to shareholders prior to liquidation. Shareholders of the Fund on the date of liquidation would receive a distribution of their account proceeds on the settlement date in complete redemption of their shares. In the event of a liquidation, please consult with a tax advisor to determine your specific tax consequences, if any.
Operational and Cybersecurity Risks. Fund operations, including business, financial, accounting, data processing systems or other operating systems and facilities may be disrupted, disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there could be electrical or telecommunications outages; degradation or loss of internet or web services; natural disasters, such as earthquakes, tornados and hurricanes; disease pandemics; or events arising from local or larger scale political or social events, as well as terrorist acts.
The Funds are also subject to the risk of potential cyber incidents, which may include, but are not limited to, the harming of or unauthorized access to digital systems (for example, through “hacking” or infection by computer viruses or other malicious software code), denial-of-service attacks on websites, and the inadvertent or intentional release of confidential or proprietary information. Cyber incidents may, among other things, harm Fund operations, result in financial losses to a Fund and its shareholders, cause the release of confidential or highly restricted information, and result in regulatory penalties, reputational damage, and/or increased compliance, reimbursement or other compensation costs. Fund operations that may be disrupted or halted due to a cyber incident include trading, the processing of shareholder transactions, and the calculation of a Fund’s net asset value.
Issues affecting operating systems and facilities through cyber incidents, any of the scenarios described above, or other factors, may harm the Funds by affecting a Fund’s manager, sub-adviser(s), or other service providers, or issuers of securities in which a Fund invests. Although the Funds have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, including what the Funds believe to be robust information security procedures and controls, there is no guarantee that these measures will prevent cyber incidents or prevent or ameliorate the effects of significant and widespread disruption to our physical infrastructure or operating systems. Furthermore, the Funds cannot directly control the security or other measures taken by unaffiliated service providers or the issuers of securities in which the Funds invest.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 30
Such risks at issuers of securities in which the Funds invest could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause a Fund’s investment in such securities to lose value.
31 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Management of the Funds.”
General
The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and Officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and Officers listed below acts in identical capacities for the Wells Fargo family of funds which consists of, as of September 30, 2019, 150 series comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and four closed-end funds (collectively the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The business address of each Trustee and Officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and Officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 75.
Information for Trustees, all of whom are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“Independent Trustees”), appears below. In addition to the Officers listed below, the Funds have appointed an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer.
Name and Year of Birth
Position Held with Registrant/Length of Service1
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years or Longer
Current Other Public Company or Investment Company Directorships
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
William R. Ebsworth
Trustee, since 2015
Retired. From 1984 to 2013, equities analyst, portfolio manager, research director and chief investment officer at Fidelity Management and Research Company in Boston, Tokyo, and Hong Kong, and retired in 2013 as Chief Investment Officer of Fidelity Strategic Advisers, Inc. where he led a team of investment professionals managing client assets. Prior thereto, Board member of Hong Kong Securities Clearing Co., Hong Kong Options Clearing Corp., the Thailand International Fund, Ltd., Fidelity Investments Life Insurance Company, and Empire Fidelity Investments Life Insurance Company. Audit Committee Chair and Investment Committee Chair of the Vincent Memorial Hospital Endowment (non-profit organization). Mr. Ebsworth is a CFA® charterholder.
N/A
Jane A. Freeman
Trustee, since 2015; Chair Liaison, since 2018
Retired. From 2012 to 2014 and 1999 to 2008, Chief Financial Officer of Scientific Learning Corporation. From 2008 to 2012, Ms. Freeman provided consulting services related to strategic business projects. Prior to 1999, Portfolio Manager at Rockefeller & Co. and Scudder, Stevens & Clark. Board member of the Harding Loevner Funds from 1996 to 2014, serving as both Lead Independent Director and chair of the Audit Committee. Board member of the Russell Exchange Traded Funds Trust from 2011 to 2012 and the chair of the Audit Committee. Ms. Freeman is a Board Member of The Ruth Bancroft Garden (non-profit organization). She is also an inactive Chartered Financial Analyst.
N/A
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 32
Name and Year of Birth
Position Held with Registrant/Length of Service1
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years or Longer
Current Other Public Company or Investment Company Directorships
Isaiah Harris, Jr.
Trustee, since 2009; Audit Committee Chairman, since 2019
Retired. Chairman of the Board of CIGNA Corporation since 2009, and Director since 2005. From 2003 to 2011, Director of Deluxe Corporation. Prior thereto, President and CEO of BellSouth Advertising and Publishing Corp. from 2005 to 2007, President and CEO of BellSouth Enterprises from 2004 to 2005 and President of BellSouth Consumer Services from 2000 to 2003. Emeritus member of the Iowa State University Foundation Board of Governors. Emeritus Member of the Advisory Board of Iowa State University School of Business. Advisory Board Member, Palm Harbor Academy (private school). Advisory Board Member, Child Evangelism Fellowship (non-profit). Mr. Harris is a certified public accountant (inactive status).
CIGNA Corporation
Judith M. Johnson
Trustee, since 2008;
Retired. Prior thereto, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Minneapolis Employees Retirement Fund from 1996 to 2008. Ms. Johnson is an attorney, certified public accountant and a certified managerial accountant.
N/A
David F. Larcker
Trustee, since 2009
James Irvin Miller Professor of Accounting at the Graduate School of Business, Stanford University, Director of the Corporate Governance Research Initiative and Senior Faculty of The Rock Center for Corporate Governance since 2006. From 2005 to 2008, Professor of Accounting at the Graduate School of Business, Stanford University. Prior thereto, Ernst & Young Professor of Accounting at The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania from 1985 to 2005.
N/A
Olivia S. Mitchell
Trustee, since 2006; Nominating and Governance Committee Chair, since 2018
International Foundation of Employee Benefit Plans Professor, Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania since 1993. Director of Wharton’s Pension Research Council and Boettner Center on Pensions & Retirement Research, and Research Associate at the National Bureau of Economic Research. Previously, Cornell University Professor from 1978 to 1993.
N/A
Timothy J. Penny
Trustee, since 1996; Chairman, since 2018
President and Chief Executive Officer of Southern Minnesota Initiative Foundation, a non-profit organization, since 2007. Member of the Board of Trustees of NorthStar Education Finance, Inc., a non-profit organization, since 2007.
N/A
33 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Name and Year of Birth
Position Held with Registrant/Length of Service1
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years or Longer
Current Other Public Company or Investment Company Directorships
James G. Polisson
Trustee, since 2018
Retired. Chief Marketing Officer, Source (ETF) UK Services, Ltd, from 2015 to 2017. From 2012 to 2015, Principal of The Polisson Group, LLC, a management consulting, corporate advisory and principal investing company. Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director at Russell Investments, Global Exchange Traded Funds from 2010 to 2012. Managing Director of Barclays Global Investors from 1998 to 2010 and Global Chief Marketing Officer for iShares and Barclays Global Investors from 2000 to 2010. Trustee of the San Francisco Mechanics’ Institute, a non-profit organization, from 2013 to 2015. Board member of the Russell Exchange Traded Fund Trust from 2011 to 2012. Director of Barclays Global Investors Holdings Deutschland GmbH from 2006 to 2009. Mr. Polisson is an attorney and has a retired status with the Massachusetts and District of Columbia Bar Associations.
N/A
Pamela Wheelock
Trustee, since January 2020; previously Trustee from January 2018 to July 2019
Board member of the Destination Medical Center Economic Development Agency, Rochester, Minnesota since 2019. Acting Commissioner, Minnesota Department of Human Services, July 2019 through September 2019. Human Services Manager (part-time), Minnesota Department of Human Services, October 2019 through December 2019. Chief Operating Officer, Twin Cities Habitat for Humanity from 2017 to 2019. Vice President of University Services, University of Minnesota from 2012 to 2016. Prior thereto, on the Board of Directors, Governance Committee and Finance Committee for the Minnesota Philanthropy Partners (Saint Paul Foundation) from 2012 to 2018, Interim Chief Executive Officer of Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota from 2011 to 2012, Chairman of the Board from 2009 to 2012 and Board Director from 2003 to 2015. Vice President, Leadership and Community Engagement, Bush Foundation, Saint Paul, Minnesota (a private foundation) from 2009 to 2011. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Minnesota Sports and Entertainment from 2004 to 2009 and Senior Vice President from 2002 to 2004. Executive Vice President of the Minnesota Wild Foundation from 2004 to 2008. Commissioner of Finance, State of Minnesota, from 1999 to 2002. Currently Board Chair of the Minnesota Wild Foundation since 2010.
N/A
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 34
The Trust’s Declaration of Trust, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Declaration of Trust”), does not set forth any specific qualifications to serve as a Trustee other than that no person shall stand for initial election or appointment as a Trustee if such person has already reached the age of 72. The Charter and the Statement of Governance Principles of the Nominating and Governance Committee also do not set forth any specific qualifications, but do set forth certain factors that the Nominating and Governance Committee may take into account in considering Trustee candidates and a process for evaluating potential conflicts of interest, which identifies certain disqualifying conflicts. All of the current Trustees are Independent Trustees. Among the attributes or skills common to all Trustees are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the other Trustees, Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management” or the “Manager”), sub-advisers, other service providers, counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective and independent business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. Each Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively has been attained through the Trustee’s business, consulting, public service, professional and/or academic positions and through experience from service as a board member of the Trust and the other Trusts in the Fund Complex (and/or in other capacities, including for any predecessor funds), other registered investment companies, public companies, and/or non-profit entities or other organizations. Each Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively also has been enhanced by his or her educational background, professional training, and/or other life experiences. The specific experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills that led to the conclusion that a Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex are as set forth below.
William R. Ebsworth. Mr. Ebsworth has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since January 1, 2015. He also served as a Trustee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2015 to 2018. From 1984 to 2013, he was employed as an equities analyst, portfolio manager and research director at Fidelity Management and Research Company in Boston, Tokyo, and Hong Kong, and retired in 2013 as Chief Investment Officer of Fidelity Strategic Advisers, Inc., where he led
35 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
a team of investment professionals managing client assets. Prior thereto, he was a Board member of Hong Kong Securities Clearing Co., Hong Kong Options Clearing Corp., the Thailand International Fund, Ltd., Fidelity Investments Life Insurance Company, and Empire Fidelity Investments Life Insurance Company. Mr. Ebsworth is a CFA® charterholder.
Jane A. Freeman. Ms. Freeman has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since January 1, 2015. She also served as a Trustee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2015 to 2018. From 2012 to 2014 and 1999 to 2008, Ms. Freeman served as the Chief Financial Officer of Scientific Learning Corporation. From 2008 to 2012, Ms. Freeman provided consulting services related to strategic business projects. Prior to joining Scientific Learning, Ms. Freeman was employed as a portfolio manager at Rockefeller & Co. and Scudder, Stevens & Clark. She served as a board member of the Harding Loevner Funds from 1996 to 2014, serving as both Lead Independent Director and chair of the Audit Committee. She also served as a board member of the Russell Exchange Traded Funds Trust from 2011 to 2012, and as chair of the Audit Committee. Ms. Freeman serves as a Board Member of the Ruth Bancroft Garden (non-profit organization) and the Glimmerglass Festival. Ms. Freeman is a Chartered Financial Analyst (inactive).
Isaiah Harris, Jr. Mr. Harris has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since 2009 and as Chair of the Audit Committee since 2019 and was an Advisory Board Member from 2008 to 2009. He also served as a Trustee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2010 to 2018. He has been the Chairman of the Board of CIGNA Corporation since 2009, and has been a director of CIGNA Corporation since 2005. He served as a director of Deluxe Corporation from 2003 to 2011. As a director of these and other public companies, he has served on board committees, including Governance, Audit and Compensation Committees. Mr. Harris served in senior executive positions, including as president, chief executive officer, vice president of finance and/or chief financial officer, of operating companies for approximately 20 years.
Judith M. Johnson. Ms. Johnson has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since 2008 and as Chair of the Audit Committee from 2009 to 2018. She has also served as a trustee and chair of the audit committee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2010 to 2018. She served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Minneapolis Employees Retirement Fund for twelve years until her retirement in 2008. Ms. Johnson is a licensed attorney, as well as a certified public accountant and a certified managerial accountant. Ms. Johnson has been determined by the Board to be an audit committee financial expert, as such term is defined in the applicable rules of the SEC.
David F. Larcker. Mr. Larcker has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since 2009 and was an Advisory Board Member from 2008 to 2009. He also served as a Trustee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2010 to 2018. Mr. Larcker is the James Irvin Miller Professor of Accounting at the Graduate School of Business of Stanford University. He is also the Morgan Stanley Director of the Center for Leadership Development and Research and Co-director of The Rock Center for Corporate Governance at Stanford University. He has been a professor of accounting for over 30 years. He has written numerous articles on a range of topics, including managerial accounting, financial statement analysis and corporate governance.
Olivia S. Mitchell. Ms. Mitchell has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since 2006 and as chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee since 2018. She also served as a Trustee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2010 to 2018. Ms. Mitchell is the International Foundation of Employee Benefit Plans Professor at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, where she is also Professor of Insurance/Risk Management and Business Economics/Policy. She also serves in senior positions with academic and policy organizations that conduct research on pensions, retirement, insurance, risk management and related topics, including as Executive Director of the Pension Research Council and Director of the Boettner Center on Pensions and Retirement Research, both at the University of Pennsylvania. She has taught on, and served as a consultant on economics, insurance, and risk management, served as Department Chair, advised numerous governmental entities, and written numerous articles and books on topics including retirement systems, private and social insurance, and health and retirement policy.
Timothy J. Penny. Mr. Penny has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex and their predecessor funds since 1996, and Chairman of the Board of Trustees since 2018. He also served as a Trustee of Asset Allocation Trust from 2010 to 2018. He has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Southern Minnesota Initiative Foundation since 2007. He also serves as a member of the board of another non-profit organization. Mr. Penny was a member of the U.S. House of Representatives for 12 years representing Southeastern Minnesota’s First Congressional District.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 36
James G. Polisson. Mr. Polisson has served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex since 2018 and was an Advisory Board member in 2017. Mr. Polisson has extensive experience in the financial services industry, including over 15 years in the ETF industry. From 2015 to July 31, 2017, Mr. Polisson was the Chief Marketing Officer of Source (ETF) UK Services, Ltd., one of the largest providers of exchange-traded products in Europe. From 2012 to 2015, Mr. Polisson was Principal of The Polisson Group, LLC, a management consulting, corporate advisory and principal investing firm. Prior to 2012, Mr. Polisson was Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Russell Investments’ global ETF business from 2010 to 2012. He was also a member of the Board of Trustees of Russell Exchange Traded Funds Trust, where he served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, from 2011 to 2012. Mr. Polisson also served as Chief Marketing Officer for Barclays Global Investors from 2000 to 2010, where he led global marketing for the iShares ETF business.
Pamela Wheelock. Ms. Wheelock served as a Trustee of the Trusts in the Fund Complex from January 2018 until July 2019 and was an Advisory Board member in 2017. Ms. Wheelock has been a Board member of the Destination Medical Center Economic Development Agency in Rochester, Minnesota since 2019. She served as the acting Commissioner of the Minnesota Department of Human Services from July 2019 through September 2019 and as the Human Services Manager (part-time) of the Minnesota Department of Human Services from October 2019 through December 2019. Ms. Wheelock has more than 25 years of leadership experience in the private, public and nonprofit sectors. Ms. Wheelock was the Chief Operating Officer of Twin Cities Habitat for Humanity from 2017 through 2019. Prior to joining Habitat for Humanity in 2017, Ms. Wheelock was on the Board of Directors, Governance Committee and Finance Committee for the Minnesota Philanthropy Partners (Saint Paul Foundation) and the Vice President of University Services at the University of Minnesota from 2012, where she served as chief operations officer of the University. She also served as Interim President and Chief Executive Officer of Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota from 2011 to 2012, Vice President of the Bush Foundation from 2009 to 2011, and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Minnesota Sports and Entertainment from 2004 to 2009. Ms. Wheelock served as the Executive Budget Officer and Finance Commissioner for the State of Minnesota from 1999 to 2002.
Board of Trustees - Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities
The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee to serve in the role of Chairman. The Chairman’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with respect to governance-related matters with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Chairman may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time.Timothy Penny serves as chairman of the Board. In order to assist the Chairman in maintaining effective communications with the other Trustees and Funds Management, the Board has appointed a Chair Liaison to work with the Chairman to coordinate Trustee communications and to help coordinate timely responses to Trustee inquiries relating to board governance and fiduciary matters. The Chair Liaison serves for a one-year term, which may be extended with the approval of the Board. Except for any duties specified herein or pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, the designation of Chairman or Chair Liaison does not impose on such Independent Trustee any duties, obligations or liability that are greater than the duties, obligations or liability imposed on such person as a member of the Board generally.
The Board also has established a Nominating and Governance Committee, an Audit Committee, a Valuation Committee and a Dividend Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Trust, and from time to time may establish informal working groups to review and address the policies and practices of the Trust with respect to certain specified matters. Additionally, the Board has established investment teams to review in detail the performance of each of the Funds, to meet with portfolio managers, and to report back to
37 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
the full Board. The Board occasionally engages independent consultants to assist it in evaluating initiatives or proposals. The Board believes that the Board’s current leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over matters under its purview, and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of Trustees and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The leadership structure of the Board may be changed, at any time and in the discretion of the Board, including in response to changes in circumstances or the characteristics of the Trust.
The Funds and Trusts are subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational, liquidity and valuation risks, among others. Day-to-day risk management functions are subsumed within the responsibilities of Funds Management, the sub-advisers and other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), who carry out the Funds’ investment management and business affairs. Each of Funds Management, the sub-advisers and other service providers have their own, independent approach to risk management, and their policies and methods of carrying out risk management functions will depend, in part, on their individual priorities, resources and controls.
Risk oversight forms part of the Board’s general oversight of the Funds and Trusts and is addressed as part of various Board and Committee activities. The Board recognizes that it is not possible to identify all of the risks that may affect a Fund or to develop processes and controls to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects and that it is necessary for the Funds to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to pursue their goals. As part of its regular oversight of the Trusts, the Board, directly or through a Committee, interacts with and reviews reports from, among others, Funds Management, sub-advisers, the Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds, the Chief Risk Officer of Funds Management, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds, and internal compliance auditors for Funds Management or its affiliates, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Funds and relevant risk functions. The Board, with the assistance of its investment teams, also reviews investment policies and risks in connection with its review of the Funds’ performance, and considers information regarding the oversight of liquidity risks from Funds Management’s investment personnel. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who oversees the implementation and testing of the Funds’ compliance program and regularly reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Funds and their principal service providers. Funds Management has appointed a Chief Risk Officer to enhance the framework around the assessment, management, measurement and monitoring of risk indicators and other risk matters concerning the Funds and develop periodic reporting of risk management matters to the Board. In addition, as part of the Board’s periodic review of the Funds’ advisory, subadvisory and other service provider agreements, the Board may consider risk management aspects of their operations and the functions for which they are responsible. With respect to valuation, the Board oversees a management valuation team comprised of officers and employees of Funds Management, has approved and periodically reviews written valuation policies and procedures applicable to valuing Fund portfolio investments, and has established a valuation committee of Trustees. The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts its risk oversight role.
Committees.
As noted above, the Board has established a standing Nominating and Governance Committee, a standing Audit Committee, a standing Valuation Committee and a standing Dividend Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Trust. The Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee operate pursuant to charters approved by the Board. The Valuation Committee’s responsibilities are set forth in Valuation Procedures approved by the Board, and the Dividend Committee’s responsibilities were set forth by the Board when it established the Committee. Each Independent Trustee is a member of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee, Audit Committee and Valuation Committee. The Dividend Committee is comprised of three Independent Trustees.
(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Except with respect to any trustee nomination made by an eligible shareholder or shareholder group as permitted by applicable law and applicable provisions of the Declaration of Trust and any By-Laws of a Trust, the Committee shall make all nominations for membership on the Board of Trustees of each Trust. The Committee shall evaluate each candidate’s qualifications for Board membership and his or her independence from the Funds’ manager, sub-adviser(s) and principal underwriter(s) and, as it deems appropriate, other principal service providers. Olivia Mitchell serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 38
The Nominating and Governance Committee has adopted procedures by which a shareholder may properly submit a nominee recommendation for the Committee’s consideration, which are set forth in Appendix A to the Trusts’ Nominating and Governance Committee Charter. The shareholder must submit any such recommendation (a “Shareholder Recommendation”) in writing to the Trust, to the attention of the Trust’s Secretary, at the address of the principal executive offices of the Trust. The Shareholder Recommendation must include: (i) a statement in writing setting forth (A) the name, age, date of birth, business address, residence address, and nationality of the person recommended by the shareholder (the “candidate”), (B) the series (and, if applicable, class) and number of all shares of the Trust owned of record or beneficially by the candidate, as reported to such shareholder by the candidate; (C) any other information regarding the candidate called for with respect to director nominees by paragraphs (a), (d), (e), and (f ) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K or paragraph (b) of Item 22 of Rule 14a-101 (Schedule 14A) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), adopted by the SEC (or the corresponding provisions of any regulation or rule subsequently adopted by the SEC or any successor agency applicable to the Trust); (D) any other information regarding the candidate that would be required to be disclosed if the candidate were a nominee in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (E) whether the recommending shareholder believes that the candidate is or will be an “interested person” of the Trust (as defined in the 1940 Act) and information regarding the candidate that will be sufficient for the Trust to make such determination; (ii) the written and signed consent of the candidate to be named as a nominee and to serve as a Trustee if elected; (iii) the recommending shareholder’s name as it appears on the Trust’s books; (iv) the series (and, if applicable, class) and number of all shares of the Trust owned beneficially and of record by the recommending shareholder; and (v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the recommending shareholder and the candidate and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made by the recommending shareholder. In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee may require the candidate to interview in person or furnish such other information as it may reasonably require or deem necessary to determine the eligibility of such candidate to serve as a Trustee of the Trust. The Nominating and Governance Committee has full discretion to reject candidates recommended by shareholders, and there is no assurance that any such person properly recommended and considered by the Committee will be nominated for election to the Board. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency with respect to the requirements applicable to a Shareholder Recommendation as between those established in the procedures and those in the By-Laws of a Closed-End Fund, the requirements of the By-Laws of such Closed-End Fund shall control.
The Nominating and Governance Committee may from time-to-time propose nominations of one or more individuals to serve as members of an “advisory board,” as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(1) of the 1940 Act.
(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies, including their internal controls over financial reporting; oversees the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ financial statements and the independent audit thereof; and interacts with the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board and with appropriate officers of the Trust. Isaiah Harris, Jr. serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.
(3) Valuation Committee. The Board has delegated to the Valuation Committee the authority to take any action regarding the valuation of portfolio securities that the Valuation Committee deems necessary or appropriate, including determining the fair value of securities between regularly scheduled Board meetings in instances where that determination has not otherwise been delegated to the valuation team (“Management Valuation Team”) of Funds Management. The Board considers for ratification at each quarterly meeting any valuation actions taken during the previous quarter by the Valuation Committee or by the Management Valuation Team other than pursuant to Board-approved methodologies. Any one member of the Valuation Committee may constitute a quorum for a meeting of the committee.
(4) Dividend Committee. The Board has delegated to the Dividend Committee the responsibility to review and approve certain dividend amount determinations made by a separate committee composed of representatives from Funds Management and certain sub-advisers (“Management Open-End Dividend Committee”). The Board has delegated to the Management Open-End Dividend Committee the authority to determine periodic dividend amounts subject to certain Board-approved parameters to be paid by each of the Core Plus Bond Fund, Diversified Income Builder Fund, Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund, International Bond Fund, Real Return Fund and Strategic Income Fund. Under
39 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
certain circumstances, the Dividend Committee must review and consider for approval, as it deems appropriate, recommendations of the Management Open-End Dividend Committee.
The committees met the following number of times during the most recently completed fiscal year:
Committee Name
Committee Meetings During Last Fiscal Year
Nominating and Governance Committee
4
Audit Committee
7
Valuation Committee
0
Dividend Committee
0
Compensation. The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. Listed below is the compensation that was paid to each current Trustee by a Fund and the Fund Complex for the most recently completed fiscal period:
Trustee Compensation
Trustee
Compensation from the Fund
Total Compensation from the Fund Complex1
William R. Ebsworth
$2,057
$308,500
Jane A. Freeman
$2,190
$328,500
Isaiah Harris, Jr.
$2,207
$331,000
Judith M. Johnson
$2,107
$316,000
David F. Larcker
$2,057
$308,500
Olivia S. Mitchell
$2,190
$328,500
Timothy J. Penny
$2,557
$383,500
James G. Polisson
$2,057
$308,500
Pamela Wheelock2
$1,635
$245,191
Beneficial Equity Ownership Information. The following table contains specific information about the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Trustee as of December 31, 2019 in each Fund and the aggregate dollar range of equity securities in other Funds in the Fund Complex overseen by the Trustees, stated as one of the following ranges: A = $0; B = $1 - $10,000; C = 10,001 - $50,000; D = $50,001 - $100,000; and E = Over $100,000.
Fund
Ebsworth
Freeman
Harris
Johnson
Larcker
Mitchell
Penny
Polisson
Wheelock
Opportunity Fund
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Funds Overseen by Trustee in Fund Complex1
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2019, none of the Independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members owned securities of the manager, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the manager, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.
MANAGER AND OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS
Manager and Class-Level Administrator
Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the manager and class-level administrator for the Fund. Funds Management provides advisory and Fund-level administrative services to the Fund under an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”)
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 40
and provides class-level administrative services to the Fund under a class-level administration agreement (the “Class-Level Administration Agreement”). Under the Management Agreement, Funds Management is responsible for, among other services, (i) implementing the investment objectives and strategies of the Fund, (ii) supervising the applicable Sub-Adviser(s), (iii) providing Fund-level administrative services in connection with the Fund’s operations, (iv) developing and implementing procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions, and (v) providing any other Fund-level administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Fund other than those services that are provided by the Fund’s transfer and dividend disbursing agent, custodian, and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Fund’s business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.
Under the Class-Level Administration Agreement, Funds Management is responsible for, among other services, (i) coordinating, supervising and paying the applicable transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, (ii) coordinating the preparation and filing of registration statements, notices, shareholder reports and other information materials, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications for a class, (iii) receiving and tabulating class-specific shareholder votes, (iv) reviewing bills submitted to a Fund and, upon determining that a bill is appropriate, allocating amounts to the appropriate classes thereof and instructing the Fund’s custodian to pay such bills, and (v) assembling and disseminating information concerning class performance, expenses, distributions and administration. Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s fees and expenses for services provided by the Fund’s transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives pursuant to the Class-Level Administration Agreement.
As compensation for its services under the Management Agreement, Funds Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below of each Fund’s average daily net assets:
Fund
Fee
Opportunity Fund
First $500 million
0.750%
Next $500 million
0.725%
Next $1 billion
0.700%
Next $2 billion
0.675%
Next $1 billion
0.650%
Next $5 billion
0.640%
Next $2 billion
0.630%
Next $4 billion
0.620%
Over $16 billion
0.610%
Management Fees Paid. The amounts shown below reflect fees paid to and waived by Funds Management under the Management Agreement for the past three fiscal years or periods.
Management Fees Paid
Fund/Fiscal Year or Period
Management Fees Paid
Management Fees Waived
September 1, 2019
Opportunity Fund
$12,064,068
$128,583
September 30, 2018
Opportunity Fund
$13,086,328
$0
September 30, 2017
Opportunity Fund
$12,203,848
$323,867
For providing class-level administrative services to the Funds pursuant to the Class-Level Administration Agreement, including paying the Fund’s fees and expenses for services provided by the Fund’s transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rates indicated below, as a percentage of the total net assets of each Class:
41 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Class-Level Administrator Fee
Share Class
% of Total Net Assets
Class R6
0.03%
Administrative Service Fees Paid. The amounts shown below reflect fees paid to and waived by Funds Management under the Class-Level Administration Agreement for the past three fiscal years or periods.
Administrative Service Fees Paid
Fund/Fiscal Year or Period
Administrative Service Fees Paid
Administrative Service Fees Waived
September 1, 2019
Opportunity Fund
$2,869,615
$475,883
September 30, 2018
Opportunity Fund
$3,259,890
$337,405
September 30, 2017
Opportunity Fund
$3,442,031
$0
General. The Fund’s Management Agreement will continue in effect provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the respective Fund’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Management Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. The Management Agreement may be terminated at any time by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of a Fund’s outstanding voting securities, or by Funds Management on 60 days’ written notice. It will terminate automatically if assigned.
For the Fund, the Class-Level Administration Agreement will continue in effect provided the continuance is approved annually by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any party to the Class-Level Administration Agreement. The Class-Level Administration Agreement may be terminated on 60 days’ written notice by either party.
Conflicts of Interest. Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified financial services company providing banking, insurance, investment, mortgage and consumer financial services. The involvement of various subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company, including Funds Management, in the management and operation of the Fund and in providing other services or managing other accounts gives rise to certain actual and potential conflicts of interest.
For example, certain investments may be appropriate for a Fund and also for other clients advised by Funds Management and its affiliates, and there may be market or regulatory limits on the amount of such investments, which may cause competition for limited positions. Also, various clients and proprietary accounts of Funds Management and its affiliates may at times take positions that are adverse to a Fund. Funds Management applies various policies to address these situations, but a Fund may nonetheless incur losses or underperformance during periods when Wells Fargo & Company, its affiliates and their clients achieve gains or outperformance.
Wells Fargo & Company may have interests in or provide services to portfolio companies or Fund shareholders or intermediaries that may not be fully aligned with the interests of all investors. Funds Management and its affiliates serve in multiple roles, including as manager and, for most Wells Fargo Funds, sub-adviser, as well as class-level administrator and principal underwriter.
These are all considerations of which an investor should be aware and which may cause conflicts that could disadvantage a Fund. Funds Management has instituted business and compliance policies, procedures and disclosures that are designed to identify, monitor and mitigate such conflicts of interest.
Fund Expenses. From time to time, Funds Management may waive fees from the Fund in whole or in part. Any such waiver will reduce expenses and, accordingly, have a favorable impact on the Fund’s performance.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 42
Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of the Independent Trustees; investment management, shareholder services and class-level administrative fees; payments pursuant to any 12b-1 Plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent auditors, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses (except the expense of printing and mailing prospectuses used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a 12b-1 Plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues (including membership dues in the Investment Company Institute allocable to the Fund); brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the NAV per share of the Fund; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of the Fund’s shares; pricing services, organizational expenses and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to the Fund are charged against the Fund’s assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the series of the Trust, including the Funds, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each Fund, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Board deems equitable.
Funds Management has engaged Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”) to serve as sub-adviser to the Fund (the “Sub-Advisers”). Subject to the direction of the Board and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management and the Trust, the Sub-Adviser provides day-to-day portfolio management for the Fund. The Sub-Adviser furnishes to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the Fund. The Sub-Adviser also furnishes such additional reports and information as Funds Management and the Board and Officers may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to Wells Capital Management.
For providing investment sub-advisory services to the Fund, the Sub-Adviser is entitled to receive monthly fees at the annual rates indicated below of the Fund’s average daily net assets. These fees may be paid by Funds Management or directly by the Fund. If a sub-advisory fee is paid directly by a Fund, the compensation paid to Funds Management for advisory fees will be reduced accordingly.
Fund
Sub-Adviser
Fee
Opportunity Fund
Wells Capital Management
First $100 million
0.45%
Next $100 million
0.40%
Next $300 million
0.35%
Over $500 million
0.30%
The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “The Sub-Adviser and Portfolio Managers.” The information in this section is provided as of September 30, 2019, the most recent fiscal year end for the Fund managed by the portfolio managers listed below (each, a “Portfolio Manager” and together, the “Portfolio Managers”). The Portfolio Managers manage the investment activities of the Fund on a day-to-day basis as follows.
Fund
Sub-Adviser
Portfolio Managers
Opportunity Fund
Wells Capital Management
Kurt Gunderson
Christopher G. Miller, CFA
Management of Other Accounts. The following table(s) provide information relating to other accounts managed by the Portfolio Manager(s). The table(s) do not include the Fund or any personal brokerage accounts of the Portfolio Manager(s) and their families.
43 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Christopher G. Miller, CFA
Registered Investment Companies
Number of Accounts
2
Total Assets Managed
$246.14 M
Number of Accounts Subject to Performance Fee
0
Assets of Accounts Subject to Performance Fee
$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
Number of Accounts
0
Total Assets Managed
$0
Number of Accounts Subject to Performance Fee
0
Assets of Accounts Subject to Performance Fee
$0
Other Accounts
Number of Accounts
10
Total Assets Managed
$974.79 M
Number of Accounts Subject to Performance Fee
0
Assets of Accounts Subject to Performance Fee
$0
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 44
Material Conflicts of Interest.The Portfolio Managers face inherent conflicts of interest in their day-to-day management of the Fund and other accounts because the Fund may have different investment objectives, strategies and risk profiles than the other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. For instance, to the extent that the Portfolio Managers manage accounts with different investment strategies than the Fund, they may from time to time be inclined to purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one account but not for a Fund. Additionally, some of the accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers may have different fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Fund. The differences in fee structures may provide an incentive to the Portfolio Managers to allocate more favorable trades to the higher-paying accounts.
To minimize the effects of these inherent conflicts of interest, each firm listed below has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, intended to address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients and are designed to ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. Accordingly, security block purchases are allocated to all accounts with similar objectives in a fair and equitable manner.
Wells Capital Management. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers often provide investment management for separate accounts advised in the same or similar investment style as that provided to mutual funds. While management of multiple accounts could potentially lead to conflicts of interest over various issues such as trade allocation, fee disparities and research acquisition, Wells Capital Management has implemented policies and procedures for the express purpose of ensuring that clients are treated fairly and that potential conflicts of interest are minimized.
Compensation. The Portfolio Managers were compensated by their employing Sub-Adviser using the following compensation structure:
Wells Capital Management. The compensation structure for Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers includes a competitive fixed base salary plus variable incentives, payable annually and over a longer term period. Wells Capital Management participates in third party investment management compensation surveys for market-based compensation information to help support individual pay decisions. In addition to surveys, Wells Capital Management also considers prior professional experience, tenure, seniority and a Portfolio Manager’s team size, scope and assets under management when determining his/her fixed base salary. In addition, Portfolio Managers, who meet the eligibility requirements, may participate in Wells Fargo’s 401(k) plan that features a limited matching contribution. Eligibility for and participation in this plan is on the same basis for all employees.
Wells Capital Management’s investment incentive program plays an important role in aligning the interests of our portfolio managers, investment team members, clients and shareholders. Incentive awards for portfolio managers are determined based on a review of relative investment and business/team performance. Investment performance is generally evaluated for 1, 3, and 5 year performance results, with a predominant weighting on the 3- and 5- year time periods, versus the relevant benchmarks and/or peer groups consistent with the investment style. In the case of each Fund, the benchmark(s) against which the performance of the Fund’s portfolio may be compared for these purposes generally are indicated in the “Average Annual Total Returns” table in the Prospectus. Once determined, incentives are awarded to portfolio managers annually, with a portion awarded as annual cash and a portion awarded as long term incentive. The long term portion of incentives generally carry a pro-rated vesting schedule over a three year period. For many of our portfolio managers, Wells Capital Management further requires a portion of their annual long-term award be allocated directly into each strategy they manage through a deferred compensation vehicle. In addition, our investment team members who are eligible for long term awards also have the opportunity to invest up to 100% of their awards into investment strategies they support (through a deferred compensation vehicle).
Beneficial Ownership in the Fund. The following table shows for each Portfolio Manager the dollar value of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Portfolio Manager, stated as one of the following ranges:
$0;
45 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
$500,001 - $1,000,000; and
Portfolio Manager Fund Holdings
Sub-Adviser / Portfolio Manager
Fund
Dollar Range of Holdings in Fund
Wells Capital Management1
Kurt Gunderson2
Opportunity Fund
$50,001-$100,000
Christopher G. Miller, CFA
Opportunity Fund
$100,001-$500,000
Distributor and Shareholder Servicing Agent
Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (the “Distributor”), an affiliate of Funds Management located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as the distributor to the Wells Fargo Funds.
The Fund has adopted a distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “Rule”) for the classes of shares listed in the table below. The 12b-1 Plan was adopted by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Fund and who had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b-1 Plan (the “Non-Interested Trustees”).
Under the 12b-1 Plan and pursuant to the related Distribution Agreement, each applicable class pays the Distributor, on a monthly basis, an annual fee up to the amount indicated in the table. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses. The Distributor’s distribution-related revenues from the 12b-1 Plan may be more or less than distribution-related expenses incurred during the period.
Fund
Class C
Opportunity Fund
0.75%
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, the Funds paid the Distributor the following fees for distribution-related services.
Distribution Fees
Fund
Total Distribution Fee Paid by Fund
Compensation Paid to Distributor
Compensation to Broker/Dealers
Opportunity Fund
Class C
$93,368
$14,697
$78,671
General. The 12b-1 Plan and Distribution Agreement will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved at least annually by vote of a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. The Distribution Agreement will terminate automatically if assigned, and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, on not less than 60 days’ written notice, by the Trust’s Board, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by the Distributor. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amounts payable thereunder by the relevant class of a Fund without approval by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such class, and no material amendment to the 12b-1 Plan shall be made unless approved by vote of a majority of both the Trustees and Non-Interested Trustees. The 12b-1 Plan provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are deemed to be payments for the financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of Fund shares, such payments are deemed to have been approved under the 12b-1 Plan.
Servicing Agent
The Fund has adopted a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the “Servicing Plan”) for its Class A, Class C, Administrator Class, and Class R shares, as applicable, and has entered into a related Shareholder Servicing Agreement with the Distributor and Funds Management. Under this agreement, the Distributor and Funds Management are authorized to provide or
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 46
engage third parties to provide, pursuant to an Administrative and Shareholder Services Agreements, shareholder support services. For providing these services, the Distributor, Funds Management and third parties are entitled to an annual fee from the applicable class of the Fund of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A, Class C, Administrator Class, and Class R shares, owned of record or beneficially by their customers.
General. The Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by vote of a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Servicing Plan may be made except by such vote.
Underwriting Commissions
The Distributor serves as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Fund on a continuous basis.
For the fiscal periods listed below, the aggregate amounts of underwriting commissions paid to and retained by the Distributor are as follows:
Underwriting Commissions
Fund/Fiscal Year or Period
Aggregate Total Underwriting Commissions
Underwriting Commissions Retained
September 30, 2019
Opportunity Fund
$5,176
$5,176
September 30, 2018
Opportunity Fund
$4,332
$4,332
September 30, 2017
Opportunity Fund
$7,238
$7,238
State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), located at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street Boston, Massachusetts 02111, acts as Custodian and fund accountant for the Fund. As Custodian, State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Fund, handles the receipt and delivery of securities, selects and monitors foreign sub-custodians as the Fund’s global custody manager, determines income and collects interest on each Fund’s investments and maintains certain books and records. As fund accountant, State Street is responsible for calculating each Fund’s daily net asset value per share and for maintaining its portfolio and general accounting records. For its services, State Street is entitled to receive certain transaction fees, asset-based fees and out-of-pocket costs.
Goldman Sachs Bank USA, d/b/a Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (the “Securities Lending Agent”) serves as the securities lending agent to the Funds responsible for the implementation and administration of the Funds’ securities lending program including facilitating the lending of the Funds’ available securities to approved borrowers and negotiating the terms and conditions of each loan with a borrower. The Securities Lending Agent ensures that all substitute interest, dividends, and other distributions paid with respect to loaned securities is credited to each Fund’s relevant account on the date such amounts are delivered by the borrower to the Securities Lending Agent.
The Securities Lending Agent ensures that all collateral received in connection with securities loans is invested in the Cash Collateral Fund, as described above in the section entitled “Permitted Investment Activities and Certain Associated Risks – Loans of Portfolio Securities”. The Securities Lending Agent monitors the marked value of the collateral delivered in connection with a securities loan so that such collateral equals to at least 102% of the market value of any domestic securities loaned or 105% of the market value of any foreign securities loaned. The loaned securities are marked to market on a daily basis, and additional collateral is required to be paid to maintain coverage. At the termination of the loan, the Securities Lending Agent returns the collateral to the borrower upon the return of the loaned securities.
The Securities Lending Agent maintains records of all loans and makes available to the Funds a monthly statement describing the loans made and the income derived from the loans during the period. The Securities Lending Agent
47 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
performs compliance monitoring and testing of the securities lending program and provides quarterly report to the Funds’ Board of Trustees.
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, the Funds listed in the table below earned income and paid fees and compensation to the Securities Lending Agent as follows:
Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent
DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. (“DST”), located at Two Thousand Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Wells Fargo Funds. For providing such services, DST is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds. KPMG provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG’s address is Two Financial Center, 60 South Street, Boston, MA 02111.
The Fund Complex, the Manager, the Distributorand the Sub-Adviser each has adopted a code of ethics which contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access persons” as defined in each of the codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Fund. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Manager, the Distributor and the Sub-Adviser are on public file with, and are available from, the SEC.
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
The Trusts have adopted policies and procedures for the Funds (“Fund Proxy Voting Procedures”) that are used to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds of the Trusts. The Fund Proxy Voting Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Fund shareholders, without regard to any relationship that any affiliated person of a Fund (or an affiliated person of such affiliated person) may have with the issuer of the security and with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each Fund. While securities are not purchased to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership activism, the Funds support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 48
The Board of the Trusts has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities to Funds Management. Funds Management has adopted the Wells Fargo Asset Management (“WFAM”) Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “WFAM Policies and Procedures”) and WFAM has established a Proxy Voting Committee (“WFAM Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the WFAM Policies and Procedures. The following outlines certain key aspects of the WFAM Policies and Procedures relating to the administration of the proxy voting process and how proxies are voted.
Proxy Administrator. The proxy voting process is administered by Wells Capital Management’s Operations Department (“Proxy Administrator”), who reports to WFAM’s Chief Operations Officer. The Proxy Administrator is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process to ensure the implementation of the WFAM Policies and Procedures, including regular operational reviews, typically conducted on a weekly basis. The Proxy Administrator monitors third party voting of proxies to ensure it is being done in a timely and responsible manner, including review of scheduled vendor reports. The Proxy Administrator in conjunction with the Proxy Committee reviews the continuing appropriateness of the WFAM Policies and Procedures set forth herein, and recommends revisions as necessary.
Third Party Proxy Voting Vendor. WFAM has retained a third-party proxy voting service, Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), to assist in the implementation of certain proxy voting-related functions including: 1.) Providing research on proxy matters 2.) Providing technology to facilitate the sharing of research and discussions related to proxy votes 3.) Voting proxies in accordance with WFAM’s guidelines 4.) Handling administrative and reporting items 5.) Maintaining records of proxy statements received in connection with proxy votes and provide copies/analyses upon request. Except in instances where clients have retained voting authority, WFAM retains the responsibility for proxy voting decisions.
Proxy Committee and Sub-Committees. The WFAM Proxy Committee shall be responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process to ensure its implementation in conformance with the WFAM Policies and Procedures. The WFAM Proxy Committee shall coordinate with WFAM Risk and Compliance to monitor ISS, the proxy voting agent currently retained by WFAM, to determine that ISS is accurately applying the WFAM Policies and Procedures and operates as an independent proxy voting agent. WFAM’s ISS vendor oversight process includes an assessment of ISS’ Policy and Procedures (“P&P”), including conflict controls and monitoring, receipt and review of routine performance-related reporting by ISS to WFAM and periodic onsite due diligence meetings. Due diligence meetings typically include: meetings with key staff, P&P related presentations and discussions, technology-related demonstrations and assessments, and some sample testing, if appropriate. The WFAM Proxy Committee shall review the continuing appropriateness of the WFAM Policies and Procedures. The WFAM Proxy Committee may delegate certain powers and responsibilities to sub- committees consisting of a “Proxy Voting Sub-Committee” and a “Proxy Governance Sub-Committee.”
Proxy Voting Sub-Committee. Among other delegated matters, the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee, in accordance with the WFAM Policies and Procedures, reviews and votes on routine proxy proposals that it considers under the WFAM Policies and Procedures in a timely manner. If necessary, the Proxy Voting Sub- Committee escalates issues to the Proxy Governance Sub-Committee that are determined to be material by the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee or otherwise in accordance with the WFAM Policies and Procedures. The Proxy Voting Sub-Committee coordinates with WFAM Risk and Compliance to review the performance and independence of ISS in exercising its proxy voting responsibilities.
Proxy Governance Sub-Committee. The Proxy Governance Sub-Committee reviews and, in accordance with the WFAM Policies and Procedures, votes on issues that have been escalated from the Proxy Voting Sub- Committee. Members of the Proxy Governance Sub-Committee also oversee the implementation of WFAM Proxy Committee recommendations for the respective functional areas in WFAM that they represent.
Voting Procedures. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, proxies will be voted in accordance with the following steps and in the following order of consideration:
49 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Commitment to the Principles of Responsible Investment. As a signatory to the Principles for Responsible Investment, WFAM has integrated certain environmental, social, and governance factors into its investment processes, which includes the proxy process. As described under Voting Procedures above, WFAM considers ISS’s Sustainability Voting Guidelines as a point of reference in certain cases deemed to be material to a company’s long-term shareholder value.
Voting Discretion. In all cases, the WFAM Proxy Committee (and any sub-committee thereof) will exercise its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the WFAM Policies and Procedures. In cases where a proxy item is forwarded by ISS to the WFAM Proxy Committee or a sub-committee thereof, the WFAM Proxy Committee or its sub-committee may be assisted in its voting decision through receipt of: (i) independent research and voting recommendations provided by ISS or other independent sources; (ii) input from the investment sub-adviser responsible for purchasing the security; and (iii) information provided by company management and shareholder groups.
Portfolio Manager and Sub-Adviser Input. The WFAM Proxy Committee may consult with portfolio management teams and Fund sub-advisers on specific proxy voting issues, as it deems appropriate. In addition, portfolio management teams or Fund sub-advisers may proactively make recommendations to the WFAM Proxy Committee regarding any proxy voting issue. In this regard, the process takes into consideration expressed views of portfolio management teams and Fund sub-advisers given their deep knowledge of investee companies. For any proxy vote, portfolio management teams and Fund sub-advisers may make a case to vote against the ISS or WFAM Proxy Committee’s recommendation (which is described under Voting Procedures above). Any portfolio management team’s or Fund sub-adviser’s opinion will be documented in a brief write-up for consideration by the WFAM Proxy Committee who will determine, or escalate to the Proxy Governance Committee, the final voting decision.
Consistent Voting. Proxies will be voted consistently on the same matter when securities of an issuer are held by WFAM multiple client accounts without “split voting” across different accounts.
WFAM Top-of-House Proxy Voting Principles/Guidelines. The following reflects WFAM’s Top-of- House Voting Principles. WFAM has put in place a custom voting policy with ISS to implement these voting principles.
Boards of Directors. WFAM believes that Boards of Directors should have strong, independent leadership and should adopt structures and practices that enhance their effectiveness. WFAM believes it is the responsibility of the Board of Directors to create, enhance, and protect shareholder value. WFAM recognizes that the optimal board size and governance structure can vary by company size, industry, region of operations, and circumstances specific to the company.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 50
Fund Voting Reporting Coordination. Voting decisions made by the WFAM Proxy Committee on behalf of the Funds will be reported to ISS to ensure that votes are registered in a timely manner and included in Form N-PX reporting.
Practical Limitations to Proxy Voting. While WFAM uses its reasonable best efforts to vote proxies, in certain circumstances, it may be impractical or impossible for WFAM to vote proxies (e.g., limited value or unjustifiable costs).
Securities on Loan. As a general matter, securities on loan will not be recalled to facilitate proxy voting (in which case the borrower of the security shall be entitled to vote the proxy). However, as it relates to portfolio holdings of the Funds, if the WFAM Proxy Committee is aware of an item in time to recall the security and has determined in good faith that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs the loss in lending revenue that would result from recalling the security (e.g., if there is a controversial upcoming merger or acquisition, or some other significant matter), the security will be recalled for voting.
Share Blocking. Proxy voting in certain countries requires “share blocking”. Shareholders wishing to vote their proxies must deposit their shares with a designated depositary before the date of the meeting. Consequently, the shares may not be sold in the period preceding the proxy vote. Absent compelling reasons, WFAM believes that the benefit derived from voting these shares is outweighed by the burden of limited trading. Therefore, if share blocking is required in certain markets, WFAM will not participate and refrain from voting proxies for those clients impacted by share blocking.
Conflicts of Interest. WFAM may have a conflict of interest regarding a proxy to be voted upon if, for example, WFAM or its affiliates have other relationships with the issuer of the proxy. In most instances, conflicts of interest are avoided through a strict and objective application of the voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Administrator is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise require a vote by the Proxy Committee or that, in the determination of the WFAM Proxy Committee, otherwise warrants the taking of additional steps to mitigate the conflict, the WFAM Proxy Committee or the Proxy Administrator shall address the material conflict by using any of the following methods:
The WFAM Proxy Committee will not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of WFAM (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) or any affiliated persons of such affiliated persons and the WFAM Proxy Committee will vote all such matters without regard to the conflict.
51 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities held during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 may be obtained on the Funds’ website at wfam.com or by accessing the SEC’s website at sec.gov.
Policies and Procedures for Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings
I. Scope of Policies and Procedures. The following policies and procedures (the “Procedures”) govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the separate series of Wells Fargo Funds Trust (“Funds Trust”), Wells Fargo Master Trust (“Master Trust”), Wells Fargo Variable Trust (“Variable Trust”) (each of Funds Trust, Master Trust and Variable Trust are referred to collectively herein as the “Funds” or individually as the “Fund”) now existing or hereafter created.
II. Disclosure Philosophy. The Funds have adopted these Procedures to ensure that the disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio holdings is accomplished in a manner that is consistent with a Fund’s fiduciary duty to its shareholders. For purposes of these Procedures, the term “portfolio holdings” means the stock, bond and derivative positions held by a Fund and includes the cash investments held by the Fund.
Under no circumstances shall Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), Wells Fargo Asset Management (“WFAM”) or the Funds receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Fund’s portfolio holdings or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Fund’s portfolio holdings.
III. Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings. The complete portfolio holdings and top ten holdings information referenced below (except for the Funds of Master Trust (“Master Portfolios”) and Funds of Variable Trust) will be available on the Funds’ website until updated for the next applicable period. Funds Management may withhold any portion of a Fund’s portfolio holdings from online disclosure when deemed to be in the best interest of the Fund. Once holdings information has been posted on the website, it may be further disseminated without restriction.
A. Complete Holdings. The complete portfolio holdings for each Fund (except for Money Market Funds and Alternative Funds and Master Portfolios) shall be made publicly available monthly on the Funds’ website (www.wfam.com), on a one-month delayed basis. Money Market Fund portfolio holdings shall be made publicly available on the Funds’ website, on a 1-day delayed basis. In addition to the foregoing, each Money Market Fund shall post on its website such portfolio holdings and other information required by Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The categories of information included on the website may differ slightly from what is included in the Funds’ financial statements.
B. Top Ten Holdings. Top ten holdings information (excluding derivative positions) for each Fund (except for Money Market Funds, Alternative Funds and Master Portfolios) shall be made publicly available on the Funds’ website on a monthly, seven-day or more delayed basis.
C. Fund of Funds Structures.
D. Alternative Funds.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 52
of each of the following: (a) equity securities of single issuers held short, and (b) any put options on equity securities held long.
E. Master Portfolios.
Furthermore, each Fund shall file such forms and portfolio holdings information in filings made with the SEC in the manner specified on such forms and with such frequency as required by such forms and applicable SEC rules and regulations.
IV. List of Approved Recipients. The following list describes the limited circumstances in which a Fund’s portfolio holdings may be disclosed to select third parties in advance of the monthly release on the Funds’ website. In each instance, a determination will be made by Funds Management that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients, where feasible, are subject to an independent duty or contractual obligation not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.
A. Wells Fargo Affiliates. Team members of Wells Fargo & Co. (“Wells Fargo”) and its affiliates who perform risk management functions and provide other services to the Fund(s), as well as the third-party service providers utilized by them to perform such functions and provide such services, shall have full daily access to the portfolio holdings of the Fund(s).
B. Sub-Advisers. Sub-advisers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Fund(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Sub-advisers may also release to and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.
A new Fund sub-adviser may periodically receive full portfolio holdings information for such Fund from the date of Board approval through the date upon which they take over day-to-day investment management activities. Such disclosure will be subject to confidential treatment.
C. Money Market Portfolio Management Team. The money market portfolio management team at Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”) shall have full daily access to daily transaction information across the Wells Fargo Funds for purposes of anticipating money market sweep activity which in turn helps to enhance liquidity management within the money market funds.
D. Funds Management/Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (“Funds Distributor”).
E. External Servicing Agents. Portfolio holdings may be disclosed to servicing agents in connection with the day-to-day operations and management of the funds. These recipients include, but are not limited to: a fund’s auditors; a fund’s custodians; a fund’s accountants; proxy voting service providers; class action processing service providers; pricing service vendors; prime brokers; securities lending agents; counsel to a fund or its independent Trustees; regulatory authorities; third parties that assist in the review, processing and/or analysis of Fund portfolio transactions, portfolio accounting and reconciliation, portfolio performance, trade order management, portfolio data analytics, electronic order matching and other analytical or operational systems and services in connection with supporting a fund’s
53 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
operations; a fund’s insurers; financial printers; and providers of electronic systems providing access to materials for meetings of a fund’s board of Trustees.
F. Rating Agencies. Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations may receive full Fund holdings for rating purposes.
G. Reorganizations. Entities hired as trading advisors that assist with the analysis and trading associated with transitioning portfolios may receive full portfolio holdings of both the target fund and the acquiring fund. In addition, the portfolio managers of the target fund and acquiring fund may receive full portfolio holdings of the acquiring fund and target fund, respectively, in order to assist with aligning the portfolios prior to the closing date of the reorganization.
H. Investment Company Institute. The Investment Company Institute may receive information about full money market Fund holdings concurrently at the time each money market Fund files with the SEC a report containing such information.
I. In-Kind Redemptions. In connection with satisfying in-kind redemption requests made to Funds, the redeeming shareholders and their advisers and service providers may receive full Fund holdings as reasonably necessary to operationally process such redemptions.
V. Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the list of approved recipients requires approval by the President, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Funds; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund.
VI. Commentaries. Funds Management and WFAM may disclose any views, opinions, judgments, advice or commentary, or any analytical, statistical, performance or other information in connection with or relating to a Fund or its portfolio holdings (including historical holdings information), or any changes to the portfolio holdings of a Fund. The portfolio commentary and statistical information may be provided to members of the press, shareholders in the Funds, persons considering investment in the Funds or representatives of such shareholders or potential shareholders. The content and nature of the information provided to each of these persons may differ.
Certain of the information described above will be included in periodic fund commentaries (e.g., quarterly, monthly, etc.) and will contain information that includes, among other things, top contributors/detractors from fund performance and significant portfolio changes during the relevant period (e.g., calendar quarter, month, etc.). This information will be posted contemporaneously with their distribution on the Funds’ website.
No person shall receive any of the information described above if, in the sole judgment of Funds Management and WFAM, the information could be used in a manner that would be harmful to the Funds.
VII. Other Investment Products. Funds Management, WFAM and/or their affiliates manage other investment products, including investment companies, offshore funds, and separate accounts. Many of these other investment products have strategies that are the same or substantially similar to those of the Funds and thus may have the same or substantially similar portfolio holdings. The provision of the portfolio holdings of these other investment products is excluded from these procedures. Similarly, the provision of a model or reference portfolio to clients, investors and, in some cases, third-party sponsors, in connection with the management or other investment products is excluded from these procedures, even if the model or reference portfolio is the same as or substantially similar to that of a Fund, provided (1) the model or reference portfolio is not characterized or otherwise identified to the recipient, explicitly or implicitly, as being the portfolio of a Fund and (2) the degree of overlap with the Fund’s portfolio or with any portion thereof is not communicated, identified or confirmed to the recipient.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 54
VIII. Board Approval. The Board shall review these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but not less often than annually, and will consider for approval any changes that they deem appropriate.
IX. Education Component. In order to promote strict compliance with these Procedures, Funds Management has informed its employees, and other parties possessing Fund portfolio holdings information (such as sub-advisers, the fund accounting agent and the custodian), of the limited circumstances in which the Funds’ portfolio holdings may be disclosed in advance of the monthly disclosure on the Funds’ website and the ramifications, including possible dismissal, if disclosure is made in contravention of these Procedures.
The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board and the supervision of the Adviser, the Sub-Advisers are responsible for the Funds’ portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of the Sub-Advisers to obtain the best overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of transaction involved; the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm, the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission. While the Sub-Advisers generally seek reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.
Purchases and sales of equity securities on a securities exchange are effected through broker-dealers who charge a negotiated commission for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker-dealer including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, affiliated broker-dealers. However, the Funds and Funds Management have adopted a policy pursuant to Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act that prohibits the Funds from directing portfolio brokerage to brokers who sell Fund shares as compensation for such selling efforts. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with broker-dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the broker-dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount.
In placing orders for portfolio securities of the Fund, the Fund’s Sub-Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that the Sub-Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provide the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, the Adviser oversees the trade execution procedures of the Sub-Adviser to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.
The Sub-Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a portfolio transaction, give preference to a broker-dealer that has provided statistical or other research services to the Sub-Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, the Sub-Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer.
The Sub-Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, a Sub-Adviser is able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition to, and not in
55 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of the Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which a sub-adviser places securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with advising the Funds.
Portfolio Turnover. The portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when a Sub-Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be made in the portfolios consistent with the investment objectives and policies of the Fund’s whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of a Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expenses to the Funds, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and the reinvestment in other securities. Portfolio turnover may also result in adverse tax consequences to a Fund’s shareholders.
The table below shows the Fund’s portfolio turnover rates for the two most recent fiscal years:
Portfolio Turnover Rate
Fund
September 30, 2019
September 30, 2018
Opportunity Fund
28%
30%
Brokerage Commissions. Below are the brokerage commissions paid for the last three fiscal years by the Fund to: (1) all brokers and; (2) Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC, an affiliate of Wells Fargo & Company.
Fund/Fiscal Year or Period
Total Paid to all Brokers
Total Paid to Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC
September 30, 2019
Opportunity Fund
$538,094
$0
September 30, 2018
Opportunity Fund
$706,555
$0
September 30, 2017
Opportunity Fund
$910,378
$0
Commissions Paid to Brokers that Provide Research Services. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, the Fund paid the following commissions to brokers that provide research services, based on the stated total amount of transactions.
Brokerage Commissions
Fund/Fiscal Year or Period
Dollar Amounts of Transactions with Research Firms
Commissions Paid on Transactions with Research Firms
Opportunity Fund
$
451,920,311
$
170,197
Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers. The Fund is required to identify any securities of its “regular brokers or dealers” (as defined under Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act) or of its parents that the Fund may hold at the close of their most recent fiscal year. As of September 30, 2019, the Fund held no securities of its regular broker-dealers or of their parents.
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
A Fund’s NAV is the value of a single share. The NAV is calculated as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day that the NYSE is open, although a Fund may deviate from this calculation time under unusual or unexpected circumstances. The NAV is calculated separately for each class of shares of a multiple-class Fund. The most recent NAV for each class of a Fund is available at wfam.com. To calculate the NAV of a Fund’s shares, the Fund’s assets are valued and totaled, liabilities are subtracted, and the
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 56
balance, called net assets, is divided by the number of shares outstanding. The price at which a purchase or redemption request is processed is based on the next NAV calculated after the request is received in good order. Generally, NAV is not calculated, and purchase and redemption requests are not processed, on days that the NYSE is closed for trading; however under unusual or unexpected circumstances a Fund may elect to remain open even on days that the NYSE is closed or closes early. To the extent that a Fund’s assets are traded in various markets on days when the Fund is closed, the value of the Fund’s assets may be affected on days when you are unable to buy or sell Fund shares. Conversely, trading in some of a Fund’s assets may not occur on days when the Fund is open.
With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that may be invested in other mutual funds, the value of the Fund’s shares is based on the NAV of the shares of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests. The valuation methods used by mutual funds in pricing their shares, including the circumstances under which they will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing, are included in the Prospectuses of such funds. To the extent a Fund invests a portion of its assets in non-registered investment vehicles, the Fund’s interests in the non-registered vehicles are fair valued at NAV.
With respect to a Fund’s assets invested directly in securities, the Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Equity securities, options and futures are generally valued at the official closing price or, if none, the last reported sales price on the primary exchange or market on which they are listed (closing price). Equity securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange are generally valued at the quoted bid price obtained from a broker-dealer.
Debt securities are valued at the evaluated bid price provided by an independent pricing service or, if a reliable price is not available, the quoted bid price from an independent broker-dealer.
We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the quoted bid price of a security, including a security that trades primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current market value at the time as of which a Fund calculates its NAV. The closing price or the quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current market value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or quoted bid price but before the time as of which a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systemic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations or evaluated prices from a pricing service or broker-dealer are not readily available.
The fair value of a Fund’s securities and other assets is determined in good faith pursuant to policies and procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. In light of the judgment involved in making fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate or that it reflects the price that the Fund could obtain for such security if it were to sell the security at the time as of which fair value pricing is determined. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or quoted bid price.
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION
Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the Manager, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for a Fund. For further information about this form of payment, please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Funds will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Fund and that such Fund receives satisfactory assurances that (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.
Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase orders, and under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such periods as the SEC may permit. The Fund may also redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Fund’s
57 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Fund may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse the Fund for any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of the Fund as provided from time to time in the Prospectuses.
Computation of Class A Offering Price. Class A shares are sold at their NAV plus a sales charge. Below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of Class A shares of the Fund. The example assumes a purchase of Class A shares of the Fund aggregating less than $50,000 based upon the NAV of the Fund’s Class A shares as of its most recent fiscal year end.
Computation of Class A Offering Price
Fund
Net Asset Value Per Share
Sales Charge Per Share1
Offering Price Per Share
Opportunity Fund (A)
$43.37
5.75%
$46.02
Online Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Funds Account Holders. All shareholders with an existing Wells Fargo Funds account may purchase additional shares of funds or classes of funds within the Wells Fargo Fund family of funds that they already own and redeem existing shares online. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank account linked to their Wells Fargo Funds account. Redemptions may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Online account access is available for institutional clients. Shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at wfam.com for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.
Extraordinary Circumstances Affecting Redemptions. Under the extraordinary circumstances discussed under Section 22(e) under the 1940 Act, we may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment of a redemption for longer than seven days for each Fund. Generally, those extraordinary circumstances are when: (i) the NYSE is closed or trading thereon is restricted; (ii) an emergency exists which makes the disposal by a Fund of securities it owns, or the fair determination of the value of the Fund’s net assets not reasonable or practical; or (iii) the SEC, by order, permits the suspension of the right of redemption for the protection of shareholders.
Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates. A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectuses in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Fund shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.
Reduced Sales Charges for Former C&B Portfolio Shareholders. Shareholders who purchased shares of the C&B Portfolios directly from the C&B Portfolios, and who became Wells Fargo Fund shareholders in the reorganization between the Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund and the Trust effective July 26, 2004 may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Fund at NAV. However, beginning on July 1, 2013, this privilege will only be available to those former C&B Portfolio shareholders whose shares are held directly with the Fund. Please see your account representative for details.
Reduced Sales Charges for Former Montgomery Fund Shareholders. Former Montgomery Fund Class P and Class R shareholders who purchased their shares directly from the Montgomery Funds and became Wells Fargo Fund shareholders in the reorganization, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Fund at NAV. However, beginning on July 1, 2013, this privilege will only be available to those former Montgomery Fund shareholders whose shares are held directly with the Fund. Shareholders who did not purchase such shares directly from the Montgomery Funds may purchase additional shares in the respective acquiring Wells Fargo Fund at NAV. However, beginning on July 1, 2013, this privilege will only be available to those former Montgomery Fund shareholders whose shares are held directly with the Fund.
Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Advisor Class Shareholders. Investors who held Advisor Class shares of a Wells Fargo Fund at the close of business on June 20, 2008 (the “Eligibility Time”), may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Fund at NAV, so long as the following conditions are met: (1) any purchases at NAV are limited to Class A
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 58
shares of the same Fund in which the investor held Advisor Class shares at the Eligibility Time; (2) share purchases are made in the same account through which the investor held Advisor Class shares at the Eligibility Time; (3) the owner of the account remains the same as the account owner at the Eligibility Time; and (4) following the Eligibility Time, the account maintains a positive account balance at some time during a period of at least six months in length. Investors who held Advisor Class shares at the Eligibility Time are also eligible to exchange their Class A shares for Class A shares of another Wells Fargo Fund without imposition of any Class A sales charges and would be eligible to make additional purchases of Class A shares of such other Fund at NAV in the account holding the shares received in exchange. The eligibility of such investors that hold Fund shares through an account maintained by a financial institution is also subject to the following additional limitation. In the event that such an investor’s relationship with and/or the services such investor receives from the financial institution subsequently change, such investor shall thereafter no longer be eligible to purchase Class A shares at NAV. Please consult with your financial representative for further details.
Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Evergreen Fund Shareholders. Former Evergreen Class IS shareholders who received Class A shares of a Fund as a result of a reorganization can continue to purchase Class A shares of that Fund and any other Wells Fargo Fund purchased subsequently by exchange at NAV, without paying the customary sales load, after which subsequent purchases of shares of the subsequent Fund may also be made at NAV. However, beginning on July 31, 2012, this privilege will only be available to those former Evergreen Fund shareholders whose shares are held directly with the Fund.
Former Evergreen Class R shareholders who received Class A shares of a Fund as a result of a reorganization can continue to purchase Class A shares of that Fund and any other Wells Fargo Fund purchased subsequently by exchange at NAV, without paying the customary sales load, after which subsequent purchases of shares of the subsequent Fund may also be made at NAV. However, beginning on July 31, 2012, this privilege will only be available to those former Evergreen Fund shareholders whose shares are held directly with the Fund.
Certain investors in acquired funds who became investors in the Evergreen Funds and subsequently became Wells Fargo Fund shareholders in a reorganization, including former Class IS shareholders of Evergreen Strategic Value Fund and Evergreen Limited Duration Fund, former Investor Class shareholders of Undiscovered Managers Funds, former shareholders of the GMO Global Balanced Allocation Fund, the GMO Pelican Fund and America’s Utility Fund, former shareholders of an Atlas Fund and shareholders of record on October 12, 1990 (and members of their immediate families) in any series of the Salem Funds in existence on that date, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Fund at NAV. However, beginning on July 1, 2013, this privilege will only be available to former Evergreen Fund shareholders whose shares are held directly with the Fund.
Reduced Sales Charges for Affiliated Funds. Any affiliated fund that invests in a Wells Fargo Fund may purchase Class A shares of such Fund at NAV.
Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Holders of Class C Shares. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class C shares where a Fund did not pay a sales commission at the time of purchase.
Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Investor Class Shareholders. Former Investor Class shareholders who received Class A shares of a Fund as a result of a conversion at the close of business on October 23, 2015, can continue to purchase Class A shares of that Fund and any other Wells Fargo Fund purchased subsequently by exchange at NAV, without paying the customary sales load, after which subsequent purchases of shares of the subsequent Fund may also be made at NAV.
Elimination of Minimum Initial Investment Amount for Administrator Class Shares for Eligible Investors. An “Eligible Investor” (as defined below) may purchase Administrator Class shares of the Wells Fargo Funds without meeting the minimum initial investment amount. Eligible Investors include:
59 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Related shareholders or shareholder accounts may be aggregated in order to meet the minimum initial investment requirement for Administrator Class shares. The following are examples of relationships that may qualify for aggregation:
Any of the minimum initial investment waivers listed above may be modified or discontinued at any time.
Elimination of Minimum Initial Investment Amount for Institutional Class Shares for Eligible Investors. An “Eligible Investor” (as defined below) may purchase Institutional Class shares of the Wells Fargo Funds without meeting the minimum initial investment amount. Eligible Investors include:
Related shareholders or shareholder accounts may be aggregated in order to meet the minimum initial investment requirement for Institutional Class shares. The following are examples of relationships that may qualify for aggregation:
Former Institutional Class shareholders of an Evergreen Fund (including former Class Y shareholders of an Evergreen Fund, former SouthTrust shareholders and former Vestaur Securities Fund shareholders who became Institutional Class shareholders of an Evergreen Fund) who received Institutional Class shares of a Wells Fargo Fund in connection with the reorganization of their Evergreen Fund. Such investors may purchase Institutional Class shares at their former minimum investment amount.
Any of the minimum initial investment waivers listed above may be modified or discontinued at any time.
Waiver of Minimum Initial and Subsequent Investment Amounts for All Share Classes for Special Operational Accounts. Shares of any and all share classes of the Wells Fargo Funds may be acquired in special operational accounts (as defined below) without meeting the applicable minimum initial or subsequent investment amounts. Special operational accounts are designated accounts held by Funds Management or its affiliate that are used exclusively for addressing operational matters related to shareholder accounts, such as testing of account functions.
Compensation to Financial Professionals and Intermediaries. Set forth below is a list of the member firms of FINRA to which the Manager, the Distributor or their affiliates made payments out of their revenues in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders in the year ending December 31, 2019 (“Additional Payments”). (Such payments are in addition to any amounts paid to such FINRA firms in the form of dealer reallowances or fees for shareholder servicing or distribution. The payments are discussed in further detail in the Prospectuses under the title “Compensation to Financial Professionals and Intermediaries”). Any additions, modifications, or deletions to the member firms identified in this list that have occurred since December 31, 2019, are not reflected:
FINRA member firms
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 60
In addition to member firms of FINRA, Additional Payments are also made to other selling and shareholder servicing agents, and to affiliates of selling and shareholder servicing agents that sell shares of or provide services to the Funds and their shareholders, such as banks, insurance companies and plan administrators. These firms are not included on the list above, although they may be affiliated with companies on the above list.
No compensation is paid to broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries (such as banks) from Fund assets on sales of Class R6 shares and related services. Class R6 shares do not carry sales commissions or pay Rule 12b-1 fees, or make payments to financial intermediaries to assist in, or in connection with, the sale of the Fund’s shares. None of the Fund’s Manager, the distributor or their affiliates makes any type of administrative or service payments to financial intermediaries in connection with investments in Class R6 shares.
Also not included on the list above are other subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company who may receive revenue from the Manager, the Distributor or their affiliates through intra-company compensation arrangements and for financial, distribution, administrative and operational services.
61 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” Each Prospectus generally describes the U.S. federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Funds. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning certain material U.S. federal income taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. Except as specifically set forth below, the following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.
A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon the shareholder’s particular situation. Except as specifically set forth below, this discussion applies only to U.S. individual shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. A shareholder may also be subject to special rules not discussed below if they are a certain kind of shareholder, including, but not limited to: an insurance company; a tax-exempt organization; a shareholder holding a Fund’s shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as an individual retirement account (an “IRA”), a 401(k) plan account or other qualified retirement account); a financial institution or broker-dealer; a person who is neither a citizen nor resident of the United States or entity that is not organized under the laws of the United States or political subdivision thereof; a shareholder who holds Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction; a shareholder subject to the alternative minimum tax; or an entity taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and investors in such an entity. The summary discussion that follows may not be considered to be individual tax advice and may not be relied upon by any shareholder.
The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the U.S. federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to those discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the following discussion and the discussions in each Prospectus applicable to each shareholder address only some of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Funds.
On December 22, 2017, new tax legislation was enacted which includes significant changes in tax rates, restrictions on miscellaneous itemized deductions, changes to the dividends received deduction, restrictions on the deduction of interest and the international operations of domestic businesses. Certain changes have sunset provisions, which are important to note. Because the tax legislation is recently enacted, and Treasury Regulations and additional guidance interpreting the legislation are continuing to be issued, there is still uncertainty in how the legislation will affect the Fund’s investments and shareholders and whether such legislation could have an adverse effect on a Fund’s investments or the taxation of the shareholders of a Fund. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisor with respect to the impact of this legislation.
Prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers and financial planners regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of an investment in a Fund, the application of state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of any possible changes in applicable tax laws on their investment in the Funds.
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Fund qualify as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1 of the Code. Each Fund will be treated as a separate entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to RICs generally will apply separately to each Fund even though each Fund is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
In order to qualify as a RIC under the Code, each Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year generally from (i) dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) and (ii) net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, as defined in the Code (together with (i) the “qualifying income requirement”). Future U.S. Treasury regulations may (possibly retroactively) exclude from qualifying income foreign currency gains that are not directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock, securities or options and futures with respect to stock or securities. In general, for purposes of this 90% gross income requirement, income derived from a partnership, except a qualified publicly
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 62
traded partnership, will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by the RIC.
Each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other RICs, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and do not exceed 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), the securities of two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (together with (i), the “diversification requirement”). In addition, for purposes of meeting this diversification requirement, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” includes the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Fund may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.
If a Fund fails to satisfy the qualifying income or diversification requirements in any taxable year, such Fund may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements. Additionally, relief is provided for certain de minimis failures of the diversification requirements where the Fund corrects the failure within a specified period. If the applicable relief provisions are not available or cannot be met, such Fund will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation, described below.
In addition, with respect to each taxable year, each Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income earned for the taxable year. If a Fund meets all of the RIC qualification requirements, it generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any of the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Fund generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain, although in certain circumstances, a Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Shareholders generally are taxed on any distributions from a Fund in the year they are actually distributed. However, if a Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Fund intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a RIC and eliminate fund-level U.S. federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation.
Moreover, the Funds may retain for investment all or a portion of their net capital gain. If a Fund retains any net capital gain, it will be subject to a tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but may report the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a written statement furnished to its shareholders, who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. A Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance that it will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.
If, for any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC, and is not eligible for relief as described above, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for its distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (including any distributions of its net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gain) to its shareholders will be taxable as dividend income. To re-qualify to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Fund may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and
63 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
profits attributable to non-RIC years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if a Fund initially qualifies as a RIC but subsequently fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund generally would be required to recognize and pay tax on any net unrealized gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to tax on such unrealized gain recognized for a period of five years, in order to re-qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.
Equalization Accounting. Each Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “earnings and profits,” which generally equals a Fund’s undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits a Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect a Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of redemptions of Fund shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. However, the IRS may not have expressly sanctioned the particular equalization method used by a Fund, and, thus a Fund’s use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.
Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. For net capital losses realized in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, a Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss to offset its capital gain, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss, and such capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. For net capital losses realized in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, a Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss to offset its capital gain indefinitely. For capital losses realized in taxable years beginning after January 1, 2011, the excess of a Fund’s net short-term capital loss over its net long-term capital gain is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year and the excess of a Fund’s net long-term capital loss over its net short-term capital gain is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year. If future capital gain is offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gain is not subject to fund-level U.S. federal income tax, regardless of whether it is distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the Funds do not expect to distribute any such offsetting capital gain. The Funds cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.
If a Fund engages in a reorganization, either as an acquiring fund or acquired fund, its capital loss carry-forwards (if any), its unrealized losses (if any), and any such losses of other funds participating in the reorganization may be subject to severe limitations that could make such losses, in particular losses realized in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, substantially unusable. Various Funds in the Fund Complex have engaged in reorganizations in the past and/or may engage in reorganizations in the future.
Excise Tax. If a Fund fails to distribute by December 31 of each calendar year at least the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for that year (excluding capital gains and losses), 98.2% of its capital gain net income (adjusted for certain net ordinary losses) for the 12-month period ending on October 31 of that year, and any of its ordinary income and capital gain net income from previous years that was not distributed during such years, the Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S federal excise tax on the undistributed amounts (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any). For these purposes, a Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to corporate level U.S. federal income tax for the taxable year ending within the calendar year. Each Fund generally intends to actually, or be deemed to, distribute substantially all of its ordinary income and capital gain net income, if any, by the end of each calendar year and thus expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax. Moreover, each Fund reserves the right to pay an excise tax rather than make an additional distribution when circumstances warrant (for example, the amount of excise tax to be paid by a Fund is determined to be de minimis).
Investment through Master Portfolio. A Fund that invests its assets through one or more master portfolios will seek to continue to qualify as a RIC. Each master portfolio will be treated as a non-publicly traded partnership (or, in the event that a Fund is the sole investor in the corresponding master portfolio, as disregarded from the Fund) for U.S. federal income tax purposes rather than as a RIC or a corporation under the Code. Under the rules applicable to a non-publicly traded partnership (or disregarded entity), a proportionate share of any interest, dividends, gains and losses of a master portfolio will be deemed to have been realized (i.e., “passed-through”) by its investors, including the corresponding Fund, regardless of whether any amounts are actually distributed by the master portfolio. Each investor
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 64
in a master portfolio will be taxed on such share, as determined in accordance with the governing instruments of the particular master portfolio, the Code and U.S. Treasury regulations, in determining such investor’s U.S. federal income tax liability. Therefore, to the extent a master portfolio were to accrue but not distribute any income or gains, the corresponding Fund would be deemed to have realized its proportionate share of such income or gains without receipt of any corresponding distribution. However, each of the master portfolios will seek to minimize recognition by its investors (such as a corresponding Fund) of income and gains without a corresponding distribution. Furthermore, each master portfolio intends to manage its assets, income and distributions in such a way that an investor in a master portfolio will be able to continue to qualify as a RIC by investing its assets through the master portfolio.
Taxation of Investments. In general, realized gains or losses on the sale of securities held by a Fund will be treated as capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.
If a Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount (“OID”) (generally, a debt obligation with a purchase price at original issuance less than its principal amount, such as a zero-coupon bond), which generally includes “payment-in-kind” or “PIK” bonds, the Fund generally is required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund may not receive cash payments attributable to the OID until a later date, potentially until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate discount obligations may be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Similarly, if a Fund purchases a debt obligation with market discount (generally a debt obligation with a purchase price after original issuance less than its principal amount (reduced by any OID)) and a Fund elects to include market discount in income as it accrues, the Fund generally is required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the market discount as ordinary income, even though the Acquiring Fund may not receive cash payments attributable to the market discount until a later date, potentially until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A Fund generally will be required to make cash distributions to shareholders representing the OID or market discount income on debt obligations that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by a Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from sales proceeds of securities held by the Fund which a Fund otherwise might have continued to hold; obtaining such cash might be disadvantageous for the Fund.
If a Fund invests in distressed debt obligations or obligations of issuers that later become distressed, including debt obligations of issuers not currently paying interest or who are in default, special tax issues may exist for the Fund. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when a Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID, or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, and how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income. A Fund may be required to include in income certain fees that are treated as OID and required to be included in income for financial statement purposes when received (rather than when accrued into income under current law). These and other related issues will be addressed by a Fund when, as, and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
If an option granted by a Fund is sold, lapses or is otherwise terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses realized by a Fund in the sale, exchange, exercise, or other disposition of an option may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a covered call option granted by it, the Fund generally will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option granted by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.
Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options used by a Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” A Fund will be required to “mark-to-market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Provided such positions are held as capital assets and are not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated
65 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
as short-term capital gain or loss (although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss (as described below)). These provisions may require a Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are exempt from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule and may require the Fund to defer the recognition of losses on certain futures contracts, foreign currency contracts and non-equity options.
Foreign currency gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt obligations, certain options, futures contracts, forward contracts, and similar instruments relating to foreign currency, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future U.S. Treasury regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to a Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% income test described above. If the net foreign currency loss exceeds a Fund’s net investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss) for a taxable year, the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.
Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain derivative instruments, such as financial forward, futures, and options contracts, may be considered, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If a Fund is treated as entering into a “straddle” and at least one (but not all) of the Fund’s positions in derivative contracts comprising a part of such straddle is governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above, then such straddle could be characterized as a “mixed straddle.” A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain. In addition, the existence of a straddle may affect the holding period of the offsetting positions. As a result, the straddle rules could cause distributions that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income (defined below) to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements (described below) and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income. Furthermore, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense and carrying charges applicable to a position that is part of a straddle, including any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character and timing of gains and losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to the situation where a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.
If a Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale of an appreciated financial position occurs when a Fund enters into certain offsetting transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property, including: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future U.S. Treasury regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the appreciated financial position. Losses realized from a sale of a position that was previously the subject of a constructive sale will be recognized when the position is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the position and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to certain closed transactions, including if such a transaction is closed on or before the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.
The amount of long-term capital gain a Fund may recognize from certain derivative transactions with respect to interests in certain pass-through entities is limited under the Code’s constructive ownership rules. The amount of
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 66
long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.
In addition, a Fund’s transactions in securities and certain types of derivatives (e.g., options, futures contracts, forward contracts, and swap agreements) may be subject to other special tax rules, such as the wash sale rules or the short sale rules, the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, cause adjustments to the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains, and/or convert short-term capital losses into long- term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders.
Rules governing the U.S. federal income tax aspects of derivatives, including swap agreements, are not entirely clear in certain respects, particularly in light of IRS revenue rulings that held that income from a derivative contract with respect to a commodity index is not qualifying income for a RIC. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If the IRS did not accept such treatment, the status of a Fund as a RIC might be jeopardized. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a RIC may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in derivatives transactions.
Certain Funds may invest in a wholly-owned subsidiary classified as a controlled foreign corporation, or “CFC,” for federal income tax purposes. As a result, a Fund may be required to include in its gross income for federal income tax purposes all or a significant portion of the income of such subsidiary, referred to as subpart F income, whether or not the subsidiary makes a distribution to such Fund. Distributions by a CFC to a Fund will not be taxable to such Fund to the extent that the Fund has previously recognized subpart F income. This subpart F income is generally treated as ordinary income, regardless of the character of the CFC’s underlying income.
In 2016, the IRS and Treasury issued proposed regulations that require a passive foreign investment company or a CFC, including those that invest in certain commodities investments, to distribute income in order for the income to satisfy the Qualifying Income Requirement. Therefore, to the extent a Fund invests directly in a CFC of PFIC, the IRS may contest the Fund’s characterization of the income produced by such assets as qualifying income which, if successful, could cause the Fund to fail to qualify as a RIC. Each Fund and its investment manager plan to direct investments of the Fund’s assets in conformance with the proposed regulations, IRS guidance, and the advice of counsel. In addition, a Fund may not have more than 25% of the value of its assets invested in a subsidiary to meet the Diversification Requirement. The value of a Fund’s subsidiary may be volatile and it may be difficult for such Fund to continue to have less than 25% of the value of its assets invested in a subsidiary. Accordingly, each Fund’s ability to invest in a subsidiary may be limited by the Qualifying Income Requirement or Diversification Requirement. Each Fund will account for its investments in a subsidiary in a manner it deems to be appropriate. However, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If the IRS did not accept such treatment, the status of such Fund as a RIC might be jeopardized.
A Fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). Investments in REIT equity securities may require a Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. A Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may at other times result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings. If the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income and will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction. In addition, between 2018 and 2025, a direct REIT shareholder may claim a 20% “qualified business income” deduction for ordinary REIT dividends, and proposed regulations issued in January 2019 (on which taxpayers may currently rely) permit a RIC to pass through to its shareholders the special character of this income. Ordinary dividends received by a Fund from a REIT will generally not constitute qualified dividend income, which would be eligible for tax at a reduced rate.
A Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) or in other interests that may be treated as taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Under IRS guidance, a Fund must allocate “excess inclusion income” received directly or indirectly from REMIC residual
67 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
interests or TMPs to its shareholders in proportion to dividends paid to such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders had invested in the REMIC residual interests or TMPs directly.
In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) constitutes unrelated business taxable income to Keogh, 401(k) and qualified pension plans, as well as investment retirement accounts and certain other tax exempt entities, thereby potentially requiring such an entity, which otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, does not qualify for any reduction, by treaty or otherwise, in the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (as defined in the Code) is a record holder of a share in a Fund, then the Fund will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal corporate income tax rate. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, a Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable disqualified organization, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund. The Funds have not yet determined whether such an election will be made.
“Passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) are generally defined as foreign corporations with respect to which at least 75% of their gross income for their taxable year is income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or at least 50% of their assets on average produce such passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of such equity interest in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions will be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, some excess distributions may have been classified as capital gain.
A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to PFICs. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require a Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Investments in PFICs could also result in the treatment of associated capital gains as ordinary income. The Funds may attempt to limit and/or manage their holdings in PFICs to minimize their tax liability or maximize their returns from these investments but there can be no assurance that they will be able to do so. Moreover, because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income.
In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Funds may involve complex tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Funds seek to avoid significant non-cash income, such non-cash income could be recognized by the Funds, in which case the Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements.
Taxation of Distributions. Except for exempt-interest dividends (defined below) paid out by “Tax-Free Funds”, distributions paid out of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported by each shareholder who is required to file a U.S. federal income tax return. Dividends and distributions on a Fund’s shares are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares acquired at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects gains that are either unrealized, or realized but not distributed. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata to distributions paid over the entire year. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in the shareholder’s Fund shares and then as capital gain. A Fund may make distributions in excess of its earnings and profits, from time to time.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 68
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income, and distributions of gains from the sale of investments that a Fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions properly designated by a Fund as capital gain dividends will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s net capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares, and do not qualify as dividends for purposes of the dividends-received deduction or as qualified dividend income. Each Fund will report capital gain dividends, if any, in a written statement furnished to its shareholders after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.
Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may result in foreign exchange gain or loss on transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations, and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts. Such gains or losses are generally characterized as ordinary income or loss for tax purposes. The Fund must make certain distributions in order to not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax, and the timing of and character of transactions such as foreign currency-related gains and losses may result in the fund paying a distribution treated as a return of capital. Such distribution is nontaxable to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares.
Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges the shareholder’s Fund shares, subject to the discussion below, the shareholder generally will recognize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and the shareholder’s tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shareholder has held such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange, and short-term otherwise.
If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, before January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year of the sale or exchange, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, the shareholder subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different RIC, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder recognizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed under the “wash sale” rules to the extent the shareholder purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be reflected in an adjustment to the tax basis of the purchased shares.
If a shareholder receives a capital gain dividend with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain dividend. If such loss is incurred from the redemption of shares pursuant to a periodic redemption plan then U.S. Treasury regulations may permit an exception to this six-month rule. No such regulations have been issued as of the date of this SAI.
In addition, if a shareholder of a Tax-Free Fund holds such Fund shares for six months or less, any loss on the sale or exchange of those shares will be disallowed to the extent of the amount of exempt-interest dividends (defined below) received with respect to the shares. If such loss is incurred from the redemption of shares pursuant to a periodic redemption plan then U.S. Treasury regulations may permit an exception to this six-month rule. Such a loss will also not be disallowed where the loss is incurred with respect to shares of a Fund that declares exempt-interest dividends on a daily basis in an amount equal to at least 90% of its net-tax exempt interest and distributes such dividends on a monthly, or more frequent, basis. Additionally, where a Fund regularly distributes at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest, if any, the Treasury Department is authorized to issue regulations reducing the six month holding period requirement to a period of not less than the greater of 31 days or the period between regular distributions. No such regulations have been issued as of the date of this filing.
Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Although in some countries a portion of these taxes is recoverable by the Fund, the unrecovered portion of foreign withholding taxes will reduce the income received from such securities. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may
69 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis certain foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund, and such taxes may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. However, even if a Fund qualifies for the election for any year, it may decide not to make the election for such year. If a Fund does not so elect, then shareholders will not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes paid or withheld. If a Fund does elect to “pass through” its foreign taxes paid in a taxable year, the Fund will furnish a written statement to its shareholders reporting such shareholders proportionate share of the Funds’ foreign taxes paid.
Even if a Fund qualifies for the election, foreign income and similar taxes will only pass through to the Fund’s shareholders if the Fund and its shareholders meet certain holding period requirements. Specifically, (i) the shareholders must have held the Fund shares for at least 16 days during the 31-day period beginning 15 days prior to the date upon which the shareholders became entitled to receive Fund distributions corresponding with the pass through of such foreign taxes paid by the Fund, and (ii) with respect to dividends received by the Fund on foreign shares giving rise to such foreign taxes, the Fund must have held the shares for at least 16 days during the 31-day period beginning 15 days prior to the date upon which the Fund became entitled to the dividend. These holding periods increase for certain dividends on preferred stock. A Fund may choose not to make the election if the Fund has not satisfied its holding requirement.
If a Fund makes the election, the Fund will not be permitted to claim a credit or deduction for foreign taxes paid in that year, and the Fund’s dividends-paid deduction will be increased by the amount of foreign taxes paid that year. Fund shareholders that have satisfied the holding period requirements and certain other requirements shall include their proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund in their gross income and treat that amount as paid by them for the purpose of the foreign tax credit or deduction. If the shareholder claims a credit for foreign taxes paid, the credit will be limited to the extent it exceeds the shareholder’s federal income tax attributable to foreign source taxable income. If the credit is attributable, wholly or in part, to qualified dividend income (as defined below), special rules will be used to limit the credit in a manner that reflects any resulting dividend rate differential.
In general, an individual with $300 ($600 if married filing jointly) or less of creditable foreign taxes may elect to be exempt from the foreign source taxable income and qualified dividend income limitations if the individual has no foreign source income other than qualified passive income. A deduction for foreign taxes paid may only be claimed by shareholders that itemize their deductions. Notably, for tax years between 2018 and 2025, miscellaneous itemized deductions are suspended for non-corporate taxpayers. Accordingly, during this time period, individuals may be more likely to take advantage of a foreign tax credit. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers regarding the impact of these changes on their personal situation.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Rates. Noncorporate Fund shareholders (i.e., individuals, trusts and estates) currently are taxed at a maximum rate of 37% on ordinary income and 20% on long-term capital gain.
In general, “qualified dividend income” realized by noncorporate Fund shareholders is taxable at the same rate as net capital gain. Generally, qualified dividend income is dividend income attributable to certain U.S. and foreign corporations, as long as certain holding period requirements are met. All dividend income, other than qualified dividend income, generally will be taxed at the same rate as ordinary income. If 95% or more of a Fund’s gross income (excluding net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions (other than capital gain dividends) will be generally treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they have owned their Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date). In general, if less than 95% of a Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that is attributable to qualified dividend income and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders. Payments received by a Fund from securities lending, repurchase, and other derivative transactions ordinarily will not qualify as qualified dividend income. The rules attributable to the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisers and financial planners. Income and bond Funds typically do not distribute significant amounts of “qualified dividend income” eligible for reductions in individual U.S. federal income tax rates.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 70
The maximum stated corporate U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain currently is 21%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Subject to limitations and other rules, a corporate shareholder of a Fund may not be eligible for the dividends received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such a deduction. For eligible corporate shareholders, the dividends-received deduction may be subject to certain reductions, and a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will be eligible for the deduction only if certain holding period and other requirements are met. These requirements are complex; therefore, corporate shareholders of the Funds are urged to consult their own tax advisers and financial planners. The amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters.
Noncorporate Fund shareholders with income exceeding $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly) generally will be subject to a 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which ordinarily includes taxable distributions received from the Funds and taxable gain on the disposition of Fund shares.
Backup Withholding. A Fund is generally required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain exemptions (such as for certain corporate or foreign shareholders), an amount equal to 24% of all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder if (i) the shareholder fails to furnish the Fund with a correct “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), (ii) the shareholder fails to certify under penalties of perjury that the TIN provided is correct, (iii) the shareholder fails to make certain other certifications, or (iv) the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax imposed on the shareholder. The shareholder may apply amounts withheld as a credit against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. A shareholder may generally avoid backup withholding by furnishing a properly completed IRS Form W-9. State backup withholding may also be required to be withheld by the Funds under certain circumstances.
Foreign Shareholders. For purposes of this discussion, “foreign shareholders” include: (i) nonresident alien individuals, (ii) foreign trusts (i.e., a trust other than a trust with respect to which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), (iii) foreign estates (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source), and (iv) foreign corporations.
Distributions made to foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder within the United States (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States), federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply. Instead, the distribution will be subject to withholding at the highest applicable U.S. tax rate (currently 37% in the case of individuals and 21% in the case of corporations) and the foreign shareholder will be subject to federal income tax reporting requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons described above.
Under U.S. federal tax law, a foreign shareholder is not, in general, subject to federal income tax or withholding tax on capital gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of the Funds and on long-term capital gains dividends, provided that the Funds obtain a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by the foreign shareholder within the United States (or, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States of the foreign shareholder); (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) the shares of the Funds constitute U.S. real property interests (“USRPIs”), as described below.
71 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Under current law, if a Fund is considered to be a “United States Real Property Holding Corporation” (as defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), then distributions attributable to certain underlying real estate investment trust (“REIT”) investments and redemption proceeds paid to a foreign shareholder that owns at least 5% of a Fund, generally will cause the foreign shareholder to treat such gain or distribution as income effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States, subject to such gain or distribution withholding tax and cause the foreign shareholder to be required to file a federal income tax return. In addition, in any year when at least 50% of a Fund’s assets are USRPIs (as defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), distributions of the Fund that are attributable to gains from the sale or exchange of shares in USRPIs may be subject to U.S. withholding tax (regardless of such shareholder’s percentage interest in the Fund) and may require the foreign shareholder to file a U.S. federal income tax return in order to receive a refund (if any) of the withheld amount.
Subject to the additional rules described herein, federal income tax withholding will apply to distributions attributable to dividends and other investment income distributed by the Funds. The federal income tax withholding rate may be reduced (and, in some cases, eliminated) under an applicable tax treaty between the United States and the foreign shareholder’s country of residence or incorporation. In order to qualify for treaty benefits, a foreign shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its foreign status (generally by providing a Fund with a properly completed Form W-8BEN).
Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a 30% withholding tax generally is imposed on payments of interest and dividends to (i) foreign financial institutions including non-U.S. investment funds and (ii) certain other foreign entities, unless the foreign financial institution or foreign entity provides the withholding agent with documentation sufficient to show that it is compliant with FATCA (generally by providing the Fund with a properly completed Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable). If the payment is subject to the 30% withholding tax under FATCA, a foreign shareholder will not be subject to the 30% withholding tax described above on the same income. Under proposed regulations, FATCA withholding on the gross proceeds of share redemptions and certain capital gain distributions, scheduled to take effect beginning January 1, 2019, has been eliminated. Such proposed regulations are subject to change.
Before investing in a Fund’s shares, a prospective foreign shareholder should consult with its own tax advisors, including whether the shareholder’s investment can qualify for benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.
Tax-Deferred Plans. Shares of the Funds may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. However, shares of a Tax-Free Fund may not be suitable for tax-deferred, retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts, since such plans and accounts are generally tax-exempt and, therefore, would not benefit from the tax-exempt status of certain distributions from the Tax-Free Fund (discussed below). Such distributions may ultimately be taxable to the beneficiaries when distributed to them.
Prospective investors should contact their tax advisers and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.
Tax-Exempt Shareholders. Shares of a Tax-Free Fund may not be suitable for tax-exempt shareholders since such shareholders generally would not benefit from the tax-exempt status of distributions from the Tax-Free Funds (discussed below). Tax-exempt shareholders should contact their tax advisers and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of an investment in the Funds.
Any investment in residual interests of a collateralized mortgage obligation that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex U.S. federal income tax consequences, especially if a Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders.
Special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) (as defined in Section 664 of the Code) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. CRTs are urged to consult their own tax advisers and financial planners concerning these special tax consequences.
Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts and Foreign Financial Assets Reporting Requirements. A shareholder that owns directly or indirectly more than 50% by vote or value of the Fund, is urged and advised to consult its own tax adviser regarding its filing obligations with respect to IRS Form FinCEN114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 72
Also, under recently enacted rules, subject to exceptions, individuals (and, to the extent provided in forthcoming future U.S. Treasury regulations, certain domestic entities) must report annually their interests in “specified foreign financial assets” on their U.S. federal income tax returns. It is currently unclear whether and under what circumstances stockholders would be required to report their indirect interests in the Fund’s “specified foreign financial assets” (if any) under these new rules.
Shareholders may be subject to substantial penalties for failure to comply with these reporting requirements. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisers to determine whether these reporting requirements are applicable to them.
Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations. Generally, under U.S. Treasury regulations, if an individual shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more or if a corporate shareholder recognizes a loss of $10 million or more, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Additional Considerations for the Tax-Free Funds. If at least 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable years consists of debt obligations that generate interest exempt from U.S. federal income tax under Section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code, then the Fund may qualify to pass through to its shareholders the tax-exempt character of its income from such debt obligations by paying exempt-interest dividends. The Tax-Free Funds intend to so qualify and are designed to provide shareholders with income exempt from U.S. federal income tax in the form of exempt-interest dividends. “Exempt-interest dividends” are dividends (other than capital gain dividends) paid by a RIC that are properly reported as such in a written statement furnished to shareholders.
Each Tax-Free Fund will report to its shareholders the portion of the distributions for the taxable year that constitutes exempt-interest dividends. The designated portion cannot exceed the excess of the amount of interest excludable from gross income under Section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code received by a Tax-Free Fund during the taxable year over any amounts disallowed as deductions under Sections 265 and 171(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code. Interest on indebtedness incurred to purchase or carry shares of the Tax-Free Funds will not be deductible to the extent that the Tax-Free Funds’ distributions are exempt from U.S. federal income tax. In addition, an investment in a Tax-Free Fund may result in liability for U.S. federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) for noncorporate shareholders. Certain deductions and exemptions have been designated “tax preference items” which must be added back to taxable income for purposes of calculating the U.S. federal AMT for noncorporate shareholders. Tax preference items include tax-exempt interest on certain “private activity bonds.” To the extent a Tax-Free Fund invests in certain private activity bonds, its shareholders will be required to report that portion of the Fund’s distributions attributable to income from the bonds as a tax preference item in determining noncorporate shareholders’ U.S. federal AMT, if any. Shareholders will be notified of the tax status of distributions made by a Tax-Free Fund.
Persons who may be “substantial users” (or “related persons” of substantial users) of facilities financed by private activity bonds should consult their tax advisers before purchasing shares in a Tax-Free Fund. Furthermore, noncorporate shareholders will not be permitted to deduct any of their share of a Tax-Free Fund’s expenses in computing their U.S. federal AMT. As of the date of this filing, individuals are subject to the U.S. federal AMT at a maximum rate of 28%. Corporations are not subject to the U.S. federal AMT for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. Shareholders with questions or concerns about the U.S. federal AMT should consult own their own tax advisers.
The IRS is paying increased attention to whether debt obligations intended to produce interest exempt from U.S. federal income tax in fact meet the requirements for such exemption. Ordinarily, the Tax-Free Funds rely on opinions from the issuer’s bond counsel that interest on the issuer’s debt obligation will be exempt from U.S. federal income tax. However, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not successfully challenge such exemption, which could cause interest on the debt obligation to be taxable and could jeopardize a Tax-Free Fund’s ability to pay any exempt-interest dividends. Similar challenges may occur as to state-specific exemptions.
A shareholder who receives Social Security or railroad retirement benefits should consult the shareholder’s own tax adviser to determine what effect, if any, an investment in a Tax-Free Fund may have on the U.S. federal taxation of such
73 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
benefits. Exempt-interest dividends are included in income for purposes of determining the amount of benefits that are taxable.
Distributions of a Tax-Free Fund’s income other than exempt-interest dividends generally will be taxable to shareholders. Gains realized by a Tax-Free Fund on the sale or exchange of investments that generate tax-exempt income will also be taxable to shareholders.
Although exempt-interest dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal income tax, there may not be a similar exemption under the laws of a particular state or local taxing jurisdiction. Thus, exempt-interest dividends may be subject to state and local taxes. You should consult your own tax advisor to discuss the tax consequences of your investment in a Tax-Free Fund.
Legislative Proposals. Prospective shareholders should recognize that the present U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Funds and their shareholders may be modified by legislative, judicial or administrative actions at any time, which may be retroactive in effect. The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by Congress, the IRS and the Treasury Department, and statutory changes as well as promulgation of new regulations, revisions to existing statutes, and revised interpretations of established concepts occur frequently. You should consult your advisors concerning the status of legislative proposals that may pertain to holding Fund shares.
Cost Basis Reporting
Each Fund or its delegate is required to report cost basis information for shareholders who are individuals and S Corporations to the Internal Revenue Service for redemptions of Fund shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012. This information will also be reported to a shareholder on Form 1099-B and the IRS each year. If a shareholder is a corporation and has not instructed a Fund that it is a C corporation by written instruction, the Fund will treat the shareholder as an S corporation and file a Form 1099-B.
Fund shareholders should consult their tax advisors to obtain more information about how the new cost basis rules apply to them and determine which cost basis method allowed by the Internal Revenue Service is best for their tax situation. Methods allowed by the IRS include, but are not limited to:
In the absence of a shareholder method election, the Fund will apply its default method, Average Cost. If the Average Cost method is applied either by default or at the shareholder’s election, the shareholder’s ability to change such election once a sale occurs will be limited under the IRS rules. After an election has been made, but before a disposition of shares occurs, a shareholder may make a retroactive change to an alternate method. The cost basis method a shareholder elects may not be changed with respect to a redemption of shares after the settlement date of the redemption. At any time, a shareholder may designate a new election for future purchases.
Redemptions of shares acquired prior to January 1, 2012 will continue to be reported using the Average Cost method, if available, and will not be reported to the IRS.
Money Market Fund Shares. The cost basis reporting rules described above do not apply to shares in money market funds. Beginning in 2016, pursuant to SEC rules, certain money market funds began using a floating net asset value rather than a stable net asset value. However, the IRS has issued regulations that permit taxpayers to utilize a simplified method of accounting for gains and losses from redemptions of shares in money market funds that have a floating net asset value (the “NAV method”). If taxpayers properly elect the NAV method, taxpayers will not compute gain or loss for each redemption. Instead, taxpayers utilizing the NAV method, will aggregate the gains and losses for a period and
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 74
report the aggregate gain or loss on an annual basis. If taxpayers do not elect the NAV method, the wash sales rules shall not apply to losses generated by the redemption of money market shares. Any capital gains or losses reported utilizing the NAV method will be short-term capital gains or losses.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL FUND HOLDERS
The Funds is a series of the Trust in the Wells Fargo family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.
Most of the Trust’s series are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a CDSC, that are offered to retail investors. Certain of the Trust’s series also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a series represents an equal, proportionate interest in the series with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of a series’ operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other series or classes of shares offered.
With respect to matters affecting one class but not another, shareholders vote as a class; for example, the approval of a Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all shares of a Fund have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by series, except where voting by a series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one series. For example, a change in a Fund’s fundamental investment policy affects only one series and would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Fund involved. Additionally, approval of an advisory agreement, since it affects only one Fund, is a matter to be determined separately by each series. Approval by the shareholders of one series is effective as to that series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other series to approve the proposal as to those series.
As used in the Prospectus(es) and in this SAI, the term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of a class of shares of a Fund means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the class represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the class are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the class of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.
Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect Trustees under the 1940 Act.
Each share of a class of a Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share of the same class and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to that Fund that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular Fund that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.
From time to time, the Manager and/or its affiliates may invest seed capital in a Fund. These investments are generally intended to enable the Fund to commence investment operations and/or achieve sufficient scale. The Manager and/or its affiliates may redeem some or all of its seed capital investment in a Fund at any time and without prior notice, including at a time when such Fund has not otherwise achieved sufficient scale. The redemption of seed capital may adversely affect a Fund and its shareholders, including by causing the Fund to realize gains that will be distributed and may be taxable to remaining shareholders of the Fund, increasing the Fund’s operating expense ratio and transaction costs and leaving the Fund with remaining assets that are insufficient to support the Fund’s continued operation.
75 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Set forth below as of January 6, 2020, the following owned of record and/or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a class or 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund, as applicable. Additionally, as of January 6, 2020, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust.
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 76
Principal Fund Holders
Raymond James
12.74%
American Enterprise Investment Svc
11.98%
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC
11.01%
MLPF&S
10.62%
For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a person identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial owner of more than 25% of a Fund, or is identified as the record owner of more than 25% of a Fund and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such Fund. A controlling person’s vote could have a more significant effect on matters presented to shareholders for approval than the vote of other Fund shareholders.
77 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
NOTES
Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds | 78
NOTES
79 | Wells Fargo - U.S. Equity Funds
Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about the above referenced series of the Trust in the Wells Fargo family of funds - (the “Fund”).
■
Storage: Unlike the financial futures markets, in the commodity futures markets there are costs of physical storage associated with purchasing the underlying commodity. The price of the commodity futures contract will reflect the storage costs of purchasing the physical commodity, including the time value of money invested in the physical commodity. To the extent that the storage costs for an underlying commodity change while a Fund is invested in futures contracts on that commodity, the value of the futures contract may change proportionately.
■
Reinvestment: In the commodity futures markets, producers of the underlying commodity may decide to hedge the price risk of selling the commodity by selling futures contracts today to lock in the price of the commodity at delivery tomorrow. In order to induce speculators to purchase the other side of the same futures contract, the commodity producer generally must sell the futures contract at a lower price than the expected future spot price. Conversely, if most hedgers in the futures market are purchasing futures contracts to hedge against a rise in prices, then speculators will only sell the other side of the futures contract at a higher futures price than the expected future spot price of the commodity. The changing nature of the hedgers and speculators in the commodity markets will influence whether futures prices are above or below the expected future spot price, which can have significant implications for a Fund. If the nature of hedgers and speculators in futures markets has shifted when it is time for a Fund to reinvest the proceeds of a maturing contract in a new futures contract, the Fund might reinvest at higher or lower futures prices, or choose to pursue other investments.
■
Other Economic Factors: The commodities which underlie commodity futures contracts may be subject to additional economic and non-economic variables, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs, and international economic, political and regulatory developments. These factors may have a larger impact on commodity prices and commodity-linked instruments, including futures contracts, than on traditional securities. Certain commodities are also subject to limited pricing flexibility because of supply and demand factors. Others are subject to broad price fluctuations as a result of the volatility of the prices for certain raw materials and the instability of supplies of other materials. These additional variables may create additional investment risks which subject a Fund’s investments to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities.
(Born 1957)
(Born 1953)
(Born 1952)
(Born 1949)
Audit Committee Chairman, from 2009 to 2018
(Born 1950)
(Born 1953)
(Born 1951)
(Born 1959)
(Born 1959)
1.
Length of service dates reflect the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
1.
Length of service dates reflect the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2.
Nancy Wiser currently serves as Treasurer of 64 funds in the Fund Complex. Jeremy DePalma currently serves as Treasurer of 86 funds in the Fund Complex and Assistant Treasurer of 64 funds in the Fund Complex.
Overall responsibility for oversight of the Trust and the Funds rests with the Board of Trustees. The Board has engaged Funds Management to manage the Funds on a day-to day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing Funds Management and other service providers in the operation of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, applicable provisions of Delaware law, other applicable laws and the Declaration of Trust. The Board is currently composed of nine members, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The Board currently conducts regular in-person meetings five times a year. In addition, the Board may hold special in-person or telephonic meetings or informal conference calls to discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular meetings. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.
1.
As of September 30, 2019, there were 150 series in the Wells Fargo Funds Complex.
2.
Effective July 15, 2019, Ms. Wheelock resigned her position as Trustee. The Board reappointed Ms. Wheelock as Trustee effective January 1, 2020.
1.
Includes Trustee ownership in shares of funds within the entire Wells Fargo Fund Complex (consisting of 149 funds).
1.
Kurt Gunderson became a portfolio manager of the Fund on January 23, 2020. The information presented in this table is as of September 30, 2019, at which time Kurt Gunderson was not a portfolio manager of the Fund.
$1 - $10,000;
$10,001 - $50,000;
$50,001 - $100,000;
$100,001 - $500,000;
over $1,000,000.
1.
Amounts included in the table above may include notional investments held by the portfolio manager through a deferred compensation vehicle.
2.
Kurt Gunderson became a portfolio manager of the Fund on January 23, 2020. The information presented in this table is as of September 30, 2019, at which time Kurt Gunderson was not a portfolio manager of the Fund.
1.
First, any voting items related to WFAM “Top-of-House” voting principles (as described below under the heading “WFAM Proxy Voting Principles/Guidelines”) will generally be voted in accordance with a custom voting policy with ISS (“Custom Policy”) designed to implement the WFAM’s Top-of-House voting principles.
2.
Second, any voting items for meetings deemed of “high importance” (e.g., proxy contests, mergers and
acquisitions, capitalization proposals and anti-takeover proposals) where ISS opposes management recommendations will be referred to the portfolio management teams for recommendation or the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (or escalated to the Proxy Governance Sub- Committee) for case-by-case review and vote determination.
3.
Third, with respect to any voting items where ISS Sustainability Voting Guidelines provide a different recommendation than ISS Standard Voting Guidelines, the following steps are taken:
a. The WFAM Portfolio Risk Management and Analytics team (the “PRMA team”) evaluates the matter for materiality and any other relevant considerations.
b. If the PRMA team recommends further review, the voting item is then referred to the portfolio management teams for recommendation or the Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (or escalated to the Proxy Governance Sub-Committee) for case-by-case review and vote determination.
c. If the PRMA team does not recommend further review, the matter is voted in accordance with ISS Standard Voting Guidelines.
4.
Fourth, any remaining proposals are voted in accordance with ISS Standard Voting Guidelines.
■
WFAM generally votes for the election of Directors in uncontested elections. WFAM reserves the right to vote on a case-by-case basis when Directors fail to meet their duties as a board member, such as failing to act in the best economic interest of shareholders; failing to maintain independent audit, compensation, nominating committees; and failing to attend at least 75% of meetings, etc.
■
WFAM generally votes for an independent board that has a majority of outside Directors who are not affiliated with the top executives and have minimal or no business dealings with the company to avoid potential conflicts of interests.
■
Generally speaking, WFAM believes Directors should sit on no more than 4 public boards at any given time. Directors serving on an excessive number of boards could result in time constraints and an inability to fulfill their duties.
■
WFAM generally supports adopting a declassified board structure for public operating and holding companies. WFAM reserves the right to vote on a case-by-case basis when companies have certain long-term business commitments.
■
WFAM generally supports annual election of Directors of public operating and holding companies. WFAM reserves the right to vote on a case-by-case basis when companies have certain long-term business commitments.
1.
Instructing ISS to vote in accordance with the recommendation ISS makes to its clients;
2.
With respect to any matters involving a portfolio holding of the Funds, disclosing the conflict to the Board of the Funds and obtaining its consent before voting with respect to shares held by the Funds;
3.
With respect to any matters involving a portfolio holding of the Funds, submitting the matter to the Board of the Funds to exercise its authority to vote on such matter with respect to shares held by the Funds;
4.
Engaging an independent fiduciary who will direct the WFAM Proxy Committee how to vote on such matter following consultation with the Board of the Funds if the conflict pertains to a matter involving a portfolio holding of the Funds;
5.
Consulting with outside legal counsel for guidance on resolution of the conflict of interest;
6.
Erecting information barriers around the person or persons making voting decisions following consultation with the Board of the Funds if the conflict pertains to a matter involving a portfolio holding of the Funds;
7.
Voting in proportion to other shareholders (“mirror voting”) following consultation with the Board of the Funds if the conflict pertains to a matter involving a portfolio holding of the Funds; or
8.
Voting in other ways that are consistent with WFAM’s obligation to vote in the best interests of its shareholders.
1. The underlying funds held by a Fund that operates as a fund of funds and invests exclusively in multiple affiliated underlying funds or multiple unaffiliated underlying funds or in a combination of affiliated and unaffiliated underlying funds (“fund of funds”) shall be posted to the Funds’ website on a monthly, one-month delayed basis.
2. The individual holdings of the underlying master funds held by Funds that operate as a feeder fund in a master-feeder structure shall be posted to the Funds’ website on a monthly, one-month delayed basis.
3. A change to the underlying funds held by a fund of funds or changes in fund of funds’ target allocations between or among its fixed-income and/or equity investments may be posted to the Funds’ website simultaneous with the occurrence of the change.
The following holdings disclosure policy applies to Alternative Funds:
1. Complete Holdings as of Fiscal Quarter Ends. As of each fiscal quarter end, each Alternative Fund’s complete portfolio holdings shall be made publicly available quarterly on the Funds’ website, on a one-month delayed basis.
2. Holdings as of Other Month Ends. As of each month end other than a month end that coincides with a fiscal quarter end, each Alternative Fund shall make publicly available monthly on the Funds’ website, on a one-month delayed basis, the following: (i) all portfolio holdings held long other than any put options on equity securities; (ii) portfolio holdings held short other than short positions in equity securities of single issuers; and (iii) the aggregate dollar value
3. Top Ten Holdings. Each Alternative Fund shall make publicly available on the Funds’ website on a monthly, seven-day or more delayed basis information about its top ten holdings information, provided that the following holdings shall be excluded: (i) derivative positions; and (ii) equity securities of single issuers held short.
1. The complete portfolio holdings of Master Portfolios shall be posted to the Funds’ website on a semi-annual, one-month delayed basis.
1. Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings through access to the fund accountant’s system.
2. Funds Management personnel that deal directly with investment review and analysis of the Funds shall have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings through Factset, a program that is used, among other things, to evaluate portfolio characteristics against available benchmarks.
3. Funds Management and Funds Distributor personnel may be given advance disclosure of any changes to the underlying funds in a fund of funds structure or changes in a Fund’s target allocations that result in a shift between or among asset classes.
1.
The sales charge you pay may differ slightly from the amounts listed here due to rounding calculations.
■
Clients of sub-advisers to those Funds which offer an Administrator Class who are clients of such subadvisers at the time of their purchase of such Administrator Class shares;
■
Clients of Wells Capital Management who are clients of Wells Capital Management at the time of their purchase of Administrator Class shares; and
■
Clients of Wells Fargo Institutional Retirement Trust (IRT) who are clients of IRT at the time of their purchase of Administrator Class shares.
■
Related business entities, including: (i) corporations and their subsidiaries; (ii) general and limited partners; and (iii) other business entities under common ownership or control.
■
Shareholder accounts that share a common tax-id number.
■
Accounts over which the shareholder has individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (i.e., a trust account or a solely owned business account).
■
Clients of sub-advisers to those Funds which offer an Institutional Class who are clients of such sub-advisers at the time of their purchase of such Institutional Class shares;
■
Clients of Wells Capital Management who are clients of Wells Capital Management at the time of their purchase of Institutional Class shares; and
■
Clients of Wells Fargo Institutional Retirement Trust (IRT) who are clients of IRT at the time of their purchase of Institutional Class shares.
■
Related business entities, including: (i) corporations and their subsidiaries; (ii) general and limited partners; and (iii) other business entities under common ownership or control.
■
Shareholder accounts that share a common tax-id number.
■
Accounts over which the shareholder has individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (i.e., a trust account or a solely owned business account).
■
ADP Broker-Dealer, Inc.
■
Alight Financial Solutions, LLC
■
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
■
Broadridge Business Process Outsourcing, LLC
■
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
■
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.
■
Edward Jones
■
Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC
■
Goldman, Sachs & Co. LLC
■
GWFS Equities, Inc.
■
Hightower Securities, LLC
■
Institutional Bond Network, LLC
■
Institutional Cash Distributors, LLC
■
Investacorp, Inc.
■
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
■
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
■
LPL Financial LLC
■
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated
■
Mid Atlantic Capital Corporation
■
Mid Atlantic Clearing & Settlement Corporation
■
Morgan Stanley
■
Nationwide Investment Services Corporation
■
OneAmerica Securities, Inc.
■
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
■
Pershing LLC
■
PNC Capital Markets LLC
■
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
■
Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.
■
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
■
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
■
Security Distributors
■
State Street Global Markets, LLC
■
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
■
TD Ameritrade, Inc.
■
Treasury Brokerage
■
UBS Financial Services Inc.
■
VALIC Financial Advisors, Inc.
■
Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC
■
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
■
Average Cost. The cost per share is determined by dividing the aggregate cost amount by the total shares in the account. The basis of the shares redeemed is determined by multiplying the shares redeemed by the cost per share. Starting in 2012, accounts may maintain two separate average costs: one average for covered shares and a separate average for noncovered shares. Under the Average Cost method, noncovered shares are generally depleted first.
■
First in first out (FIFO). Shares acquired first in the shareholder’s account are the first shares depleted and determine the shareholder’s cost basis. The basis of the shares redeemed is determined by the adjusted purchase price of each date the shares were acquired.
■
Specific Identification. A shareholder selects the shares to be redeemed from any of the purchase lots that still have shares remaining. The basis of the shares redeemed is determined by the adjusted purchase price of each date the shares were acquired.
Omnibus For Mutual Funds
House Acct
Attn Courtney Waller
880 Carillon Pkwy
St Petersburg, FL 33716-1100
707 2nd Ave South
Minneapolis, MN 55402-2405
Special Custody Account for the
Exclusive Benefit of Customers
2801 Market Street
Saint Louis, MO 63103-2523
For the Sole Benefit of its Customers
Attn: Fund Administration
4800 Deerlake Dr E 2nd FL
Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484
2
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
FILE NOS. 333-74295; 811-09253
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 28. Exhibits
Unless otherwise indicated, each of the Exhibits listed below is filed herewith.
Number |
|
Exhibit Description |
(a) |
|
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated February 18, 2016, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of Post-Effective Amendment No. 448, filed February 25, 2016. |
(b) |
|
Not applicable |
(c) |
|
Not applicable |
(d)(1)(a) |
|
Investment Management Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC dated July 1, 2015 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 398, filed June 25, 2015. |
|
(d)(1)(b) |
Schedule A dated June 1, 2019 to the Investment Management Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC dated July 1, 2015 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 636, filed June 27, 2019. |
(d)(2) |
|
Investment Management Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (Asset Allocation Fund) dated July 1, 2015, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 398, filed June 25, 2015. |
(d)(3)(a) |
|
Investment Management Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (Absolute Return Fund) dated March 1, 2012, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 235, filed February 29, 2012. |
|
(d)(3)(b) |
Schedule A dated May 20, 2015 to the Investment Management Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (Absolute Return Fund) dated March 1, 2012, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 398, filed June 25, 2015. |
(d)(4)(a) |
|
Investment Management Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (New Funds since November 2015) dated November 18, 2015 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 632 filed May 24, 2019. |
|
(d)(4)(b) |
|
(d)(5)(a) |
|
Amended and Restated Fee and Expense Agreement between Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC dated June 1, 2018 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 580, filed June 26, 2018. |
|
(d)(5)(b) |
|
(d)(6)(a) |
|
Amended and Restated Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Wells Capital Management Incorporated dated March 1, 2001, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 632 filed May 24, 2019. |
|
(d)(6)(b) |
|
|
(d)(6)(c) |
|
(d)(7) |
|
|
(d)(8)(a) |
|
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Cooke & Bieler, L.P. dated March 24, 2004, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(2)(xiii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 74, filed July 26, 2004. |
|
(d)(8)(b) |
Appendix A and Schedule A dated July 18, 2008, as amended March 29, 2013, to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Cooke & Bieler, L.P. dated March 24, 2004, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(9) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 295, filed April 23, 2013. |
(d)(9) |
|
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Artisan Partners, Limited Partnership dated March 12, 2014 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(15) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 341, filed March 28, 2014. |
(d)(10) |
|
Expense Assumption Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC dated February 29, 2008 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(27) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 456, filed April 26, 2016. |
(d)(11)(a) |
|
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Wells Fargo Asset Management (International) Limited dated March 1, 2019, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(15) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 624, filed February 28, 2019. |
|
(d)(11)(b) |
Amendment dated May 22, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Wells Fargo Asset Management (International) Limited dated March 1, 2019, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(15) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 636, filed June 27, 2019. |
|
(d)(11)(c) |
Appendix A dated March 1, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Wells Fargo Asset Management (International) Limited dated March 1, 2019, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 642, filed July 24, 2019. |
|
(d)(11)(d) |
Appendix B dated March 1, 2019 to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Wells Fargo Asset Management (International) Limited dated March 1, 2019, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 642, filed July 24, 2019. |
3
Number |
|
Exhibit Description |
(d)(12)(a) |
|
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with RCM Capital Management LLC (formerly Dresdner RCM Global Investors, LLC) dated October 29, 2001, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(2)(vii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 32, filed February 8, 2002. |
|
(d)(12)(b) |
Novation of Sub-Advisory Agreement substituting Allianz Global Investors, U.S. LLC for RCM Capital Management LLC dated April 1, 2013, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 307, filed July 26, 2013. |
|
(d)(12)(c) |
Appendix dated January 26, 2008 of the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with RCM Capital Management LLC (formerly Dresdner RCM Global Investors, LLC) dated October 29, 2001 and Novation of Sub Advisory Agreement substituting Allianz Global Investors, U.S. LLC for RCM Capital Management LLC dated April 1, 2013, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 398, filed June 25, 2015. |
|
(d)(12)(d) |
Schedule A dated September 1, 2017 of the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with RCM Capital Management LLC (formerly Dresdner RCM Global Investors, LLC) dated October 29, 2001 and Novation of Sub-Advisory Agreement substituting Allianz Global Investors, U.S. LLC for RCM Capital Management LLC dated April 1, 2013, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 545, filed on September 25, 2017. |
(e)(1)(a) |
|
Distribution Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC dated February 20, 2014, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 335, filed February 25, 2014. |
|
(e)(1)(b) |
|
(f) |
|
Not applicable |
(g)(1) |
|
|
(g)(2)(a) |
|
Master Custodian Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company dated August 10, 2009, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 139, filed September 28, 2009. |
|
(g)(2)(b) |
Appendix A dated June 3, 2019 to the Master Custodian Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company dated August 10, 2009, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 636, filed June 27, 2019. |
(h)(1)(a) |
|
Class-Level Administration Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC dated July 1, 2015 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 398, filed June 25, 2015. |
|
(h)(1)(b) |
Appendix A dated August 16, 2017 to the Class-Level Administration Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC dated July 1, 2015 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 545 filed on September 25, 2017. |
|
(h)(1)(c) |
|
(h)(2)(a) |
|
Transfer Agency and Service Agreement with DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. dated April 29, 2019, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 636, filed June 27, 2019. |
|
(h)(2)(b) |
|
(h)(3)(a) |
|
Shareholder Servicing Plan dated February 20, 2014, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 335, filed February 25, 2014. |
|
(h)(3)(b) |
|
(h)(4)(a) |
|
Administrative and Shareholder Servicing Agreement, Form of Agreement is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 335, filed February 25, 2014. |
|
(h)(4)(b) |
Schedule I dated February 28, 2018 to the Administrative and Shareholder Servicing Agreement, Form of Agreement, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 609, filed November 26, 2018. |
(h)(5)(a) |
|
Shareholder Servicing Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC and Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC dated February 20, 2014 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 580, filed June 26, 2018. |
|
(h)(5)(b) |
|
(i) |
|
Legal Opinion to be filed by amendment. |
(j)(A) |
|
Consent of Independent Registered Accounting Firm is filed herewith. |
(j)(1) |
|
Power of Attorney, Timothy J. Penny is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 574, filed April 26, 2018. |
(j)(2) |
|
Power of Attorney, Andrew Owen is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(13) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 511, filed January 25, 2017. |
(j)(3) |
|
Power of Attorney, Olivia S. Mitchell is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 574, filed April 26, 2018. |
(j)(4) |
|
Power of Attorney, Judith M. Johnson is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 574, filed April 26, 2018. |
(j)(5) |
|
Power of Attorney, Isaiah Harris, Jr. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 574, filed April 26, 2018. |
4
Number |
|
Exhibit Description |
(j)(6) |
|
Power of Attorney, David F. Larcker is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 574, filed April 26, 2018. |
(j)(7) |
|
Power of Attorney, Nancy Wiser is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 254, filed September 4, 2012. |
(j)(8) |
|
Power of Attorney, Jeremy DePalma is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 266, filed November 16, 2012. |
(j)(9) |
|
Power of Attorney, William R. Ebsworth is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 574, filed April 26, 2018. |
(j)(10) |
|
Power of Attorney, Jane A. Freeman is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 574, filed April 26, 2018. |
(j)(11) |
|
Power of Attorney, James G. Polisson is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(13) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 574, filed April 26, 2018. |
(j)(12) |
|
Power of Attorney, Pamela Wheelock is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 671, filed January 27, 2020. |
(k) |
|
Not applicable |
(l) |
|
Not applicable |
(m)(1)(a) |
|
Distribution Plan dated February 20, 2014 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (m) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 335, filed February 25, 2014. |
|
(m)(1)(b) |
Appendix A dated March 2, 2020 to the Distribution Plan dated February 20, 2014 is filed herewith. |
(n)(1)(a) |
|
Rule 18f-3 Multi-Class Plan dated June 3, 2019 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (n) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 636, filed June 27, 2019. |
|
(n)(1)(b) |
|
(o) |
|
Not applicable |
(p)(1) |
|
Joint Code of Ethics for Asset Allocation Trust, Wells Fargo Global Dividend Opportunity Fund, Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund, Wells Fargo Utilities & High Income Fund, Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust, and Wells Fargo Variable Trust dated May 24, 2016 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 467, filed June 21, 2016. |
(p)(2) |
|
Wells Fargo Asset Management Code of Ethics (Joint Code of Ethics for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC, Wells Capital Management Incorporated and Wells Fargo Bank N.A. (dba Wells Capital Management Singapore) dated 2018 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 630, filed April 26, 2019. |
(p)(3) |
|
Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC (formerly RCM Capital Management, LLC) Code of Ethics dated July 1, 2016 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 509, filed December 23, 2016. |
(p)(4) |
|
LSV Asset Management Code of Ethics and Personal Trading Policy dated September 25, 2012 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 304, filed June 26, 2013. |
(p)(5) |
|
Cooke & Bieler, L.P. Code of Ethics is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 646, filed August 26, 2019. |
(p)(6) |
|
Artisan Partners Limited Partnership Code of Ethics dated August 15, 2019 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 669 filed on December 20, 2019. |
Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant.
Registrant believes that no person is controlled by or under common control with Registrant.
Item 30. Indemnification.
Article IX of the Registrant’s Declaration of Trust limits the liability and, in certain instances, provides for mandatory indemnification of the Registrant’s Trustees, officers, employees, agents and holders of beneficial interests in the Trust. In addition, the Trustees are empowered under Article III, Section 1(t) of the Registrant’s Declaration of Trust to obtain such insurance policies as they deem necessary.
Item 31. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser.
(a) To the knowledge of Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature, except that they also hold various positions with and engage in business for Wells Fargo Bank.
(b) Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo Bank, serves as sub-adviser to various Funds of the Trust. The descriptions of Wells Capital Management in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the
5
directors or officers of Wells Capital Management is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.
(c) Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC (“Allianz”) (formerly RCM Capital Management, LLC), serves as sub-adviser for various funds of the Trust. The descriptions of Allianz in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Allianz is or has been at any time during the last two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.
(d) Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”) serves as sub-adviser for various funds of the Trust. The descriptions of Artisan in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Artisan is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature.
(e) Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”) serves as sub-adviser for various funds of the Trust. The descriptions of Cooke & Bieler in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Cooke & Bieler is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature.
(f) LSV Asset Management (“LSV”) serves as sub-adviser to various funds of the Trust. The descriptions of LSV in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of LSV is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature.
(g) Wells Fargo Asset Management (International) Limited (“WFAM (International) Limited”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, serves as sub-adviser for various funds of the Trust. The descriptions of WFAM (International) Limited in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of the sub-adviser is or has been at any time during the last two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.
(h) Wells Capital Management Singapore, a separately identifiable division of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., serves as sub-adviser for various funds of the Trust. The descriptions of Wells Capital Management Singapore in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Wells Capital Management Singapore is or has been at any time during the last two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.
Item 32. Principal Underwriter.
(a) Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC, distributor for the Registrant, also acts as principal underwriter for Wells Fargo Variable Trust, and is the exclusive placement agent for Wells Fargo Master Trust, both of which are registered open-end management investment companies.
(b) The following table provides information for each director and officer of Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC.
Name |
Positions and Offices with Underwriter |
Positions and Offices with Fund |
Rene Picazo
|
Director, President, Chairman of the Board |
None |
Damian George
|
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer |
None |
Carolyn Wilary
|
Chief Compliance Officer, Vice President |
None |
Gale Gebstadt
|
Secretary |
None |
6
Name |
Positions and Offices with Underwriter |
Positions and Offices with Fund |
Brian Higdon
|
Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer |
None |
Yeng Butler
|
Director |
None |
Susan Raynes
|
Director |
None |
Bernadette Dooley
|
Assistant Secretary |
None |
(c) Not applicable.
Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records.
(a) The Registrant maintains accounts, books and other documents required by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder (collectively, “Records”) at the offices of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105.
(b) Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC (formerly RCM Capital Management, LLC) maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 555 Mission Street Suite 1700, San Francisco, CA 94105.
(c) Artisan Partners Limited Partnership maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 875 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI 53202.
(d) Cooke & Bieler, L.P. maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.
(e) DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. (formerly Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.) maintains all Records relating to its services as transfer agent at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171.
(f) LSV Asset Management maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at One North Wacker Drive, Suite 4000, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
(g) State Street Bank and Trust Company maintains all Records relating to its services as custodian and fund accountant at 1 Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.
(h) Wells Capital Management Incorporated maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 525 Market Street, 10th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105.
(i) Wells Fargo Asset Management (International) Limited maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 33 King William Street, London, England, United Kingdom, EC4R 9AT.
(j) Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. d/b/a Wells Capital Management Singapore maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 26/F, 80 Raffles Place, 20/21, UOB Plaza, Singapore 048624.
(k) Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (formerly Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A.) maintains all Records relating to its services as former custodian at 6th & Marquette, Minneapolis, MN 55479-0040.
(l) Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC maintains all Records relating to its services as distributor at 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105.
(m) Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC maintains all Records relating to its services as investment manager and class-level administrator at 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105.
Item 34. Management Services.
7
Other than as set forth under the captions “Management of the Funds” in the Prospectuses constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and “Management” in the Statement of Additional Information constituting Part B of this Registration Statement, the Registrant is not a party to any management-related service contract.
Item 35. Undertakings.
Not applicable.
8
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Amendment to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, pursuant to Rule 485(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, and has duly caused this Amendment to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized in the City of San Francisco, State of California on the 2nd day of April, 2020.
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
By: /s/ Maureen E. Towle
Maureen E. Towle
Assistant Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 681 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated:
/s/ James G. Polisson
|
/s/ Isaiah Harris, Jr.
|
/s/ Judith M. Johnson
|
/s/ David F. Larcker
|
/s/ Olivia S. Mitchell
|
/s/ Timothy J. Penny
|
/s/ Jane A. Freeman
|
/s/ William R. Ebsworth
|
/s/ Pamela Wheelock
|
/s/ Andrew Owen
|
/s/ Nancy Wiser
|
|
*By: /s/ Maureen E. Towle
Maureen E. Towle
As Attorney-in-Fact
April 2, 2020
Exhibit No. |
Exhibits |
(d)(4)(b) |
|
(d)(5)(b) |
|
(d)(6)(b) |
|
(d)(6)(c) |
|
(d)(7) |
|
(e)(1)(b) |
Schedule I to the Distribution Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC |
9
(g)(1) |
|
(h)(1)(c) |
Schedule A to the Class-Level Administration Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC |
(h)(2)(b) |
Schedule A to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement with DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. |
(h)(3)(b) |
|
(h)(5)(b) |
|
(j)(A) |
|
(m)(1)(b) |
|
(n)(1)(b) |
10
SCHEDULE A
WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
Wells Fargo Funds Trust |
Fee as % of Avg. Daily Net Asset Value |
|||
Alternative Risk Premia Fund |
First 500M Next 500M Next 2B Next 2B Next 5B Over 10B |
0.60 0.575 0.55 0.525 0.49 0.48 |
||
Emerging Markets Bond Fund |
0.00* |
|||
High Yield Corporate Bond Fund
|
0.00* |
|||
International Government Bond Fund |
0.00* |
|||
Global Investment Grade Credit Fund |
First 500M Next 500M Next 2B Next 2B Next 5B Over 10B |
0.40 0.375 0.35 0.325 0.29 0.28 |
||
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund |
First 1B Next 4B Next 5B Over 10B |
0.40 0.375 0.34 0.33 |
||
Municipal Sustainability Fund |
First 500M Next 500M Next 2B Next 2B Next 5B Over 10B |
0.40 0.375 0.35 0.325 0.29 0.28 |
||
Special International Small Cap Fund |
First 500M Next 500M Next 1B Next 2B Next 1B Next 5B Over 10B |
0.95 0.925 0.90 0.875 0.85 0.84 0.83 |
||
U.S. Core Bond Fund
|
0.00* |
* The Fund is not subject to a dormant investment management fee under Section 10(c) of this Agreement.
Schedule A Amended: March 2, 2020
The foregoing fee schedule is agreed to as of February 26, 2020 and shall remain in effect until changed in writing by the parties.
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
By:
Catherine Kennedy
Secretary
WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:
Paul Haast
Senior Vice President
FEE AND EXPENSE AGREEMENT
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
(Capped Operating Expense Ratios)
FUNDS/CLASSES |
Capped Operating Expense Ratio |
Expiration / Renewal Date |
Absolute Return Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.71% 1.46% 0.96% 0.28% 0.57% 0.33% |
August 31, 2020 August 31, 2020 August 31, 2020 August 31, 2020 August 31, 2020 August 31, 2020 |
Adjustable Rate Government Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.74% 1.49% 0.60% 0.46% |
December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 |
Alternative Risk Premia Fund Class R6 Institutional Class |
0.62% 0.72% |
December 4, 2019 December 4, 2019 |
Asset Allocation Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.13% 1.88% 1.38% 0.95% 0.80% |
August 31, 2020 August 31, 2020 August 31, 2020 August 31, 2020 August 31, 2020 |
C&B Large Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.08% 1.83% 0.65% 1.00% 0.75% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.25% 2.00% 0.80% 1.15% 0.90% |
January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 |
California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.80% 1.55% 0.60% 0.50% |
October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 |
California Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.75% 1.50% 0.55% 0.48% |
October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 |
Cash Investment Money Market Fund Administrator Class Institutional Class Select Class Service Class |
0.33% 0.20% 0.13% 0.50% |
May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 |
Classic Value Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.11% 1.86% 1.36% 0.65% 0.95% 0.70% |
November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 |
Common Stock Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.26% 2.01% 0.83% 1.10% 0.85% |
January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 |
Conservative Income Fund Institutional Class |
0.27% |
December 31, 2019 |
Core Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.78% 1.53% 1.03% 0.52% 0.37% 0.70% 0.42% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Core Plus Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.73% 1.48% 0.35% 0.62% 0.40% |
December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 |
Disciplined Small Cap Fund Class A Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.93% 0.50% 0.85% 0.60% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.87% 1.62% 1.12% 0.43% 0.74% 0.48% |
November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 |
Discovery Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.22% 1.97% 0.79% 1.14% 0.89% |
January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 |
Diversified Capital Builder Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.13% 1.88% 1.05% 0.78% |
January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 |
Diversified Equity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
1.25% 2.00% 1.00% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Diversified Income Builder Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.85% 1.60% 0.42% 0.77% 0.52% |
January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 |
Diversified International Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.35% 2.10% 0.89% 1.25% 0.99% |
February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 |
Dynamic Target Today Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.68% 1.43% 0.37% 0.22% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Dynamic Target 2015 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.68% 1.43% 0.37% 0.22% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Dynamic Target 2020 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.68% 1.43% 0.37% 0.22% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Dynamic Target 2025 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.68% 1.43% 0.37% 0.22% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Dynamic Target 2030 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.68% 1.43% 0.37% 0.22% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Dynamic Target 2035 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.68% 1.43% 0.37% 0.22% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Dynamic Target 2040 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.68% 1.43% 0.37% 0.22% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Dynamic Target 2045 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.68% 1.43% 0.37% 0.22% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Dynamic Target 2050 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.68% 1.43% 0.37% 0.22% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Dynamic Target 2055 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.68% 1.43% 0.37% 0.22% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Dynamic Target 2060 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.68% 1.43% 0.37% 0.22% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Emerging Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.28% 2.03% 0.85% 1.20% 0.90% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Emerging Markets Bond Fund |
0.00% |
June 30, 2020 |
Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.58% 2.33% 1.15% 1.46% 1.19% |
February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 |
Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.55% 2.30% 1.87% 1.13% 1.42% 1.17% |
February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 |
Endeavor Select Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.03% 1.78% 0.60% 0.94% 0.70% |
November 30, 2021 November 30, 2021 November 30, 2021 November 30, 2021 November 30, 2021 |
Enterprise Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.18% 1.93% 0.80% 1.10% 0.85% |
January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 |
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.23% 1.98% 0.80% 1.15% 0.90% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2021 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Global Investment Grade Credit Fund Class R6 Institutional Class |
0.45% 0.50% |
March 31, 2020 March 31, 2020 |
Global Small Cap Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.55% 2.30% 1.40% 1.15% |
February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 |
Government Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Institutional ClassSelect Class Service Class |
0.60% 0.34% 0.20% 0.14% 0.50% |
May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 |
Government Securities Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.85% 1.60% 0.64% 0.48% |
December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 |
Growth Balanced Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
1.13% 1.88% 0.95% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.16% 1.91% 0.70% 0.96% 0.75% |
November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 |
Heritage Money Market Fund Administrator Class Institutional Class Select Class Service Class |
0.33% 0.20% 0.13% 0.43% |
May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 |
High Yield Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.93% 1.68% 0.80% 0.53% |
December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 |
High Yield Corporate Bond Fund |
0.00% |
June 30, 2020 |
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.80% 1.55% 0.50% 0.70% 0.55% |
October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 |
Index Asset Allocation Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.08% 1.83% 0.90% 0.75% |
January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 |
Index Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.45% 1.20% 0.25% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Intermediate Tax/AMT-Free Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.70% 1.45% 0.40% 0.60% 0.45% |
October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 |
International Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.03% 1.78% 0.65% 0.85% 0.70% |
January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 |
International Equity Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.14% 1.89% 1.39% 0.79% 1.14% 0.84% |
February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 |
International Government Bond Fund |
0.00% |
June 30, 2020 |
International Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.24% 1.99% 0.84% 1.14% 0.89% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.35% 2.10% 0.90% 1.20% 1.00% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2021 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Intrinsic World Equity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.35% 2.10% 1.25% 0.95% |
February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 February 29, 2020 |
Large Cap Core Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.08% 1.83% 1.33% 0.65% 0.97% 0.67% |
November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 |
Large Cap Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.07% 1.82% 1.32% 0.80% 0.65% 0.95% 0.75% |
November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 |
Large Company Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.83% 1.58% 0.40% 0.75% 0.50% |
November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 |
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.73% 1.48% 0.30% 0.65% 0.40% |
November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 |
Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.85% 1.60% 0.60% 0.52% |
October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 |
Moderate Balanced Fund
Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.15%
0.90% 0.80% |
September 30, 2019
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Money Market Fund Class A Class C Premier Class Service Class |
0.60% 1.35% 0.20% 0.50% |
May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 |
Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.75% 1.50% 0.43% 0.60% 0.48% |
October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 |
Municipal Cash Management Money Market Fund Administrator Class Institutional Class Service Class |
0.30% 0.20% 0.45% |
May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 |
Municipal Sustainability Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.75% 1.50% 0.40% 0.60% 0.45% |
October 31, 2021 October 31, 2021 October 31, 2021 October 31, 2021 October 31, 2021 |
National Tax-Free Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Premier Class Service Class |
0.60% 0.30% 0.20% 0.45% |
May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 |
Omega Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.30% 2.05% 1.55% 1.10% 0.85% |
November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 |
Opportunity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.18% 1.93% 0.72% 1.00% 0.75% |
January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2022 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 |
Pennsylvania Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.74% 1.49% 0.49% |
October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 |
Precious Metals Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.09% 1.84% 0.95% 0.79% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Premier Large Company Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.11% 1.86% 0.80% 0.65% 1.00% 0.70% |
November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 November 30, 2019 |
Real Return Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.78%
0.40%
0.45% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Short Duration Government Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.78% 1.53% 0.37% 0.60% 0.42% |
December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 |
Short-Term Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Institutional Class |
0.72% 1.47% 0.40% 0.45% |
December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 |
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.81% 1.56% 0.65% 0.50% |
December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 |
Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.63% 1.38% 0.35% 0.60% 0.40% |
October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 |
Small Company Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.33%
0.90% 1.20% 0.95% |
September 30, 2019
September 30, 2019
September 30, 2019 |
Small Company Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.90% 0.75% 1.05% 0.85% |
September 30, 2021 September 30, 2021 September 30, 2021 September 30, 2021 September 30, 2021 |
Specialized Technology Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.38% 2.13% 1.28% 1.03% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Special International Small Cap Fund Class R6 Institutional Class |
0.95% 1.05% |
June 30, 2020 June 30, 2020 |
Special Mid Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.16% 1.91% 1.41% 0.73% 1.08% 0.83% |
January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 |
Special Small Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.31% 2.06% 1.56% 0.89% 1.20% 0.94% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Strategic Income Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.90% 1.65% 0.75% 0.60% |
January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 January 31, 2020 |
Strategic Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.81% 1.56% 0.43% 0.68% 0.48% |
October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 |
Target Today Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.65% 1.40% 0.90% 0.34% 0.19% 0.54% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Target 2010 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.65% 1.40% 0.90% 0.34% 0.19% 0.54% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Target 2015 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.65% 0.90% 0.34% 0.19% 0.54% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Target 2020 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.65% 1.40% 0.90% 0.34% 0.19% 0.54% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Target 2025 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.65% 0.90% 0.34% 0.19% 0.54% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Target 2030 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.65% 1.40% 0.90% 0.34% 0.19% 0.54% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Target 2035 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.65% 0.90% 0.34% 0.19% 0.54% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Target 2040 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.65% 1.40% 0.90% 0.34% 0.19% 0.54% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Target 2045 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.65% 0.90% 0.34% 0.19% 0.54% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Target 2050 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.65% 1.40% 0.90% 0.34% 0.19% 0.54% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Target 2055 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.65% 0.90% 0.34% 0.19% 0.54% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Target 2060 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.65% 1.40% 0.90% 0.34% 0.19% 0.54% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
Treasury Plus Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Institutional Class Select Class Service Class |
0.60% 0.34% 0.20% 0.14% 0.45% |
May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 |
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund Class AClass C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.70% 1.45% 0.55% 0.35% |
December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019 |
Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.67% 1.42% 0.32% 0.60% 0.37% |
October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 |
U.S. Core Bond Fund |
0.00% |
June 30, 2020 |
Utility and Telecommunications Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
1.05% 1.80% 0.92% 0.72% |
July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 July 31, 2020 |
WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.75% 1.50% 0.42% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
WealthBuilder Equity Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.75% 1.50% 0.42% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.75% 1.50% 0.42% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.75% 1.50% 0.42% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.75% 1.50% 0.42% |
September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 September 30, 2019 |
Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.70% 1.45% 0.52% |
October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 October 31, 2019 |
100% Treasury Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Institutional Class Service Class Sweep Class |
0.60% 0.30% 0.20% 0.50% 0.83% |
May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 May 31, 2020 |
Schedule A amended: March 2, 2020
The foregoing schedule of capped operating expense ratios is agreed to as of March 2, 2020 and shall remain in effect until changed in writing by the parties.
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
By:
Catherine Kennedy
Secretary
WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:
Paul Haast
Senior Vice President
On May 22, 2019 the Board of Trustees of Wells Fargo Funds Trust were notified of reductions to the net operating expense ratios (NOERs) for Class A, C, R6, Administrator and Institutional for the Emerging Markets Equity Fund. Effective March 1, 2020 the NOERs will be: Class A 1.55%; Class C 2.30%, Class R6 1.13%; Administrator Class 1.42%; Institutional Class 1.17%
On February 20, 2020 the Board of Trustees of Wells Fargo Funds Trust approved the addition of Class R6 to the Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund, effective on or about June 1, 2020.
APPENDIX A
WELLS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INCORPORATED
INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
Adjustable Rate Government Fund
Alternative Risk Premia Fund
Asset Allocation Fund
California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund
California Tax-Free Fund
Cash Investment Money Market Fund
Classic Value Fund
Common Stock Fund
Conservative Income Fund
Core Plus Bond Fund
Disciplined Small Cap Fund
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund
Discovery Fund
Diversified Capital Builder Fund
Diversified Income Builder Fund
Diversified International Fund
Dynamic Target Date Today Fund
Dynamic Target Date 2015 Fund
Dynamic Target Date 2020 Fund
Dynamic Target Date 2025 Fund
Dynamic Target Date 2030 Fund
Dynamic Target Date 2035 Fund
Dynamic Target Date 2040 Fund
Dynamic Target Date 2045 Fund
Dynamic Target Date 2050 Fund
Dynamic Target Date 2055 Fund
Dynamic Target Date 2060 Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund
Endeavor Select Fund
Enterprise Fund
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
Global Investment Grade Credit Fund
Global Small Cap Fund
Government Money Market Fund
Government Securities Fund
Growth Balanced Fund
Growth Fund
Heritage Money Market Fund
High Yield Bond Fund
High Yield Corporate Bond Fund
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
Index Asset Allocation Fund
Intermediate Tax/AMT-Free Fund
International Equity Fund
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
Intrinsic World Equity Fund
Large Cap Core Fund
Large Cap Growth Fund
Large Company Value Fund
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund
Managed Account CoreBuilder Shares Series M
Minnesota Tax-Free Fund
Moderate Balanced Fund
Money Market Fund
Municipal Bond Fund
Municipal Cash Management Money Market Fund
Municipal Sustainability Fund1
National Tax-Free Money Market Fund
Omega Growth Fund
Opportunity Fund
Pennsylvania Tax-Free Fund
Precious Metals Fund
Premier Large Company Growth Fund
Short Duration Government Bond Fund
Short-Term Bond Fund
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund
Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund
Special International Small Cap Fund
Special Mid Cap Value Fund
Special Small Cap Value Fund
Strategic Income Fund
Strategic Municipal Bond Fund
Target Today Fund
Target 2010 Fund
Target 2015 Fund
Target 2020 Fund
Target 2025 Fund
Target 2030 Fund
Target 2035 Fund
Target 2040 Fund
Target 2045 Fund
Target 2050 Fund
Target 2055 Fund
Target 2060 Fund
Treasury Plus Money Market Fund
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund
Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund
U.S. Core Bond Fund
Utility and Telecommunications Fund
WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Fund
WealthBuilder Equity Fund
WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Fund
WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Fund
WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Fund
Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund
100% Treasury Money Market Fund
Appendix A amended: February 26, 2020
On February 20, 2020 the Board of Trustees of Wells Fargo Funds Trust approved the establishment of the Municipal Sustainability Fund, effective on or about March 2, 2020.
SCHEDULE A
WELLS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INCORPORATED
INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
FEE AGREEMENT
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
This fee agreement is made as of the 27th day of March, 2009, and is amended as of the 26th day of February, 2020, by and between Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) and Wells Capital Management Incorporated (the “Sub-Adviser”); and
WHEREAS, the parties and Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) have entered into an Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (“Sub-Advisory Agreement”) whereby the Sub-Adviser provides investment management advice to each series of the Trust as listed in Appendix A to the Sub-Advisory Agreement (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”).
WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that the fees to be paid to the Sub-Adviser are to be as agreed upon in writing by the parties.
NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree that the fees to be paid to the Sub-Adviser under the Sub-Advisory Agreement shall be calculated as follows on a monthly basis by applying the annual rates described in this Schedule A to Appendix A for each Fund listed in Appendix A.
The Sub-Adviser shall receive a fee as described in this Schedule A to Appendix A of the assets of the Growth Balanced Fund and Moderate Balanced Fund and from each WealthBuilder Fund for providing services with respect to which Master Trust Portfolios (or, in the case of the WealthBuilder Funds, other unaffiliated funds) these Funds will invest in and the percentage to allocate to each Master Portfolio or unaffiliated fund in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) under the Act, the rules thereunder, or order issued by the Commission exempting the Fund from the provisions of Section 12(d)(1)(A) under the Act (a “Fund of Funds structure”).
The net assets under management against which the foregoing fees are to be applied are the net assets as of the first business day of the month. If this fee agreement becomes effective subsequent to the first day of a month or shall terminate before the last day of a month, compensation for that part of the month this agreement is in effect shall be subject to a pro rata adjustment based on the number of days elapsed in the current month as a percentage of the total number of days in such month. If the determination of the net asset value is suspended as of the first business day of the month, the net asset value for the last day prior to such suspension shall for this purpose be deemed to be the net asset value on the first business day of the month.
SCHEDULE A
WELLS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INCORPORATED
INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
FEE AGREEMENT
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
Funds Trust Funds |
Fee as % of Avg. Daily Net Assets |
||
Adjustable Rate Government Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.20 0.175 0.15 0.10 |
|
Alternative Risk Premia Fund1 |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.20 0.175 0.15 0.10 |
|
Asset Allocation Fund |
First 250M Over 250M |
0.10 0.05 |
|
California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Over 300M |
0.15 0.10 0.05 |
|
California Tax-Free Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.20 0.175 0.15 0.10 |
|
Cash Investment Money Market Fund |
First 1B Next 2B Next 3B Over 6B |
0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 |
|
Classic Value Fund |
First 250M
Next 2B Over 4.5B |
0.35 0.325 0.30 0.275 0.25 |
|
Common Stock Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Over 200M |
0.45 0.40 0.30 |
|
Conservative Income Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Over 300M |
0.10 0.08 0.05 |
|
Core Plus Bond Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.20 0.175 0.15 0.10 |
|
Disciplined Small Cap Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Over 300M |
0.35 0.30 0.25 |
|
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Over 300M |
0.25 0.20 0.15 |
|
Discovery Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Over 200M |
0.45 0.40 0.35 |
|
Diversified Capital Builder Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 |
|
Diversified Income Builder Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 |
|
Diversified International Fund2 |
First 200M Over 200M |
0.45 0.40 |
|
Dynamic Target Today Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.10 0.08 0.06 |
|
Dynamic Target 2015 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.10 0.08 0.06 |
|
Dynamic Target 2020 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.10 0.08 0.06 |
|
Dynamic Target 2025 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.10 0.08 0.06 |
|
Dynamic Target 2030 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.10 0.08 0.06 |
|
Dynamic Target 2035 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.10 0.08 0.06 |
|
Dynamic Target 2040 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.10 0.08 0.06 |
|
Dynamic Target 2045 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.10 0.08 0.06 |
|
Dynamic Target 2050 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.10 0.08 0.06 |
|
Dynamic Target 2055 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.10 0.08 0.06 |
|
Dynamic Target 2060 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.10 0.08 0.06 |
|
Emerging Markets Equity Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Over 200M |
0.65 0.55 0.45 |
|
Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Over 200M |
0.65 0.55 0.45 |
|
Endeavor Select Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 500M Over 800M |
0.30 0.275 0.25 0.20 |
|
Enterprise Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Over 200M |
0.45 0.40 0.30 |
|
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Over 200M |
0.55 0.50 0.40 |
|
Global Investment Grade Credit Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.10 0.0875 0.075 0.050 |
|
Global Small Cap Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Over 200M |
0.55 0.50 0.40 |
|
Government Money Market Fund |
First 1B Next 2B Next 3B Over 6B |
0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 |
|
Government Securities Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.20 0.175 0.15 0.10 |
|
Growth Balanced Fund |
First 250M Over 250M |
0.10 0.05 |
|
Growth Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.45 0.40 0.35 0.30 |
|
Heritage Money Market Fund |
First 1B Next 2B Next 3B Over 6B |
0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 |
|
High Yield Bond Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 |
|
High Yield Corporate Bond Fund |
0.00 |
||
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 |
|
Index Asset Allocation Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Over 200M |
0.15 0.125 0.10 |
|
Intermediate Tax/AMT-Free Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.20 0.175 0.15 0.10 |
|
International Equity Fund |
First 200M Over 200M |
0.45 0.40 |
|
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Over 200M |
0.55 0.50 0.40 |
|
Intrinsic World Equity Fund |
First 250M Next 750M Over 1B |
0.35 0.275 0.20 |
|
Large Cap Core Fund |
First 1B Over 1B |
0.35 0.30 |
|
Large Cap Growth Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 500M Over 800M |
0.30 0.275 0.25 0.20 |
|
Large Company Value Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Over 300M |
0.25 0.20 0.15 |
|
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund |
First 750M Over 750M |
0.20 0.12 |
|
Managed Account CoreBuilder Shares Series M |
0.00 |
||
Minnesota Tax-Free Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.20 0.175 0.15 0.10 |
|
Moderate Balanced Fund |
First 250M Over 250M |
0.10 0.05 |
|
Money Market Fund |
First 1B Next 2B Next 3B Over 6B |
0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 |
|
Municipal Bond Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.20 0.175 0.15 0.10 |
|
Municipal Cash Management Money Market Fund |
First 1B Next 2B Next 3B Over 6B |
0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 |
|
Municipal Sustainability Fund3 |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.20 0.175 0.15 0.10 |
|
National Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
First 1B Next 2B Next 3B Over 6B |
0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 |
|
Omega Growth Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.45 0.40 0.35 0.30 |
|
Opportunity Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.45 0.40 0.35 0.30 |
|
Pennsylvania Tax-Free Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.20 0.175 0.15 0.10 |
|
Precious Metals Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Over 200M |
0.40 0.35 0.30 |
|
Premier Large Company Growth Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.35 0.325 0.30 0.275 |
|
Short Duration Government Bond Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Over 300M |
0.15 0.10 0.05 |
|
Short-Term Bond Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Over 300M |
0.15 0.10 0.05 |
|
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 |
|
Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Over 300M |
0.15 0.10 0.05 |
|
Special International Small Cap Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Over 200M |
0.55 0.50 0.40 |
|
Special Mid Cap Value Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Over 200M |
0.45 0.40 0.30 |
|
Special Small Cap Value Fund |
First 100M Next 100M Over 200M |
0.55 0.50 0.40 |
|
Strategic Income Fund4 |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 |
|
Strategic Municipal Bond Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.20 0.175 0.15 0.10 |
|
Target Today Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.05 0.04 0.03 |
|
Target 2010 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.05 0.04 0.03 |
|
Target 2015 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.05 0.04 0.03 |
|
Target 2020 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.05 0.04 0.03 |
|
Target 2025 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.05 0.04 0.03 |
|
Target 2030 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.05 0.04 0.03 |
|
Target 2035 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.05 0.04 0.03 |
|
Target 2040 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.05 0.04 0.03 |
|
Target 2045 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.05 0.04 0.03 |
|
Target 2050 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.05 0.04 0.03 |
|
Target 2055 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.05 0.04 0.03 |
|
Target 2060 Fund |
First 200M Next 300M Over 500M |
0.05 0.04 0.03 |
|
Treasury Plus Money Market Fund |
First 1B Next 2B Next 3B Over 6B |
0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 |
|
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Over 300M |
0.15 0.10 0.05 |
|
Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Over 300M |
0.15 0.10 0.05 |
|
U.S. Core Bond Fund |
0.00 |
||
Utility and Telecommunication Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 500M Over 800M |
0.30 0.275 0.25 0.20 |
|
WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Fund |
0.15 |
||
WealthBuilder Equity Fund |
0.15 |
||
WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Fund |
0.15 |
||
WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Fund |
0.15 |
||
WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Fund |
0.15 |
||
Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund |
First 100M Next 200M Next 200M Over 500M |
0.20 0.175 0.15 0.10 |
|
100% Treasury Money Market Fund |
First 1B Next 2B Next 3B Over 6B |
0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 |
Schedule A amended: February 26, 2020
1For portfolio management services, Wells Capital Management (“WCM”) would receive this fee on the entirety of the Fund’s portfolio, covering both the assets in the sleeve managed solely by WCM and the assets in the sleeve that will be co-managed with Wells Fargo Asset Management (International), Limited (“WFAMI Ltd”). WCM’s services will not be duplicative of those to be provided by WFAMI Ltd.
2The Fee is paid to 33.33% of the allocated sleeve of the Fund’s assets under management.
3On February 20, 2020 the Board of Trustees of Wells Fargo Funds Trust approved the establishment of the Municipal Sustainability Fund, effective on or about March 2, 2020.
4The fees for the Strategic Income Fund will be paid based on assets under management attributable to the portion of the Fund’s portfolio managed by Wells Capital Management Inc.
The foregoing fee schedule is agreed to as of February 26, 2020 and shall remain in effect until changed in writing by the parties.
WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:
Paul Haast
Senior Vice President
WELLS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INCORPORATED
By:
Name: Sallie Squire
Title:
SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
BETWEEN WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST, WELLS FARGO
FUNDS MANAGEMENT, LLC AND LSV ASSET MANAGEMENT
This AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of February 2005, between Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware with its principal place of business at 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105, Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (the “Adviser”), a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware with its principal place of business at 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105, and LSV Asset Management (the “Sub-Adviser”), a general partnership organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, with its principal place of business at 1 North Wacker Drive, Suite 4000, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
WHEREAS, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are registered investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”); and
WHEREAS, the Trust is engaged in business as an open-end investment company with one or more series of shares and is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); and
WHEREAS, the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) has engaged the Adviser to perform investment advisory services for each series of the Trust under the terms of an investment advisory agreement, dated August 6, 2003, between the Adviser and the Trust (the “Advisory Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, the Adviser, acting pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, wishes to engage the Sub-Adviser, and the Trust’s Board has approved the engagement of the Sub-Adviser, to provide investment advisory services to each series of the Trust listed in Appendix A hereto as it may be amended from time to time (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”), and the Sub-Adviser is willing to provide those services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;
NOW THEREFORE, the Trust, the Adviser and Sub-Adviser agree as follows:
Section 1. Appointment of Sub-Adviser. The Trust is engaged in the business of investing and reinvesting its assets in securities of the type and in accordance with the limitations specified in its Declaration of Trust, as amended or supplemented from time to time, By-Laws (if any) and Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the 1940 Act and the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), including any representations made in the prospectus and statement of additional information relating to the Funds contained therein and as may be amended or supplemented from time to time, all in such manner and to such extent as may from time to time be authorized by the Board.
1 |
Subject to the direction and control of the Board, the Adviser manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Funds and provides for certain management and other services as specified in the Advisory Agreement.
Subject to the direction and control of the Board and the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser shall manage the investment and reinvestment of that portion of the assets of the Fund identified from time to time by the Board or the Adviser (the “LSV Portion”), and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall provide the management and other services specified below, all in such manner and to such extent as may be directed from time to time by the Adviser.
The investment authority granted to the Sub-Adviser with respect to the LSV Portion shall include the authority to exercise whatever powers the Trust may possess with respect to any of its assets held by the Funds, including, but not limited to, the power to exercise rights, options, warrants, conversion privileges, redemption privileges, and to tender securities pursuant to a tender offer. The Sub-Adviser shall not, however, be responsible for voting proxies, for participating in class actions and/or other legal proceedings on behalf of the Funds, but will provide such assistance as is reasonably requested by the Adviser.
Section 2. Duties of the Sub-Adviser.
(a) The Sub-Adviser shall make decisions with respect to all purchases and sales of securities and other investment assets for the LSV Portion. To carry out such decisions, the Sub-Adviser is hereby authorized, as agent and attorney-in-fact for the Trust, for the account of, at the risk of and in the name of the Trust, to place orders and issue instructions with respect to those transactions of the LSV Portion of the Fund. In all purchases, sales and other transactions in securities and other assets for the LSV Portion, the Sub-Adviser is authorized to exercise full discretion and act for the Trust and instruct the Fund’s custodian (the “Custodian”) in the same manner and with the same force and effect as the Trust might or could do with respect to such purchases, sales or other transactions, as well as with respect to all other things necessary or incidental to the furtherance or conduct of such purchases, sales or other transactions.
The Sub-Adviser acknowledges that the Wells Fargo Funds may engage in transactions with certain sub-advisers in the fund complex (and their affiliated persons) in reliance on exemptions under Rule 10f-3, Rule 12d3-1, Rule 17a-10 and Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act. Accordingly, the Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that it will not consult with any other sub-adviser of a fund in the fund complex, or an affiliated person of a sub-adviser, concerning transactions for a fund in securities or other fund assets. With respect to a multi-managed Fund, the Sub-Adviser shall be limited to providing investment advice with respect to only the discrete portion of the Fund’s portfolio as may be determined from time-to-time by the Board or the Adviser, and shall not consult with the sub-adviser as to any other portion of the Fund’s portfolio concerning transactions for the Fund in securities or other Fund assets.
2 |
(b) The Sub-Adviser will report to the Board at each regular meeting thereof regarding the investment performance of the Funds since the prior report, and will also keep the Board informed of important developments affecting the Trust, the Funds and the Sub-Adviser, and on its own initiative will furnish the Board and the Adviser from time to time with such information as the Sub-Adviser may believe appropriate, whether concerning the individual companies whose securities are held by a Fund, the industries in which they engage, or the economic, social or political conditions prevailing in each country in which the Fund maintains investments. The Sub-Adviser will also furnish the Board and the Adviser with such statistical and analytical information with respect to securities held by the Funds as the Sub-Adviser may believe appropriate or as the Board or the Adviser reasonably request.
The Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Adviser of (i) any changes regarding the Sub-Adviser that would impact disclosure in the Trust’s Registration Statement, or (ii) any violation of any requirement, provision, policy or restriction that the Sub-Adviser is required to comply with under Section 6 of this Agreement. The Sub-Adviser shall immediately notify both the Adviser and the Trust of any legal process served upon it in connection with its activities hereunder, including any legal process served upon it on behalf of the Adviser, the Funds or the Trust. The Sub-Adviser shall reasonably cooperate with the Custodian in the Custodian’s processing of class actions or other legal proceedings relating to the holdings (historical and/or current) of the Funds.
(c) The Sub-Adviser may from time to time employ or sub-contract the services of certain persons as the Sub-Adviser believes to be appropriate or necessary to assist in the execution of the Sub-Adviser’s duties hereunder; provided, however, that the employment or association with any such person shall not relieve the Sub-Adviser of its responsibilities or liabilities hereunder. The cost of performance of such duties shall be borne and paid by the Sub-Adviser. No obligation may be imposed on the Trust in any such respect.
The Sub-Adviser shall supervise and monitor the activities of its representatives, personnel and agents in connection with the execution of its duties and obligations hereunder. The appropriate personnel of the Sub-Adviser will be made available to consult with the Adviser, the Trust and the Board at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice concerning the business of the Trust.
(d) The Sub-Adviser shall maintain records relating to portfolio transactions and the placing and allocation of brokerage orders as are required to be maintained by the Trust under the 1940 Act. The Sub-Adviser shall prepare and maintain, or cause to be prepared and maintained, in such form, for such periods and in such locations as may be required by applicable law, all documents and records relating to the services provided by the Sub-Adviser pursuant to this Agreement required to be prepared and maintained by the Trust pursuant to the rules and regulations of any national, state, or local government entity with jurisdiction over the Trust, including the Commission and the Internal Revenue Service. The books and records pertaining to the Trust which are in possession of the Sub-Adviser shall be the property of the Trust. The Trust, or the Trust’s authorized representatives
3 |
(including the Adviser), shall have access to such books and records at all times during the Sub-Adviser’s normal business hours. Upon the reasonable request of the Trust, copies of any such books and records shall be provided promptly by the Sub-Adviser to the Trust or the Trust’s authorized representatives.
Section 3. Delivery of Documents to the Sub-Adviser. The Adviser has furnished the Sub-Adviser with true, correct and complete copies of the following documents:
(a) | The Declaration of Trust, as in effect on the date hereof; |
(b) | The Registration Statement filed with the Commission under the 1940 Act and the Securities Act; |
(c) | The Advisory Agreement; and |
(d) | Written guidelines, policies and procedures adopted by the Trust. |
The Adviser will furnish the Sub-Adviser with all future amendments and supplements to the foregoing as soon as practicable after such documents become available. The Adviser shall furnish the Sub-Adviser with any further documents, materials or information that the Sub-Adviser may reasonably request in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder.
The Sub-Adviser shall furnish the Adviser with written certifications, in such form as the Adviser shall reasonably request, that it has received and reviewed the most recent version of the foregoing documents provided by the Adviser and that it will comply with such documents in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
Section 4. Delivery of Documents to the Adviser. The Sub-Adviser has furnished, and in the future will furnish, the Adviser with true, correct and complete copies of each of the following documents:
(a) | The Sub-Adviser’s most recent Form ADV; |
(b) | The Sub-Adviser’s most recent balance sheet; |
(c) | The current Code of Ethics of the Sub-Adviser, adopted pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, and annual certifications regarding compliance with such Code; and |
(d) | A report describing material findings resulting from any examination of the Sub-Adviser by the Commission or other regulatory agency with jurisdiction with respect to Sub-Adviser’s activities hereunder. |
The Sub-Adviser will furnish the Adviser with all such documents as soon as practicable after such documents become available, to the extent that such documents have been changed materially. The Sub-Adviser shall furnish the Adviser with any further documents, materials or information as the Adviser may reasonably request in connection with Sub-Adviser’s performance of its duties under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, information regarding the Sub-Adviser’s financial
4 |
condition, level of insurance coverage and any certifications or sub-certifications which may reasonably be requested in connection with Fund registration statements, Form N-CSR filings or other regulatory filings.
Section 5. Control by Board. As is the case with respect to the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement, any investment activities undertaken by the Sub-Adviser pursuant to this Agreement, as well as any other activities undertaken by the Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Funds, shall at all times be subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board.
Section 6. Compliance with Applicable Requirements. In carrying out its obligations under this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall at all times comply with:
(a) investment guidelines, policies and restrictions established by the Board that have been communicated in writing to the Sub-Adviser;
(b) all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act, and any rules and regulations adopted thereunder;
(c) the Registration Statement of the Trust, as it may be amended from time to time, filed with the Commission under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act;
(d) the provisions of the Declaration of Trust of the Trust, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time;
(e) the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable to the Trust or the Funds, and any rules and regulations adopted thereunder; and
(f) any other applicable provisions of state or federal law, and any rules and regulations adopted thereunder.
Section 7. Proxies. The Adviser shall have responsibility to vote proxies solicited with respect to issuers of securities in which assets of the Funds are invested from time to time in accordance with the Trust’s policies on proxy voting. The Sub-Adviser will provide, when requested by the Adviser, information on a particular issuer to assist the Adviser in the voting of a proxy.
Section 8. Broker-Dealer Relationships. The Sub-Adviser is responsible for the purchase and sale of securities for the Funds, broker-dealer selection, and negotiation of brokerage commission rates. The Sub-Adviser’s primary consideration in effecting a security transaction will be to obtain the best price and execution. In selecting a broker-dealer to execute each particular transaction for a Fund, the Sub-Adviser will consider such factors it considers to be relevant to the transaction, which are expected to include, among other things: the best net price available, the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer; the size of and difficulty in executing the order; and the
5 |
value of the expected contribution of the broker-dealer to the Fund on a continuing basis. Accordingly, the price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered. Subject to such policies as the Board may from time to time determine, the Sub-Adviser shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of having caused a Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the Sub-Adviser an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities of the Sub-Adviser with respect to the Fund and to other clients of the Sub-Adviser. The Sub-Adviser is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Funds to brokers and dealers who provide brokerage and research services within the meaning of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and in compliance therewith. Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Sub-Adviser shall determine and the Sub-Adviser will report on said allocations regularly to the Board, indicating the brokers to whom such allocations have been made and the basis therefore.
Provided the investment objectives of the Funds are adhered to, the Sub-Adviser may aggregate sales and purchase orders of securities held in a Fund with similar orders being made at approximately the same time for other portfolios managed by the Sub-Adviser, if, in the Sub-Adviser’s reasonable judgment, such aggregation will result in an overall economic benefit to the Fund. In accounting for such aggregated order, price and commission shall be averaged on a per bond or share basis daily. The Trust and the Adviser acknowledge that the Sub-Adviser’s determination of such economic benefit to the Fund may be based on an evaluation that the Fund is benefited by relatively better purchase or sales price, lower commission expenses and beneficial timing of transactions, the Sub-Adviser’s fiduciary duty to fairly allocate trading opportunities among its clients, or a combination of these and other factors. The allocation of securities so purchased or sold shall be made by the Sub-Adviser in the manner that the Sub-Adviser considers to be most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and other clients. The Sub-Adviser represents and acknowledges that it is solely responsible for complying with any and all applicable pronouncements of the Commission or its staff with respect to the requirements for aggregating trades as may be set out in any interpretive release and/or no-action letters issued by the Commission staff (“SEC Requirements”). The Sub-Adviser further agrees to hold the Trust and the Adviser harmless from any and all loss, damage or liability resulting from the Sub-Adviser’s failure to comply with any applicable SEC Requirements. The Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible for any acts or omissions by any broker or dealer, provided that the Sub-Adviser did not act with negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such broker or dealer.
Section 9. Expenses. All of the ordinary business expenses incurred in the operations of the Funds and the offering of their shares shall be borne by the Funds unless
6 |
specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement. The expenses borne by the Funds include, but are not limited to, brokerage commissions, taxes, legal, auditing or governmental fees, the cost of preparing share certificates, custodian, transfer agent and shareholder service agent costs, expense of issue, sale, redemption and repurchase of shares, expenses of registering and qualifying shares for sale, expenses relating to Board and shareholder meetings, the cost of preparing and distributing reports and notices to shareholders, the fees and other expenses incurred by the Funds in connection with membership in investment company organizations and the cost of printing copies of prospectuses and statements of additional information distributed to the Funds’ shareholders.
The Sub-Adviser shall pay its own expenses in connection with the services to be provided by it pursuant to this Agreement. In addition, the Sub-Adviser shall be responsible for reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Adviser or the Trust: (a) to amend the Trust’s registration statement (other than as part of a normal annual updating of the registration statement) or supplement the Fund’s prospectus, and circulate the same, to reflect a change in the personnel of the Sub-Adviser responsible for making investment decisions in relation to a Fund; or (b) to obtain shareholder approval of a new sub-advisory agreement as a result of a “change in control” (as such term in defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act) of the Sub-Adviser, or to otherwise comply with the 1940 Act, the Securities Act, or any other applicable statute, law, rule or regulation, as a result of such change.
Section 10. Compensation. Upon receipt of shareholder approval of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall be entitled to receive from the Adviser, a one-time, initial up-front payment equal to the difference between its ongoing fee under this Agreement and the lower fee paid to it during the term of the Interim Sub-Advisory Agreement between the parties dated September 15, 2004. In addition, as compensation for the sub-advisory services provided under this Agreement, the Adviser shall pay the Sub-Adviser fees, payable monthly, at the annual rates indicated on Appendix B hereto, as such Schedule may be amended or supplemented as agreed to in writing by the parties from time to time. Adviser shall pay Sub-Adviser such fee within thirty days after the end of each month. It is understood that the Adviser shall be responsible for the Sub-Adviser’s fee for its services hereunder, and the Sub-Adviser agrees that it shall have no claim against the Trust or the Funds with respect to compensation under this Agreement.
Section 11. Standard of Care. The Trust and the Adviser will expect of the Sub-Adviser, and the Sub-Adviser will give the Trust and the Adviser the benefit of, the Sub-Adviser’s best judgment and efforts in rendering its services to the Trust, and the Sub-Adviser shall not be liable hereunder for any mistake in judgment. In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents, the Sub-Adviser shall not be subject to liability to the Adviser, to the Trust or to any shareholders in the Trust for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security.
7 |
Section 12. Non-Exclusivity. The services of the Sub-Adviser to the Adviser and the Trust are not to be deemed to be exclusive, and the Sub-Adviser shall be free to render investment advisory and administrative or other services to others (including other investment companies) and to engage in other activities. It is understood and agreed that officers or directors of the Sub-Advisor are not prohibited from engaging in any other business activity or from rendering services to any other person, or from serving as partners, officers, directors or trustees of any other firm or trust, including other investment advisory companies.
It is understood that the Sub-Adviser performs investment advisory services for various clients, including accounts of clients in which the Sub-Adviser or associated persons have a beneficial interest. The Sub-Adviser may give advice and take action in the performance of its duties with respect to any of its other clients, which may differ from the advice given, or the timing or nature of action taken, with respect to the assets of the Funds. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to impose upon the Sub-Adviser any obligation to purchase or sell for the Funds any security or other property that the Sub-Adviser purchases or sells for its own accounts or for the account of any other client.
Section 13. Records. The Sub-Adviser shall, with respect to orders the Sub-Adviser places for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities of the Funds, maintain or arrange for the maintenance of the documents and records required pursuant to Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act, as well as trade tickets and confirmations of portfolio trades, and such other records as the Adviser reasonably requests to be maintained. All such records shall be maintained in a form acceptable to the Adviser and the Trust and in compliance with the provisions of Rule 31a-1 or any successor rule. All such records will be the property of the Trust, and will be made available for inspection by the Trust and its authorized representatives (including the Adviser). The Sub-Adviser shall promptly, upon the Trust’s request, surrender to the Trust those records which are the property of the Trust or any Fund; provided, however, that the Sub-Adviser may retain copies of such records.
Section 14. Term and Approval. This Agreement shall become effective with respect to a Fund after it is approved in accordance with the express requirements of the 1940 Act, and executed by the Trust, Adviser and Sub-Adviser and shall thereafter continue from year to year, provided that the continuation of the Agreement is approved in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, which currently requires that the continuation be approved at least annually:
(a) | (i) by the Trust’s Board of Trustees or (ii) by the vote of “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund (as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act, and |
(b) | by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trust’s Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of a party to this Agreement (other than as Trustees of the Trust), by votes cast in person at a meeting specifically called for such purpose. |
8 |
Section 15. Termination. As required under the 1940 Act, this Agreement may be terminated with respect to a Fund at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of a Fund’s outstanding voting securities, or by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, on sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party. The notice provided for herein may be waived by the party entitled to receipt thereof. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, the term “assignment” for purposes of this paragraph having the meaning defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act, as it may be interpreted by the Commission or its staff in interpretive releases, or applied by the Commission staff in no-action letters, issued under the 1940 Act.
This Agreement may also be terminated immediately by the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or the Trust in the event that a respective party: (i) breaches a material term of this Agreement; or (ii) commits a material violation of any governing law or regulation; or (iii) engages in conduct that would have a material adverse effect upon the reputation or business prospects of a respective party.
Section 16. Indemnification by the Sub-Adviser. In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Trust or the Adviser, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents, the Trust and the Adviser, respectively, shall not be responsible for, and the Sub-Adviser hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trust and the Adviser (severally, but not jointly) against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees, payments, expenses, liability, claims, actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity whether brought by a private party or a governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality of any kind, arising out of or attributable to the willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligent acts or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees affiliates or agents. The Sub-Adviser shall not be liable hereunder for any losses or damages resulting from the Sub-Adviser’s adherence to the Adviser’s written instructions.
Section 17. Indemnification by the Trust and the Adviser. In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents, the Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible for, and the Trust and the Adviser (severally, but not jointly) hereby agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Sub-Adviser against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees, payments, expenses, liability, claims, actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity whether brought by a private party or a governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality of any kind, arising out of or attributable to conduct of the party from whom such indemnification is sought and relating to: (i) the advertising, solicitation, sale, purchase or pledge of securities, whether of the Funds or other securities, undertaken by the Funds, their officers, directors, employees, affiliates or agents, (ii) any violations of the securities laws, rules, regulations, statutes and codes,
9 |
whether federal or of any state, by the Funds or the Adviser, respectively, or their respective officers, directors, employees, affiliates or agents, or (iii) the willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligent acts or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Funds or the Adviser, respectively, or their respective officers, directors, employees, affiliates or agents.
Section 18. Notices. Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed postage paid to the other party at such address as such other party may designate for the receipt of such notice. Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of the Trust shall be 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105, Attention: Karla M. Rabusch, and that of the Adviser shall be 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105, Attention: C. David Messman, and that of the Sub-Adviser shall be 1 North Wacker Drive, Suite 4000, Chicago, Illinois 60606, Attention: Tremaine Atkinson.
Section 19. Questions of Interpretation. Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or provision of the 1940 Act shall be resolved by reference to such terms or provision of the 1940 Act and to interpretations thereof, if any, by the United States Courts or in the absence of any controlling decision of any such court, by rules, regulations or orders of the Commission, or interpretations of the Commission or its staff, or Commission staff no-action letters, issued pursuant to the 1940 Act. In addition, where the effect of a requirement of the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act reflected in any provision of this Agreement is revised by rule, regulation or order of the Commission, such provision shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule, regulation or order. The duties and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware to the extent that state law is not preempted by the provisions of any law of the United States heretofore or hereafter enacted.
Section 20. Amendment. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. If shareholder approval of an amendment is required under the 1940 Act, no such amendment shall become effective until approved by a vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of the affected Funds. Otherwise, a written amendment of this Agreement is effective upon the approval of the Board, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser.
Section 21. Wells Fargo Name. The Sub-Adviser and the Trust each agree that the name “Wells Fargo,” which comprises a component of the Trust’s name, is a property right of the parent of the Adviser. The Trust agrees and consents that: (i) it will use the words “Wells Fargo” as a component of its corporate name, the name of any series or class, or all of the above, and for no other purpose; (ii) it will not grant to any third party the right to use the name “Wells Fargo” for any purpose; (iii) the Adviser or any corporate affiliate of the Adviser may use or grant to others the right to use the words “Wells Fargo,” or any combination or abbreviation thereof, as all or a portion of a corporate or business name or for any commercial purpose, other than a grant of such
10 |
right to another registered investment company not advised by the Adviser or one of its affiliates; and (iv) in the event that the Adviser or an affiliate thereof is no longer acting as investment adviser to any Fund, the Trust shall, upon request by the Adviser, promptly take such action as may be necessary to change its corporate name to one not containing the words “Wells Fargo” and following such change, shall not use the words “Wells Fargo,” or any combination thereof, as a part of its corporate name or for any other commercial purpose, and shall use its best efforts to cause its trustees, officers and shareholders to take any and all actions that the Adviser may request to effect the foregoing and to reconvey to the Adviser any and all rights to such words. The Sub-Adviser may include the Wells Fargo Funds in its representative client list.
Section 22. Risk Acknowledgement. The Sub-Adviser does not guarantee the future performance or any specific level of performance of the LSV Portion or of the Fund, the success of any investment decision or strategy that the Sub-Adviser may use, or the success of the Sub-Adviser’s overall management of the LSV Portion. Each of the Trust and the Adviser understand that investment decisions made for the LSV Portion by the Sub-Adviser are subject to various market, currency, economic and business risks, and that those investment decisions will not always be profitable. The Sub-Adviser will manage only the securities, cash and other investments delegated to it which are held in the LSV Portion of the Funds’ account(s) and, in making investment decisions for the LSV Portion, the Sub-Adviser will not consider any other securities, cash or other investments owned by the Trust.
Section 23. Authority to Execute Agreement. Each of the individuals whose signature appears below represents and warrants that he or she has full authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of the party on whose behalf he or she has affixed his or her signature to this Agreement. The Trust and the Adviser will deliver to the Sub-Adviser such evidence of its authority with respect to this Agreement as Sub-Adviser may reasonably require. The Sub-Adviser will deliver to the Trust and the Adviser such evidence of its authority with respect to this Agreement as the Trust or the Adviser may reasonably require.
11 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in triplicate by their respective officers on the day and year first written above.
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST on behalf of the Funds |
||||
By: | ||||
C. David Messman | ||||
Secretary |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT, LLC | ||||
By: | ||||
Andrew Owen | ||||
Senior Vice President |
LSV ASSET MANAGEMENT | ||||
By: | ||||
Tremaine Atkinson | ||||
Partner and Chief Operating Officer |
12 |
LSV INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
APPENDIX A
Funds Trust Funds |
Diversified International Fund
|
Most recent annual approval by the Board of Trustees: March 25, 2011
Appendix A amended: March 1, 2010
13 |
APPENDIX B
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
LSV INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
FEE AGREEMENT
This fee agreement is made as of the 1st day of February, 2005, by and between Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) and LSV Asset Management (the “Sub-Adviser”).
WHEREAS, the parties have entered into an Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (“Sub-Advisory Agreement”) whereby the Sub-Adviser provides management and other services to each series of the Trust listed in Appendix A to the Sub-Advisory Agreement (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”); and
WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that the fees to be paid to the Sub-Adviser are to be as indicated on Appendix B;
NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree that the fees to be paid to the Sub-Adviser under the Sub-Advisory Agreement shall be calculated and paid on a monthly basis by applying the annual rates indicated below to the average daily net assets of the LSV Portion throughout the month:
Name of Fund | Breakpoints | Sub-Advisory Rate |
Diversified International Fund
|
First 150M Next 350M Next 250M Next 250M Over 1B |
0.35% 0.40% 0.35% 0.325% 0.30% |
14 |
The foregoing fee schedule is agreed to as of March 1, 2010 and shall remain in effect until changed in writing by the parties.
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST on behalf of the Funds |
||||
By: | ||||
C. David Messman | ||||
Secretary |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT, LLC | ||||
By: | ||||
Andrew Owen | ||||
Executive Vice President |
LSV ASSET MANAGEMENT | ||||
By: | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
15 |
SCHEDULE I
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
100% Treasury Money Market Fund
Absolute Return Fund
Adjustable Rate Government Fund
Alternative Risk Premia Fund
Asset Allocation Fund
C&B Large Cap Value Fund
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund
California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund
California Tax-Free Fund
Cash Investment Money Market Fund
Classic Value Fund
Common Stock Fund
Conservative Income Fund
Core Bond Fund
Core Plus Bond Fund
Disciplined Small Cap Fund
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund
Discovery Fund
Diversified Capital Builder Fund
Diversified Equity Fund
Diversified Income Builder Fund
Diversified International Fund
Dynamic Target Today Fund
Dynamic Target 2015 Fund
Dynamic Target 2020 Fund
Dynamic Target 2025 Fund
Dynamic Target 2030 Fund
Dynamic Target 2035 Fund
Dynamic Target 2040 Fund
Dynamic Target 2045 Fund
Dynamic Target 2050 Fund
Dynamic Target 2055 Fund
Dynamic Target 2060 Fund
Emerging Growth Fund
Emerging Markets Bond Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund
Endeavor Select Fund
Enterprise Fund
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
Global Investment Grade Credit Fund
Global Small Cap Fund
Government Money Market Fund
Government Securities Fund
Growth Fund
Growth Balanced Fund
Heritage Money Market Fund
High Yield Bond Fund
High Yield Corporate Bond Fund
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
Index Asset Allocation Fund
Index Fund
Intermediate Tax/AMT-Free Fund
International Bond Fund
International Government Bond Fund
International Equity Fund
International Value Fund
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
Intrinsic World Equity Fund
Large Cap Core Fund
Large Cap Growth Fund
Large Company Value Fund
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund
Managed Account CoreBuilder Shares Series M
Minnesota Tax-Free Fund
Moderate Balanced Fund
Money Market Fund
Municipal Bond Fund
Municipal Cash Management Money Market Fund
Municipal Sustainability Fund
National Tax-Free Money Market Fund
Omega Growth Fund
Opportunity Fund
Pennsylvania Tax-Free Fund
Precious Metals Fund
Premier Large Company Growth Fund
Real Return Fund
Short Duration Government Bond Fund
Short-Term Bond Fund
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund
Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund
Small Company Growth Fund
Small Company Value Fund
Special International Small Cap Fund
Special Mid Cap Value Fund
Special Small Cap Value Fund
Specialized Technology Fund
Strategic Municipal Bond Fund
Strategic Income Fund
Target Today Fund
Target 2010 Fund
Target 2015 Fund
Target 2020 Fund
Target 2025 Fund
Target 2030 Fund
Target 2035 Fund
Target 2040 Fund
Target 2045 Fund
Target 2050 Fund
Target 2055 Fund
Target 2060 Fund
Treasury Plus Money Market Fund
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund
Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund
U.S. Core Bond Fund
Utility and Telecommunications Fund
WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Fund
WealthBuilder Equity Fund
WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Fund
WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Fund
WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Fund
Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund
Schedule I amended: March 2, 2020
Execution Version
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of April 1, 2010 among Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, The Trusts and State Street Bank and Trust Company (“Custodian”) have entered into a Master Custodian Agreement dated August 10, 2009 pursuant to which Custodian has assumed certain responsibilities with respect to securities and other property held for the benefit of the Funds in custody accounts (each such custody account is referred to herein as a “Custody Account”);
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A (each such Fund is referred to herein as “Lender”) wishes to retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and
WHEREAS, GSAL is willing to act as agent for Lender in lending such securities owned by Lender to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth including, but not limited to, liaising with Custodian with respect to the administration of such lending activity on Lender’s behalf and Lender has provided notification to Custodian to such effect.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto, intending to be bound, hereby agree as follows with respect to the services to be provided to each Lender:
1. (a) With respect to those securities (“Available Securities”) identified in Schedule 1 hereto which are held in the Custody Account (and until Lender notifies GSAL otherwise), Lender hereby appoints and authorizes GSAL, as its agent on a disclosed basis, to lend such securities, upon such terms and conditions and at such time or times, as GSAL, in its discretion, shall determine, subject to the oversight of the Lender, including such guidelines as the Lender may from time to time communicate to GSAL with respect to the lending of Available Securities and which GSAL has consented to (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) (“Guidelines”), and GSAL hereby accepts such appointment. Lender may amend Schedule 1 to add or remove Available Securities from time to time upon written notice to GSAL. To facilitate performance of its lending agency activities (as more fully described below), GSAL may, in its discretion and upon reasonable prior written notice to Lender, from time to time appoint one or more persons to act as its sub-agent hereunder and under any securities loan agreement (“SLA”) entered into with respect to the loan of securities held in the Custody Account, and Lender hereby approves any such appointment; provided, however, that without prior notice to Lender, GSAL may appoint one or more of persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with GSAL (“GS Affiliates”) to act as
sub-agent with respect to the performance of operational and administrative back office supporting functions, including without limitation the performance of monitoring and processing asset servicing events and performing credit analyses. GSAL shall remain fully responsible for any obligations delegated to a sub-agent and for any actions taken or omitted by a sub-agent as if GSAL had taken or omitted to take such actions itself, unless Lender directed GSAL to appoint such sub-agent (provided, that GSAL shall monitor from time to time any such directed sub-agent in accordance with the standard of care set forth in Section 16). GSAL shall have the right, in its discretion, to terminate any appointment of a sub-agent or to modify the terms of any such appointment, provided that GSAL shall provide prior written notice to Lender in the event such termination or modification has a reasonable likelihood of having a materially adverse impact on Lender.
(b) With respect to Available Securities, GSAL will use reasonable efforts to the extent practicable to allocate loans among participants in its agency securities lending program in a manner that, after taking into account the Guidelines, is reasonably fair to all participants, including the Lender.
(c) The Guidelines provide that Lender may lend securities representing 50% of its total assets immediately prior to making the loan unless a lower percentage is set forth in an investment policy that is described in the Lender’s registration statement. Lender shall notify GSAL if a lower percentage applies and if so, the amount of such lower percentage.
2. (a) During the term of any securities loan, GSAL shall permit the loaned securities to be transferred into the name of and voted (where applicable) by the borrower or others. For each loan of securities, GSAL shall require the borrower to pledge as collateral (i) cash in U.S. dollars; (ii) U.S. Government Securities; or (iii) irrevocable performance letters of credit issued by (a) a domestic bank that is organized under the laws of the United States, (b) a domestic bank that is organized under the laws of a State, or (c) a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions (collectively, “Collateral”) having an initial market value (as determined by GSAL pursuant to the applicable SLA) at least equal to the amount determined pursuant to the applicable SLA) and the Guidelines.
(b) Collateral will be received from a borrower prior to or simultaneous with delivery of securities loaned. If the borrower does not provide the required Collateral to GSAL, as agreed, then GSAL will cancel the corresponding loan instruction prior to delivery.
(c) With respect to loans involving domestic securities, Collateral shall be remarked to the percentage of the market value of the securities loaned (including any accrued interest) as specified in the applicable SLA and the Guidelines for domestic securities. With respect to loans involving foreign securities, Collateral shall be remarked to the percentage of the market value of the securities loaned (including any accrued interest) as specified in the applicable SLA and the Guidelines for foreign
2 |
securities. With respect to loans of U.S. Government Securities, GSAL shall remark Collateral to the percentage of market value specified in the applicable SLA and the Guidelines for U.S. Government Securities if the market value of such Collateral falls below 100% of the market value of the securities loaned (including any accrued interest). If, as a result of marking-to-market, Collateral is required to be returned to the Borrower under an SLA, GSAL will timely return such Collateral to the Borrower. GSAL is authorized to consent to any adjustment in the amount available to be drawn under any letter of credit or to debit the Cash Collateral Investments (as defined in paragraph 9) in order to satisfy any requirement under an SLA to return excess Collateral to a Borrower as a result of marking-to-market.
(d) All Collateral is intended to be received, held and administered for the benefit of Lender by Custodian in the Custody Account, except as otherwise provided herein. GSAL is authorized in its discretion to terminate, on Lender’s behalf, any securities loan entered into with a borrower without prior notice to Lender, subject to the conditions of the relevant SLA. Lender may itself instruct GSAL to terminate any loan and recall loaned securities on any date, subject to the conditions of the relevant SLA. GSAL agrees to comply with any such instruction.
3. GSAL may lend securities from the Custody Account, as agent, only to one or more of the institutions (each, an “Approved Borrower”) listed on Schedule 2 hereto, and Lender hereby specifically approves such list of institutions. Lender understands and agrees that Schedule 2 may be amended by GSAL from time to time to add or delete borrowers and that GSAL will notify Lender of each such proposed change. With respect to a deleted borrower, such change shall be effective immediately upon notification to Lender to such effect. With respect to a proposed additional borrower, unless Lender notifies GSAL, within three Business Days of the giving by GSAL of notice of the proposed additional borrower(s), of Lender’s disapproval of any such additional borrower(s), Lender agrees that Schedule 2 shall be deemed amended to add the name(s) of such borrower(s) . Lender may at any time and from time to time instruct GSAL to remove a person from Schedule 2, and from and after GSAL’s receipt of such instruction, Schedule 2 shall be deemed amended to remove such person as an Approved Borrower.
4. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, during such time that Lender is a plan or other entity subject to the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), (any such plan or other entity referred to herein as an “ERISA Plan Lender”), the provisions of Annex I to this Agreement shall become effective (and shall be deemed incorporated by reference in this Agreement as if fully set forth herein) and any provision of Annex I or of ERISA governing the lending of securities of an ERISA Plan Lender under this Agreement shall override any inconsistent provisions otherwise contained in this Agreement. Lender represents that at the time of this Agreement (check appropriate item):
☐ it is an ERISA Plan Lender, or
3 |
☒ it is not an ERISA Plan Lender.
Lender shall notify GSAL in writing if at any time during the term of this Agreement its status changes from that specified above, and, until such notice is received, GSAL shall be entitled to rely on the status of Lender represented to it as aforesaid.
5. Lender fully understands and agrees that GSAL intends to execute or cause to be executed an SLA (in substantially the form of Schedule 3) as Lender’s agent on a disclosed basis with each borrower, and Lender hereby approves such form of SLA. Lender understands and agrees that GSAL may revise the terms of any SLA with any borrower as GSAL deems necessary or appropriate, in its discretion, for the effectuation of any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby; provided, that any material change to the terms of the SLA attached hereto as Schedule 3 shall not be effective unless approved in advance in writing by Lender. Lender also agrees to promptly furnish to GSAL its financial statements to enable GSAL to comply with any request therefor by a borrower in connection with any SLA.
6. GSAL is authorized by Lender to negotiate on Lender’s behalf with each borrower all terms of a securities loan, including the amounts or fees to be received or paid pursuant to the applicable SLA, subject to the Guidelines (which may among other things include restrictions relating to permissible ranges of rebate rates, spreads, or similar economic terms). GSAL shall prepare a transactional confirmation in respect of each loan effected pursuant to an SLA, setting forth the securities borrowed and the material terms of the loan, and shall transmit the same to the borrower in accordance with such SLA. Lender understands and agrees that the identity of Lender will be disclosed by GSAL to a borrower under a securities loan at any time upon request of the borrower. The basis of GSAL’s compensation for its activities hereunder and in respect of any securities loan is set forth in Schedule 4 hereto.
7. GSAL is authorized to notify Lender or Custodian whenever a securities loan has been agreed to on behalf of Lender with an Approved Borrower. In respect of the commencement of any loan, GSAL shall instruct the borrower to transfer to the Custody Account the required Collateral and shall advise Lender or Custodian to receive the same. GSAL shall also advise Lender or Custodian which securities in the Custody Account have been lent and the transfer instructions supplied by the borrower with respect thereto. Upon termination of the loan, GSAL shall instruct the borrower to return the loaned securities to the Custody Account and shall advise Lender or Custodian to receive the same. GSAL shall also advise Lender or Custodian as to Collateral due the borrower and the borrower’s transfer instructions with respect thereto. Once the Custodian has confirmed settlement of the return of the loaned securities, GSAL shall effect the return of Collateral due the borrower in accordance with the borrower’s transfer instructions with respect thereto.
8. In respect of loans of securities entered into on Lender’s behalf, GSAL will value on a daily basis, in accordance with the applicable SLA, the loaned securities and all pledged Collateral and, where applicable, GSAL shall, in accordance
4 |
with the provisions of the applicable SLA, request the borrower to deliver sufficient additional collateral to the Custody Account to satisfy the applicable margin requirement and shall advise the Lender or Custodian to receive the same. Lender acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to any SLA, GSAL may permit a borrower to substitute Collateral, which is of the type specified in Section 2 hereto and is otherwise acceptable to GSAL in its discretion, during the term of any loan so long as the required margin in respect of such loan continues to be satisfied after such substitution. If, as a result of marking to market, Collateral is required to be returned to the borrower under the SLA, GSAL may advise Lender or Custodian regarding the amount and type of Collateral requested by borrower to be returned and the manner, timing and means by which such return was requested by borrower to be effected.
9. (a) Lender shall have the right, pursuant to the SLA, to invest cash Collateral received in respect of any loan, subject to an obligation, upon the termination of the loan, to return to the borrower the amount of cash initially pledged (as adjusted for any interim marks-to-market). Lender shall direct GSAL and/or Custodian, from time to time, as specified in Schedule 5 hereto, as to the manner and means by which such cash Collateral is to be invested and the types of permissible investments (collectively, the “Cash Collateral Investments”). Lender hereby authorizes GSAL to direct withdrawals from, and contributions to, the Cash Collateral Investments to satisfy Lender’s obligations arising to a borrower or GSAL pursuant to this Agreement or an SLA.
(b) Lender acknowledges and agrees that any income or gains and losses from investing and reinvesting any cash Collateral delivered by a borrower to GSAL pursuant to an SLA shall be at Lender’s risk and for Lender’s account, and Lender agrees that to the extent any such losses reduce the amount of cash Collateral below the amount required to be returned to the borrower upon the termination of any loan made on Lender’s behalf (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral Fee (as defined in the applicable SLA) due the borrower), Lender will, on demand of GSAL, immediately pay to GSAL (for transmission to such borrower) an equivalent amount in cash in U.S. dollars. GSAL is hereby authorized and instructed, and GSAL agrees, to effect any required liquidation of Cash Collateral Investments to satisfy Lender’s obligation to return cash Collateral pursuant to a mark to market or upon termination of any loan of securities. All proceeds and earnings derived from the Cash Collateral Investments shall be deposited in the Custody Account unless otherwise directed by Lender.
10. Where Collateral consists of securities, Lender, pursuant to the applicable SLA, may pledge, repledge, hypothecate, rehypothecate, lend, relend, sell or otherwise transfer the same to third parties, in which case Lender shall direct Custodian (or GSAL to direct Custodian) as to the intended disposition. GSAL shall also advise Custodian, on the due date therefor, of any Cash Collateral Fees or amounts (including payments in lieu of distribution on securities Collateral) that are due to a borrower, and on behalf of Lender, to effect prompt payment thereof to the borrower by appropriate debit to the Custody Account and transfer to the borrower. With respect to fees and amounts (including in lieu of distributions on loaned securities) due to Lender from a
5 |
borrower, GSAL shall advise Custodian of the fees and amounts to be received on the due date therefor in the Custody Account pursuant to Lender’s direction. Lender acknowledges and agrees that, in respect of any loan entered into on Lender’s behalf, GSAL may at its option advance its own funds to pay any such Cash Collateral Fee or other fees or amounts due the borrower; provided, that no such advance shall be made except to the extent GSAL is not able to debit the Custody Account for the amount due the borrower). If GSAL makes any such advance, or if Lender does not pay to GSAL when due the applicable securities lending fee, Lender will be liable to GSAL until payment in full of such liability, at a rate per annum equal to 1/2% above the highest broker call rate of interest as published in the Wall Street Journal (Eastern edition) from day to day; provided that Lender shall not be liable for such interest on any such advance unless GSAL shall have notified Lender promptly of such advance. Lender acknowledges and agrees that the obligation of Lender to pay to the borrower the Cash Collateral Fee in respect of any loan of securities is independent of the results of investment of the related cash Collateral. As security for any and all obligations of Lender to GSAL arising hereunder or under any SLA or loan of securities effected on Lender’s behalf at any time and from time to time, Lender hereby assigns and grants to GSAL a security interest in, and hereby pledges, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Cash Collateral Investments held by the Custodian, subject and subordinate to (x) any security interest of, and pledge to, if any, the Custodian over the cash and securities in the Custody Account granted by Lender to Custodian and (y) the security interest of, and pledge to, if any, a bank or other financial institution that is a lender to the Lender pursuant to a credit agreement or similar arrangement with such Lender.
11. In the event of a default by a borrower which could have an adverse effect on Lender with respect to any loan entered into pursuant to an SLA, GSAL shall promptly notify Lender and shall, and is hereby authorized by Lender to, exercise on Lender’s behalf, (i) in its discretion, and without prior notification to Lender, or (ii) upon instruction of Lender, any and all remedies provided thereunder or available under applicable law. In addition, the following applies:
(a) If a borrower fails, pursuant to the SLA with GSAL, to return loaned securities (including any non-cash distributions in the nature of a stock split or stock dividend added to a loan) with respect to a loan when due for any reason (“Default Event”), then GSAL shall indemnify the Lender as set forth below. GSAL shall, to the extent deemed prudent by GSAL or to the extent directed by Lender, promptly, at its expense, purchase (“Buy-In”) for the Lender’s account, for settlement in the normal course, replacement securities of the same quantity, issue, type, class and series as that of the loaned securities, provided however, that if the value of the Collateral (“Collateral Value”, as defined below) is less than the purchase cost of replacement securities, GSAL shall be responsible for satisfying such shortfall but only to the extent that such shortfall is not due to any diminution in the Collateral Value due to investment losses (which are borne by Lender pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement). In addition, provided that the Lender or Custodian provides sale notification to GSAL by the close of business on trade date in the principal market for the affected security,
6 |
GSAL shall indemnify the Lender for overdraft charges at the Custodian during the Default Event Period (as defined below) in connection with (i) the Lender’s settlement of foreign exchange contracts that correspond to the loaned securities that are subject to the Default Event, and/or (ii) purchases of securities that were intended to be purchased with the proceeds of the sale of the securities that are subject to the Default Event. For purposes of this Section 10(a), “Default Event Period” shall mean the period from the date of the Default Event until (i) the settlement date of the Buy-In, (ii) the date payment is received by the Lender pursuant to paragraph (b) below, or (iii) the date of the return of the loaned securities, whichever is applicable. In the event the Lender fails to meet its sale settlement obligations with respect to loaned securities as a result of a Default Event and the applicable exchange or broker performs a “buy-in” to prevent a “market” short position, and the Lender provides notification of such sale to GSAL by the close of business on trade date in the principal market for the affected security, GSAL shall be liable for direct losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by the Lender in connection with such buy-in except to the extent of the negligence of the Custodian.
(b) In the event GSAL and the Lender mutually determine for GSAL not to engage in an actual Buy-In under the SLA, GSAL shall, at its expense, credit the Custody Account in United States dollars with the market value of such unreturned loaned securities (including, in the case of debt securities, accrued but unpaid interest and, in the case of equity securities, dividends or distributions declared but not paid or remitted to Lender or any non-cash distributions in the nature of a stock split or stock dividend added to a loan) determined as of the credit date.
(c) In addition to making the purchases or credits required by paragraphs (a) and (b) hereof, GSAL shall credit Lender the value of all distributions on the loaned securities for record dates which occur before the date that GSAL completes the Buy-In under paragraph (a) or credits Lender’s account under paragraph (b) (whether or not such record dates occur prior to the date of the applicable Default Event).
(d) Any credits required under Paragraphs (b) and (c) shall be made by application of the proceeds of the Collateral, if any, that remains after any Buy-In that is effected by GSAL under paragraph (a). If and to the extent the Collateral Value is less than the sum of the credits required under paragraphs (b) and (c), such credits shall be made at GSAL’s expense.
(e) Collateral Value shall be (A) in the case of loans collateralized solely by cash Collateral, the value of the cash Collateral pledged by a borrower with respect to a loan, (B) in the case of loans collateralized solely by securities Collateral, the market value of such Collateral, and (C) in the case of loans collateralized solely by letters of credit, the respective available undrawn amounts, and, in each case above, Collateral Value shall be determined on the date of the Buy-In (or the payment made pursuant to (f) below). Where a loan is collateralized by more than one type of Collateral, the aggregate market value of Collateral securing such loan (for the purpose of computing the indemnity) shall be the sum of the market values for each relevant type of Collateral. Market value shall be determined by GSAL, where applicable, based upon prices obtained from recognized pricing services or dealer price quotations other than the Borrower.
7 |
(f) If, on the date of the Default Event, GSAL is not in possession or control of the Collateral allocated to the defaulted Loan, Lender shall promptly cause such Collateral to be transferred to GSAL for application against the cost of any Buy-In.
(g) In the event that GSAL is required to perform or make any payment under this Section, the Lender agrees that, to the extent of such performance or payment, GSAL shall be subrogated to, and the Lender shall assign, and be deemed to have assigned, to GSAL all of Lender’s rights in, to and against the borrower in respect of the related loan, any Collateral pledged by the borrower in respect of such loan (including any letters of credit and the issuers thereof) and all proceeds of such Collateral (but not until all of the obligations of the borrower to Lender have been fully paid). In the event that Lender receives or is credited with any payment, benefit or value from or on behalf of the borrower in respect of rights to which GSAL is subrogated as provided herein, Lender shall promptly remit or pay to GSAL the same (or, where applicable, its United States dollar equivalent).
12. GSAL (i) will, upon request by Lender, provide to Lender a daily statement of activity setting forth information relating to loaned securities, marks-to-market and terminations and (ii) will mail to Lender on or about the 7th (seventh) Business Day of each month, a statement indicating for the preceding calendar month the securities lent from the Custody Account, the value of such securities, the identity of the borrowers, the nature and amount of Collateral received as security for the loaned securities, the amounts of any fees or payments paid with respect to each loan and such other information as GSAL and Lender may agree to from time to time or as Lender may reasonably request; provided that GSAL shall comply with any reasonable request made by Lender in light of GSAL’s then current systems and subject to policies and procedures of GSAL reasonably designed to protect its proprietary or confidential information and reimbursement by Lender for any extraordinary costs incurred in responding to such requested information. For purposes hereof, “Business Day” means any day on which GSAL is open for business in Boston, Massachusetts.
13. The parties acknowledge that:
THE PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES INVESTOR PROTECTION ACT OF 1970 MAY NOT PROTECT THE LENDER WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES LOAN TRANSACTION AND THAT, THEREFORE, THE COLLATERAL DELIVERED BY THE BROKER OR DEALER, AS BORROWER, TO THE LENDER MAY CONSTITUTE THE ONLY SOURCE OF SATISFACTION OF THE BROKER’S OR DEALER’S OBLIGATION IN THE EVENT THE BROKER OR DEALER FAILS TO RETURN THE SECURITIES.
14. Lender acknowledges that, under the applicable SLA, the borrowers will not be required to return loaned securities immediately upon receipt of notice from GSAL terminating the applicable loan, but instead will be required to return such loaned securities within such period of time following such notice as is specified in the applicable SLA. Upon receiving a notice from Custodian, Lender or Lender’s investment manager that Available Securities which have been lent to a borrower should no longer be considered Available Securities (whether because of the sale of
8 |
such securities or otherwise), GSAL shall notify promptly (and in no event later than the next Business Day) thereafter the borrower which has borrowed such securities that the loan of such securities is terminated and that such securities are to be returned within the time specified by the applicable SLA.
15. (a) Lender shall be entitled to receive all distributions (made on, or in respect of the Available Securities that are lent to a borrower as contemplated hereby), which are not otherwise received by Lender, to the full extent it would be so entitled if the Available Securities (i.e., those which are lent) had not been lent to the borrower, including, but not limited to cash and all other property, dividends, securities received as dividends, interest payments and rights to purchase securities and all other distributions, if any.
(b) Any cash distribution made on or in respect of the Available Securities that are lent which Lender is entitled to receive under Section 15(a), and any fee payable by a borrower to Lender under an SLA, shall be paid by the transfer of cash to the Custody Account by the borrower and GSAL shall arrange for such payment on or as soon as is practicable after the date such distribution or fee payable by the borrower, in an amount equal to such distribution. Non-cash distributions received by the borrower shall be added to the Available Securities that are lent to the borrower on the date of distribution and shall be considered such for all purposes, except that if the loan has terminated, GSAL shall arrange for the immediate transfer of same to the Custody Account.
(c) Lender acknowledges that any payments of distributions from the borrower to Lender are in substitution for the interest or dividend accrued or paid in respect of loaned securities and that the tax treatment of such payment may differ from the tax treatment of such interest or dividend. Lender also acknowledges that GSAL or Custodian may be required to withhold tax on amounts payable to or by Lender pursuant to a securities loan and GSAL may at any time claim from Lender any shortfall in the amount GSAL so withheld.
16. Subject to the requirements of applicable law and except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, GSAL shall not be liable with respect to any losses incurred by Lender in connection with this securities lending program or under any provision hereof, except to the extent that such losses result from the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of GSAL in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.
17. The responsibilities of GSAL and Custodian with respect to negotiating and administering each securities loan shall be set forth in, and governed by, the written operational procedures established from time to time by GSAL and Custodian and agreed to by Lender, and are incorporated by reference herein. GSAL shall have no liability whatsoever to Lender or any borrower arising from or based upon any failure or delay by Custodian, for whatever reason, to perform Custodian’s obligations to Lender as Custodian under any loan of securities (including complying with any instructions, orders or directions with respect to receipt and delivery of
9 |
securities, Collateral and fees, and investment and liquidation/redemption of investments of Collateral), except to the extent that such losses result from the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of GSAL in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. Reasonable and customary transaction fees and expenses of Custodian relating to the transfer of securities and cash in connection with the Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by GSAL.
18. Each party represents and warrants to each other that (i) it has due authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and any transactions contemplated thereby; (ii) the execution and performance of this Agreement and any transaction contemplated thereby has been duly authorized by all necessary action, corporate or otherwise, and does not and will not violate any law, regulation, charter, by-law or other instrument, restriction or provision applicable to it; and (iii) this Agreement constitutes such party’s legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms. In addition, Lender represents that, as to any securities lent at any time and from time to time from the Custody Account, Lender shall be the owner thereof with clear title thereto and no lien, charge or encumbrance upon such securities shall exist except as otherwise created hereunder.
19. Lender grants GSAL the authority set forth in this Agreement notwithstanding its awareness that GSAL, in its individual capacity or acting in a fiduciary capacity for other accounts, may have transactions or existing relationships with the same institutions to which loans of securities may be made hereunder, which transactions or relationships may give rise to potential conflict of interest situations. GSAL personnel who arrange for loans of Lender’s securities will be organizationally separated (including supervision) from all GS Affiliate personnel who handle the borrowing of securities for GS Affiliates. Any confidential information about Lender, including but not limited to the identification and amount of securities positions held by Lender, disclosed to or obtained by GSAL or GS Affiliates as well as the details of transactions hereunder, shall be kept confidential by GSAL except to the extent reasonably necessary for GSAL to perform its role as Lender’s agent (or for GS Affiliates to perform their roles on behalf of GSAL) hereunder and except as may be necessary to comply with applicable law or regulation or to cooperate with any reasonable request made by an entity with regulatory jurisdiction over GSAL or to obtain confidential legal, tax or accounting advice and, notwithstanding anything contrary in this Agreement, GSAL agrees to prohibit its employees from trading on the basis of any such confidential information. GSAL’s obligations in this section 19 shall continue following any expiration or termination of this Agreement.
20. GSAL shall have no duties or responsibilities in respect of securities lending transactions except those expressly set forth in this Agreement. GSAL shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, transportation, computer (hardware or
10 |
software) or communications service; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority; governmental actions; or inability to obtain labor, material, equipment or transportation. GSAL shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any certification, notice or other communication (including by telephone, telex, facsimile, telegram or cable) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of an approved person (“Approved Person”) of Lender. Set forth in Schedule 6 hereto is a list of Approved Persons, which list may be amended by Lender from time to time upon notice to GSAL.
21. Lender hereby authorizes and empowers GSAL to execute in Lender’s name and on its behalf and at its risk all agreements and documents as may be necessary or appropriate in the judgment of GSAL to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. It is understood and agreed that GSAL is authorized to supply any information regarding Lender and any loan of securities effected pursuant hereto which is required by applicable law.
22. GSAL acknowledges that the Lender may be required to seek information from GSAL in order to comply with Rule 38a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended or other applicable laws and regulations. GSAL shall use its best efforts to respond to such requests for information from Lender, subject to policies and procedures of GSAL reasonably designed to protect its proprietary or confidential information and subject to reimbursement by Lender for any extraordinary costs incurred in responding to such requests. Throughout the term of this Agreement, GSAL agrees to provide the Lender with any certifications, information and access to personnel and resources that the Lender may reasonably request to enable the Lender to comply with Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and other applicable laws and regulations. Without limiting the foregoing, no less frequently than annually, GSAL shall provide to the Lender a Type II SAS 70 audit covering GSAL’s securities lending operations controls and procedures.
23. This Agreement may be terminated by any party on sixty days’ written notice to the other party to such effect. The only effects of any such termination of this Agreement will be that (a) following such termination, no further loans shall be made hereunder by GSAL on behalf of Lender, (b) GSAL shall, within a reasonable time after termination of this Agreement, terminate any and all outstanding loans and (c) in the event Lender has appointed a successor lending agent, the parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to transition Lender’s securities lending activity to such successor lending agent as soon as practicable after any such termination. The provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect in all other respects until all loans have been terminated and all obligations satisfied as herein provided.
24. GSAL represents that as a subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., its payment obligations under this Agreement are, as of the date of this Agreement, covered by that certain General Guarantee Agreement, dated December 1, 2008, by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., a copy of which is attached as Schedule 9
11 |
(the “Guarantee”). GSAL shall notify Lender promptly of its becoming aware of any termination of the Guarantee or any material modification of the Guarantee in a manner materially adverse to Lender. Such notification shall occur simultaneously, or promptly following any public notice of such termination or any public notice of such material modification of the Guarantee.
25. All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and delivered or transmitted (as the case may be) by electronic mail, registered mail, facsimile, telex or courier, or be effected by telephone promptly confirmed in writing and delivered or transmitted as aforesaid, to the intended recipient in accordance with Schedule 7 hereto. Notices shall be effective upon receipt.
26. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. This Agreement shall not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by Lender and GSAL. This Agreement supersedes any other agreement between the parties hereto concerning loans of securities held in the Custody Account. This Agreement shall not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.
[Signature pages follow]
12 |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: C. David Messman | ||||
Title: Secretary |
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: C. David Messman | ||||
Title: Secretary |
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: C. David Messman | ||||
Title: Secretary |
13 |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
14 |
ANNEX I
SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ERISA PLAN LENDERS
To the extent that securities to be loaned under the Agreement are those of an ERISA Plan Lender the following provisions shall be effective:
SECTION 1 - REPRESENTATIONS OF ERISA PLAN LENDER
(a) The person executing this Agreement on behalf of ERISA Plan Lender represents that he or she is a fiduciary of ERISA Plan Lender with the authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of ERISA Plan Lender and is independent of GSAL and any affiliate of GSAL (within the meaning of U.S. Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 82-63).
(b) ERISA Plan Lender agrees to immediately notify GSAL if at any time:
(i) any potential borrower which is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), a broker/dealer exempted from registration under Section 15 (a)(1) of the 1934 Act as a dealer of exempted Government securities, or a bank (or any of such potential borrower’s affiliates, as defined in PTCE 81-6) has discretionary authority or control with respect to the investment of any Available Securities, or renders investment advice (within the meaning of 29 CFR Section 2510.3-21(c)) with respect to any Available Securities, or.
(ii) any potential borrower not described in clause (i) above (or any of such potential borrower’s affiliates, as defined in PTCE 81-6) is a party-in-interest with respect to ERISA Plan Lender (within the meaning of Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a disqualified person with respect to ERISA Plan Lender (within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended).
In determining whether to enter into a securities loan under this Agreement on behalf of ERISA Plan Lender, GSAL shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon such notice from ERISA Plan Lender.
(c) To the extent cash collateral of ERISA Plan Lender will be invested in the BGA Trust, ERISA Plan Lender represents that Schedule 8 contains a full and complete list of (i) any party in interest to ERISA Plan Lender (and any affiliate thereof, as defined in PTCE 84-14) who has (or during the immediately preceding one year exercised) the authority to terminate the investment manager of the BGA Trust (within the meaning of PTCE 84-14), including the ability to terminate the appointment of GSAL under this Agreement, or (ii) any party in interest to ERISA Plan Lender (and any affiliate thereof, as defined in PTCE 81-8) who has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets subject to this Agreement or renders investment advice with respect to those assets (within the meaning of PTCE 81-8). ERISA Plan Lender shall supplement or modify Schedule 8 from time to time during the term of this Agreement to the extent necessary to maintain its accuracy.
15 |
SECTION 2 - REPRESENTATIONS OF GSAL
(a) With respect to ERISA Plan Lender, no advance of funds described in subparagraph 9(b) of the Agreement shall be made by GSAL unless the terms and conditions of such advance comply with PTCE 80-26.
(b) If ERISA Plan Lender provides notice to GSAL described in Section 1(b) above, GSAL shall not engage in any securities loan on behalf of ERISA Plan Lender with a potential borrower identified pursuant to Section 1(b) by ERISA Plan Lender that would constitute a prohibited transaction under ERISA.
(c) GSAL is a “fiduciary” (as that term is defined in Section 3(21)(A) of ERISA) with respect to its duties under this Agreement as they relate to assets of ERISA Plan Lender.
16 |
APPENDIX A
LENDERS
As of March 2, 2020
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST
WELLS FARGO INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND
WELLS FARGO MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND
WELLS FARGO UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND
Wells Fargo Funds Trust
Alternative Risk Premia Fund
Asset Allocation Fund
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund
Common Stock Fund
Conservative Income Fund
Core Plus Bond Fund
Disciplined Small Cap Fund
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund
Discovery Fund
Diversified Capital Builder Fund
Diversified Income Builder Fund
Diversified International Fund
Emerging Markets Bond Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Endeavor Select Fund
Enterprise Fund
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
Global Investment Grade Credit Fund
Global Small Cap Fund
Growth Fund
High Yield Bond Fund
High Yield Corporate Bond Fund
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
International Bond Fund
International Equity Fund
International Government Bond Fund
Intrinsic Value Fund
Intrinsic World Equity Fund
Large Cap Core Fund
Large Cap Growth Fund
Large Company Value Fund
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund
Mid Cap Disciplined Fund
Municipal Sustainability Fund
17 |
Omega Growth Fund
Opportunity Fund
Precious Metals Fund
Premier Large Company Growth Fund
Short-Term Bond Fund
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund
Small Cap Disciplined Fund
Special International Small Cap Fund
Special Small Cap Value Fund
Specialized Technology Fund
Strategic Income Fund
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund
U.S. Core Bond Fund
Utility and Telecommunications Fund
Wells Fargo Master Trust
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate ex-Corporate Portfolio
C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio
Core Bond Portfolio
Disciplined Large Cap Portfolio
Diversified Large Cap Growth Portfolio
Emerging Growth Portfolio
Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio
Factor Enhanced Emerging Markets Portfolio
Factor Enhanced International Portfolio
Factor Enhanced Large Cap Portfolio
Factor Enhanced Small Cap Portfolio
High Yield Corporate Bond Portfolio
Index Portfolio
International Government Bond Portfolio
International Growth Portfolio
International Value Portfolio
Investment Grade Corporate Bond Portfolio
Managed Fixed Income Portfolio
Small Company Growth Portfolio
Small Company Value Portfolio
Stable Income Portfolio
Strategic Retirement Bond Portfolio
U.S. REIT Portfolio
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
VT Discovery Fund
VT Index Asset Allocation Fund
VT International Equity Fund
VT Omega Growth Fund
VT Opportunity Fund
VT Small Cap Growth Fund
18 |
Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund
Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund
Wells Fargo Utilities and High Income Fund
19 |
SCHEDULE 1
AVAILABLE SECURITIES
GSAL shall lend securities held in a Lender’s Custody Account. Except as set forth in a written instrument provided from time to time by Lender, any securities held in a Custody Account for Lender shall be available for lending pursuant to this Agreement (“Available Securities”).
20 |
SCHEDULE 2
LIST OF APPROVED BORROWERS
Barclays Capital Inc.
BMO Capital Markets Corp.
BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Commerz Markets LLC
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Goldman, Sachs & Co.*
ING Financial Markets LLC
Jeffries LLC
J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
National Financial Services LLC
Nomura Securities International, Inc.
Scotia Capital Incorporated
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
SG Americas Securities LLC
UBS Securities LLC
* Lenders may from time to time impose additional limitations on the amount that can be on loan at any time to such counterparty.
Schedule 2 Amended and Reviewed by the Board: February 18, 2016
21 |
SCHEDULE 3
FORM OF SECURITIES LOAN AGREEMENT
SECURITIES LOAN AGREEMENT
SECURITIES LOAN AGREEMENT dated ____________ by and between Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending, as agent for accounts (in such capacity and not in its individual capacity, “Lender”), and _____________________ (“Borrower”) setting forth the terms and conditions under which Lender, on behalf of disclosed accounts (each, an “Account” and, collectively, the “Accounts”) hereto lends to Borrower certain securities against a pledge of collateral.
Lender and Borrower as the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Loan of Securities.
1.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, either party hereto may orally initiate a transaction whereby Lender may, from time to time, lend securities to Borrower. The parties shall agree orally on the terms of each Loan, including the date of commencement of the Loan, the issuer of the securities, the description and amount of securities to be lent and the method and location of their delivery, the terms of compensation (including any applicable rebate), the Margin Percentage, and the type(s) and amount of Collateral to be transferred by Borrower and the method and location of their delivery, which terms may be amended during the Loan upon mutual agreement of the parties.
1.2 (a) Each Loan shall be evidenced by a written confirmation (“Confirmation”) to be prepared by Lender and delivered to Borrower at or about the commencement of the Loan. The Confirmation shall set forth the material terms of the Loan. The Confirmation, together with this Agreement, shall constitute conclusive evidence of the terms of any Loan agreed to by Borrower and Lender, unless with respect to the Confirmation specific objection is made immediately after receipt thereof by Borrower.
(b) If the parties heretofore agree, each Loan shall not be evidenced by the method specified in 1.2(a) but rather by Lender’s records pertaining to such Loans maintained by Lender in the regular course of its business and which shall represent conclusive evidence thereof except for manifest error or willful misconduct. Lender shall send Borrower monthly statements of outstanding Loans showing Loan activity which Borrower agrees to examine promptly and to advise Lender of any errors or exceptions. Borrower’s failure to so advise Lender within twenty (20) days after delivery of any such statement shall be deemed to be Borrower’s admission of the accuracy and correctness of the contents thereof and Borrower shall be fully bound thereby. The foregoing shall not be construed to prevent the parties hereto from mutually agreeing to amend or correct such statements if there has been manifest error in the preparation of such statements.
(c) Irrespective of whether the parties agree to 1.2(a) or (b) above, on a monthly basis, Lender shall furnish to Borrower a list of Accounts on whose behalf Lender is authorized to effect loans as agent. In respect to any Loan, the identity of the Account acting as lender shall be promptly furnished to Borrower upon its request and, in any event, shall be automatically furnished to Borrower by Lender upon the occurrence of a Default involving such Account.
1.3 Notwithstanding the provisions in this Agreement with respect to when a Loan occurs, a Loan hereunder shall not occur until the Loaned Securities and the Collateral therefore are transferred.
1.4 WITHOUT WAIVING ANY RIGHTS GIVEN TO LENDER HEREUNDER, IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES INVESTOR PROTECTION ACT OF 1970 MAY NOT PROTECT LENDER WITH RESPECT TO LOANED SECURITIES HEREUNDER AND THAT, THEREFORE, THE COLLATERAL DELIVERED TO LENDER MAY CONSTITUTE THE ONLY SOURCE OF SATISFACTION OF BORROWER’S OBLIGATIONS IN THE EVENT BORROWER FAILS TO RETURN THE LOANED SECURITIES.
22 |
2. Transfer of Loaned Securities. On the date for the commencement of the Loan, Lender shall transfer the Loaned Securities to Borrower or its designee by either (a) delivering to Borrower or its designee certificates representing the Loaned Securities together with duly executed stock or bond transfer powers or certificates or other instruments of transfer or assignment as are customary in the market in which such Loaned Securities are delivered; (b) causing the Loaned Securities to be credited to Borrower’s account and debited to Lender’s account at a clearing agency (“Clearing Organization”) at which Borrower and Lender maintain accounts; or (c) any other method of transfer as agreed upon by the parties. Borrower agrees that the completion of a delivery of Loaned Securities to it pursuant to a Loan shall constitute its acceptance and receipt thereof and each such acceptance and receipt shall be deemed to constitute, and shall constitute, a representation by Borrower that as of the date of such acceptance and receipt (i) all representations and warranties by Borrower herein are true and correct, as if made on and as of such date, (ii) no Default hereunder has occurred and is continuing, and (iii) except as otherwise theretofore disclosed to Lender in writing, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition or business of Borrower or any direct or indirect parent since the date of the most recent financial statements of Borrower provided to Lender hereunder and that, where Borrower is a registered broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), it is in compliance with Rule 15c3-1 thereunder.
3. Transfer of Collateral.
3.1 On or prior to the receipt of the Loaned Securities, Borrower shall transfer to Lender Collateral in an amount (the “Required Value”) equal to the percentage (the “Margin Percentage”) of the market value of the Loaned Securities as agreed to by the parties (which shall not be less than 100% of the market value of the Loaned Securities) and shall be equal to the percentage specified in Annex I hereto for particular types of loans.
3.2 All transfers of Collateral consisting of securities (including those made pursuant to Section 8) shall be effected in the same manner as that provided in Section 2 for Loaned Securities. All transfers of Collateral consisting of cash (including those made pursuant to Section 8) shall be made by (a) wire transfer in immediately available, freely transferable funds or (b) such other means as the parties hereto may agree. All transfers of Collateral consisting of a letter of credit from Borrower to Lender shall be made by delivery to Lender of an irrevocable performance letter of credit issued by a bank (not affiliated with Borrower) which is acceptable to Lender and is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or is a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System on Form FR T-2 (or any successor). Transfer of a letter of credit from Lender to Borrower shall be made by causing such letter of credit to be returned or, through the written consent of Lender, causing the amount of such letter of credit to be reduced to the amount required after such transfer.
3.3 The Collateral transferred by Borrower to Lender, as adjusted pursuant to Section 8, shall be security for Borrower’s obligations in respect of such Loan and for any other obligations of Borrower to Lender, and Borrower hereby pledges with, assigns to, and grants Lender a continuing security interest in, and a lien upon, the Collateral (other than letters of credit), which shall attach upon the delivery of the Collateral to Lender and which shall cease upon the redelivery of the Collateral to Borrower.
3.4 Lender may use or invest the Collateral, if such consists of cash, at its own risk and for its own benefit and shall be entitled to retain all income and profits therefrom and shall bear all losses with respect thereto. If the Collateral consists of securities, Lender may pledge, repledge, hypothecate, rehypothecate, lend, relend, sell or otherwise transfer the Collateral and commingle, with other collateral or with its own assets, the Collateral. Borrower irrevocably appoints Lender to be the attorney-in-fact of Borrower for the purpose of doing or performing any act or thing (including, without limitation, executing any document) and to take all other steps as may be required to enable Lender to effect transfer thereof to a third party or to otherwise realize upon any Collateral which has been transferred to it pursuant to any Loan.
3.5 Except as provided in Section 12, Lender shall be obligated to return the Collateral to Borrower upon tender to Lender of the Loaned Securities on termination of the Loan.
3.6 If, on any Business Day corresponding to the commencement date for a Loan, Borrower transfers the Collateral and Lender does not transfer the Loaned Securities, Borrower shall have the absolute right to the immediate return of the Collateral; and if, on any such Business Day, Lender transfers Loaned Securities and Borrower does not transfer Collateral hereunder, Lender shall have the absolute right to the immediate return of the Loaned Securities.
23 |
3.7 Borrower may, upon reasonable notice to Lender and with Lender’s consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), substitute Collateral for Collateral securing any Loan; provided, however, that such substituted Collateral shall (a) consist only of cash, securities or other property that the parties agreed would be acceptable Collateral prior to the commencement of the Loan or Loans and (b) have a market value such that the aggregate market value of such substituted Collateral shall equal or exceed the agreed upon Margin Percentage of the market value of the Loaned Securities. Substituted Collateral shall constitute Collateral hereunder for all purposes.
3.8 A transfer of Loaned Securities or Collateral may be effected on any day except (i) a day on which the intended transferee is closed for business (which transferee may be a designee or agent) or (ii) a day on which a Clearing Organization or wire transfer system is closed, if the facilities of such Clearing Organization or wire transfer system are required to effect such transfer.
3.9 (a) Except as provided in the following sentence, upon receipt of Collateral for a Loan, such Collateral shall be allocated to such Loan; provided that if Collateral is received on the same day for more than one Loan, the Lender shall allocate such Collateral to each Loan then being made so that each such Loan is secured by not less than the Required Value of Collateral. Any Collateral received by Lender with respect to a Loan in excess of the Required Value for such Loan may be held by Lender as collateral security for all Loans made to Borrower at any time without being allocated to any one Loan or, in the sole discretion of Lender, may be allocated at any time to any Loan or Loans then outstanding hereunder. All allocations of Collateral shall be marked in Lender’s books, which shall be conclusive evidence of such allocations.
(b) Lender shall have the right, at its sole election, at any time and from time to time, to allocate and/or reallocate any Collateral held by it hereunder to or among any outstanding Loan or Loans.
(c) It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that any allocation of Collateral to any Loan or liabilities due to any Account pursuant to the terms hereof shall in no way affect the ability of Lender to apply such Collateral to the satisfaction of any obligation of Borrower hereunder upon any default hereunder, regardless of the Loan or Account to which such obligation relates, and that all Collateral at any time given hereunder shall constitute collateral security for all the Borrower’s obligations to Lender hereunder without distinction of any kind and upon any default hereunder may be applied to any such obligation or obligations as Lender in its sole discretion may elect.
4. Fees for Loan.
4.1 Unless otherwise agreed, (a) Borrower agrees to pay Lender a loan fee (a “Loan Fee”), computed daily on each Loan to the extent such Loan is secured by cash Collateral or Collateral other than cash, based on the aggregate market value, on each day for which such Loan Fee is being computed, of the Loaned Securities so secured, and (b) Lender agrees to pay Borrower a fee or rebate (a “Cash Collateral Fee”) on Collateral consisting of cash, computed daily based on the amount of cash held by Lender as Collateral. In the case of each of the Loan Fee and the Cash Collateral Fee, the parties shall agree on the applicable rates therefor. Unless otherwise agreed, Loan Fees shall accrue from and including the date on which the Loaned Securities are transferred to Borrower to, but excluding, the date on which such Loaned Securities are returned to Lender, and Cash Collateral Fees shall accrue from and including the date on which the cash Collateral is transferred to Lender to, but excluding, the date on which such cash Collateral is returned to Borrower.
4.2 Unless otherwise agreed, any Loan Fee or Cash Collateral Fee payable hereunder shall be payable upon the earlier of (i) the seventh day of the month following the calendar month in which such fee was incurred or (ii) the termination of all Loans hereunder (or, if a transfer of cash under Section 3.8 may not be effected on such seventh day or the day of such termination, as the case may be, the next day on which such a transfer may be effected). Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Loan Fees shall be payable by Borrower immediately in the event of a Default hereunder by Borrower and all Cash Collateral Fees shall be payable immediately by Lender in the event of a Default hereunder by Lender.
24 |
5. Termination of the Loan.
5.1 Each Loan shall be terminable on demand, notwithstanding any expectation by any party that a Loan would remain outstanding for a given time period. Borrower may terminate a loan at any time by giving notice to Lender at least two Business Days prior to the termination date established by such notice. On the termination date, Borrower shall transfer the Loaned Securities to Lender in the same manner as initial transfer thereof from Lender to Borrower was effected pursuant to Section 2, whereupon Lender shall transfer to Borrower the Collateral (as adjusted pursuant to Section 8) by close of the day (which must be a day upon which Lender or its designee or agent holding the Collateral is open for business in the jurisdiction in which such Collateral is held) next succeeding the day of such receipt of the Loaned Securities.
5.2 Lender may terminate a Loan at any time by giving notice to Borrower prior to the close of business on a Business Day. The termination date established by such notice shall be a Business Day no later than the earlier to occur of (i) the standard settlement date for trades of the Loaned Securities entered into on the date of such notice in the principal market therefor or (ii) five Business Days from the giving of such notice. On the termination date, Borrower shall transfer to Lender the Loaned Securities in the same manner as initial transfer thereof from Lender to Borrower was effected pursuant to Section 2, whereupon Lender shall transfer to Borrower the Collateral (as adjusted pursuant to Section 8) by close of the day (which must be a day upon which Lender or its designee or agent holding the Collateral is open for business in the jurisdiction in which such Collateral is held) next succeeding the day of such receipt of the Loaned Securities.
5.3 For purposes of this Agreement, any required return by Borrower of Loaned Securities shall include securities identical in issuer, type, class and face amount to those actually transferred by Lender to Borrower at the commencement of the related Loan, and any required return by Lender of Collateral consisting of securities shall include securities identical in issuer, type, class and face amount to those actually transferred by Borrower to Lender during the term of the Loan.
6. Rights of Borrower in Respect of the Loaned Securities. Until a Loan is terminated in accordance herewith, Borrower shall have all of the incidents of ownership of the Loaned Securities, including the right to transfer the Loaned Securities to others. Lender hereby waives the right to vote the Loaned Securities during the term of the Loan.
7. Dividends, Distributions, Etc.
7.1 Lender shall be entitled to receive all distributions made on or in respect of the Loaned Securities the record dates for which occur during the term of the Loan (or the record date for which occurs at a time following return of Loaned Securities upon termination of the Loan but prior to re-registration thereof in the name of Lender or its designee in the normal course) and which are not otherwise received by Lender, to the full extent it would be so entitled if the Loaned Securities had not been lent to Borrower, including, but not limited to: (a) all property (including cash dividends and all other distributions of cash or property), (b) stock dividends and bonus issues, (c) securities received as a result of split ups of the Loaned Securities and distributions in respect thereof, (d) interest payments, (e) all rights to purchase additional securities, and (f) payments upon maturity or other redemption.
7.2 Any cash distributions made on or in respect of the Loaned Securities, which Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to Section 7.1, shall be paid by the transfer of cash (denominated in the currency of issue for the Loaned Securities, unless otherwise agreed) to Lender by Borrower on the relevant payment date therefor, in an amount equal to such cash distribution (subject to the provisions of Section 7.6), so long as Lender is not then in Default. Non-cash distributions received by Borrower shall be added to the Loaned Securities (unless otherwise agreed by the parties) and shall be considered such for all purposes, except that if the Loan has terminated, Borrower shall forthwith deliver the same to Lender.
7.3 So long as Loaned Securities have not been returned to Lender and re-registered in the name of Lender or its nominee, the parties agree that all rights arising in respect of conversions, subdivisions, consolidations, redemptions, takeovers, preemptions, options or other rights shall be for the benefit of Lender and shall be deemed to have been exercised for the benefit of Lender in accordance with Lender’s prior instructions to Borrower.
25 |
Borrower will use its best efforts to seek instructions from Lender with respect to each of the foregoing at such time and in such manner as to be able to act timely in accordance with such instructions. Borrower’s obligation to remit distributions and to return Loaned Securities upon the termination of the Loan shall be made after giving full effect to such instructions, irrespective of the extent of Borrower’s compliance with such instructions.
7.4 Borrower shall be entitled to receive all cash distributions made on or in respect of non-cash Collateral the record or payment dates for which occur during the term of the Loan and which are not otherwise received by Borrower, to the full extent it would be so entitled if the Collateral had not been delivered to Lender. Any distributions made on or in respect of such Collateral which Borrower is entitled to receive hereunder shall be paid by the transfer of cash (denominated in the currency of issue of the non-cash Collateral, unless otherwise agreed) by Lender to Borrower, upon the date of Lender’s receipt, in an amount equal to such cash distribution (subject to the provision of Section 7.6), so long as Borrower is not then in Default.
7.5 Lender shall not be required to take any action pursuant to Section 7.4 to the extent that, as a result of such action, Borrower would become obligated to transfer Collateral to Lender under Section 8.
7.6 (a) If (i) Borrower is required to make a payment (a “Borrower Payment”) with respect to cash distributions on Loaned Securities under Sections 7.1 and 7.2 (“Securities Distributions”) and (ii) Borrower, Borrower’s custodian or Lender (“Payor”) shall be required by law to collect any withholding or other tax required to be deducted or withheld from such Borrower Payment (“Tax”), then Borrower shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary in order that the net amount of the Borrower Payment received by Lender for the benefit of the Affected Account, after payment of such Tax equals the net amount of the Securities Distribution that would have been received by the Affected Account if such Securities Distribution had been paid directly to it, provided, however, that any Borrower Payment shall also take into account (and Borrower shall pay such additional amounts which reflect) the value to the Affected Account (as notified, orally or in writing, by Lender to Borrower) of any tax refund, reclaim or credit which such Affected Account would otherwise have been entitled to had it not lent the securities to Borrower but instead had retained ownership thereof.
(b) If Lender is required to make a payment (“Lender Payment”) with respect to distributions on Collateral under Section 7.4 (“Collateral Distributions”), Lender shall pay to Borrower the net amount of the Collateral Distribution which Borrower would have received had it not pledged the Collateral and such Collateral Distribution had instead been paid directly by the applicable issuer(s) to Borrower.
(c) Each party shall supply to the other such tax information as may be requested by the other to enable it to effect the Borrower Payment or Lender Payment in the required amount, computed as per the immediately preceding paragraphs of this Section 7.
8. Mark to Market Margin.
8.1 In the event that on any Business Day the market value of Collateral subject to a Loan shall be less than the Margin Percentage of the market value of the outstanding Loaned Securities subject to such Loan (a “Margin Deficit”), Lender may, by notice (which may be oral) to Borrower, demand that Borrower transfer to Lender additional Collateral so that the market value of such additional Collateral, when added to the market value of all other Collateral subject to such Loan, shall equal or exceed the agreed upon Margin Percentage of the market value of the Loaned Securities. Unless otherwise agreed, such transfer (in the case of Collateral denominated in U.S. dollars) is to be made in the United States in accordance with Lender’s instructions no later than 3:00 p.m. Boston time on the day of such demand if demand is made prior to 11:00 a.m. Boston time; in the case of all other types of Collateral and in the case of Collateral denominated in U.S. dollars where demand is made subsequent to 11:00 a.m. Boston time, such transfer shall be completed by the close of business of Lender (or its designee) in the location specified to Borrower for transfer of additional Collateral on the next succeeding day on which Lender (or its designee) is open for business thereat and not authorized or required to be closed. If the additional Collateral to be posted is intended to be through adjustment of a letter of credit heretofore delivered to Lender as Collateral, Borrower agrees to cause the issuing bank to amend the original letter of credit by delivery of an amended letter of credit to Lender within the applicable time period described in the preceding sentence.
26 |
8.2 In the event that on any Business Day the market value of all Collateral subject to a Loan shall be greater than the Margin Percentage of the market value of the outstanding Loaned Securities subject to such Loan (a “Margin Excess”), Borrower may, by notice (which may be oral) to Lender, demand that Lender transfer to Borrower such amount of the Collateral selected by Borrower so that the market value of the Collateral, after deduction of such amount, shall not exceed the Margin Percentage of the market value of the Loaned Securities. Unless otherwise agreed, such transfer (in the case of Collateral denominated in U.S. dollars) is to be made in the United States in accordance with Borrower’s instructions no later than the close of business of Lender on the day of such demand if demand is made prior to 11:00 a.m. Boston time; in the case of all other types of Collateral and in the case of Collateral denominated in U.S. dollars where demand is made subsequent to 11:00 a.m. Boston time, such transfer shall be completed by the close of business of Borrower (or its designee) in the location specified to Lender for transfer of excess Collateral on the next succeeding day on which Borrower (or its designee) is open for business thereat and not authorized or required to be closed; provided, however, that if Lender is requested to return a portion of any security constituting Collateral to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, Borrower shall, at the oral request of Lender, take all such action as is necessary to cause such security to be reissued in such denominations as are required to permit such a partial return and in such case Lender shall not be obligated to return Collateral hereunder unless and until such action has been taken and may thereafter make required returns of Collateral hereunder by returning such securities in such amounts as are, as nearly as practicable, equal to but not greater than the required return. The return to Borrower of securities the market value of which on the date on which the requirement to return the same was established was then sufficient to comply with such requirement of return shall be in full compliance with this Agreement and a full discharge of Lender’s obligation to make such return, notwithstanding the fact that at the date of such return the market value of any such securities may have declined. Where Collateral is in the form of a letter of credit, Lender agrees to promptly consent to a reduction in the undrawn balance of the letter of credit sufficient to eliminate the Margin Excess, and if Borrower delivers to Lender an amended letter of credit within the time period described in the second sentence of this Section 8.2.
8.3 Borrower and Lender may agree, with respect to one or more Loans hereunder, to mark the values to market pursuant to Sections 8.1 and 8.2 by valuing the Loaned Securities lent and the Collateral given in respect thereof on an aggregate basis.
8.4 Borrower and Lender may agree, with respect to any or all Loans hereunder, that the respective rights of Lender and Borrower under Sections 8.1 and 8.2 may be exercised only where a Margin Excess or Margin Deficit exceeds a specified dollar amount or a specified percentage of the market value of the Loaned Securities under such Loans (which amount or percentage shall be agreed to by Borrower and Lender prior to entering into any such Loans).
9. Representations of the Parties Hereto. The parties hereby make the following representations and warranties, which shall continue during the term of any Loan hereunder:
9.1 Each party hereto represents and warrants that (a) it has the power to execute and deliver this Agreement, to enter into the Loans contemplated hereby and to perform its obligations hereunder; (b) it has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution, delivery and performance; and (c) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it (in the case of Lender, solely in its capacity as agent for the Account whose securities are the subject of a Loan).
9.2 Each party hereto represents and warrants that the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and each Loan hereunder will at all times comply with all applicable laws and regulations including those of applicable securities regulatory and self-regulatory organizations.
9.3 Each party hereto represents and warrants that it has made its own determination as to the tax treatment of any dividends, remuneration or other funds received hereunder.
9.4 Borrower represents and warrants that all Loans will comply with Regulation T and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that it (or the party to whom it relends the Loaned Securities) is borrowing the Loaned Securities for the purpose of making delivery of such securities in the case of short sales, failure to receive securities required to be delivered or other similar situations or as otherwise permitted pursuant to Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
27 |
9.5 Borrower represents and warrants that it has, or will have at the time of transfer to Lender of any Collateral hereunder (other than letters of credit), the right to grant to Lender a first priority security interest therein subject to the terms and conditions hereof. As to Collateral consisting of letters of credit transferred to Lender hereunder, Borrower represents and warrants that Lender shall have full unencumbered title thereto.
9.6 Lender represents and warrants that the Account acting as lender in any Loan has represented and warranted to it that the Loaned Securities transferred to Borrower shall be free and clear of any lien or encumbrance at the time of transfer, and Borrower represents and warrants that the return to Lender of Loaned Securities shall be free and clear of any lien or encumbrance at the time of such return.
9.7 Lender represents and warrants that as to each Account, such Account has represented and warranted to it that (i) such Account has duly authorized Lender, as agent, to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf, and to enter into Loans on its behalf, (ii) such Account has the requisite power to perform, and has been duly authorized to perform, the obligations imposed hereunder and under any Loan effected pursuant hereto, and (iii) the obligations of such Account in respect of any Loan effected pursuant to this Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Account, enforceable in accordance with their terms.
9.8 Each of the representations and warranties set out in Section 2(i), (ii), and (iii) and in Section 9, shall, notwithstanding any provision of Section 2 or 9 or any other provision of the Agreement, be deemed made and repeated for all purposes at and as of all times when any Loan entered into hereunder is outstanding.
10. Covenants.
10.1 (a) If Borrower is not a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act, it covenants as follows: Upon execution of this Agreement, Borrower shall deliver to the Lender Borrower’s and any parent company’s most recent available financial information, including (without limitation) the most recent available audited and unaudited statements of Borrower’s and any parent company’s financial condition that Borrower or such parent company is required to provide to any governmental agency or self regulatory body. As long as any Loan is outstanding under this Agreement, Borrower will promptly deliver to Lender all such financial information that is subsequently available, and any other financial information or statements that Lender may reasonably request.
(b) If Borrower is a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act, it covenants as follows: Upon execution of this Agreement, Borrower shall deliver to Lender the most recent statements of Borrower required to be furnished to Borrower’s customers by Rule 17a-5(c) and (d) under the Exchange Act. As long as any Loan is outstanding under this Agreement, Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender all such statements subsequently required to be furnished to Borrower’s customers by such Rule (or any successor thereto). Upon execution of this Agreement, Borrower shall also deliver to Lender Borrower’s and any parent company’s most recent financial information otherwise available to its shareholders, the SEC, or the public, as the case may be including (without limitation) the most recent available audited and unaudited statements of Borrower’s or any parent company’s financial condition and any report or notice required by Rules 17a-5(a)(2)(i) and (ii) and 17a-11 under the Exchange Act. As long as any Loan is outstanding under this Agreement, Borrower will promptly deliver to the Lender all such financial information that is subsequently available, and any other financial information or statements that Lender may reasonably request including profit and loss information.
(c) Upon request of Borrower, Lender shall request of any Account that such Account provide to Lender (for delivery to Borrower) a copy of such Account’s most recent financial statement.
10.2 Borrower shall be liable as principal with respect to its obligations hereunder and shall at all times in respect of each Loan effected pursuant hereto maintain Collateral having a market value at least equal to 100% of the market value of the Loaned Securities.
10.3 Borrower agrees to cause every letter of credit delivered by it and constituting Collateral hereunder to be renewed or replaced by Collateral (including, without limitation, a renewal or replacement letter of credit) satisfactory to Lender at least seven days prior to the scheduled expiration date of such letter of credit.
28 |
10.4 Borrower will give Lender immediate notice (i) if at any time there is entered against Borrower or any direct or indirect parent any order, decree, determination or instruction issued on the authority of any rule, regulation or proceeding of any governmental commission, bureau or other administrative agency or self-regulatory organization which could have a material adverse effect on the ability of Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to carry on its business as conducted at the date of this Agreement or which would prohibit expansion or require reduction of the business of the Borrower as conducted at the date of this Agreement or which might adversely affect the borrowing of securities by Borrower, (ii) if at any time there is commenced any investigation or proceeding which may result in the expulsion of Borrower from any stock exchange or from any self-regulatory organization, or a suspension of the Borrower’s power under any law to transact business as a broker or dealer in securities or if Borrower is so expelled or suspended, (iii) if at any time any communication is received by Borrower or any direct or indirect parent from any stock exchange, government agency, or regulatory body, constituting a warning to Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the violation, or threatened violation, of any rule or a failure to comply with which could have a material adverse effect on the ability of Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to carry on its business as conducted at the date of this Agreement or result in a prohibition on expansion or a requirement for reduction of the business of the Borrower as conducted at the date of this Agreement or adversely affect the borrowing of securities by Borrower, (iv) if at any time Borrower or any direct or indirect parent will receive information that Borrower or any direct or indirect parent is under special surveillance by any stock exchange, or by any other self-regulatory organization, (v) if at any time Borrower or any direct or indirect parent shall receive information that the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”) has been notified pursuant to Section 5(a) (1) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (“SIPC Act”) of facts which indicate that Borrower is in or is approaching financial difficulty, or (vi) if at any time SIPC shall file an application for a protective decree with respect to the Borrower under Section 5(a)(3) of the SIPC Act. Any such notice shall set forth in reasonable detail a description of the event which has occurred and of the action, if any, which Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto. Borrower will forward to Lender a copy of any order, decree, determination, instruction or other written evidence received by it of or with respect to any matter referred to in the first sentence of this subparagraph 10.4.
10.5 Borrower and Lender hereto agree and acknowledge that (a) each Loan hereunder is a “securities contract,” as such term is defined in Section 741(7) of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”), (b) each and every transfer of funds, securities and other property under this Agreement and each Loan hereunder is a “settlement payment” or a “margin payment,” as such terms are used in Sections 362(b)(6) and 546(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, and (c) the rights given to Borrower and Lender hereunder upon a Default by the other constitute the right to cause the liquidation of a securities contract and the right to set off mutual debts and claims in connection with a securities contract, as such terms are used in Sections 555 and 362(b)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code. Each party hereto further agrees and acknowledges that if a party hereto is an “insured depository institution,” as such term is defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (“FDIA”), then each Loan hereunder is a “securities contract” and “qualified financial contract,” as such terms are defined in the FDIA and any rules, orders or policy statements thereunder.
10.6 Borrower will, from time to time, do and perform any and all acts and execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by Lender more fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement and the pledge of the Collateral hereunder, including, without limitation, the execution and filing of financing statements and continuation statements relating to the Collateral under the provisions of the applicable Uniform Commercial Code.
11. Events of Default. All Loans between Borrower and Lender may, at the option of the non-defaulting party exercised by notice to the defaulting party (which option shall be deemed to have been exercised, even if no notice is given, immediately upon the occurrence of an event specified in subsection (e) below), be terminated immediately upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events (individually, a “Default”):
(a) | if any Loaned Securities shall not be transferred to Lender on the termination date of the Loan as required by Section 5.2; |
(b) | if any Collateral shall not be transferred to Borrower as contemplated by Section 5.1; |
29 |
(c) | if Borrower shall fail to comply with the obligation to replace an expiring letter of credit under Section 10.3 and such default is not cured within one Business Day of notice of such failure to Borrower or Borrower or Lender shall fail to deliver or return Collateral, as the case may be, as required by Section 8; |
(d) | if Borrower or Lender shall fail to make the payment of distributions as required by Section 7 and such default is not cured within one Business Day of notice of such failure to Borrower or Lender, as the case may be; |
(e) | if (i) Borrower or any direct or indirect parent or the Affected Account shall commence as debtor any case or proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar law, or seek the appointment of a receiver, conservator, trustee, custodian or similar official for such party or any substantial part of its property, or (ii) any such case or proceeding shall be commenced against either party or any direct or indirect parent, or another shall seek such an appointment, or any application shall be filed against either party for a protective decree under the provisions of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, which (A) is consented to or not timely contested by such party, (B) results in the entry of an order for relief, such an appointment, the issuance of such a protective decree or the entry of an order having a similar effect, or (C) is not dismissed within 15 days, or (iii) either party or any direct or indirect parent shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iv) either party or any direct or indirect parent shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; |
(f) | if Borrower or any direct or indirect parent or the Affected Account shall have been suspended or expelled from membership or participation in any securities exchange or association or other self-regulatory organization to whose rules it is subject or if it is suspended from dealing in securities by any governmental agency or regulatory body; |
(g) | if Borrower or any direct or indirect parent or the Affected Account shall have its license, charter, or other authorization necessary to conduct a material portion of its business withdrawn, suspended or revoked by any applicable government or agency or regulatory body thereof; |
(h) | if any representation made or deemed to be made by a party shall be incorrect or untrue in any material respect during the term of any Loan hereunder; |
(i) | if Borrower or Lender (i) fails to provide to the other party reasonable assurances of its ability to perform its obligations hereunder or under any Loan within 24 hours after request therefor is made in good faith by the requesting party; (ii) notifies the other, orally or in writing, of its inability to or its intention not to perform its obligations hereunder; or (iii) otherwise disaffirms, rejects or repudiates any of its obligations hereunder; |
(j) | if Borrower or Lender (i) shall fail to perform any obligation under this Agreement not specifically set forth in clauses (a) through (i) above, including but not limited to the payment of fees as required by Section 4, and the payment of transfer taxes as required by Section 14, (ii) shall have received notice of such failure from the non-defaulting party and (iii) shall not have cured such failure by the next day after such notice on which a transfer of cash may be effected; |
(k) | any Affiliate of Borrower shall default under any other securities loan agreement with Goldman Sachs Agency Lending; or |
(l) | if a party (“X”) consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and (i) the resulting, surviving, or transferee entity has not assumed all the obligations of X under this Agreement pursuant to an |
30 |
agreement reasonably satisfactory to the other party or (ii) the financial condition of the resulting, surviving, or transferee entity is, in the judgment of the other party, materially weaker than that of X prior to such transaction.
12. Lender’s Remedies. If (a) any Default shall occur in respect of which Borrower is the defaulting party or (b) Lender is obligated to redeliver, or is otherwise deprived of its rights to, any Loaned Securities after their return, or is in any way required to pay their value or any related sum over, as a result of any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, or other similar proceeding relating to Borrower or pursuant to any legal requirement, including without limitation any laws relating to so-called ‘preferences’ or preferential payments, Lender shall have the right, in addition to any other remedies provided herein or under applicable law (without further notice to Borrower), (i) to purchase, within a commercially reasonable time (taking into consideration the nature of the market for the Loaned Securities), a like amount of the Loaned Securities in the principal market for such securities, (ii) or to treat the Loaned Securities as having been purchased by Borrower at a purchase price equal to the market value thereof on the day of the Default (or on the date of the event referred to in (b) above, as the case may be), and may apply the Collateral to the payment of such purchase (whether actual or deemed), after deducting therefrom all amounts, if any, due Lender under Sections 4, 7, 14 and 17 hereof. Lender may also apply the Collateral to any other obligation of Borrower under this Agreement, including distributions paid to Borrower (and not forwarded to Lender) in respect of Loaned Securities. In the event the purchase price exceeds the market value of the Collateral on the date of purchase, Borrower shall be liable to Lender for the amount of such excess (plus all amounts, if any, due to Lender hereunder) together with interest on all such amounts, in the case of purchases of Foreign Securities, at a per annum rate equal to LIBOR plus 2%, and in the case of purchases of any other securities (or other amounts, if any, due to Lender hereunder) at a per annum rate equal to the Fed Funds Rate plus 2%, as it fluctuates from day to day, from the date of such purchase until the date of payment of such excess. Lender shall have, as security for Borrower’s obligation to pay such excess, a security interest in or right of setoff against any property of Borrower then held by Lender and any other amount payable by Lender to Borrower. The purchase price of securities purchased under this Section 12 shall include broker’s fees and commissions and all other reasonable costs, fees and expenses related to such purchase or exercise of remedies including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses. Upon the satisfaction of all obligations hereunder, any remaining Collateral shall be returned to Borrower.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement, Lender shall not be obligated to make any payment to Borrower under the Agreement or in respect of any Loan (including without limitation any return of Collateral) at any time after a Default by Borrower has occurred unless and until Borrower has satisfied all of its obligations (contingent or otherwise) to Lender, whether or not such obligations have at the time matured.
13. Borrower’s Remedies. In the event of any Default involving Lender or an Account under Section 11 hereof, Borrower shall have the right, in addition to any other remedies provided herein or under applicable law (without further notice to Lender) to sell (or be deemed to have sold) a like amount of the Loaned Securities in the principal market for such securities in a commercially reasonable manner on the day of the Default and to retain (or be deemed to have realized) the proceeds of such sale. In such event, Borrower may treat the Loaned Securities as its own and Lender’s obligation to return the Collateral consisting of cash or securities shall terminate. In the event the sales price received (or deemed to have been received) from such securities is less than the market value of the Collateral consisting of cash or securities on the date of sale (or deemed sale), the Account which defaulted on the Loan shall be liable to Borrower for the amount of any deficiency (plus all amounts, if any, due to Borrower hereunder), together with interest on all such amounts, in the case of Collateral consisting of Foreign Securities, at a per annum rate equal to LIBOR plus 2%, and in the case of Collateral consisting of any other securities (or other amounts due, if any, to Borrower hereunder), at a per annum rate equal to the Fed Funds Rate plus 2%, as it fluctuates from day to day, from the date of such sale until the date of payment of such deficiency. Borrower shall have, as security for the Account’s obligation to pay such deficiency, a security interest in or right of setoff against any property of the Account then held by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and any other amount payable by Borrower to Lender in respect of such Account arising hereunder. In calculating this deficiency, there shall be deducted from the proceeds of the securities sold under this Section 13, broker’s fees and commissions and all other reasonable costs, fees and expenses related (or deemed related) to such sale or exercise of remedies including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses. Upon the satisfaction of all the Account’s obligations hereunder, any remaining Loaned Securities (or remaining net cash proceeds from sale or deemed sale thereof) shall be returned to Lender.
31 |
Where Collateral consists of a letter of credit, Lender, upon the exercise or deemed exercise by Borrower of its termination rights under Section 11, shall immediately return the letter of credit to Borrower and not seek to draw thereunder and Borrower shall return to Lender an amount equal to the net proceeds from the sale (or deemed sale) of the Loaned Securities as reduced by all other amounts due to Borrower.
14. Transfer Taxes. All necessary costs, including, without limitation, transfer taxes, stamp duties and fees with respect to any transfers hereunder of Loaned Securities or Collateral shall be paid by Borrower. Borrower covenants and agrees that it shall ensure that this Agreement and all instruments of transfer in respect of any Loaned Securities or Collateral shall have been stamped in accordance with all applicable laws.
15. Definitions. For the purposes hereof:
15.1 “Account” and “Accounts” shall have the meanings set forth in the introduction.
15.2 “Affected Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 19.
15.3 “Affiliate” shall mean any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another entity.
15.4 “Bankruptcy Code” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.
15.5 “Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in the introduction.
15.6 “Borrower Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.
15.7 “Business Day” shall mean, with respect to any Loan hereunder, any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) recognized as a settlement day in the principal market in which the Loaned Securities are traded, provided, however, that for purposes of computing market value in Section 16, “Business Day” shall mean a day on which regular trading occurs in the principal market for the securities whose value is being determined. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of marking to market in Section 8, “Business Day” shall mean any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) (i) on which regular trading occurs in the principal market for any Loaned Securities or for any securities Collateral under any outstanding Loan or (ii) on which transfers of cash Collateral may be effected by Lender and Borrower (or any nominee or agent thereof).
15.8 “Cash Collateral Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.
15.9 “Clearing Organization” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.
15.10 “Collateral” shall mean, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (a) all cash in a currency acceptable to Lender which is delivered to Lender pursuant to Section 3 or 8, (b) any property in which such cash is invested or reinvested (but not the income or distributions thereon or realized gains derived from Lender’s use or investment of such collateral, all of which shall in any event be the property of Lender), (c) any securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government or issued by agencies or instrumentalities thereof which may not be guaranteed by the United States government or by a foreign sovereign acceptable to Lender which are delivered to Lender pursuant to Section 3 or 8, including the interest or distributions thereon or other income therefrom, (d) all irrevocable letters of credit, issued by issuers acceptable to Lender and otherwise satisfactory in form and substance to Lender, which are delivered to Lender pursuant to Section 3 or 8, and (e) all proceeds of each of the foregoing.
15.11 “Collateral Distributions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.
15.12 “Confirmation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.
15.13 “Contractual Currency” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.2.
15.14 “Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.
32 |
15.15 “Exchange Act” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.
15.16 “FDIA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.
15.17 “Federal Funds Rate” shall mean the rate of interest (expressed as an annual rate), as published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) or any publication substituted therefor, charged for federal funds (dollars in immediately available funds borrowed by banks on an overnight unsecured basis) on that day or, if that day is not a banking day in New York City, on the next preceding banking day.
15.18 “Foreign Securities” shall mean, unless otherwise agreed, securities that are principally cleared and settled outside the United States.
15.19 “Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in the introduction.
15.20 “Lender Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.
15.21 “LIBOR” shall mean for any date, the offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for a period of three months which appears on the Reuters Screen LIBOR page as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such date (or, if at least two such rates appear, the arithmetic mean of such rates).
15.22 “Loan” shall mean a loan of securities hereunder.
15.23 “Loaned Security” shall mean any security which is transferred pursuant to any Loan and shall be deemed to include any securities into which any Loaned Securities may at any time be converted or for which they may be exchanged, any additional securities distributed with respect to Loaned Securities, and any securities issued otherwise in respect thereof, including without limitation in any sub-division, consolidation, or exchange, unless the Confirmation in respect of the Loan in question specifically provides to the contrary.
15.24 “Loan Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.
15.25 “Margin Deficit” and “Margin Excess” shall have the meanings set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2, respectively.
15.26 “Margin Percentage” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
15.27 “Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 18.
15.28 “Required Value” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
15.29 “Securities Distributions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.
15.30 “SIPC” and “SIPC Act” shall have the meanings set forth in Section 10.4.
15.31 “Tax” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.
16. Market Value.
16.1 With respect to Loaned Securities and Collateral consisting of securities, market value as of any date shall be determined on the basis of the closing prices therefor as of the trading day (for the principal market in which the securities are traded) immediately preceding the day of valuation, such determination to be made by the independent pricing source notified to Borrower by Lender upon Borrower’s request. Such notification may be oral. Market value shall include accrued interest in the case of debt securities. With respect to Collateral consisting of cash, market value as of any date shall be the face amount thereof held by Lender at the time of determination and, with respect to Collateral consisting of letters of credit, market value as of any date shall be the undrawn balance thereof which Lender may at such time draw thereunder except that if, in the judgment of Lender, the creditworthiness of the issuer of any letter of credit has been or may be impaired, then, upon notice to Borrower, the market value of such letter of credit shall be zero.
33 |
16.2 Unless otherwise agreed, where the Loaned Securities in respect of a Loan are denominated in a currency other than the currency in which the related Collateral is denominated, the currency which shall be applicable for purposes of determining market value shall be the currency in which the Collateral is denominated (the “Contractual Currency”), and any Loaned Security not denominated in the Contractual Currency shall be converted into a Contractual Currency equivalent based on the most current spot rate of exchange quoted by the independent source of exchange rates as notified to Borrower by Lender upon Borrower’s request. Such notification may be oral.
17. Contractual Currency.
17.1 Unless otherwise agreed, each payment of cash under this Agreement (except as provided in Section 7.2) shall be made in the Contractual Currency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payee of any such payment may, at its option, accept tender thereof in any other currency; provided, however, that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the obligation of the payor to make such payment will be discharged only to the extent of the amount of Contractual Currency that such payee may, consistent with normal banking procedures, purchase with such other currency (after deduction of any premium and costs of exchange) on the banking day next succeeding its receipt of such currency.
17.2 If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency received under Section 17.1, including amounts received after conversion of any recovery under any judgment or order expressed in a currency other than the Contractual Currency, falls short of the amount in the Contractual Currency due in respect of this Agreement, the party required to make the payment will (unless a Default has occurred and such party is the non defaulting party), as a separate and independent obligation and to the extent permitted by applicable law, immediately pay such additional amount in the Contractual Currency as may be necessary to compensate for the shortfall.
17.3 If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency received under Section 17.1 exceeds the amount in the Contractual Currency due in respect of this Agreement, then the party receiving the payment will (unless a Default has occurred and such party is the non defaulting party) refund promptly the amount of such excess.
18. ERISA. Lender shall, if any of the securities transferred to Borrower hereunder for any Loan have been or shall be obtained, directly or indirectly, from or using the assets of any Plan (as hereafter defined), so notify Borrower in writing upon the execution of the Agreement or upon initiation of such Loan under Section 1.1 or as required pursuant to Section 1.2. If Lender so notifies Borrower, then Borrower and Lender shall conduct the Loan in accordance with the terms and conditions of Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Exemption 81-6 (46 Fed. Reg. 7527, Jan. 23, 1981; as amended, 52 Fed. Reg. 18754, May 19, 1987), or any successor thereto, unless Borrower certifies that it is not a party-in-interest to the plan for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. If the parties are relying on Prohibited Transaction Exemption 81-6 to effect any Loan, then Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that it is either (i) a bank subject to federal or state supervision, (ii) a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act or (iii) exempt from registration under Section 15(a)(1) of the Exchange Act as a dealer in exempted government securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the Exchange Act) and (iv) neither it nor any affiliate (as defined in Prohibited Transaction Exemption 81-6) of Borrower has any discretionary authority or control with respect to the investment of the assets of the Plan involved in the Loan or renders investment advice (within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c)) with respect to the assets of the Plan involved in the Loan. For purposes hereof, “Plan” shall mean (a) any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 which is subject to Part 4 of Subtitle B of such Act; (b) any “plan” as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; or (c) any entity the assets of which are deemed to be assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan” by reason of the Department of Labor’s plan asset regulation, 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101.
19. Obligations to be Separate. Each and every obligation, liability or undertaking of an Account with respect to any Loan shall be solely an obligation, liability or undertaking of, and binding upon, the Account by which such Loan is made (“Affected Account”) and shall be payable solely from the available assets of such
34 |
Account. No such obligation, liability or undertaking shall be binding upon or affect any other Account. Neither Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (in its individual capacity) nor any Affiliate thereof shall have any liability to Borrower whatsoever in respect of any Loan, it being understood and agreed that Borrower shall have recourse solely to the Affected Account in the event of the occurrence of a Default involving the Affected Account.
20. Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lender and the Affected Account (including the sponsor and fiduciaries of any Affected Account which is a Plan) from any and all damages, losses, liabilities, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which Lender or the Affected Account may incur or suffer arising in any way out of the use by Borrower of Loaned Securities or any failure of Borrower to deliver Loaned Securities in accordance herewith or to otherwise comply with the terms of this Agreement.
21. Calculations. All determinations of the value of securities, Collateral, or other property or amounts for any purpose under this Agreement shall be made in good faith by Lender.
22. Limitation of Liability. A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of each Account which is a Massachusetts business trust is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of each such Account as Trustees and not individually and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders of such Account individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of each such Account.
23. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof.
24. Waiver. The failure of either party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement. All waivers in respect of a Default must be in writing.
25. Remedies. All remedies hereunder shall survive the termination of the relevant Loan, return of Loaned Securities or Collateral and termination of this Agreement.
26. Notices and Other Communications. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be sufficient if made in writing and delivered or transmitted (as the case may be) by registered mail, facsimile, telex, or courier, or by telephone promptly confirmed in writing and delivered or transmitted as aforesaid, to the intended recipient at the addresses (or to the numbers) set forth on the signature page hereof. Notices shall be effective upon receipt.
27. Miscellaneous. This Agreement supersedes any other agreement between the parties concerning loans of securities between the parties hereto. This Agreement shall not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall enure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns. This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon giving written notice to the other, subject only to fulfillment of any obligations then outstanding. This Agreement shall not be modified, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA in its capacity as agent for Accounts not in its individual capacity |
||||
By: | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
Address for Notices:
Attention: ____________
Facsimile No.: ________
Telephone No.: ________
35 |
BORROWER NAME as Borrower |
||||
By: | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
Address for Notices:
Attention: ____________
Facsimile No.: ________
Telephone No.: ________
36 |
ANNEX I
Type of Loaned Security | Margin Percentage1 |
Foreign equity and corporate securities | 105% |
United States equity and corporate securities | 102% |
(including American Depository Receipts) | |
United States government and agency securities | 102% |
Foreign government and agency securities | 102% |
1 Pursuant to Section 3.1.
37 |
SCHEDULE 4
FEES
For cash collateralized loans: 10% of earnings on the investment of cash collateral, net of any agreed upon rebate amount payable to borrower out of such earnings.
For non-cash collateralized loans: 10% of lending fees payable by a borrower.
38 |
SCHEDULE 5
Cash Collateral Investments
Cash collateral will be invested in Wells Fargo Securities Lending Cash Investments, LLC or as otherwise directed by Lender from time to time in writing to GSAL.
39 |
SCHEDULE 6
LIST OF APPROVED PERSONS
Wells Fargo Advantage Income Opportunities Fund
Wells Fargo Advantage Multi-Sector Income Fund
Wells Fargo Advantage Utilities and High Income Fund
Wells Fargo Funds Trust
Wells Fargo Master Trust
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
Jeremy DePalma
C. David Messman
Andrew Owen
Karla Rabusch
40 |
SCHEDULE 7
NOTICES
If to Lender:
Address: Wells Fargo Advantage Income Opportunities Fund
Wells Fargo Advantage Multi-Sector Income Fund
Wells Fargo Advantage Utilities and High Income Fund
Wells Fargo Funds Trust
Wells Fargo Master Trust
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
c/o Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market Street, 12th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94105
Attn: C. David Messman
Telephone: (415) 222-1140
Facsimile: (415) 546-0829
If to GSAL:
Address: 125 High Street
Oliver Street Tower, 17th Floor
Boston, MA 02180
Attn: John Scully, Vice President
Telephone: (617) 204-2434
Facsimile: (617) 204-2420
41 |
SCHEDULE 8
LIST OF PARTIES IN INTEREST DESCRIBED IN ANNEX I
Not applicable.
ERISA PLAN SPONSOR AND AFFILIATES
(list as appropriate)
TRUSTEE OF ERISA PLAN AND AFFILIATES
(list as appropriate)
INVESTMENT MANAGER OR OTHER PERSON EXECUTING THE SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT ON BEHALF OF ERISA PLAN AND AFFILIATES
(list as appropriate)
ANY OTHER PARTY IN INTEREST DESCRIBED IN SECTION 1(c) OF ANNEX I AND AFFILIATES
(list as appropriate)
42 |
SCHEDULE 9
GUARANTEE
[See attached pdf]
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This First Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of June __, 2010 by and among Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the additional Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. Amendment. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
a. Appendix A. The following Funds are to be added to the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement:
Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Income Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Growth Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Appreciation Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Stable Income Fund |
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
43 |
3. Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated.
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
44 |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
45 |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
46 |
SECOND AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This Second Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of July 12, 2010 by and among Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the additional Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. Amendment. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
a. Appendix A. The following Funds are to be added to the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement:
Wells Fargo Advantage Adjustable Rate Government Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified Capital Builder Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified Income Builder Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage High Income Fund |
Wells Fargo International Bond Fund |
b. Appendix A. The following Funds are to be deleted from the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement:
Wells Fargo Advantage Strategic Income Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Stable Income Fund |
47 |
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated.
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
48 |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
49 |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
50 |
THIRD AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This third Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of July 19, 2010 by and among Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the additional Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. Amendment. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
a. Appendix A. The following Funds are to be added to the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement:
Wells Fargo Advantage Classic Value Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Core Equity Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Disciplined Global Equity Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Disciplined U.S. Core Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Disciplined Value Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Global Opportunities Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Opportunities Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Health Care Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Income Opportunities Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Intrinsic Value Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Intrinsic World Equity Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Core Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Multi-Sector Income Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Omega Growth Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Precious Metals Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Premier Large Company Growth Fund |
51 |
Wells Fargo Advantage Small/Mid Cap Core Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Special Small Cap Value Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Strategic Large Cap Growth Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Traditional Small Cap Growth Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Utilities and High Income Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Utility and Telecommunications Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage VT Core Equity Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage VT Omega Growth Fund |
b. Appendix A. The following Funds are to be deleted from the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement:
Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Financial Services Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Income Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage U.S. Value Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Core Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Growth Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Appreciation Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage VT Large Company Growth Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage VT Large Company Core Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage VT C&B Large Cap Value Fund |
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated.
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
52 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
53 |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
54 |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
55 |
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This fourth Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of July 21, 2010 by and among Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the additional Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. Amendment. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
a. Appendix A. The following Funds are to be added to the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement:
Wells Fargo Advantage Classic Value Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Core Equity Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Disciplined Global Equity Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Disciplined U.S. Core Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Disciplined Value Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Global Opportunities Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Opportunities Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Health Care Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Intrinsic Value Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Intrinsic World Equity Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Core Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Omega Growth Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Precious Metals Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Premier Large Company Growth Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Small/Mid Cap Core Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Special Small Cap Value Fund |
56 |
Wells Fargo Advantage Strategic Large Cap Growth Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Traditional Small Cap Growth Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Utility and Telecommunications Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage VT Core Equity Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage VT Omega Growth Fund |
b. Appendix A. The following Funds are to be deleted from the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement:
Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Financial Services Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Income Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage U.S. Value Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Core Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Growth Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Appreciation Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage VT Large Company Growth Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage VT Large Company Core Fund |
Wells Fargo Advantage VT C&B Large Cap Value Fund |
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated.
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
57 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
58 |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, on behalf of the Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
59 |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
60 |
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This FIFTH AMENDMENT TO SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT (this “Fifth Amendment”) is made as of this 25th day of August, 2010, by and among Wells Fargo Advantage Income Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Multi-Sector Income Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Utilities and High Income Fund (each, a “New Lending Trust”), Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (including the New Lending Trusts, the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of themselves and their funds now existing or hereafter created, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, except for each New Lending Trust, the parties to this Fifth Amendment entered into that certain Securities Lending Agency Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2010, as amended by the First through Fourth Amendments thereto, each of which added and/or deleted certain Funds to the list of Funds in Appendix A to the Agreement (as so amended, the “Agreement”);
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Trusts and the Custodian have entered into an amendment [to Appendix A], dated as of the date hereof, to that certain Master Custodian Agreement dated August 10, 2009, as amended, pursuant to which the Custodian has assumed custodial responsibilities with respect to securities and other property held for the benefit of the New Lending Trusts in Custody Accounts; and
WHEREAS, the parties to the Agreement now wish to amend the Agreement to, among other things, include each New Lending Trust as a Trust party to the Agreement and as a Lender on Appendix A thereto and add certain Approved Borrowers to Schedule 2 thereto.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. Amendment. The Agreement, where specified below, the Appendix and Schedules thereto, are hereby amended as follows:
a. | Agreement and Appendix A. The following New Lending Trusts are to be added as a Trust party to the Agreement and to the list of Funds that are Lenders in Appendix A to the Agreement: |
Wells Fargo Advantage Income Opportunities Fund
Wells Fargo Advantage Multi-Sector Income Fund
Wells Fargo Advantage Utilities and High Income Fund
61 |
b. | Schedule 2. The following are to be added to the list of Approved Borrowers in Schedule 2 to the Agreement: |
Nomura Securities International, Inc.
National Financial Services LLC
c. | Schedule 6. The following New Lending Trusts are to be inserted immediately before Wells Fargo Funds Trust on the list of Approved Persons in Schedule 6 to the Agreement: |
Wells Fargo Advantage Income Opportunities Fund
Wells Fargo Advantage Multi-Sector Income Fund
Wells Fargo Advantage Utilities and High Income Fund
d. | Schedule 7. The following New Lending Trusts are to be inserted immediately before Wells Fargo Funds Trust on the address for notices to the Lenders in Schedule 7 to the Agreement: |
Wells Fargo Advantage Income Opportunities Fund
Wells Fargo Advantage Multi-Sector Income Fund
Wells Fargo Advantage Utilities and High Income Fund
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated.
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Fifth Amendment are incorporated herein.
4. | Continuing Effectiveness of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Fifth Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Fifth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
62 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Fifth Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND, each on behalf of itself as a Lender listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time |
||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, each on behalf of their respective Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time |
||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: John M. Scully | ||||
Title: Vice President |
63 |
SIXTH AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This sixth Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of November 16, 2010 by and among Wells Fargo Advantage Income Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Multi-Sector Income Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Utilities and High Income Fund, Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the additional Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. | Amendment. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows: |
a. Appendix A. Effective February 1, 2011, the following Fund is to be added to the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Master Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement:
Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified Large Cap Growth Portfolio
b. Appendix A. Effective February 1, 2011, the following Funds are to be deleted from the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Master Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement:
Wells Fargo Advantage Disciplined Growth Portfolio
Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio
Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Growth Portfolio
Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Index Portfolio
64 |
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. | Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated. |
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
65 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Sixth Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND | ||||
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND | ||||
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND, | ||||
each on behalf of itself as a Lender listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, | ||||
each on behalf of their respective Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: John M. Scully | ||||
Title: Vice President |
66 |
SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This Seventh Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of May 18, 2011 by and among Wells Fargo Advantage Income Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Multi-Sector Income Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Utilities and High Income Fund, Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the additional Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. | Amendment. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows: |
Appendix A. On May 18, 2011 the Board of Trustees of Wells Fargo Funds Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust approved certain fund mergers as reflected in the footnotes to Appendix A to the Agreement. Upon shareholder approval, the fund mergers will become effective in the third quarter 2011.
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. | Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated. |
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
67 |
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
68 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Seventh Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND | ||||
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND | ||||
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND, | ||||
each on behalf of itself as a Lender listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, | ||||
each on behalf of their respective Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: John M. Scully | ||||
Title: Vice President |
69 |
EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This Eighth Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of February 8, 2012 by and among Wells Fargo Advantage Income Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Multi-Sector Income Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Utilities and High Income Fund, Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the additional Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. | Amendment. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows: |
a. | Appendix A. The Wells Fargo Advantage Health Care Fund shall be removed from Appendix as a result of its liquidation on or about March 28, 2012. |
b. | Schedule 2. The following are to be added to the list of Approved Borrowers in Schedule 2 to the Agreement: | |
Jeffries & Co. |
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. | Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated. |
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
70 |
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
71 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Eighth Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND | ||||
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND | ||||
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND, | ||||
each on behalf of itself as a Lender listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, | ||||
each on behalf of their respective Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: John M. Scully | ||||
Title: Vice President |
72 |
NINTH AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This Ninth Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of November 7, 2012 by and among Wells Fargo Advantage Income Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Multi-Sector Income Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Utilities and High Income Fund, Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. | Amendments. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows: |
c. | Appendix A – |
a. | The Managed Account CoreBuilder - Series G shall be removed from Appendix A as a result of its termination by the end of May 2013. |
b. | The addition of the High Yield Municipal Bond Fund and the Strategic Income Fund which are scheduled to commence operations in the first quarter 2013. |
c. | The reorganization of the Small/Mid Cap Core Fund into the Common Stock Fund. Subject to shareholder approval, the reorganization will become effective in March 2013. |
d. | The name change of the Total Return Bond Portfolio to the Core Bond Portfolio, effective December 1, 2012. |
d. | Schedule 6 – |
a. | Kasey Phillips shall be removed from the List of Approved Persons. |
73 |
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. | Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated. |
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
74 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Ninth Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND | ||||
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND, | ||||
each on behalf of itself as a Lender listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, | ||||
each on behalf of their respective Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Christel Carroll | ||||
Title: Vice President |
75 |
TENTH AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This Tenth Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of March 13, 2014 by and among Wells Fargo Advantage Income Utilities and High Income Fund, Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Multi-Sector Income Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. | Amendments. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows: |
e. | Appendix A – |
a. | The addition of the Conservative Income Fund. |
b. | The reorganization of the following Wells Fargo Master Trust portfolios. : |
Ø | Equity Value Portfolio into the Large Company Value Portfolio |
Ø | International Equity Portfolio into the International Value Portfolio |
Ø | International Index Portfolio into the International Growth Portfolio |
• | The addition of the Emerging Markets Equity Select Fund which is scheduled to commence operations in the fourth quarter 2013. |
• | The removal of the Adjustable Rate Government Fund, Government Securities Fund, Short Duration Government Bond Fund and Inflation Protected Bond Portfolio. |
f. | Schedule 2 – List of Approved Borrowers |
a. | The following are to be removed to the List of Approved Borrowers in Schedule 2 to the Agreement: |
Ø | BNP Paribas Securities Corp. |
Ø | MS Securities Services Inc. |
76 |
b. | The following are to be added to the List of Approved Borrowers in Schedule 2 to the Agreement: |
Ø | BMO Capital Markets Corp. |
Ø | Scotia Capital (USA) Inc. |
c. | The following are name changes to the List of Approved Borrowers in Schedule 2 to the Agreement: |
Ø | Jefferies & Co., Inc. to Jefferies LLC |
Ø | Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. | Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated. |
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
77 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Tenth Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND | ||||
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND, | ||||
each on behalf of itself as a Lender listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, | ||||
each on behalf of their respective Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Christel Carroll | ||||
Title: Vice President |
78 |
ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This Eleventh Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of February 18, 2016 by and among Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund and Wells Fargo Utilities and High Income Fund, Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. | Amendments. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows: |
g. | Appendix A – The following Fund is to be added to the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Master Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement: |
Ø | Total Return Bond Portfolio |
b. | Appendix A – The following Fund was deleted from the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement: |
Ø | Emerging Markets Equity Select Fund |
c. | Appendix A – The names of the Wells Fargo Advantage Income Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Multi-Sector Income Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Utilities and High Income Fund and Income Plus Fund were changed to: |
Ø | Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund |
Ø | Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund |
Ø | Wells Fargo Utilities and High Income Fund |
Ø | Core Plus Bond Fund |
d. | Appendix A – Effective April 30, 2016, the following Funds are deleted from the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Variable Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement: |
Ø | VT Intrinsic Value Fund |
79 |
Ø | VT Small Cap Value Fund |
Ø | VT Total Return Bond Fund |
e. | Appendix A – Effective on or about May 1, 2016, the following Fund is added to the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement: |
Ø | Small Cap Core Fund |
f. | Appendix A – Effective in the 3rd quarter of 2016, the High Income Fund will merge into the High Yield Bond Fund. |
g. | Schedule 2. The following are to be added to the list of Approved Borrowers in Schedule 2 to the Agreement: |
Ø | BMO Capital Markets Corporation |
Ø | Commerz Markets LLC |
Ø | Scotia Capital Incorporated |
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. | Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated. |
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
80 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Eleventh Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
WELLS FARGO INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND | ||||
WELLS FARGO MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND, | ||||
each on behalf of itself as a Lender listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, | ||||
each on behalf of their respective Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Christel Carroll | ||||
Title: Vice President |
81 |
APPENDIX A
LENDERS
As of February 18, 2016
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST
WELLS FARGO INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND
WELLS FARGO MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND
WELLS FARGO UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND
Wells Fargo Funds Trust
Asia Pacific Fund
Asset Allocation Fund
Capital Growth Fund
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund
Common Stock Fund
Conservative Income Fund
Core Plus Bond Fund
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund
Discovery Fund
Diversified Capital Builder Fund
Diversified Income Builder Fund
Diversified International Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Endeavor Select Fund
Enterprise Fund
Global Opportunities Fund
Growth Fund
High Income Fund2
High Yield Bond Fund
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
International Bond Fund
International Equity Fund
Intrinsic Value Fund
Intrinsic World Equity Fund
Large Cap Core Fund
Large Cap Growth Fund
Large Company Value Fund
Mid Cap Disciplined Fund
Omega Growth Fund
Opportunity Fund
Precious Metals Fund
2 | On February 18, 2016, the Board of Trustees of Wells Fargo Funds Trust approved the reorganization of the High Income Fund into the High Yield Bond Fund. Upon shareholder approval, the fund reorganization will become effective in the third quarter of 2016. |
82 |
Premier Large Company Growth Fund
Short-Term Bond Fund
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund
Small Cap Disciplined Fund
Small Cap Core Fund3
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
Special Small Cap Value Fund
Specialized Technology Fund
Strategic Income Fund
Traditional Small Cap Growth Fund
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund
Utility and Telecommunications Fund
Wells Fargo Master Trust
C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio
Core Bond Portfolio
Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio
Diversified Large Cap Growth Portfolio
Emerging Growth Portfolio
Equity Income Portfolio
Index Portfolio
International Growth Portfolio
International Value Portfolio
Managed Fixed Income Portfolio
Small Company Growth Portfolio
Small Company Value Portfolio
Stable Income Portfolio
Total Return Bond Portfolio
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
VT Discovery Fund
VT Index Asset Allocation Fund
VT International Equity Fund
VT Intrinsic Value Fund4
VT Omega Growth Fund
VT Opportunity Fund
VT Small Cap Growth Fund
VT Small Cap Value Fund5
VT Total Return Bond Fund6
3 | On November 18, 2015, the Board of Wells Fargo Funds Trust approved the establishment of the Wells Fargo Small Cap Core Fund and the reorganization of the Golden Small Cap Core Fund (“Golden Small Cap Fund”) into the Wells Fargo Small Cap Core Fund. Subject to approval by the Board of Forum Funds and shareholders of the Golden Small Cap Fund (the “Small Cap Core Reorganization”), the Small Cap Core Reorganization will become effective in May 2016. |
4 | On November 18, 2015 the Board of Trustees of Wells Fargo Variable Trust approved the liquidation of the VT Intrinsic Value Fund effective on or about April 30, 2016. |
5 | On November 18, 2015 the Board of Trustees of Wells Fargo Variable Trust approved the liquidation of the VT Small Cap Value Fund effective on or about April 30, 2016. |
83 |
Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund
Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund
Wells Fargo Utilities and High Income Fund
6 | On November 18, 2015 the Board of Trustees of Wells Fargo Variable Trust approved the liquidation of the VT Total Return Bond Fund effective on or about April 30, 2016. |
84 |
THIRTEENTH AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This Thirteenth Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of August 10, 2016 by and among Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund and Wells Fargo Utilities and High Income Fund, Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. | Amendments. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows: |
h. | Appendix A – The following Fund is to be added to the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement: |
Ø | Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund |
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. | Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated. |
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
85 |
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
86 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Twelfth Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
WELLS FARGO INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND | ||||
WELLS FARGO MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND, | ||||
each on behalf of itself as a Lender listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, | ||||
each on behalf of their respective Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Christel Carroll | ||||
Title: Vice President |
87 |
APPENDIX A
LENDERS
As of August 10, 2016
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST
WELLS FARGO INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND
WELLS FARGO MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND
WELLS FARGO UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND
Wells Fargo Funds Trust
Asia Pacific Fund
Asset Allocation Fund
Capital Growth Fund
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund
Common Stock Fund
Conservative Income Fund
Core Plus Bond Fund
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund
Discovery Fund
Diversified Capital Builder Fund
Diversified Income Builder Fund
Diversified International Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Endeavor Select Fund
Enterprise Fund
Global Opportunities Fund
Growth Fund
High Yield Bond Fund
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
International Bond Fund
International Equity Fund
Intrinsic Value Fund
Intrinsic World Equity Fund
Large Cap Core Fund
Large Cap Growth Fund
Large Company Value Fund
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund7
Mid Cap Disciplined Fund
Omega Growth Fund
Opportunity Fund
Precious Metals Fund
7 | On August 10, 2016 the Board of Trustees of Wells Fargo Funds Trust approved the establishment of the Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund. The Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund is expected to commence operations in the fourth quarter of 2016. |
88 |
Premier Large Company Growth Fund
Short-Term Bond Fund
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund
Small Cap Disciplined Fund
Small Cap Core Fund
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
Special Small Cap Value Fund
Specialized Technology Fund
Strategic Income Fund
Traditional Small Cap Growth Fund
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund
Utility and Telecommunications Fund
Wells Fargo Master Trust
C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio
Core Bond Portfolio
Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio
Diversified Large Cap Growth Portfolio
Emerging Growth Portfolio
Equity Income Portfolio
Index Portfolio
International Growth Portfolio
International Value Portfolio
Managed Fixed Income Portfolio
Small Company Growth Portfolio
Small Company Value Portfolio
Stable Income Portfolio
Total Return Bond Portfolio
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
VT Discovery Fund
VT Index Asset Allocation Fund
VT International Equity Fund
VT Omega Growth Fund
VT Opportunity Fund
VT Small Cap Growth Fund
Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund
Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund
Wells Fargo Utilities and High Income Fund
89 |
FOURTEENTH AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This Thirteenth Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of August 16, 2017 by and among Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund and Wells Fargo Utilities and High Income Fund, Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. | Amendments. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows: |
i. | Appendix A – The following Funds are added to the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust and portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement: |
Wells Fargo Funds Trust
Ø Emerging Markets Bond Fund
Ø Factor Enhanced Emerging Markets Fund
Ø Factor Enhanced International Fund
Ø Factor Enhanced Large Cap Fund
Ø Factor Enhanced Small Cap Fund
Ø High Yield Corporate Bond Fund
Ø International Government Bond Fund
Ø U.S. Core Bond Fund
Wells Fargo Master Trust
Ø Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate ex-Corporate Portfolio
Ø Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio
Ø Factor Enhanced Emerging Markets Portfolio
Ø Factor Enhanced International Portfolio
90 |
Ø Factor Enhanced Large Cap Portfolio
Ø Factor Enhanced Small Cap Portfolio
Ø High Yield Corporate Bond Portfolio
Ø International Government Bond Portfolio
Ø Investment Grade Corporate Bond Portfolio
Ø Strategic Retirement Bond Portfolio
Ø U.S. REIT Portfolio
h. | Appendix A – The following Portfolios were removed from Wells Fargo Master Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement: |
Wells Fargo Master Trust
Ø Diversified Fixed Income Portfolio
Ø Equity Income Portfolio
Ø Total Return Bond Portfolio
i. | Appendix A – Effective April 1, 2017 the name of the Global Opportunities Fund changed to Global Small Cap Fund of Wells Fargo Funds Trust. |
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. | Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated. |
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
91 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Fourteenth Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
WELLS FARGO INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND | ||||
WELLS FARGO MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND, | ||||
each on behalf of itself as a Lender listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, | ||||
each on behalf of their respective Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Christel Carroll | ||||
Title: Vice President |
92 |
APPENDIX A
LENDERS
As of August 16, 2017
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST
WELLS FARGO INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND
WELLS FARGO MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND
WELLS FARGO UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND
Wells Fargo Funds Trust
Asia Pacific Fund
Asset Allocation Fund
Capital Growth Fund
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund
Common Stock Fund
Conservative Income Fund
Core Plus Bond Fund
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund
Discovery Fund
Diversified Capital Builder Fund
Diversified Income Builder Fund
Diversified International Fund
Emerging Markets Bond Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Endeavor Select Fund
Enterprise Fund
Factor Enhanced Emerging Markets Fund
Factor Enhanced International Fund
Factor Enhanced Large Cap Fund
Factor Enhanced Small Cap Fund
Global Small Cap Fund
Growth Fund
High Yield Bond Fund
High Yield Corporate Bond Fund
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
International Bond Fund
International Equity Fund
International Government Bond Fund8
Intrinsic Value Fund
Intrinsic World Equity Fund
Large Cap Core Fund
Large Cap Growth Fund
8 | On August 16, 2017 the Board of Trustees of Wells Fargo Funds Trust approved the establishment of the International Government Bond Fund, effective on or about November 1, 2017. |
93 |
Large Company Value Fund
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund
Mid Cap Disciplined Fund
Omega Growth Fund
Opportunity Fund
Precious Metals Fund
Premier Large Company Growth Fund
Short-Term Bond Fund
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund
Small Cap Disciplined Fund
Small Cap Core Fund
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
Special Small Cap Value Fund
Specialized Technology Fund
Strategic Income Fund
Traditional Small Cap Growth Fund
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund
U.S. Core Bond Fund
Utility and Telecommunications Fund
Wells Fargo Master Trust
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate ex-Corporate Portfolio
C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio
Core Bond Portfolio
Diversified Large Cap Growth Portfolio
Emerging Growth Portfolio
Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio
Factor Enhanced Emerging Markets Portfolio
Factor Enhanced International Portfolio
Factor Enhanced Large Cap Portfolio
Factor Enhanced Small Cap Portfolio
High Yield Corporate Bond Portfolio
Index Portfolio
International Government Bond Portfolio
International Growth Portfolio
International Value Portfolio
Investment Grade Corporate Bond Portfolio
Managed Fixed Income Portfolio
Small Company Growth Portfolio
Small Company Value Portfolio
Stable Income Portfolio
Strategic Retirement Bond Portfolio
U.S. REIT Portfolio
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
VT Discovery Fund
VT Index Asset Allocation Fund
94 |
VT International Equity Fund
VT Omega Growth Fund
VT Opportunity Fund
VT Small Cap Growth Fund
Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund
Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund
Wells Fargo Utilities and High Income Fund
FIFTEENTH AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This Fifteenth Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of November 9, 2018 by and among Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund and Wells Fargo Utilities and High Income Fund, Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. | Amendments. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows: |
j. | Appendix A – The following Funds are added to the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust and Portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement: |
Wells Fargo Funds Trust
Ø Alternative Risk Premia Fund (effective on or about 12/3/18)
95 |
Ø Global Investment Grade Credit Fund (effective on or about 3/1/19)
Wells Fargo Master Trust
Ø Disciplined Large Cap Portfolio (effective 5/1/18)
k. | Appendix A – Effective on or about December 14, 2018 the Small Cap Core Fund will be removed from the list of Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust in Appendix A to the Agreement. |
j. | Appendix A – Effective June 15, 2018 the name of the Small Cap Opportunities Fund changed to Disciplined Small Cap Fund of Wells Fargo Funds Trust. |
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. | Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated. |
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
96 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Fifteenth Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
WELLS FARGO INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND | ||||
WELLS FARGO MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND, | ||||
each on behalf of itself as a Lender listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, | ||||
each on behalf of their respective Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Christel Carroll | ||||
Title: Vice President |
97 |
APPENDIX A
LENDERS
As of November 9, 2018
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST
WELLS FARGO INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND
WELLS FARGO MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND
WELLS FARGO UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND
Wells Fargo Funds Trust
Asia Pacific Fund
Alternative Risk Premia Fund
Asset Allocation Fund
Capital Growth Fund
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund
Common Stock Fund
Conservative Income Fund
Core Plus Bond Fund
Disciplined Small Cap Fund
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund
Discovery Fund
Diversified Capital Builder Fund
Diversified Income Builder Fund
Diversified International Fund
Emerging Markets Bond Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Endeavor Select Fund
Enterprise Fund
Factor Enhanced Emerging Markets Fund
Factor Enhanced International Fund
Factor Enhanced Large Cap Fund
Factor Enhanced Small Cap Fund
Global Investment Grade Credit Fund
Global Small Cap Fund
Growth Fund
High Yield Bond Fund
High Yield Corporate Bond Fund
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
International Bond Fund
International Equity Fund
International Government Bond Fund
Intrinsic Value Fund
Intrinsic World Equity Fund
Large Cap Core Fund
Large Cap Growth Fund
98 |
Large Company Value Fund
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund
Mid Cap Disciplined Fund
Omega Growth Fund
Opportunity Fund
Precious Metals Fund
Premier Large Company Growth Fund
Short-Term Bond Fund
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund
Small Cap Disciplined Fund
Special Small Cap Value Fund
Specialized Technology Fund
Strategic Income Fund
Traditional Small Cap Growth Fund
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund
U.S. Core Bond Fund
Utility and Telecommunications Fund
Wells Fargo Master Trust
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate ex-Corporate Portfolio
C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio
Core Bond Portfolio
Disciplined Large Cap Portfolio
Diversified Large Cap Growth Portfolio
Emerging Growth Portfolio
Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio
Factor Enhanced Emerging Markets Portfolio
Factor Enhanced International Portfolio
Factor Enhanced Large Cap Portfolio
Factor Enhanced Small Cap Portfolio
High Yield Corporate Bond Portfolio
Index Portfolio
International Government Bond Portfolio
International Growth Portfolio
International Value Portfolio
Investment Grade Corporate Bond Portfolio
Managed Fixed Income Portfolio
Small Company Growth Portfolio
Small Company Value Portfolio
Stable Income Portfolio
Strategic Retirement Bond Portfolio
U.S. REIT Portfolio
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
VT Discovery Fund
VT Index Asset Allocation Fund
VT International Equity Fund
99 |
VT Omega Growth Fund
VT Opportunity Fund
VT Small Cap Growth Fund
Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund
Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund
Wells Fargo Utilities and High Income Fund
SIXTEENTH AMENDMENT TO
SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT
This Sixteenth Amendment to Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of March 2, 2020 by and among Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund, Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund and Wells Fargo Utilities and High Income Fund, Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Master Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust (the “Trusts” and each a “Trust”), on behalf of their funds now existing or hereafter created (the “Funds”), and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“GSAL”).
WHEREAS, the parties entered into an Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2010 (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, each of the Funds listed on Appendix A to the Agreement retained the services of GSAL to act as its agent in lending securities from time to time held in the Custody Account to certain borrowers, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties herein wish to amend the Agreement, specifically, Appendix A to the Agreement, so that each of the Funds identified in this Amendment may also retain the services of GSAL to act as its agent on the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. | Amendments. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows: |
l. | Appendix A – The following Fund is added to Appendix A: |
Wells Fargo Funds Trust
Ø Special International Small Cap Fund (effective 6/3/19)
Ø Municipal Sustainability Fund (effective 3/2/20)
100 |
m. | Appendix A – Fund name change: |
a. | Intrinsic Value Fund to the Classic Value Fund (effective 4/1/19) |
b. | Traditional Small Cap Growth Fund to Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund (effective 7/22/19) |
n. | Appendix A – Fund mergers: |
a. | Asia Pacific Fund into Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund (effective 12/6/19) |
b. | Capital Growth Fund into Endeavor Select Fund (effective 9/20/19) |
o. | Appendix A – Fund liquidations effective 2/26/20: |
a. | Factor Enhanced Emerging Markets Fund |
b. | Factor Enhanced International Fund |
c. | Factor Enhanced Large Cap Fund |
d. | Factor Enhanced Small Cap Fund |
2. | Recitals Incorporated; Definitions. |
The foregoing recitals are true and correct and by this reference are incorporated herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
3. | Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits Incorporated. |
All appendices and schedules referenced in this Amendment are incorporated herein.
4. | Continuing Provisions of the Agreement. |
Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect.
5. | Counterpart Signatures. |
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterpart signatures with the same effect as if the parties had all signed the same document. All counterpart signatures shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.
101 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Sixteenth Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
WELLS FARGO INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND | ||||
WELLS FARGO MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND, | ||||
each on behalf of itself as a Lender listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Assistant Treasurer |
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST | ||||
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST, | ||||
each on behalf of their respective Lenders listed on Appendix A as amended from time to time | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Jeremy DePalma | ||||
Title: Treasurer |
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA | ||||
By | ||||
Name: Christel Carroll | ||||
Title: Vice President |
102 |
APPENDIX A
LENDERS
As of March 2, 2020
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST
WELLS FARGO INCOME OPPORTUNITIES FUND
WELLS FARGO MULTI-SECTOR INCOME FUND
WELLS FARGO UTILITIES AND HIGH INCOME FUND
Wells Fargo Funds Trust
Alternative Risk Premia Fund
Asset Allocation Fund
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund
Common Stock Fund
Conservative Income Fund
Core Plus Bond Fund
Disciplined Small Cap Fund
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund
Discovery Fund
Diversified Capital Builder Fund
Diversified Income Builder Fund
Diversified International Fund
Emerging Markets Bond Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Endeavor Select Fund
Enterprise Fund
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
Global Investment Grade Credit Fund
Global Small Cap Fund
Growth Fund
High Yield Bond Fund
High Yield Corporate Bond Fund
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
International Bond Fund
International Equity Fund
International Government Bond Fund
Intrinsic Value Fund
Intrinsic World Equity Fund
Large Cap Core Fund
Large Cap Growth Fund
Large Company Value Fund
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund
Mid Cap Disciplined Fund
Municipal Sustainability Fund
Omega Growth Fund
103 |
Opportunity Fund
Precious Metals Fund
Premier Large Company Growth Fund
Short-Term Bond Fund
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund
Small Cap Disciplined Fund
Special International Small Cap Fund
Special Small Cap Value Fund
Specialized Technology Fund
Strategic Income Fund
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund
U.S. Core Bond Fund
Utility and Telecommunications Fund
Wells Fargo Master Trust
Bloomberg Barclays US Aggregate ex-Corporate Portfolio
C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio
Core Bond Portfolio
Disciplined Large Cap Portfolio
Diversified Large Cap Growth Portfolio
Emerging Growth Portfolio
Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio
Factor Enhanced Emerging Markets Portfolio
Factor Enhanced International Portfolio
Factor Enhanced Large Cap Portfolio
Factor Enhanced Small Cap Portfolio
High Yield Corporate Bond Portfolio
Index Portfolio
International Government Bond Portfolio
International Growth Portfolio
International Value Portfolio
Investment Grade Corporate Bond Portfolio
Managed Fixed Income Portfolio
Small Company Growth Portfolio
Small Company Value Portfolio
Stable Income Portfolio
Strategic Retirement Bond Portfolio
U.S. REIT Portfolio
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
VT Discovery Fund
VT Index Asset Allocation Fund
VT International Equity Fund
VT Omega Growth Fund
VT Opportunity Fund
VT Small Cap Growth Fund
104 |
Wells Fargo Income Opportunities Fund
Wells Fargo Multi-Sector Income Fund
Wells Fargo Utilities and High Income Fund
105 |
Schedule A to Appendix A
Class-Level Administration Agreement
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
List of Funds
Funds/Classes |
Class-Level Admin. Fee |
Absolute Return Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Adjustable Rate Government Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.10% 0.08% |
Alternative Risk Premia Fund Class R6 Institutional Class |
0.03% 0.13% |
Asset Allocation Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.13% 0.13% |
C&B Large Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.10% 0.08% |
California Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.10% 0.08% |
Cash Investment Money Market Fund Administrator Class Institutional Class Select Class Service Class |
0.10% 0.08% 0.04% 0.12% |
Classic Value Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Common Stock Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Conservative Income Fund Institutional Class |
0.08% |
Core Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.16% 0.08% 0.03% 0.10% 0.08% |
Core Plus Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.03% 0.10% 0.08% |
Disciplined Small Cap Fund Class A Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Discovery Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Diversified Capital Builder Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% 0.13% |
Diversified Equity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% |
Diversified Income Builder Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Diversified International Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Dynamic Target Today Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% |
Dynamic Target 2015 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% |
Dynamic Target 2020 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% |
Dynamic Target 2025 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% |
Dynamic Target 2030 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% |
Dynamic Target 2035 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% |
Dynamic Target 2040 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% |
Dynamic Target 2045 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% |
Dynamic Target 2050 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% |
Dynamic Target 2055 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% |
Dynamic Target 2060 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% |
Emerging Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Emerging Markets Bond Fund |
0.00% |
Emerging Markets Equity Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Endeavor Select Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Enterprise Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Global Investment Grade Credit Fund Class R6 Institutional Class |
0.03% 0.08% |
Global Small Cap Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% 0.13% |
Government Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Institutional Class Select Class Service Class |
0.22% 0.10% 0.08% 0.04% 0.12% |
Government Securities Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.10% 0.08% |
Growth Balanced Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% |
Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Heritage Money Market Fund Administrator Class Institutional Class Select Class Service Class |
0.10% 0.08% 0.04% 0.12% |
High Yield Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.10% 0.08% |
High Yield Corporate Bond Fund |
0.00% |
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.03% 0.10% 0.08% |
Index Asset Allocation Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% 0.13% |
Index Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% |
Intermediate Tax/AMT-Free Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.03% 0.10% 0.08% |
International Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.03% 0.10% 0.08% |
International Government Bond Fund |
0.00% |
International Equity Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
International Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Instrinsic World Equity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% 0.13% |
Large Cap Core Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Large Cap Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Large Company Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Managed Account CoreBuilder Shares Series M |
0.00% |
Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.10% 0.08% |
Moderate Balanced Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% 0.13% |
Money Market Fund Class A Class C Premier Class Service Class |
0.22% 0.22% 0.08% 0.12% |
Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.03% 0.10% 0.08% |
Municipal Cash Management Money Market Fund Administrator Class Institutional Class Service Class |
0.10% 0.08% 0.12% |
Municipal Sustainability Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.03% 0.10% 0.08% |
National Tax-Free Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Premier Class Service Class |
0.22% 0.10% 0.08% 0.12% |
Omega Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.13% 0.13% |
Opportunity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Pennsylvania Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.08% |
Precious Metals Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% 0.13% |
Premier Large Company Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Real Return Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.03% 0.10% 0.08% |
Short Duration Government Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.03% 0.10% 0.08% |
Short-Term Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.03% 0.08% |
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.10% 0.08% |
Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.03% 0.10% 0.08% |
Small Company Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Small Company Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Specialized Technology Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% 0.13% |
Special International Small Cap Fund Class R6 Institutiomal Class |
0.03% 0.13% |
Special Mid Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Special Small Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.03% 0.13% 0.13% |
Strategic Income Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.10% 0.08% |
Strategic Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.03% 0.10% 0.08% |
Target Today Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% |
Target 2010 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% |
Target 2015 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% |
Target 2020 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% |
Target 2025 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% |
Target 2030 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% |
Target 2035 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% |
Target 2040 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% |
Target 2045 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% |
Target 2050 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% |
Target 2055 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% |
Target 2060 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.08% 0.03% 0.13% |
Treasury Plus Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Institutional Class Select Class Service Class |
0.22% 0.10% 0.08% 0.04% 0.12% |
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.10% 0.08% |
Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.03% 0.10% 0.08% |
U.S. Core Bond Fund |
0.00% |
Utility and Telecommunications Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% 0.13% |
WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% |
WealthBuilder Equity Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% |
WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% |
WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% |
WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.21% 0.21% 0.13% |
Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
0.16% 0.16% 0.08% |
100% Treasury Money Market Fund Class A Administrative Class Institutional Class Service Class Sweep Class |
0.22% 0.10% 0.08% 0.12% 0.03% |
Schedule A to Appendix A amended: March 2, 2020
The foregoing fee schedule is agreed to as of March 2, 2020 and shall remain in effect until changed in writing by the parties.
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
By: _____________________________________
Catherine Kennedy
Secretary
WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT, LLC
By: ______________________________________
Paul Haast
Senior Vice President
On February 20, 2020 the Board of Trustees of Wells Fargo Funds Trust approved the addition of Class R6 to the Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund, effective on or about June 1, 2020.
SCHEDULE A
Dated: March 2, 2020
Fund Type of Entity Jurisdiction
Wells Fargo Funds Trust Trust Delaware
100% Treasury Money Market Fund
Absolute Return Fund
Adjustable Rate Government Fund
Alternative Risk Premia Fund
Asset Allocation Fund
C&B Large Cap Value Fund
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund
California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund
California Tax-Free Fund
Cash Investment Money Market Fund
Classic Value Fund
Common Stock Fund
Conservative Income Fund
Core Bond Fund
Core Plus Bond Fund
Disciplined Small Cap Fund
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund
Discovery Fund
Diversified Capital Builder Fund
Diversified Equity Fund
Diversified Income Builder Fund
Diversified International Fund
Dynamic Target Today Fund
Dynamic Target 2015 Fund
Dynamic Target 2020 Fund
Dynamic Target 2025 Fund
Dynamic Target 2030 Fund
Dynamic Target 2035 Fund
Dynamic Target 2040 Fund
Dynamic Target 2045 Fund
Dynamic Target 2050 Fund
Dynamic Target 2055 Fund
Dynamic Target 2060 Fund
Emerging Growth Fund
Emerging Markets Bond Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund
Endeavor Select Fund
Enterprise Fund
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
Global Investment Grade Credit Fund
Global Small Cap Fund
Government Money Market Fund
Government Securities Fund
SCHEDULE A (continued)
Dated: March 2, 2020
Fund Type of Entity Jurisdiction
Wells Fargo Funds Trust(continued)
Growth Fund
Growth Balanced Fund
Heritage Money Market Fund
High Yield Bond Fund
High Yield Corporate Bond Fund
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
Index Asset Allocation Fund
Index Fund
Intermediate Tax/AMT-Free Fund
International Bond Fund
International Government Bond Fund
International Equity Fund
International Value Fund
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
Intrinsic World Equity Fund
Large Cap Core Fund
Large Cap Growth Fund
Large Company Value Fund
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund
Managed Account CoreBuilder Shares Series M
Minnesota Tax-Free Fund
Moderate Balanced Fund
Money Market Fund
Municipal Bond Fund
Municipal Cash Management Money Market Fund
Municipal Sustainability Fund
National Tax-Free Money Market Fund
Omega Growth Fund
Opportunity Fund
Pennsylvania Tax-Free Fund
Precious Metals Fund
Premier Large Company Growth Fund
Real Return Fund
Short Duration Government Bond Fund
Short-Term Bond Fund
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund
Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund
Small Cap Core Fund
Small Company Growth Fund
Small Company Value Fund
Special International Small Cap Fund
Special Mid Cap Value Fund
Special Small Cap Value Fund
Specialized Technology Fund
SCHEDULE A (continued)
Dated: March 2, 2020
Fund Type of Entity Jurisdiction
Wells Fargo Funds Trust(continued)
Strategic Income Fund
Strategic Municipal Bond Fund
Target Today Fund
Target 2010 Fund
Target 2015 Fund
Target 2020 Fund
Target 2025 Fund
Target 2030 Fund
Target 2035 Fund
Target 2040 Fund
Target 2045 Fund
Target 2050 Fund
Target 2055 Fund
Target 2060 Fund
Treasury Plus Money Market Fund
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund
Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund
Utility & Telecommunications Fund
U.S. Core Bond Fund
WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Fund
WealthBuilder Equity Fund
WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Fund
WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Fund
WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Fund
Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund
Wells Fargo Variable Trust Trust Delaware
VT Discovery Fund
VT Index Asset Allocation Fund
VT International Equity Fund
VT Omega Growth Fund
VT Opportunity Fund
VT Small Cap Growth Fund
APPENDIX A
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING PLAN
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
Funds Trust Funds and Share Classes |
Maximum Shareholder Servicing Fee |
Absolute Return Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Adjustable Rate Government Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Asset Allocation Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
C&B Large Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
California Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Cash Investment Money Market Fund Administrator Class Service Class |
0.10 0.25 |
Classic Value Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Common Stock Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 |
Core Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Core Plus Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Disciplined Small Cap Fund Class A Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Discovery Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Diversified Capital Builder Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Diversified Equity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Diversified Income Builder Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Diversified International Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 |
Dynamic Target Today Fund Class A Class C Class R4 |
0.25 0.25 0.10 |
Dynamic Target 2015 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 |
0.25 0.25 0.10 |
Dynamic Target 2020 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 |
0.25 0.25 0.10 |
Dynamic Target 2025 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 |
0.25 0.25 0.10 |
Dynamic Target 2030 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 |
0.25 0.25 0.10 |
Dynamic Target 2035 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 |
0.25 0.25 0.10 |
Dynamic Target 2040 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 |
0.25 0.25 0.10 |
Dynamic Target 2045 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 |
0.25 0.25 0.10 |
Dynamic Target 2050 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 |
0.25 0.25 0.10 |
Dynamic Target 2055 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 |
0.25 0.25 0.10 |
Dynamic Target 2060 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 |
0.25 0.25 0.10 |
Emerging Growth Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Emerging Markets Equity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Endeavor Select Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Enterprise Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Global Small Cap Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Government Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Service Class |
0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Government Securities Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Growth Balanced Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Growth Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Heritage Money Market Fund Administrator Class Service Class |
0.10 0.25 |
High Yield Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Index Asset Allocation Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Index Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.10 |
Intermediate Tax/AMT-Free Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
International Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 |
International Equity Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
International Value Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Intrinsic World Equity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Large Cap Core Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Large Cap Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Large Company Value Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 |
Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 |
Moderate Balanced Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 |
Money Market Fund Class A Class C Service Class |
0.25 |
Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Municipal Cash Management Money Market Fund Administrator Class Service Class |
0.10 0.25 |
Municipal Sustainability Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
National Tax-Free Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Service Class |
0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Omega Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Opportunity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Pennsylvania Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C |
0.25 |
Precious Metals Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Premier Large Company Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Real Return Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Short Duration Government Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Short-Term Bond Fund Class A Class C |
0.25 |
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Small Company Growth Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Small Company Value Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Special Mid Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Special Small Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Specialized Technology Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25
0.25 |
Strategic Income Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25
|
Strategic Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25
0.25 |
Target Today Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Target 2010 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Target 2015 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Target 2020 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Target 2025 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Target 2030 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Target 2035 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Target 2040 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Target 2045 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Target 2050 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Target 2055 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Target 2060 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Treasury Plus Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Service Class |
0.25 0.10 0.25 |
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
Utility & Telecommunications Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
0.25 0.25 |
WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Fund Class A Class C |
0.25 0.25 |
WealthBuilder Equity Fund Class A Class C |
0.25 0.25 |
WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Fund Class A Class C |
0.25 0.25 |
WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Fund Class A Class C |
0.25 0.25 |
WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Fund Class A Class C |
0.25 0.25 |
Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C |
0.25 |
100% Treasury Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Service Class Sweep Class |
0.25 0.10 0.25 0.25 |
Fees payable to a Servicing Agent are expressed as a percentage of the average daily net asset value of the shares of the specified class of the particular Fund beneficially owned by or attributable to clients of the Servicing Agent.
Appendix A amended: March 2, 2020
The foregoing fee schedule is agreed to as of March 2, 2020 and shall remain in effect until changed in writing by the parties.
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
By:
Catherine Kennedy
Secretary
WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT, LLC
By:
Paul Haast
Senior Vice President
SCHEDULE I
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING AGREEMENT
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
100% Treasury Money Market Fund
Absolute Return Fund
Adjustable Rate Government Fund
Alternative Risk Premia Fund
Asset Allocation Fund
C&B Large Cap Value Fund
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund
California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund
California Tax-Free Fund
Cash Investment Money Market Fund
Classic Value Fund
Common Stock Fund
Conservative Income Fund
Core Bond Fund
Core Plus Bond Fund
Disciplined Small Cap Fund
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund
Discovery Fund
Diversified Capital Builder Fund
Diversified Equity Fund
Diversified Income Builder Fund
Diversified International Fund
Dynamic Target Today Fund
Dynamic Target 2015 Fund
Dynamic Target 2020 Fund
Dynamic Target 2025 Fund
Dynamic Target 2030 Fund
Dynamic Target 2035 Fund
Dynamic Target 2040 Fund
Dynamic Target 2045 Fund
Dynamic Target 2050 Fund
Dynamic Target 2055 Fund
Dynamic Target 2060 Fund
Emerging Growth Fund
Emerging Markets Bond Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund
Endeavor Select Fund
Enterprise Fund
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund
Global Investment Grade Credit Fund
Global Small Cap Fund
Government Money Market Fund
Government Securities Fund
Growth Fund
Growth Balanced Fund
Heritage Money Market Fund
High Yield Bond Fund
High Yield Corporate Bond Fund
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
Index Asset Allocation Fund
Index Fund
Intermediate Tax/AMT-Free Fund
International Bond Fund
International Government Bond Fund
International Equity Fund
International Value Fund
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund
Intrinsic World Equity Fund
Large Cap Core Fund
Large Cap Growth Fund
Large Company Value Fund
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund
Managed Account CoreBuilder Shares Series M
Minnesota Tax-Free Fund
Moderate Balanced Fund
Money Market Fund
Municipal Bond Fund
Municipal Cash Management Money Market Fund
Municipal Sustainability Fund
National Tax-Free Money Market Fund
Omega Growth Fund
Opportunity Fund
Pennsylvania Tax-Free Fund
Precious Metals Fund
Premier Large Company Growth Fund
Real Return Fund
Short Duration Government Bond Fund
Short-Term Bond Fund
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund
Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund
Small Company Growth Fund
Small Company Value Fund
Special International Small Cap Fund
Special Mid Cap Value Fund
Special Small Cap Value Fund
Specialized Technology Fund
Strategic Income Fund
Strategic Municipal Bond Fund
Target Today Fund
Target 2010 Fund
Target 2015 Fund
Target 2020 Fund
Target 2025 Fund
Target 2030 Fund
Target 2035 Fund
Target 2040 Fund
Target 2045 Fund
Target 2050 Fund
Target 2055 Fund
Target 2060 Fund
Treasury Plus Money Market Fund
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund
Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund
U.S. Core Bond Fund
Utility and Telecommunications Fund
WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Fund
WealthBuilder Equity Fund
WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Fund
WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Fund
WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Fund
Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund
Schedule I amended: March 2, 2020
SCHEDULE II
Services
Establish and maintain accounts relating to Clients that invest in Shares;
Answer Client inquiries regarding account status and history, and the manner in which purchases, exchanges and redemptions of Shares may be effected;
Assist Clients in designating and changing dividend options (as available), account designations and addresses;
Process and verify purchase, redemption and exchange transactions;
Process and verify the wiring or other transfer of funds to and from Client accounts in connection with Client orders to purchase or redeem Shares;
Provide necessary personnel and facilities to establish and maintain Client accounts and records, respond to questions with respect to the Funds; and
Provide such other shareholder liaison or related services as the Funds or a Client may reasonably request.
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Trustees
Wells Fargo Funds Trust
We consent to the use of our reports dated May 24, 2019, with respect to the financial statements of Wells Fargo Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund and Wells Fargo Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund (formerly Wells Fargo Traditional Small Cap Growth Fund), two of the funds comprising Wells Fargo Funds Trust, as of March 31, 2019, incorporated herein by reference and to the references to our firm under the headings “Financial Highlights” in the Prospectus and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Statement of Additional Information.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
April 2, 2020
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Trustees
Wells Fargo Funds Trust
We consent to the use of our report dated November 25, 2019, with respect to the financial statements of Wells Fargo Opportunity Fund, one of the funds comprising Wells Fargo Funds Trust, as of September 30, 2019, incorporated herein by reference, and to the references to our firm under the headings “Financial Highlights” in the Prospectus and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Statement of Additional Information.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
April 2, 2020
APPENDIX A
DISTRIBUTION PLAN
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
Funds Trust Funds and Share Classes |
Maximum Rule 12b-1 Fee |
Absolute Return Fund Class C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Adjustable Rate Government Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Asset Allocation Fund Class C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
C&B Large Cap Value FundClass C |
0.75 |
C&B Mid Cap Value FundClass C |
0.75 |
California Limited-Term Tax-Free FundClass C |
0.75 |
California Tax-Free FundClass C |
0.75 |
Classic Value Fund Class C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Common Stock FundClass C |
0.75 |
Core Bond FundClass C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Core Plus Bond FundClass C |
0.75 |
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund Class C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Discovery FundClass C |
0.75 |
Diversified Capital Builder FundClass C |
0.75 |
Diversified Equity FundClass C |
0.75 |
Diversified Income Builder Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Diversified International FundClass C |
0.75 |
Dynamic Target Today FundClass C |
0.75 |
Dynamic Target 2015 Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Dynamic Target 2020 Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Dynamic Target 2025 Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Dynamic Target 2030 Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Dynamic Target 2035 Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Dynamic Target 2040 Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Dynamic Target 2045 Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Dynamic Target 2050 Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Dynamic Target 2055 Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Dynamic Target 2060 Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Emerging Growth Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Emerging Markets Equity FundClass C |
0.75 |
Emerging Markets Equity Income FundClass C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Endeavor Select FundClass C |
0.75 |
Enterprise FundClass C |
0.75 |
Fundamental Small Cap Growth FundClass C |
0.75 |
Global Small Cap FundClass C |
0.75 |
Government Securities FundClass C |
0.75 |
Growth Balanced FundClass C |
0.75 |
Growth FundClass C |
0.75 |
High Yield Bond FundClass C |
0.75 |
High Yield Municipal Bond FundClass C |
0.75 |
Index Asset Allocation FundClass C |
0.75 |
Index Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Intermediate Tax/AMT-Free Fund Class C |
0.75 |
International Bond Fund Class C |
0.75 |
International Equity FundClass C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
International Value FundClass C |
0.75 |
Intrinsic Small Cap Value FundClass C |
|
Intrinsic World Equity FundClass C |
0.75 |
Large Cap Core Fund Class C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Large Cap Growth Fund Class C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Large Company Value FundClass C |
0.75 |
Low Volatility U.S. Equity FundClass C |
0.75 |
Managed Account CoreBuilder Shares Series M |
0.00 |
Minnesota Tax-Free FundClass C |
0.75 |
Moderate Balanced Fund
|
|
Money Market FundClass C |
0.75 |
Municipal Bond FundClass C |
0.75 |
Municipal Sustainability FundClass C |
0.75 |
Omega Growth FundClass C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Opportunity Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Pennsylvania Tax-Free FundClass C |
0.75 |
Precious Metals FundClass C |
0.75 |
Premier Large Company Growth FundClass C |
0.75 |
Real Return FundClass C |
0.75 |
Short Duration Government Bond FundClass C |
0.75 |
Short-Term Bond FundClass C |
|
Short-Term High Yield Bond FundClass C |
|
Short-Term Municipal Bond FundClass C |
|
Small Company Growth FundClass C |
0.75 |
Small Company Value FundClass C |
0.75 |
Specialized Technology FundClass C |
0.75 |
Special Mid Cap Value FundClass C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Special Small Cap Value FundClass C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Strategic Income FundClass C |
0.75 |
Strategic Municipal Bond Fund Class C |
0.75 |
Target Today FundClass C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Target 2010 FundClass C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Target 2015 FundClass R |
0.25 |
Target 2020 FundClass C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Target 2025 FundClass R |
0.25 |
Target 2030 FundClass C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Target 2035 FundClass R |
0.25 |
Target 2040 FundClass C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Target 2045 FundClass R |
0.25 |
Target 2050 FundClass C Class R |
0.75 0.25 |
Target 2055 FundClass R |
0.25 |
Target 2060 FundClass CClass R |
0.75 0.25 |
Ultra Short-Term Income FundClass C |
0.75 |
Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income FundClass C |
0.75 |
Utility and Telecommunications FundClass C |
0.75 |
WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation FundClass C |
0.75 |
WealthBuilder Equity FundClass C |
0.75 |
WealthBuilder Growth Allocation FundClass C |
0.75 |
WealthBuilder Growth Balanced FundClass C |
0.75 |
WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced FundClass C |
0.75 |
Wisconsin Tax-Free FundClass C |
|
100% Treasury Money Market FundSweep Class |
0.35 |
Appendix A amended: March 2, 2020
APPENDIX A
RULE 18f-3 MULTI-CLASS PLAN
WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
Funds Trust Multi Class Funds and Share Classes |
Maximum Initial
|
Maximum
|
Maximum
|
Maximum
|
Absolute Return Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Adjustable Rate Government Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
2.00 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Alternative Risk Premia Fund Class R6 Institutional Class |
None None |
None None |
None None |
None None |
Asset Allocation Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
C&B Large Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
2.00 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
California Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
4.50 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Cash Investment Money Market Fund Administrator Class Institutional Class Select Class Service Class |
None None None None |
None None None None |
None None None None |
0.10 None None 0.25 |
Classic Value Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Common Stock Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Conservative Income Fund Institutional Class |
None |
None |
None |
None |
Core Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
4.50 None None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 None |
Core Plus Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
4.50 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Disciplined Small Cap Fund Class A Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None |
None None None None |
None None None None |
0.25 None 0.25 None |
Disciplined U.S. Core Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Discovery Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Diversified Capital Builder Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Diversified Equity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
5.75 None None |
None 1.00 None |
None 0.75 None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Diversified Income Builder Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Diversified International Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Dynamic Target Today Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None |
Dynamic Target 2015 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None |
Dynamic Target 2020 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None |
Dynamic Target 2025 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None |
Dynamic Target 2030 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None |
Dynamic Target 2035 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None |
Dynamic Target 2040 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None |
Dynamic Target 2045 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None |
Dynamic Target 2050 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None |
Dynamic Target 2055 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None |
Dynamic Target 2060 Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None |
Emerging Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Emerging Markets Equity Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Endeavor Select Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Enterprise Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Global Investment Grade Credit Fund Class R6 Institutional Class |
None None |
None None |
None None |
None None |
Global Small Cap Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Government Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Institutional Class Select Class Service Class |
None None None None None |
None None None None None |
None None None None None |
0.25 0.10 None None 0.25 |
Government Securities Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
4.50 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Growth Balanced Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
5.75 None None |
None 1.00 None |
None 0.75 None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 |
Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Heritage Money Market Fund Administrator Class Institutional Class Select Class Service Class |
None None None None |
None None None None |
None None None None |
0.10 None None 0.25 |
High Yield Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
4.50 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
4.50 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Index Asset Allocation Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Index Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class |
5.75 None None |
None 1.00 None |
None 0.75 None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 |
Intermediate Tax/AMT-Free Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
3.00 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
International Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
4.50 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
International Equity Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
International Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Intrinsic Small Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Intrinsic World Equity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Large Cap Core Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Large Cap Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 None |
Large Company Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Low Volatility U.S. Equity Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
4.50 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Moderate Balanced Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Money Market Fund Class A Class C Premier Class Service Class |
None None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 |
Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
4.50 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Municipal Cash Management Money Market Fund Administrator Class Institutional Class Service Class |
None None None |
None None None |
None None None |
0.10 None 0.25 |
Municipal Sustainability Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
4.50 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
National Tax-Free Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Premier Class Service Class |
None None None None |
None None None None |
None None None None |
0.25 0.10 None 0.25 |
Omega Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Opportunity Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Pennsylvania Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
4.50 None None |
None 1.00 None |
None 0.75 None |
0.25 0.25 None |
Precious Metals Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Premier Large Company Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 None None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 None |
Real Return Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
4.50 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Short Duration Government Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
2.00 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None\ |
Short-Term Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Institutional Class |
2.00 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 None None |
Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
3.00 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
2.00 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Small Company Growth Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Small Company Value Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Specialized Technology Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Special International Small Cap Fund Class R6 Institutional Class |
None None |
None None |
None None |
None None |
Special Mid Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Special Small Cap Value Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Strategic Income Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
4.00 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Strategic Municipal Bond Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
4.00 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Target Today Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 |
Target 2010 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 |
Target 2015 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None None None None None |
None 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 |
Target 2020 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 |
Target 2025 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None None None None None |
None 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 |
Target 2030 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 |
Target 2035 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None None None None None |
None 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 |
Target 2040 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 |
Target 2045 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None None None None None |
None 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 |
Target 2050 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 |
Target 2055 Fund Class A Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
5.75 None None None None |
None None None None None |
None 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 |
Target 2060 Fund Class A Class C Class R Class R4 Class R6 Administrator Class |
5.75 None None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None None |
None 0.75 0.25 None None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.10 None 0.25 |
Treasury Plus Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Institutional Class Select Class Service Class |
None None None None None |
None None None None None |
None None None None None |
0.25 0.10 None None 0.25 |
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
2.00 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Class A Class C Class R6 Administrator Class Institutional Class |
2.00 None None None None |
None 1.00 None None None |
None 0.75 None None None |
0.25 0.25 None 0.25 None |
Utility and Telecommunications Fund Class A Class C Administrator Class Institutional Class |
5.75 None None None |
None 1.00 None None |
None 0.75 None None |
0.25 0.25 0.25 None |
Wealthbuilder Conservative Allocation Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
5.75 None None |
None 1.00 None |
None 0.75 None |
0.25 0.25 None |
WealthBuilder Equity Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
5.75 None None |
None 1.00 None |
None 0.75 None |
0.25 0.25 None |
Wealthbuilder Growth Allocation Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
5.75 None None |
None 1.00 None |
None 0.75 None |
0.25 0.25 None |
WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
5.75 None None |
None 1.00 None |
None 0.75 None |
0.25 0.25 None |
WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
5.75 None None |
None 1.00 None |
None 0.75 None |
0.25 0.25 None |
Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund Class A Class C Institutional Class |
4.50 None None |
None 1.00 None |
None 0.75 None |
0.25 0.25 None |
100% Treasury Money Market Fund Class A Administrator Class Institutional Class Service Class Sweep Class |
None None None None None |
None None None None None |
None None None None 0.35 |
0.25 0.10 None 0.25 0.25 |
Appendix A amended: March 2, 2020
± Class A shares that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $1,000,000 or more have no initial sales charge and will be assessed a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within eighteen months from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waives its commission (except for those Funds identified in the table as having Class A shares that are not subject to any CDSC). Class A shares purchased at NAV in amounts of less than $1,000,000 have an initial sales charge and will not be assessed a CDSC.
Class A shares for the, Intermediate Tax/AMT-Free Fund and Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $1,000,000 will be assessed a 0.50% if they are redeemed within eighteen months from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waives its commission. Effective November 1, 2012, Class A shares for the Intermediate Tax/AMT-Free Fund that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $500,000 or more will be assessed a 0.50% CDSC if the shares are redeemed within 12 months of purchase. In addition,
Class A shares for the Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $500,000 will be assessed a 0.40% if they are redeemed within twelve months from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waives its commission. Effective November 1, 2012, Class A shares for the Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $500,000 or more will be assessed a 0.50% CDSC if the shares are redeemed within 12 months of purchase.
Class A shares for the Adjustable Rate Government Fund, California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund, Short Duration Government Bond Fund and Short-Term Bond Fund that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $500,000 or more will be assessed a 0.40% if they are redeemed within twelve months from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waives its commission.
^ Front-end sales load waivers and/or discounts with respect to Class A, Class B, Class C and/or Class T and waivers of contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) waivers with respect to Class A, Class B, Class C may be made available only to customers of a specific financial intermediary selling shares of a Fund (“Intermediary”) or to shareholders purchasing through an Intermediary platform or account, in each case, as disclosed in a Fund’s Prospectus.
On February 20, 2020 the Board of Trustees of Wells Fargo Funds Trust approved the addition of Class R6 to the Fundamental Small Cap Growth Fund, effective on or about June 1, 2020.